Tuyển tập đề thi Olympic 30-4 môn tiếng Anh 2018 (Optimized).pdf

BA N TỔ C H Ứ C

Kì TH I

Scanned and optimized by Tuấn Tú Computer Services Date: 2018.10.26 In-house use only - Lưu hành nội bộ

TUYỂN TẬP ĐÊ THI

OLYMPIC 30 t há ng 4, l ần thứ XX IV - 20 18

M H M 3H BẢN Đ ẠI HỌ C QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI

BAN TỔ CHỨC KÌ THI

TOYỂN T ậ p ĐỂ TH I OLYMPIC 30 THÁNG 4 LẦN THỨ XXIV - 2018

TIÊNG ANH NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI

NHÀ XUẤT BẢN ĐẠI HỌC QUỐC GIA HÀ NỘI 16 Hàng Chuối - Hai Bà Trưng - Hà Nội Điện t hoại: Biên tập: (024) 39714896; Quản lý xuấ t bản: (024) 3972 8806; Tổng biên tập: (024) 39715011 Fax: (024) 39729436

Ch ịu tr ác h nh iệ m x u ất bản : Giám đốc - Tổng biên tập: TS. PHẠM THỊ TRÂM

Biê n t.ập c huy ền ngàn h:

RÙI THỊ HƯƠNG GIANG

Biê n tập xu ất bản:

PHAN HẲI NHƯ

Ch ế bản :

NHÀ SÁCH HỎNG ÂN

Tr ìn h bày bìa:

NHÀ SÁCH HỔNG ÂN

Đối tác liên kết x uất bản: NHÀ SÁCH HỔNG ÂN 20C Ngu yễn Thị Min h Khai - Q l - TP. Hồ Chí Minh N hà s ác h Hồ ng Ân g iữ bả n quy ền cô ng b ố tác ph ẩm ____________________________________________________________ SÁCH LIÊN KẾT

TUYỂN TẬP ĐỀ THI OLYMPIC 30 THÁNG 4 LẦN THỨ XXIV - 2018 TIẾNG ANH Mã số: 2L-70 7PT2018 In 1.000 cuốn, khổ 16 X 24c m tại Công ti cổ phần Văn hóa Văn Lang. Địa chỉ: số 6 Nguyễn Trung Trực - P5 - Q. Bình Thạnh - TP. Hồ Chí Minh Số xác nhận đăng ký xuất bản: 196 2-2 018/CX B.IPH /12 -1 96/ĐHQGHN, ngày 07/6/20 18. Quyết định xuất bản số: 902LK-XH/QĐ - NXBĐHQGHN, ngày 20/6 /201 8. In xong và nộp lưu chiểu năm 2018.

Mỗi năm cứ vào dịp thán g 4 - tháng kỉ niệm miền Nam hoàn toàn giải phón g, đất nước thốn g nhất, các em học sinh giỏi lớp ỈO và lóp 11 của các trườ ng TH PT c huy ên và khôn g chuyên của các tỉnh miền Nam , miền Trun g và Tây Ng uyê n lại nô nức tham dự kì thi OLYM PIC TRU YỀN THỐ NG 30 THÁNG 4. Kì thi lần đầu được tổ chức vào năm học 1994 - 1995 theo s áng kiến của Trư ờng T HPT Chuy ên Lê H ồng Phong - Thành phố Hồ Chí Minh. Từ đó đên nay kì thi đã được tổ chức liên tục với quy mô ngày càng lởn, chat lượn g ngà y c àng cao. Thá ng 4 năm 2018, kì thi OLYM PIC TRUY ỀN THỐ NG 30/4 LẦN TH Ử XXIV đư ợc long trọng tổ chức tại Trường TH PT Ch uyên Lê Hồng Phong Thàn h phố Hồ Chí Minh. Kì thi năm nay có quy mô rất lớn gồm 2.520 thí sinh của 59 trườ ng thuộ c 30 tỉnh, thành, tham gia tranh tài đú 10 m ôn thi: Toán . Lí. Hóa, Sinh. T in học, Ngừ văn. Sử. Địa. T iếng An h v à Ti ếng Pháp. Sau khi kì thi kết thúc, Ban tồ chức đã tập hợp, sắp xếp lại bộ đ ề chính thức và các đề thi đề nghị của các trườn g tham dự. Đây là mộ t tư liệu có giá trị. rất cân thiết cho quý thây cô và các em học sinh tham kh áo t rong quá trìn h giản g dạy và học tập. Ban tố chức đã phối hợp với Nhà sách - Hồng Ân Thành Phố Hồ Chí Minh xuất bản bộ sách: Tu yể n tập đề thi Ol ym pic 30 th án g 4 lần th ú’ X X IV - 2 0Ỉ 8. Bộ sá ch gồm 10 tập . mỗi tập là mộ t mô n thi. Tron g mồi tập sách gồm có 2 phần chính: Phần ỉ là đề thi chín h thức và đề thi đề nghị khối 10 và khối ỉ 1; Phần II là đá p án đề thi chính thức và đề thi đề nghị khối 10 và khối 11. Chú ng tôi xin trân trọng giới thiệu bộ sách: Tu yể n tậ p đề thi O ly m pi c 30 th án g 4 lần thú ’ X X IV - 20 18 tới quý độc giá. Hi vọng ràng đây sẽ là nhữ ng tập tư liệu có giá trị giúp cho quý thầy cò và các em học sinh trong công tác bồi dườ ng học sinh giỏi và trong quá trình tự học tập, t ự rèn luyện. Chú c quý th ầy cô và c ác em học sinh đạt nhiều th ành công.

Ban tồ chức

P h ầ n I ___________________________________________ Đ Ề T HI OLYM PIC TRUY ỀN TH ốN G 3 0 / 4 - —-

LAN T HỨ X X IV -N Ã M 2 0 1 8 í

—

LỚP i o |

\___ -_______ _

Choose the best options (A, B, c, or D) that best complet e the. followin g sentences . (40 PTS) 1. The local auth ority expr essed regret as US dron e strike ha s_____ killed innocent hostages. A. in congruousl y B. vehemently c. inadvertently D. gracious ly 2. These days the castle is swamped w ith _____of tourists. A. mobs B. throngs c. shoals D. cliques 3. He left the meeting early on the unli kely ___tha t he had a sick friend to visit. A. excuse B. pretext c. motive D. claim 4. He d ecided to withdraw from the powerboat race as he could see a (n )_____ of danger. A. predictio n B. foreboding c. omen D. dearth 5. 1 slipped briefly back into sleep and emerged when breakfas t was being served outside in a( n) _____ garden-courtyard. A. whimsical B. extravagant c. extortionate D. enchan ting 6. He had a mo men tary _____ of concentration and before he knew it the car had spun out of control. A. lapse B. loss c. slip D. mistake 7. In t he ha nds o f a careless driver, a car becomes a _____w eapon. . A. fatal B. mortal c. lethal D. venal 8. He gla nced at Julie t accusin gly and she lo oke d_____ abashed. A. com pletely B. absolutely c. utterly D. suitably 9. We were sorted out into groups accor ding to the types o f honors and quite a long w ai t_____ . A. ensu ed B. eve ntuated c. supervened D. transpire d 10. The Prime Minister will decide wheth er to release the pr isoner or not; t hat 's h is _____ . A. der ogator y B. abdication c. prerogativ e D. huma nity 11. His new p lay is not only interesting but also unique. It is really of f the beaten A. road

B. path

c. route

D. track 5

12. T hat Peter was born and broug ht up in a rich family is as c lear as the _ ____ . A. nose on his face B. tip o f his tongu e c. back o f his hand D. hair on his head 13. I will tty to fini sh the job to the best o f m y_____ . A. kn owled ge B. ability c. means D. comma nd 14. Tim said th e mea l w as _____ , so we didn ’t have to worry abou t the price. A. on the house B. on his expense c. for him D. for h is mo ney 15. Let H ercule s him self do w hat he may, f or a c at will mew and a dog will have h is _____ . A. day B. time c. month D. yea r 16. Breaki ng his le g _____ a blow to his chances of be comin g a profess ional footbal ler. A. bro ught B. caused c. dealt D. stru ck will be the most 17. In the acting career, the mome nt one first cut his _ memo rable with e mbar rassm ent and pride bu bbling up ins ide. A. nail s B. teeth c. fingers ' D. hair 18. His French is ro ug hly _____ with my Japan ese, so com munica tion was rather difficult. A. in harmo ny B. on a par c. on equal term D. on good te rms 19. M ax has b ee n_____ my ears all ni ght abo ut his n ew job. A. be nding B. deaf ening c. rolling D. biti ng 20. T he f ightin g has stopped, so t o _____ , the war is over. A. all pins and nee dles B. all cho p and change c . all prim and proper D. all intents and purposes 21. We woul d soone r Mr. T ram us the u rgent informat ion the o ther night' A. wo uld have sent B. had sent c. sent D. had been sent 22. Would you b e _____ my le tter whi le I am away? A. too good as to forward B. so good as to forward c . as good as to forward D. so good as fo rwardi ng 23. He _ ___ _ us on the last day of the congress, so his presen ce at the openin g cerem ony w as someth ing o f a surprise. B. had to join A. coul d have joine d D. was to join c. was abou t to join inviting Sam to the party. 24. You could have done B. a lot w orse than A. b etter or wor se than D.. nothin c. much bette r as Ư nuuimgg as worse vvuuv as o 25. He work s Until nine o’clock every evening, and tha t’s q uite the work he do es o ver t he we ekend. A. e xcep t fo r B. apa rt from c. with out D. bu t for 2 6 .1 wo uld rath er go sk iin g_____ picnic king this weeken d. A. than going B. than to going c . than to go D. than go 6

T ì. It is mand atory th at smoking in pu bli c_____ . A. is proh ibited B. m ust be prohibited c . prohibit ing D. be prohibited 28. In geo metry, an ellipse may be defined as the locus o f all po int s_____ distance s from two fixed points is constant. A. the sum o f whose B. of which the sum c . whose sum o f D. which the sum o f 29. Tony gripped his broth er’s arm lest h e _____by the mob. A. would be trampled B. were trampled c . be tram pled D. could have been trampled 30. The mini dress w as _____, but now it is making a comeback. A. a tad once th ought to be finished B. once thought a fad to be finishing c. though t a fad to be finished once D. once thought to be a finishing fad 31. I f you never put oil into your car engine, one day it w ill _____ . A. flake out B. shut down c. seize up D. run of f 32. I f you pay the restaurant bill with your credit card, it wi ll___ with you later. A. settle down B. settle up c. pay back D. pay off 33. In thos e days, doctors lad led _____ant ibiotics to patients. A. with B. on c. in D. out 34. L et’s find a place where we c an _____the storm. A. wait out B. wear of f c. wind down D. s hrug off 35. The schoolboy w inc ed_____ the sight o f the cane in the headm aster’s hand. A. at B. for c. by D. o f 36.1 was complete ly b ow led _____ by their warm reception. A. with B..up c. o ff D. over 37. I am not liberty to tell you anything about his private life. A. in B. at c. by D. on 38. The figure is mo re_____ 20 0, 1think. A. o f B. at c. like D. with 39. T heir p erformance s are r eal ly_____ compare. How amazing! A. out o f B. ov er c. within D. beyond 40. The party w as ___full swing when I an’ived. Everyone was singing and dancing. A. in B. on c. about D. with READ ING COMPR EHENSI ON 1: Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions below. STEP BACK IN TIME Hi sto ric al biograp her Antoni a Fraser reveals the pl easure s o f study ing a bygo ne era. Gibbon was inspired to write The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire sitting on the steps of the Capitol at Rome one evening, listening to the sound of monks chantin g vespers. My own inspiration to become a historical biographer came in rather less eleva ted circumstances, as a teenager one rainy Oxford 7

afterno on: I began to read Lytton Strache y's Emine nt Victo rians and was in partic ular fascinat ed by his essay on the worldl y Cardinal Mannin g. This was going to be the life for me! Once back at school 1p lunge d into furthe r resea rch in the conv ent library. A ve ry diffe rent picture emerged . Gradu ally as 1 pursued the topic, 1 became aw are of Strachey's daring sallies into "artistic trut h" (as opp osed to historic al truth). Neve rthele ss, I never forgot my original sense of being transp orted into a wo rld more vivid than m y own. An ability to conve y this sensation is, 1 believe , at the heart of the matter. If you, the biograp her, don't thrill to your subject, you can hardly in all fairness expe ct the reade r to do so. In a sense (not of course the comm ercial sense) the choice of sub ject is irrelevan t so long as it meets that requ irem ent. You could say t hat I was extrem ely lucky to choose Mary Que en of Scots for my first foray since there proved to be a world-w ide public for the trouble s of the ill-fated Queen. But you could argue equally that I ma de my own luck, since I had always been obsesse d by Mary' s sto ry from childhood . No r was success fore-or dained . It was, after all, the leading publis her Mark Bonham -Carte r of (then) Collins who said to me when I confessed my project, "They say that all books on Mary Queen of Scots sell and no books on South America do", before adding with a laugh, "Perhap s yours will be the exception." Never theles s I did have luck. In the 60s, so-called narrativ e biograp hy was said to be pas sé. Mary Q ueen of Scots was an early benefic iary from the fa ct that the public continue d to have an a ppetite for it, so long as the research was felt to be solid. The actual research for a biograph y - now that's a whole other matter. The param ount need for it - historical truth not Stracheyes que truth must be establish ed - means that biograp hers discover for themsel ves the reality of Dr. Johnson 's wis e di ctum: "A man will turn over h alf a library to make a book." And what about those fabled things boasted of on blurbs: hitherto unpublish ed docum ents? Obvious ly it is every research er's dream to discov er such papers, and their discove ry once again may make a projec t commercial which would not oth erwise be so. At the same tim e, I would issue a caveat about hitherto unpublishe d docume nts. HUDs are not in t hemsel ves more v aluable than the printed sources - it's a hi storical coincide nce that one set h as become known early on, the othe r not. One needs to evaluate them even more closely. Here I speak from personal experien ce. A series of chances led m e to the discove ry of some hitherto unpublish ed letters of Oliver Cromwe ll ju st as 1 was finishing my manus cript. I blazoned my finds across the text: only to realize at the pro of stage, that they tnight be unpubli shed but they were not very impor tant in the grand scheme o f things.., an e xpensive m istake. Where the perils and pleasure s of writing historic al biogr aphy are concern ed, there are two perils which seem to me to raise points of principl e. The first is the 8

peril of anac hron istic judg eme nts. Fo r exam ple, in th e 16th ce ntury mor e or less every body took astrol ogy seriously and more or less everyb ody enjoye d a jo lly aftern oon out to see the bears baited. It's no good dismis sing the forme r as mean ingle ss and c ringin g from the la tter as d isgusting. I would furth er cit e the peril of hindsight. We may know that Henry VIII will ma ny six times, but he didn't, and he would have been amazed if it had been predic ted at the time of his first marr iage to Cathe rine of Aragon. And the pleasu res? Manifold! Principal among them howe ver is the oppo rtuni ty to lead a life less ordinary. As a biograp her, I can rule over kingd oms, lead the cavalry into battle, patronise the great artists of the past and all w itho ut leaving my ch air. 41. What did t he write r learn while researchi ng a historical figure as a teenag er? A. T here was a su rprisin g amo unt o f information available. B. It w as not p ossibl e to take e veiythi ng she read as fact. c. It was diffic ult to interpret the true meaning of what she read. D. It was n ecess ary to con sult a wide range o f sources. 42. What does that requ irem ent refer to? A. the r ead er's re sponse to a wr iter 's subject B. the corr ect choice o f subject c. the comm ercial appeal of the book D. the wri ter’s a bility to com munica te t heir en thusiasm 43. What di d Mark Bonha m-Car ter believe abo ut the writ er’s choi ce o f subject? A. H er l ong-st anding interest in it may e nsure her bo ok’s succ ess. B. It did not g uaran tee her bo ok’s succe ss. c. There are alread y too many books w ritten on it. D. It wa s a wise choice fo r her first biogr aphy. 44. The main point that t he w riter is making in the fou rth paragrap h is that A. a b iogra phy is more likely to be succe ssful if it co ntains new informatio n. B. re searc hers must be c areful to che ck all facts tho roughly, c. researc h material can include inaccurate information. D. ext ensiv e readin g is crucia lly important. 45. What w arning doe s the writer give to biographers about unpublished doc uments? A. Th ey are diffic ult to obtain as their discover y is do wn to chan ce. B. T heir overal l signifi cance to the book m ust be carefull y co nsidere d, c. The ir use c ould result in diminish ed commerc ial success for a book. D. It should not be assu med that t hey are authentic. 46. An e xam ple of an anach ronist ic jud geme nt that th e wr iter gives is A. n ot being abl e to imagine one self living in the sixteent h c entury. B. bei ng uninf orme d about sixteenth c entury custom s and practices . c. view ing the sixteen th centur y from a twenty -first centu iy p erspec tive. D. fo cusi ng only on the n egative side o f life in th e six teenth century. 9

47. In the article as a whole, the writer implies that her main motiv ation for becomin g a historic al biogra pher was the cha nce to A. carry out exten sive research. B. become immer sed in histor y, c. disco ver u npublis hed documents . D. establi sh historic al truth. 48. The word elev ated is closest in m eaning to A. lofty B. normal c . raised D. high 49. The word passe is closes t in mea ning to A. ob solete B. out o f fashion c. antique D. archa ic 50. The wor d thei r in the fifth paragra ph r efers to A. bl urbs B. research ers c. unpubl ished documen ts D. his torical truths READ ING COMP REHE NSION 2 Read the followi ng passage ca refully and answ er the questio ns below. The Amazo nian wildernes s harbors the greate st numb er of specie s on this planet and is an irreplaceable resource for presen t and future genera tions. Amazon ia is crucial for maintai ning global climate and gene tic reso urc es, and its forest and rivers provide vita! sources of food, buildin g mater ials, pharma ceutical s, and wa ter need ed by w ildlife and huma nity. The Los Am igos watershe d in the state o f Madre de Dios, southe astern Peru, is represe ntative o f the pris tine lowland moist forest once fo und throu ghou t mo st of upper Amazon ian South Am erica. Threats to tropical forests occu r in the form of fishing, hu nting, gold mining, timber extraction, impendi ng road constr uction, and slash and burn agriculture . The Los Amigos waters hed, consi sting of 1.6 million hectare s (3.95 million acres), still offers the increas ingly scarce opportun ity to study rainfore st as it was before the disrupt ive encr oach men t o f modern human civilization . Because of its relatively pristine condit ion and the immediate need to ju stif y it as a conservation zone and as a corri dor betwe en Manu National Park and the Tambop ata-Can damo Reserved Zone, this area deserves intensive, long-term projects aimed at botanical traini ng, ecotou rism, biological inventory, and information synthesis. On July 24, 2001, the government of Peru and the Amazon Conservation Association, represented by Enrique Ortiz, signed a contractual agr eement creating the first long-term permanently renewable conservation concession. To our knowledge this is the first such agreement to be implemented in the world. The conservation concession protects 340,000 acres o f old growth Amazonian forest in the Los Amigos watershed which is located in southeastern Peru. This watershed protects the eastern flank o f Manu National Park and is part of the lowland forest corridor that links it to Bahuaja-Sonene National Park. The Los Amigos conservation concession will serve as a mechanism for the development of a regional center o f excellence in natural forest management and biodiversity science. Several major projects are being implemented at the Los Amig os Conservation Area. Louise Emmon s is initiating studies of mamm al diversi ty and ecolo gy in 10

the Los Amigos area. Other projects involve studies of the diversit y of arthrop ods, amphibi ans, reptiles, and birds. Robin Foster has conducted botanical studies át Los Amigos, resulting in the labeling of hundr eds of plant species along .two kilometers of trail in upland and lowland forest. Los Amigos has also been a major field site for Robin's rapid identification laminated photog raphic field guides to tropical plants. Michael Goulding is leading a fisheries and aquatic ecology program, which aims to docume nt the diversity of fish, their ecolog ies, and their habitats in the Los Amigos area and the Madre de Dios wa tershe d in general. With support from the Amazon Conservation Association , and in collabo ration with US and Peruvian colleagues, the Botany of the Los Amigos projec t has been initiated. At Los Amigos , we are attem pting to develop a system of preserv ation, sustainabilit y, and scientific research; a marriage between various disciplin es, from human ecology to economic botany, product marketing to forest managem ent. The complexity of the ecosystem will best be understood through a multidi sciplin ary approach, and improved understanding of the compl exity will lead to better management. In essence, we must be informed to make wise manag emen t decisions about Amazonian forests. These forests hold the g reates t nu mber of species on our plane t and are an irreplaceable resource for present and future generatio ns. The future of these forests will depend on sustaina ble manag emen t and developme nt of alternative practices and products that do not re quire irreversible destruction. The botanical proje ct will provide a foundation of information that is essential to other p rogram s a t Los Amig os. By combi ning botanical studies with fisheries and mamm ology, we will better understand plant/animal interactions. By prov idin g nam es, the botanical program will facilitate accurate communication about plants and the animals that use them. Included in this scenario are humans, as we will dedicate tim e to people-pla nt interactions in order to learn what plants are used by p eople in the Los Amigos area, and wha t plants could potentially be used by peopl e. To be informed , we must develop knowledge. To develop knowledge, we must collec t, organiz e, and disseminat e information. In this sense, botanic al inform ation has conserv ation value. Before we can use plant-based products from' t he forest, we must know what species are useful. We must know what their names are in order to be able to communica te accurate ly about them. We must be a ble to identify them, to know where they occu r in the forest, how many of them exist, how the y are pollinated and when they produce fruit (or other useful products). Aside from understanding the species as they occur locally at Los Amigos, we must have information about their overall distribution in tropical Americ a in o rder to better understand and manage the distribution, variation, and viability of their genetic diversity and germplasm. This involves a more complete understa nding of the speci es th rough studies in the field and herb arium.

5 1. The phrase gener ic re sour ces refer s t o ________ . A. pl ant seeds B. diffe rent races of people c. divers e speci es of plants and a nimals D. cells that can be used in genetic cu res for diseases 52. In parag raph 2, the autho r empha sizes that the curre nt environ menta l condi tion of Amazon ian South Americ a i s ______ . A. m ostly unscat hed B. res torab le throug h his pr oject c. irrede emab le everyw here but in the Los Amig os watersh ed D. va rying from d estroye d to virt ually pristine 53. Th e word encr oach men t in p aragraph 2 is cl osest in mean ing to ________ . A. intrusio n B. augme ntation c. infringe ment D. seepa ge 54. The auth or implies in paragraph three that the agree ment between Peru and the Amazon Conser vation A ssociati on is history primari ly be cause i t ______ . A. was the first long-term agreement regarding land in the Amazon Rainforest B. represe nted the first time a South American gover nmen t had agreed to renew a co nservat ion agreem ent c. is essent ially a perm anent conse rvation agreeme nt D. repres ents the first time such an agreem ent has been in the form of a renewa ble contra ct 55. Th e a uth or's main purpose in the pa ssage is to ________ . A. d emons trate that c onserva tion efforts have been h istoric ally successf ul and so sho uld be cont inued B. garne r suppo rt for opposition to destructiv e activitie s in the Los Amigo s waters hed c. position the Los Amigos watershed .agreement as a success towar ds the achie veme nt o f the vital goal o f conservati on the A mazoni an rainfor ests D. argue that the study pristine rainforest s is essential for docu ment ing and studying the myriad new sp ecies that the forests contain 56. The aut hor 's tone in the pa ssage can be best described a s ________ . A. adv ocacy for his pr oject over the oth er com peting projects B. general praise for cons ervatio n projects in Amazo nian South America, c. passion ate suppor t for his and related projects D. zealo us advoca cy for his point o f view 57. The work of Louise Emmons, Robin Foster, and Michael Gouldin g (in paragra ph 4) are employe d in the passage a s ________ . A. co lleagu es o f the au tho r's in his bo tanical project B. e xamp les of the kinds of activities the a uthor and his colleag ues are trying to halt c. scientists who are representative of new trends of study in Amazonian botany D. sci entist s involved in projects relate d and amena ble to the aut hor 's 12

58. The aut hor 's botanical project involved all of the follow ing E X C E P T _____ . A. stu dying plants in labor atory B. stud ying how plants are used by humans and animals c. facilitat ing pharma ceutical use o f plants D. lab eling plants in the Los Amigos area 59. When the autho r say s t hat the botanical project will provid e na mes he means that the projec t will ~ __. A. hel p re cogni ze new s pecies B. aid in the standar dizatio n of names for n ew s pecies c. partic ipate in naming the regio n’s differe nt zones D. clarify the conclu sion surroundi ng the names of differe nt organiz ations worki ng in Ama zonia 60. When the autho r says that botani cal i nformatio n has conserv ation value he mean s t h at ________ . A. a robust understanding of conservationism is aided by botanical information B. co nserv ation ists should strive to preserve botanical information c. specif icatio n is of importance for conservati on D. poli tical discus sions ab out con servation should use bot anical nomencl ature GUIDED CLOZE 1: Choos e th e most appr opriat e word s to fill in the blank s. The national park move ment began in the United States in 1870 when a team of expl orers suggeste d that part of the Yellowst one River region be (6 1 )_____ in order to prote ct its geotherm al (6 2 )_____ , wildlife, forests, and (6 3 )_____ scene ry for the benef it of futu re generations . Congress (6 4 )_____ by creating Yello wston e N ationa l Park, the wor ld's first, in 1872. The idea proved (6 5 )_____ , and the numbe r o f national parks in this country grew rapidly , new parks being set up by presidential (6 6)_____ and sometim es as a resul t o f gifts by states of the union or by individuals. Admin istration of this increa singly comp lex system was in the hands of the u.s. Army for th irty years from 1886, but thẹn Congre ss created the National Park Service as part of the Depa rtme nt of the In terior to ( 67 )_____ it. Today, in additi on to what might be thought of as t ypical national parks, the Servic e also mana ges places of historic interest, hiking trails, seashor es, rivers, (6 8 )_______ of scien tific interest and memorials. In all, more than 300 entities are invol ved, cove ring over 32 million hectares. Each unit is directe d by a supe rinte nde nt who is re sponsi ble for all aspects of the operatio n. Sta ff ( 6 9 )___ adm inist rativ e person nel and, accord ing to the nature of the unit, park rangers, natur alist s, histor ians, and (7 0) _____ workers. D. set in C. set by B. set aside 61. A. s et up C. fea tures D. traits B. chara cters 62. A. to kens c. excepti onal D. prom inent B. optim al 63. A. brea thles s D. respo nded C. des ignate d B. retr ieved 64. A. c ounte red D. pop ular C. wi despre ad B. banal 65. A. prev ailing 13

66. A. 67. A. 68. A. 69. A. 70. A.

analog y oversee observ atorie s cover maint enanc e

B. procla mation B. overl ook B. reserv es B. control B. susta inable

c. constitu tion c. overcha rge c . reservoirs c . undergo c. protector ate

D. disse minat ion D. over act D. estu aries D. und ertake D. con serva tion

GU ID ED CL OZ E 2: Choos e the most app ropria te wor ds to fill in the blanks.

Ocean wate r plays a(n) (7 1 )_____ role in suppor ting life. The great ocean basins hold about 300 million cubic miles of water. From this vast amoun t, about 80,000 cubic miles of wate r are sucked into the atmos phere each year by evapo ration and returned by precipitat ion and drainage to the ocean. More than 24,000 cubic miles of rain descend annually upon the contin ents. This vast amount is req uired to ( 72 )_____ the lakes and streams, springs and wate r tab les on which all flora and fauna are dependent . Thus, the hydros phere permits organic existen ce. The hydrosp here has strange characte ristics because wate r has (7 3 )_____ unlike those of any other liquid. One (7 4) ________ is that w ater upon freezing (75) __________ by a bout 9 percent, whereas most liquids contr act on cooling. (76) ________ this reason, ice floats on water bodies instead of sin king to the bottom. If the ice sank, the hydrosphere woul d soon be frozen solidly, exce pt for a thin layer of surfa ce melt water during the summer season. Thus, all aquatic life would be destroyed and the interchange of warm and cold curren ts, which modera tes climate, would be ( 77 )________ absent. Anot her outsta nding characte ristic of water is that wate r has a heat capacity which is the highest of all liq uids and solids except ammoni a. This charac teristi c enables the oceans to absorb and store vast quantities of heat, (7 8 )_____ often preven ting climati c extremes . In add ition, water dissolves more substa nces than any other liquid. It is this characte ristic which helps make ocean s a great storeho use for min erals which have been washed (7 9) _____ from the contine nts. In several areas of the world these minerals are being comm ercial ly exploit ed. Solar e vapora tion of salt is widely (8 0) _____ , potash is extra cted from the Dead Sea, and magnes ium is produc ed from sea water a long the America n Gu lf Coast. c . dispensa ble 7Ỉ. A. principle B. principal D. exp endab le 72. A. r eplenis h c . replete D. restor e B. reinfor ce 73. A. property D. natur e B. chara cteristi cs c . assets 74. A. a lienatio n B. distinctio n c. contrast D. inc onsistenc y 75. A. e xtends B. inflates D.e xpa nds c. increases 76. A. For B. By D. With c . In 77. A. remark ably B. vaguely c. unnotic eably D. inde finitely 7 8 .A so B. hence D. con seque ntly c . and the n B. out 79 A. o ff c . up D. down B. exerted 80. A. exercis ed c. practised D. proce eded

B. WRITTEN TEST (70 PTS) I. CLOZ E T EST (20 PTS) OP EN CL OZ E 1: Fill in each numbered blank with ONE suit able wor d. A new threat to our health seems to have arisen in our midst, confusion and stress broug ht ( 1 ) ________ by tech nology. All you need to do to prove this to (2 )_______ is to telephone a large company; a recorded voice will (3 )________ you with a be wilder ing list o f choices, and when you have finished answering its questio ns, you will probably be subjected to several minutes of piped music before you eventua lly make contact with a human being. But the stress you underg o as a result is negligible compared to the (4 )_______ the tel egraph made on people 150 years ago. Until (5 )_______ , messages could only travel as fast as a mess enger could carry the m. But now they could be sent great (6 )______ in seconds. Before long, ( 7 ) ________ cables were laid across the oceans, and thirty years later, the network reached 2 0,000 towns around the world. Informat ion arrived so quickly, often contradicting what had previously been transm itted, ( 8 ) ____________ businessmen had to work much harder to ( 9 ) ________ abreast of dev elopments. If we find difficulty with the Internet, which is technolo gical evolution, (1 0 )________ revolution, our ancestors had afar h arder task in getting used to the invention in the first place. OP EN CL OZ E 2: Fill ill each numbered blank with ONE suitable word.

Negat ive impacts from tourism occur when the level o f visitor use is grea ter than the envi ronm ent’s ( 11 )_______ to cope with this use within the accepta ble limits o f change. Uncontrolled conventional tourism pos es potential (1 2) ______ to m any natural areas around the world. It can pu t enorm ous pressure on an area and lead to impacts such as soil erosion, increased pollution, (1 3)_______ into the sea, natural habitat loss, increased pressure on endangered species and heighten ed (1 4 )______ to forest fires. It often puts a strain on water resources and it can force local popu lations to compete for the use o f critical resources. Water, and especially fresh water, is one o f the most critical natural resources. The touris m indust ry gener ally (1 5 )____________ water resources for hotels, swim ming pools, gol f courses and personal use of wat er by tourists. This can result (1 6 )________ wate r shortages and (1 7 )_________ of water supplies, as well as gene ratin g a great er volume of waste water. Tourism can create great pressure on local resources like energy, food and other raw materials that may already be in short supply. Greater extraction and transport of these resources exace rbate s the physical impacts associated with their exploitation. Because of charac ter of the industry, many destination s have ten times t he 0 8 ) (19) inhabitants in the high season than in the low season. A high demand is placed upon these resources to (2 0 )________ the high expectat ions tourists ofte n have (proper heating, hot water, etc.) 15

II. WOR D FORM ATIO N (20 PTS) WORD FORMATION 1: S upply the cor rect forms o f the word s given . 1. To t h e __________ , most comp uter systems seem complex and difficult to understan d. (INITIA TIVE) 2. The pieces of evi dence fell into place with th e __________ precision of a well-m ade jig saw puzzle . (VOICE) 3. Parents have de ep ___________ about allowing business values to be used in schools. (GIVE) 4. For many people, social networkin g offers them a feeling o f ___________ from the real world. (ESCAPE) 5. Not sick , Mai guessed, but pro bab ly___________ now that she d rank a lot at the p arty last night. (HANG) 6. The boats surrounded the whales, drove them into nets, where they became ____________ and were rendered helpless by harpoon thrusts. (MESH) 7. “ P” is a ___________ consonant. (LIP) 8. P er h a p s___________ , recent computer modeling studies predict fewer tropical cyclones if the ocean heats up further as a result of global warming. (INTUI TION) 9. New immigra nts have been suc ces sfu lly _____ ______. into the community. (SIMILA R) 10. We have to learn good examples, to look at our behavior and to stop being . (RIGHT) WORD FORMATION .2: Fill in the blank wit h an appropr iate form o f one of the word s given to make a meaning ful passage. bridge healthy

live corporat e

allegation accompany

seque ntial license

name gain ful

William Sydney Porter (1862-1910), who wr ote under the (1 1) ________ of o . Henry, was born in North Carolina. His only formal education was to attend his Aunt Lina 's school until the age of fifteen, where he developed his (1 2) __________ love o f books. By 1881 he was a ( 13 )___________ pharmacist. However, within a year, on the recommend ation of a medical colleague of his Fath er's, Porter moved to La Salle County in Texas for two years herding sheep. During the time, Webs ter's (14) ____________ Dictionary was his constant (15) ____________ , and Porter gained a knowledge of ranch life that he later (16) ____________ into many of his short stories. He then moved to Austin for three years, and during this tim e the first recorded use o f his pen name appeared, (17) _________ __ derived from his habit o f calling “Oh, Henry” to a family cat. In 1887, Porter married Athol Estes. He worked as a draftsman, then as a bank teller for the First National Bank. In 1894 Port er founded his own humor weekly, the “ Rolling Stone”, a venture that failed within a year, and later wrote a column for the Houston Daily Post. In the meanti me, the First Natio nal Bank was examined, and the (1 8) ___________ indictme nt of 1886 stated that Porter had embezzled funds. Porter then fled to 16

New Orlea ns, and later to Honduras , leaving his wife and child in Austin. He returne d in 1897 b ecause of his wi fe's continu ed (1 9 )____________ , however , she died six month s later. Then, in 1898 Porter was found guilty and sentenc ed to five yea rs' impri sonm ent in Ohio. At the age of 35, he entere d prison as a defea ted man; he had lost his jo b, his home, his wife, and finally his invented name he now used to hide his identity. He wrote at least twelve stories in jail , and after (2 0 )____________ his freedom, went to New York City, where he publis hed more than 300 stories and gained fame as Am eric a’s favorit e short story write r. Porte r married again in 1907, but after months of poo r health, he died in New York City at the age of 48 in 1910. o . Hen ry's stories have been trans lated all over the world. III. ERR OR IDEN TIFI CAT ION (10 PTS) Iden tify 10 mist akes in this pas sage and su ggest correc tions. 1

Prese rving organi sms in museum s is one way of retain ing them for posteri ty, but almos t people agree that it would be n ice to keep a few of them live in the wild, too. At the moment, which species survive, which declin e to threat ened or even status and which succum b for ex tinction is 5 someth ing of a lottery. WORLDMA P is an easy-to-us e software that identified geographic al patterns in diversity, rarity and conservation priorities. It can perform a range of specialist biological analysis for infinitely count less numbe rs of species, with a view to provide biodi versi ty data for research purposes. The program divide s the surface 10 area o f the world into cells, usually arrangi ng in a recta ngul ar grid. WOR LDM AP can also predict the likelihood of a hitherto unobse rved speci es found in an area on the basis of theirs known distri bution . Given the patch iness of mo st records, which is a useful trick. Furthe rmore, it cán select complemen tary areas f or preservation. Those are not necessarily 15 cells with the highe st individual biodiver sity, but for those which, toge ther, maxim ize what is preserved by picking places with the least ove rlap ping spe cies. 1. ________________ 4 .________________ 7 __ _____________

2 ._______________ 5 ._______________ 8 ._______________

3 ._______________ 6 ._______________ 9. _________ 10.

IV. SEN TEN CE T RANS FORM ATIO N: Rew rite the follo wing sen tence s using the wor ds given. (20 PT S) 1. Linda was very ne rvous, wh ich made her l ook like a ba shful girl. (CAM E) -> Su ch _________ ___ ___________________________________________ • 2. As so on as the funds ran o ut, t hey had to aba ndon the scheme. (PET ERED ) -> Th e in st an t____________ __ ______________________________________ 17

3. Why d id you reveal my plan to Kathy? (BREA THED) -> I'd _ ____________ ________ _ ________________________________. 4. David was respon sible for the family business as soon as his father retired. (CHA RGE) -» Sc arc ely _____________________________________________________ . 5. Your enco urage men t help ed t o make things less grievo us a fter such a heav y loss. (CUSH ION) —> It w a s_______________________________________________________ . 6. Tina was crazy about stamps, so she spends lots o f money on them every month. (SPLA SHED ) —» Had i t ________________________________________________________ . 7. He tried hard but c oul dn' t c ompens ate for what he had done. (AMEN DS) —> T ry __________________________________ ________________________ . 8. Exper ts th ink t hat all dogs evolved from wol ves. (DESC ENDE D) -» All do gs ______________________________ _____________ experts. 9. We d id n't learn he still manage d to live with very little m oney as a w aiter until later. (EKED) —> No t u nt il_____________ _______________________________ ________. 10. Nob ody is certain if the pr oject will be permitted to con tinue. (GO-AH EAD) —> I t's still to uc h___________________________________________ or not.

TRUÔNG THPT CHUYÊN HUỲNH MẪN ĐẠT - KIÊN GIANG A. M ULTI PLE CHOICE (40 RTS) Circle A, B, C or D that best co mplete s each of the follo wing sentenc es. I. WOR D CHOI CE (5 pts) 1. She was in the o ffice all o f Wednes day and so has a alibi. A. sta le B. consid erable c. broad D. cast-ir on 2. Th e camel has adapte d to survive in a n ________ envir onme nt like the desert for m any days w ithou t wate r. A. aci dic B. alkal ine c. arid D. avid 3. A special feature of the room is the huge picture wind ow w hi ch ________ a splend id view of the Qua ntock hills. A. al lows . B. afford s c. enables D. prese nts 4. He still suffers from a rare tropical disease which h e _______ while in Africa. A. infected B. comp lained c. gained D. contr acted 5. Some people prefe r to watch a film first, and then read t he J ____ in the paper. A. critic B. revue c. review D. criticism 18

6. We want eve ryone to begin the t es t________ . A. si multa neous ly B. unex pectedly c. indefinitel y D. continuo usly 7. You are bound to find information on the stock market crash of 1987 in the ne ws pa per ________ . A. files B. archives c. records D. collect ions 8. What stands out from The Voice Kids is that many young children are with natural talent for m usic. A. b estowe d B. conferred c. endowed D. v ouchsafed 9. M ost critic s pr aise that act or's w ork but I think he's rat he r________ . A. ov er-play ed B. over-rate d c. over-blown D. over-pric ed 10. Marlen e is qu ite ________ - 1d on't kn ow she manages to fit everyth ing in. A. inexhau stible B. tiresome c. inexorable D. indefa tigable 11. STRUCT URES A ND GRAMM AR (5 pts) 1. Sheila will inherit e ver yth ing ________ her un cle’s death. A. on accou nt o f B. in spite of c. in the event of D. in place o f 2. Th e news paper repor t co nta ine d________ important information A. ma ny B. anothe r c. an D. a lot o f 3. ________ comes a time when you have to make a decision and stick to it. A. It B. Here c. There D. That 4. The re is no point in phoning him. He’s ce rta in________ by now. A. to leave B. to have left c . left D. having left 5. In such a pl ig ht ________ that we had no ch oice but to radio for help. A. we found oursel ves B. we oursel ves found c. did we find ourselv es D. did we o urselves find 6. Mrs. Lan wen t t o ________ school to meet her son ’s teacher. A. zero article B. A c. an D. the 7. You may borrow as many books as you like, provided you show them to •_____ is at the desk. D. which c . whom B. who . A. wh oever to hold the do or open? 8. Would you be D. so kind A. too kind B. kind enough c. as kind 9. I’ ll ente r the compet ition if you D. shall c . will B. should A. wo uld 10. Why are y ou so mad ? Y ou ________ me you w eren ’t coming to dinner. I waited f or you for two hours. A. sho uld tell B. should have told c. ough t to tell D. should be told III. P REP OSIT ION S A ND P HRASA L VE RBS (5 pts) 1 He'll have to b uc kl e________ _to his w ork soon if he wants to pass hi s finals. A up B. in c. down D. for 2. His poor han dling of the bu sin ess ________ on neglige nce. A. n eared B. edged c. approac hed D. borde red 19

3. Aft er its eng ine failed, the small bo at ________ with the c urrent. A. wav ed B. tossed c. hasten ed D. drifte d 4. There is a rum or that the Nation al Bank is g oing t o ________ the compa ny I work for. A. tak e on B. ove rtake c. take over D. take o ff 5. Why d on 't you have a nig ht o ut? It would take yo ur _______ of f your worries. A. th ough ts B. hea rt c . mind D. head 6. The gover nmen t decide d t o ________ down on income tax evasion. A. press B. crack c. push D. snap 7. I f w e ______ over the details, we ’ll n ever finish filming this episo de by today. A. n iggle B. discu ss c. huddl e D. mob 8. The Corp orati on is la yin g________ a lot of money on build ing a ne w cr eation center . A. dow n B. of f c . into D. out 9. S he' s decide d t o ________ her G erman by att endin g an eveni ng c ourse. A. br ush up B. patch up c. polish of f D. dus t o ff 10. I d id n't really want to go to the party, but I thoug ht I’d b etter p u t________ an a ppear ance. A. awa y B. ỉn c. of f D. on IV. COL LOC ATIO NS AND IDIOM S (5 pts) 1. Th at Mary is a n ________ liar; you must take w hat s he says wi th a small grain of salt. A. i ncorri gible B. inc urable c. irredee mable D. irr emedia ble 2. I knew my m othe r w ou ld _______ a face the m inute she s aw my new hair cut. A. dra g B. lift c. pull D. raise 3. I f you d on’t stop smokin g, y ou ____ the r isk o f develo ping chroni c bronch itis. A. be ar B. suf fer c. make D. run 4. He was a pi ckp ock et and had to spend many y ears be hi nd ________ . A. win dows B. pri sons c. cells D. bars 5. If you say you'd like ________of cream on your strawb erries then you don't want very much cream. A. a d ash B. ood les c. lashings D, a do llop 6. In her speech the Prime M ini ste r_______ tribut e to the valuab le cont ributi ons to so ciety made by v olunt ary organ izatio ns. A. paid B. se nt c. broug ht D. gave 7. Tam ara has s et h er ________ on becom ing a bal let-da ncer. A. fe et B. bra in c. heart D. head 8. T he football team Man ches ter United p ai d ________ to sign up the Brazilian twins Rafael and Fabio Da Sil va wh en they were on ly ei ghteen . A. th eir heart in it B. an arm and a leg c . a good hea rt D. the ir eye s to eyes 20

9. He spoke well though it was h is ________ speech. A. fi rst-han d B. maiden c. slurred 10. In h is ________ days, he was quite dandy. A. sal ad B. green c. fruit

D. prime D. vegeta ble

V. READ ING COM PREH ENSIO N (10 pts) Read the follow ing passages carefully and circle A, B, c or D that best answe rs the question s. READ ING PASSAG E 1 (5 pts)

THE UNDERG ROUND RAILROAD Slavery was legal for over 200 years in some parts of North America, partic ularly th e southern states of the United States, where the plantation system of agricu lture depend ed on the labor o f slaves, most of whom came from Africa. Slaves had no righ ts or freed oms because they were thought o f as property. From the ti me of its origin, slavery had oppon ents. The abo litionist moveme nt began in the 1600s when the Quakers in Pennsylva nia objected to slavery on moral ground s an d wa nted to abolish the institution. In 1793, Canad a passed a law abolishin g slavery and declared that any escaped slaves who came to Canada would be free citizens. Slavery was already illegal in most northern states; however, slaves captured there by slave hunters could be return ed to slavery in the South. Canada refused to return runaway slaves or to allow American slave hunters into the country. It is estimated that more than 30,000 runaway slaves immigrated to C anada and settled in the Great Lakes region betwee n 1830 and 1865. The Amer ican antisla very movem ent was at the height of its activity during the 1800s, when aboliti onists developed the Underground Railroad, a loosely organi zed system whereby runawa y slaves were passed from safe house to safe house as they fled northw ards to free states or Canada. The term was first used in the 1830s and came from an Ohio clergyman who said, “They who took passa ge on it disap peared from public view as if they had really gone to gro und” . Becaus e the Undergr ound Railroad was so secret, few records exist that would reveal the true numb er of peopl e who travelled it to freedom. The most active routes on th e railroa d w ere in Ohia, Indiana, and western Pennsylvania. Runa way slaves usually traveled alone or in small groups. Most were young men betwe en the ages of 16 and 35. (A) The fugitives hid in wagon s under loads of hay or potat oes, or in furniture and boxes in ste amers and on rafts. (B) They travel ed on foot through swamps and woods, moving only a few miles each night, using the North Star as a compass. Sometim es they moved in broad dayligh t. (C) Boys disguis ed themsel ves as girls, and girls dressed as boys. In one well- know n incident, twenty- eight slaves escaped by walkin g in a funeral proce ssion from Kentuc ky to Ohio. (D) 21

The railroa d develop ed its own language . The trains were the large farm wagon s that could conceal and carry a num ber of peo ple. The track s were the back count ry roads that were used to elude the slave hunter s. The station s were the homes and hiding place s where the slaves were fed and cared for as they moved north. The agents were the people who planned the escap ed routes. The “con ducto rs” were the fearless men and women who led the slaves toward freedom. The “pas senge rs" were the slaves who dared to run away and break for liberty. Passen gers paid no far e and conduc tors received no pay. The most daring cond uctor was Harriet Tubm an, a form er slave who dedicate d her life to helping other runaways . Tubman made 19 trips into the South to guide 300 relatives, friends and strange rs to freedom . She was wanted dead or alive in the South, but she was never captur ed and never lost a passeng er. A det ermine d worker, she carr ied a gun for pr otectio n and a supply of drugs to quie t the crying babies in her re scue parties. A num ber of whit e people join ed the effort, includi ng Indian a bank er Levi Coffin and his wife Catherin e, who hid runaway s in their home, a “stat ion” conve nientl y located on three main escape routes to Canada. People, coul d be hidden there for several weeks, recover ing their strength and waiti ng until it was safe to contin ue on their journ ey. Levi Coffin was called the “pre siden t of the Undergr ound Railro ad” bec ause he helped as ma ny as 3,000 slaves to es cape. The people w ho worked on the railroad were breakin g the law. Altho ugh the escape netwo rk was never as successful or as well organ ized as Southe rners thought, the few thousand slaves who made their way to freedo m in this way each year had a symbolic signific ance out of proporti on to their actual number s. The Underg round Railroad continue d operatin g until slavery in the United States was finally abolish ed in 1865. 1. Why did t housa nds of runaways slaves immigra te to Canada ? A. The y pre ferred the cl imate of the Great Lakes r egion. B. W orking condi tions for slave s were b etter in Canada , c. Canada had no laws restricti ng immigratio n. D. Fo rmer slaves could live as free citize ns in Canada. 2. The phrase “The te rm” in paragrap h 3 refers t o ________ . A. An tislav ery move ment c. Underg round Railroad B. Abo lition ist D. free state 3. The word “fugitive s” in paragra ph 4 is c losest in mean ing t o ________ . A. Leaders B. old men c. runawa ys D. brav e o nes 4. All of the follow ing are mentio ned as metho ds of escape on the Underg round Railroad EXCE PT________ , A. H iding in a hay w agon c. riding in a ra ilcar B. W earin g a disguise D. wa lking in a pro cession

5. The autho r dis cusses the language of the Underg round Railroad in paragrap h 5 in orde r t o ________ . A. Tra ce .the hi story o f American English w ords B. Illu strate the sec ret nature of the esc ape n etwork c. Point out th at som e w ords hav e more than one meaning D. Com pare the Undergrou nd Railroad to other railways 6. The word “elude” in paragraph 5 is closes t in m eaning to ________ . A. avoid B. follo w c. find D. assist 7. Which of the following statement s is true about passenge rs on the Underg round Railroad? A. Th eir destinatio n was in the n orthern states or Canada. B. The y wer e not allo wed to make stops during the journey, c . Thei r babi es we re d isguised to look like baggage. D. Th ey paid the co nductors at the end of the journey. 8. Why was Harrie t Tubm an w anted dead or alive in the S outh? A. S he wa s a criminal who carried a gun and sold drugs. B. She refused to return the runaway slaves that she captured, c. She was an escaped slave who led others to freedom. D. She became the p reside nt o f the Underground Railroad. 9. It can be inferred from paragrap h 8 that the author most likely believes which of the follo wing about the Underground Railroad? A. Th e p eople w ho worked on the railroad should have been arrested. B. The railroad was unsuccessful because it could not help e very sla ve, c. Southe rners did not kn ow abo ut the railroad until aft er it closed. D. The railroad represen ted a psycho logical victory for aboliti onists. 10. Where woul d the fo llowin g s entence best fitted into paragra ph 4? Women and children al so esc aped, but they were more easily captured. A. (A) B. (B) C. (C ) D. (D) READING PASSAGE 2 (5 pts) The Amaz onian wilder ness harbors the greates t numb er of species on this plan et and is an irrepla ceable resource for present and future generatio ns. Amazonia is crucial for maintaining global climate and genetic resources, and its forest and rivers provide vital sources of food, building materials, pharmaceuticals, and wat er needed by wildl ife and hum anity. The Los Amig os waters hed in the state of Madre de Dios, southe astern Peru, is re pres enta tive of the pri stine lowland moist forest once found throu ghou t most of upper Ama zonia n South America. Threats to tro pical forests occur in th e form of fishing, huntin g, gold mining, timber extr action, impend ing r oad constru ction, and slash and bum agriculture. The Los Amigos watershed, consisting o f 1.6 million hect ares (3.95 million acres), still offers the increas ingly scarce oppor tunity to study rain forest as it was before the disrupti ve encro achm ent of modern human

civiliza tion. Becaus e of its relativ ely pristin e condit ion and the immed iate need to justif y it as a conse rvatio n zone and as a c orrid or be tween Manu Natio nal Park and the Tam bopa ta-Ca ndam o Reserved Zone, this area deser ves intensiv e, long term projects aimed at botanica l traini ng, ecoto urism , biologi cal invento ry, and informa tion synthes is. On July 24, 2001, the gove rnme nt of Peru and the Amazon Conse rvation Associ ation, repre sente d by Enrique Ortiz, signed a contra ctual agreem ent creatin g the first long-te rm perma nently renewa ble conse rvatio n conces sion. To our knowledg e this is the first such agreement to be implemented in the world. The conservation concession protects 340,000 acres of old growth Amazonian forest in the Los Amigos watershed which is located in southeastern Peru. This watershed protects the eastern flank of Manu National Park and is part of the lowland forest corridor that links it to Bahuaja-Sonene National Park. The Los Amigos conservation concession will serve as a mechanism for the development of a regional center o f excellence in natural forest management and biodiversity science. Several major projects are bei ng implemented at the Los A migos Conservation Area. Louise Emm ons is initiatin g studies of mammal diversi ty and ecolog y in the Los Amigos area. Other projects involve studies of the diversity of arthropods, amph ibian s, reptiles , and birds. Robin Foster has conduc ted botanica l studies at Los Amigo s, result ing in the labeling of h undreds of p lant species along two kilom eters of trail in upland and lowland forest. Los Amigo s has also been a majo r field site for Robin's rapid identificati on laminated photo graphi c field guides to tropical plants. Michael Gouldin g is leading a fisheries and aquatic ecology program , which aims to docum ent the diversity of fish, their ecologie s, and thei r habi tats in the Los Amig os area and the Madre de Dios wate rshed in gen eral. With supp ort from the Amazon Conserv ation Associ ation, and in collab oration with US and Peruvian colleague s, the Botany of the Los Amigos project has been initiated. A t Los Amigos, we are attemp ting to d evelo p a system of prese rvation , sustain ability, and scientifi c research; a marria ge between vario usdis ciplin es, from human ecolog y to econom ic botany, produ ct marke ting to forest manag ement . Theco mplex ity of the ecosyste m will best be unders tood throug h a multid iscipl inary appro ach, and improved under stand ing of the comp lexity will lead to better manage ment. In ess ence, we must be informed to make wise man agem ent decision s about Amazon ian forests. These forests hold the great est n umbe r o f species on our p lanet and are an irrepla ceable re source for presen t and future genera tions. The future of these forests will depend on sustai nable mana geme nt and devel opme nt of alte rnative practice s and product s that d o n ot require i rrevers ible destructi on. The botanic al proje ct will provide a foun dation of informati on t hat is essentia l to othe r progr ams at Los Amigos. By co mbini ng botanic al studies with fisheries and mamm ology , we will better understa nd plant/a nimal interacti ons. By 24

pr ov id in g na m es , the botanic al program will facilitate accurat e comm unicati on

abou t pl ants and the animal s th at u se the m. Included in this scena rio are h umans, as we wil l dedic ate time to p eople -plant i nteractio ns in orde r to learn what plants are used by p eople in the Los A migos area, and what plants could potent ially be used by pe ople. To be inform ed; we must develop knowled ge. To develop knowle dge, we mus t collec t, organ ize, and dissem inate information . In this sense, bo tan ica l in fo rm at io n ha s co ns er va tio n va lu e. Before we can use plant-ba sed products from the forest, we must know what species are useful. We mu st know w hat their names are in ord er to be able to c ommunicate accurately about them. We must be able to identify them, to know where they occur in'the forest, how many of them exist, how they are pollinated and when they produce fruit (or other useful products). Aside fi'om u nderstandin g the species as they occur locally at Los Amigos, we must have information about their overall distribution in tropical America in order to better understand and manage the distribution, variation, and viability of their genetic diversity and germplasm. This involves a more complete unders tandin g of the spec ies throug h studies in th e field and he rbarium. 1. The ph rase “ge ne tic r es ou rc es ” refers to A. pl ant seeds B. dif fere nt r aces of people c. divers e specie s o f plants and animals D. cel ls t hat can b e used in genetic cures for diseases 2. In parag raph 2, the autho r emphasi zes that the curren t environm ental cond ition o f Amazo nian South A merica is________ . A. m ostly un scathe d B. res torab le throug h his pr oject c. irred eema ble every where bu t in the Los Amigos watershe d D. va rying from destro yed to vir tually pristine 3. The word “co nc es sio n” in para graph 3 is closest in m eaning to ________ . A. g rant B. ack nowle dgem ent c. apology D. comp romise 4. T he a uth or implies in parag raph three th at the agreem ent b etween Peru and the Ama zone C onserv ation A ssociati on is history primaril y be cause it________ . A. was the first long-term agreement regarding land in the Amazone Rainforest B. repre sente d the first time a South American govern ment had agreed to rene w a conse rvatio n agreem ent c. is ess entia lly a perm anen t cons ervatio n a greemen t □. repr esen ts the first time such an agreem ent has been in the form of a rene wabl e c ontra ct 5. The a uth or’s m ain purpose in the p assage is to________ . A. dem ons trat e that conser vation efforts have been histor ically successf ul and so s hould be co ntinued B. garn er supp ort for opposi tion to destruct ive activit ies in the Los Amigos wate rshe d 25

position the Los Amigos watersh ed agree ment as a succe ss towar ds the achie veme nt o f the vital goal o f conservat ion the Amaz onian rainfor ests D. argue that the study pristine rainfores ts is essential for docu ment ing and studying the m yriad new species that the fore sts c ontain 6. The auth or’s tone in the p assage can be best describ ed as________ . A. adv ocacy for his proje ct ov er the other c ompeti ng p rojects B. general praise for co nservat ion projects in Ama zonian South America, c. passio nate suppo rt for his and related projects D. zealo us advoca cy fo r his point of view 7. The work of Louise Emmons, Robin Foster, and Michael Gould ing (in the fourth paragr aph) are em ployed in the pas sage as________ . A. col leagu es o f the au thor ’s in his botanical project B. e xamp les of the ki nds of activities the au thor and his colleag ues are trying to h alt c. scienti sts w ho are represe nt new trends o f study in Amaz onian botany D. sci entist involved in projects related and ame nable to the auth or’s 8. The au thor's botanical project involved all o f the following EX CE PT ________ . A. stud ying plants in laborator y B. stud ying how plants are used by humans and animals c. facilita ting pharmac eutical use o f plants D. lab eling plants in the Los Amigos area 9. When the author says that the botanical project will “p ro vid e na m es ” he means that the project will A. help re cognize new spec ies B. aid in the s tandardi zation of names for new specie s c. partici pate in naming the r egion ’s different zones D. clarify the conclusio n surround ing the names of diffe rent organ ization s workin g in Amazo nia 10. When the author says that “bo tan ica l inf orm ati on has co ns er va tio n va lu e” he mea ns th at________ . A. a robust understanding of conservation ism is aided by botanical information B. cons ervatio nists should strive to preserve botanical informatio n c. specifica tion is importa nt fo r conserv ation D. politica l d iscussion s ab out co nservatio n s hould use bo tanical nomen clatur e VI. GU ID ED CL OZ E TE ST ( 10 pts) Re ad the fol low ing pa ssa ges and cir cle A, nu mb ere d bla nk. GUIDED CLOZE TE ST 1 (5 pts)

B, c

or D th at bes t fit s eac h

GERARD MERCAT OR: THE MAN WHO M APPED T HE PLANE T When Gerard Mercat or was born in 1512, the geogra phy of the globe still remain ed a mystery. It was unclear wheth er Americ a was part of Asia if there

was a vast ( 1 ) ___________ of sea at the top of the world or if Aust ralia was connec ted to An tarctica. Mer cato r’s childhood was spent chiefly in Rupelmonde, a Flemish trading town on the river, and it was here that his geographical imaginati on was (2) ______ • by the ships which passed to and from the rest of the world. Alongs ide imagina tion, he dev eloped two very different skills. The first was the ability to gather, (3) ________ and co-ordinate the geographical information provided by explore rs and sailors who frequented the margins of the k nown. He also had to be able to imagine hims elf (4) _ ______ from the heavens, to achiev e the vision ary (5 )________ of gods in the skies, (6 )_________ down on the world. The main reason why Merca tor’s name is famili ar to US is becaus e of the Merc ator Projectio n: the solution he (7) ________ to represen t the spheroi dal surface o f the glo be on a two-dimen sional plane. It is less well known that Merc ator was the f irst man to conce ive o f mapping the (8 )________ surface of the plane t or that he (9 )___ _____ the idea o f multiple maps being presented in bound books, to which he gave t he name ‘Atlas'. It is difficu lt for us now to be surprised by maps, so many are there, and of such detail and coverag e, but we should bear in mind that Mercator lived at a time when such knowledge was far from (1 0 )________ . He was the man who altered our w orldvi ew forever. D. expanse B. distanc e c . range 1. A. terri tory D. nourished c . supplied 2. A. rais ed B. reared D. construc t c. as similate B. amass 3. A. co ngrega te D. attached c . situated B. located 4. A.s usp end ed D. assessme nt c. p erspective B. observa tion 5. A. i nspection D. gazing c . watching B. scutinizi ng 6. A. glim psing D. schemed c . devised B. contrived 7. A. i nvented D. utter c . entire B full 8. A.shee r D. p repared c . lead B. initiated 9. A. p ioneere d D. norma! c . routine B. common 10. A. ty pical GUIDED CLOZE TEST 2 (5 pis)

ME AND MY HEALTH I neve r seem to stop. I'm not so m uch a wo rkaholic as th e (1) ‘girl who ca n't s ay no '. Not only have I never learned to organize my time, I need the deadl ine to pass before I get going. Then I wonder why I feel (2)________ . I’m very good at whip ping up false energy. Without (3)________ lest, though, I start to look grey and then, apart from a good nig ht's s leep, t he only thing that brings me back to life is m editation . I find that 20 minute s’ meditatio n is (4)________ to a nig ht' s sleep and that keeps me going . Somehow though, 1 never get around to med itatin g on a daily (5)________ . I'm no good in the morning. By the time I’ve m anage d to get up and repai r the (6)________ of the night, hal f of the da y's 27

gone. When it come s to food, I'm a host ess’s nightm are. As I suffer from migrai ne, I avoid chee se and (7)________ like coffee , red wine and spirits, which are gene rally (8)________ to trigge r and attack. I only eat rye bread, as the gluten in wh eat make s me feel bloated and ropy. I’ve (9)________ countl ess migrain e ‘cure s’, from the herbal remedy fev erf ew to acupu nctur e. Acupu ncture (10)________ balan ce t he system, but n othing stops the a ttacks. A. i nnovati ve D. origin al B. first c . foremo st A. apat hetic D. sp en t c . grueling B. exhau sted A. su fficie nt D. mini mal B. severe c. accept able A. com patib le D. prop ortion al B. alike c . equiva lent A. way D. ma nner B. basis c . routine A. da mages B. wreck s c. ra va ge s D. ruins A. st imula tions B. stim ulants c. stimulus D. stim ulating D. thou ght A. fo reseen B. main tained c . regarded A. tried B. experi mented c . searched D. proved D. helps c . restores 1. A. assists B. imp roves B. WR ITT EN TE ST (70 pts) I. OP EN CLOZ E T EST (20 pts) Fill in each n umbere d blank with ONE s uitabl e word. OPEN CLOZE TEST 1 (10 pts)

KARAO KE FEVER Karao ke is fast becom ing the natio n’s Num ber One party pastime . Public humil iation has ( 1 ) ________ been so fashionable . It’s 1 a.m. at an exclusi ve location in the hear t o f London. A maj or pop singer has take n the stage but r ather , than sing her latest hit, she treats the crowd ( 2 ) ________ a Michael Jackson song. What was ( 3 ) ________ the party habit of teena gers is now favoure d by Lon don 's coole st crowd and everyone is havi ng a (4 )________ . So why are so many of ou r young celebr ities queuei ng up to make fools of ( 5 ) ________ in clubs and bars across the countr y? Maybe it’s because (6 ) ________ out a naf f pop song to a public audien ce shows that even though you may be a celebri ty, you don ’t (7) • you rsel f too seriously. And if you are a b ig movie star, tha t's a good messa ge to get across. Nobod y gets away with out being laughed (8 )________ on a karaoke evening, no m atter how f amous they are. Turnin g all, tha t's the whole point of the exercise. (9) ________ for the musical expert s amon g you, a word of warn ing: this isn’t about proving to the world that you know all the lyrics to a serious song. It’s ab out expres sing your inner perform er. Don ’t bot her (1 0 )________ up at a kara oke night if you are n’t pr epared to sing; yo u’ve got to put in the effort and prove that you are one of th e ‘in-c rowd ’. Break a leg! 28

OPEN CL OZE TEST 2 (10 pts)

When he was made (1 )________ four years ago, John Spencer set up his own business dealing in ( 2 ) ________ and second-hand books. “I didn ’t expect to lose my job," he said. “It happened very suddenly and I knew it would be difficu lt to find anothe r one. I’d always been interested in books, so tha t s eemed a good ( 3 ) _____ __ to choose. I run the business from home and send and receive books by post so I don’t need my own (4 )________ . Sometimes I travel to book fairs and sometimes I have a stall in the market. It was a bit frightenin g at first, being ( 5 ) ________ , but I’ve got used to it now and I really apprecia te the feeling o f inde pendence I get from “be my own boss". John got som e a dvice from his bank manage r abou t the financial (6 )________ of his business and also took out a small (7 )________ to buy stock. After only two years the business was making a profit. T he s ecret o f success, acco rding to John, is to (8) ________ in certain ar ea (d etective fiction and cookery in his case) so that you always have the book the serious collecto r is looking for. John posts books to his consumers and then waits for them to send (9 )________ . At first, he was n’t sure whethe r people would pay up promptly. “In fact, this h asn’t been the prob lem I thought it might be. Most customer s are very (10) ' and it’s only the occasional one th at cau ses problems. II. WO RD FORMS (20 pts) 1. Supply the co rrect wor d form o f the words in brackets.(1 0 pts) 1. She s tood there completely ____ so I had no idea at all what she was thinking (EXPRESS ) 2. Any a ctor w ho becomes known for one role is in danger of becoming_______; (TYPE) 3. This school was once_ ___as a military h ospit al during the war. (REQUIRE ) 4. So far, the United States has said it cannot agree t o ________ all types of antiper sonne l mines. (LAW) 5. In Scot land, there is greater emphasis on________ by individua l schools. (VALUE) 6. Acco rding to a recent survey in Britain, more women than men emphasized and tr ust. (CONFI DENCE ) 7. People also read these papers for their rev iews o f new books, films and plays and for the ir________ . (EDIT) 8. Since most import ant problems are_____ there are several alternati ves to choos e f rom, each with u nique a dvantages and disad vantages. (FACET ) 9 The rocks appe ar to be stationary but in the high winds that whip across this deser t l andsca pe, t hey are in reality m oving________ . (PERC EIVE) 10. After th e cup final, the________ team bussed back to t he hotel parading the cup as the y we nt. (TRIU MPH) 29

2. Supply each gap With the correct form o f the words given in the box. (10 pts) alter recede

slouch roun d

course reside

min d real

misery mult iple

A GRE AT S TAYCA TION Holidays at home are usually a last (1) __ ______wh en all o ther option s have been ruled out for one reason or another, but, in these tough times when money is p erhaps tighter than ever before, the grim (2 )________ that the stay-at -home vacatio n may be the only realistic (3 )________ is one that more and more of us are face d w ith. Howeve r, this does not have to mean a (4 )_________ time in t he same old (5 )________ you ar e in for th e ot her 355 -odd days o f the year. For those w illing to t hink outside the box a little, there are, in fact, a (6) ________ of possibilit ies that should be explor ed. Ever though t about a house swap, for example ? The house swap is ultima te holiday ( 7 )_______ buster. And th ere are now w ebsites on w hich (8 )_________ individua ls, couples and families looking to get a flavour of the life lived in some else ’s home can hook up and start house swapping. Okay, so it's not the two weeks in Gran Canaria you might have hoped for, but s taying in som eone else ’s (9 )________ for a few days at least, w heth er it be ten, fifty or one hundred miles away, sure beats (1 0)________ around at home on you r sofa. III. ER ROR IDENTIFICATION (10 pts) Ther e are 10 mistakes in the following passage. Identify the mistake s and then corre ct them. (10 pts) Have you ever tried a strawbe rry pizza? If you went to Oxnard, the "Straw berry Capital of California," in May, you could! Oxnard is in Southern California and the part o f the state takes its strawberries very serious. At the two-day California Strawberry Festival you can sample strawberries prepared in all kinds o f ways. In addition to traditional treatment such as strawberry shortcake, strawberry jam, strawben-y tarts and strawberries dipped into chocolate, there is strawberry pizza! This dessert pizza is topped with strawberries, sour cream, cream cheese and whipped cream on a sweetened bread baked like a pizza. Strawberry kabobs dipped in powdered sugar are another delicacy. And drinks like a strawberry smoothie can wash it all away. Strawbe rries are a big business es in Ox nard. Twent y-four compa nies harves t and cool nearly 16 million trays of berries, which are shipped throu ghout N orth Americ a as long as to Germ any and Japan. The festival, which attracts m ore th an SO

85,000 visitors, features three stages with musical entert ainme nt, 335 arts and crafting exhibits, strolling mu sicians, clowns, artists, face-p ainting , conte sts, and a "Strawberr y land" for children with puppets, magicia ns, musici ans, and a petting zoo. 1. 3,_ 2. 6." 4. 5. 9." 7. 8. 10~ IV. SE NT EN CE T RA NS FO RM AT IO N (20 pts)

Rewrit e the sen tences with the given words or beginnin g in such a wa y that their m eanings remain unchanged. 1. “Beca use of this new evidence I have no alternative but to release you ,” the judg e to ld the accus ed. (LI GH T) —> “ ..................................... . ..................... I have no alterna tive but to release you,” the judge told the accused. 2. It is i mportant to kn ow the d ifference between a joke and a lie.

(D RA W )

—>It is importan t to know ......................... ’.......................... ...be twe en a jo ke and a lie. 3. The governm ent recommends a balance of reward and punis hmen t when dealing with yo ung offe nders. (ST ICK ) —» The govern ment f avours a ............................................ to you ng o ffender s. 4. Le t’s all w ork to gether, and w e’ll finish the job very quickly .

(N EX T)

-> We' ll have this job d o n e..................................................... if we co operate . 5. He was really jealo us w hen he saw his brothe r’s new car.

(G RE EN )

—> He w a s ............................................................ see his bro ther 's new car, 6. It’s sad, bu t une mploym ent is unlikely to go down this year. —> S a d .......................... ........................ ..................................... ............... 7. People believe that the Chinese invented p aper in 105 A.D. -» P ap er ....................................................... . ............................................. 8. It’s a pity tha t you wrote that letter. I'd .............. ........................ . ................. ................. .............................. 9. He de cided to rep air the t hing him self and not to take it back to the shop . -» R at he r.............. .................................. .........................' ........................ 10. I'm s ure it wa sn' t Mrs. Elton you saw bec ause she’s in Bristol. -» It c an’t ............... ......................................................................................

TRƯỜNG T HPĨ CHUYÊN LÊ HỔNG PHONG - TP. Hổ CHÍ MINH A. M ULTIP LE CHOICE: I. WORD CHOIC E: Cho ose the best opt ions (A ,

B, c, or D) that best c om plet e t he f ollow ing sente nces.

1. We are not kn ow n________ at'a ll, and as we grow, we feel a progressive lack o f individual personality. A. grue lingly B. severally c. expensive ly D. brusquely 2. He has fled to the mountains o f Ga lic ia,______ he cann ot p ossibly escape on horseb ack o ver the border. A. mea nwhile B. heretofore c. whence D. indefin itely 3. Given that Haiti is vulnerable to hurricanes and earthquakes , it would be to establish building codes and other disaster re sponse initiatives. A. prud ent B. tiny c. profound D. stern 4. While her mother sat at the window, striving to read, the child, who was in one o f her moods of obstreperou s gaiety, began play ing a grand game. A. bois terous B. tentative c. creative D. precarious 5. The se tup is intim ate: audience m embers s urround the stage on three sides. A. formal B. unusual c. mutual D. cozy 6. This very morning, she announces, she has managed to procure what might be the last two cra tes o f peaches in France. A. obscur e B. conceal c. consume D. obtain 7. in their eyes, I saw not only excitement for the equity we offered, but the ______ beli ef that they would be entrust ed to do their job s with my counsel, if they so ught it, but with out unwanted meddling. A. mode st B. positive c. earnest D. mutual 8. Her ivory br ow ______ in delicate lines. A. furrow s B. duplicates c. ambles D. mutters 9. The fashion of the last Louis but one, of the line that was never to brea k - the 14th Louis - w a s ______ in their rich furniture; but, it was diversified by many obje cts th at were illustrations o f old pages in the history o f France. A. varied B. conspicuous c. invisible D. negative 10. A man of stainles s reputation, his deeds and words have almost invariably been on the side o f_____ . A. balefu lness B. succession c. righteousness D. resemblance 11. STRUC TURES AND GRAMMA R: Choo se t he bes t option s (A,

B, c, or D) that best c omple te the follow ing sent ences.

1. Last week end,_______ nothing to watch on television, we sang karaoke together. A. there being B. there having c. having had D. being 2. The upper br anches o f the tallest trees produce more lea ve s_______ other branches. A. than do B. than have c. than they do D. than it does 32

3. He drove at full speed lest h e _______ late for the app ointment. A. was B. would be c. be D. shou ldn’t be 4. Y ou _______ the questio ns in the order they asked. You mixed them up in the wrong way. A. had to B. must have answered c . didn ’t need to an swer D. should have answere d 5. We would sooner Mr. Manh______ US the urgent information the oth er night. A. sent B. would have sent c . had sent D. send 6. Ms. Phi is ranked the best st udent ___she has made a point o f studying hard. A. hence B. in that c. unless D. let alone 7. Not only the Smiths but also thei r next-doo r nei ghb or_______ more tree s in the ne ighborhood thus far. A. was planting B. plant c. have planted D. has planted 8. It was righ t in the middle o f the school y ar d_______ I saw a st range a lien. A. where B. which c. that D. which 9. That is (a n) _______ A. yello w useful Dutch gold alarm clock B. useful yellow Dutch gold clock alarm c. useful yellow gold Dutch alarm clock D. useful yellow Dutch gold alarm clock 10 .1w on’t _______ those childr en m aking a noise in my house! A. allo w ■ B have Ci let D. tell

III. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS: 1. Luckily, th e r ai n___ so we were able to play the match. A. gave out B. got away c. went away D. held o ff 2. I do n't like t he w ay that Jack is always trying to _____ trouble between US. A. dish out B. rub up c. stir up D. spark out 3 . 1 a m ___with work at the moment. A. snow ed under B. piled up c. messed up D. knocked off 4. This scandal ha s______ criticism raining down on Mr Deby from all sides. A. taken B. got c. brought D. made 5. I see a lot o f people with this new hairstyle. It seems to b e ___ A. pi ling up B. bringing off c. coming off D. catchin g on 6. ‘Do you think Dennis to ok the money ?’ - ‘1w ouldn ’t _____ him .’ A. put it past B. think it thro ughc . pass it over D. rub it up 7. Rather than take his time to think about the questions, the int erv iew ee_____ out th e fir st a nswe r that ca me into his head. A. blu ndered B. blurted c. bungled D. botc hed 8. Whene ver the re’s some fresh scandal about the royal family, the public are always eage r t o _____ it up. A. flap B. swish c. lap D. gulp 33

9. Sh e's one of those peopl e who are al w ay s_____ and askin g ques tions about other pe opl e’s pri vate lives. A. p oking aro und B. digg ing up c . prying out D. spy ing on 10. T he blue sundr ess se t________ her l ong blo nde hair. A. up B. o ff c . forth D. in IV. CO LL OC AT ION S AN D IDIO MS: 1. The luxuri ous office accen tuated the man ager ’s po si tio n____ It enhan ced his power and his sense o f his own worth. And it made other people feel small. A. on the pecki ng p ole B. in t he n ibbling line c . at the nipp ing post D. in the packing or der 2. ‘Have you tried to read the guar ante e?’ - ‘There ’s so much le g al _____ that it’s impos sible to u nder stand .’ A. mu mbo ju mb o B. bongo bongo c . abraca dabra D. okey -dokey 3. When several comp anies sho wed interest in buying the fi lm rights to his novel, he k new he h ad ___ _. A. up ped the a nte B. scoop ed t he bag c . caug ht the fat one D. hit the ja ck po t. 4 . 1c an 't go out wea ring something like that. I’d be t he ____o f the neighborhood. A. m ake-m e-lau gh B. la ughing stock c . laught er m aker D. laughing gas 5 . 1 grew up in this old house, so I kno w e ve ry _____o f it. A. ho ok a nd sinker B. lock, stock and barrel c . step an d stop D. noo k and cranny 6. A large group of teena gers w er e___ around the en trance to the zoo. A. m ulling B. mud ding c maulin g D. mil ling 7. T he pall y was al re ad y___ by the time we arrived. Everyone was singin g and dancing. A. in full s wing B. up in the a ir c . over th e mo on D. un der th e c loud 8. The y hav e s erious problem s .That ’s why th eir rela tionsh ip is on t h e ___ A. cli ffs B. rock s c . stones . D. grass 9. Wha t she told me was a ___ of lies. A. pa ck B. load c . herd D. flock 10. Jan et will see you if you use th e com puter witho ut permiss ion. She has eyes like a _______ . A. bird B. goose c . hawk D. fox V. READ ING COM PRE HEN SION READIN G C OMPR EHEN SION 1:

Read the following passages carefully and answer the que stions below them. THOU GHT CRIME As he revisi ts the fr ac tur ed a ntiher o o f two p revi ous novels, Jam es Sall is talks to Chris Wiega nd abou t writing crim e fic tio n foc us ing on char acte r rath er th an plot. 34

"I felt like I was stumbli ng, groping around in the dark. Didn't know where I was going in the next paragraph ; didn't know what I was doing in the next chapter . But 1 someh ow found my way." Speaking softly and slowly, with the slighte st Deep South twang, James Sallis is on the line from Phoenix to discuss his new novel, Salt River. It's the shortest of his increasingl y slim tales to date, but took the longes t to write. Sallis says he's relying more on improvi sation and aband oning "the certaintie s with which I began writing". As Sallis recalls this struggle for directi on, he sounds like his lost-as-hell antihero, Turner. He introduc ed the existential detective in Cypress Grove, where he fulfils a selfimposed exile in a one-horse town outside Memphis. A sequel, Cripple Creek, followed . No w Salt R iver co mpletes the Tur ner trilogy. Sallis presents T urner as a man defined and haunted by w hat he no longer is: a soldier, a cop and a convict. Episodes from his forme r lives are scattered through the books as flashbacks. "Turner is a man whose life has gone through abrup t changes ," Sallis explains. "I felt that the novels' structures should reflect the seemi ng discont inuities of his life." It's a technique that is at odds with the thumbn ail sketche s favoured by crime writers intent on establis hing a novel's cast quickly bef ore cracking on with the plot. If he takes his time when it comes to characterisa tion - we don't learn Turne r's first name until midway through the second book - Sallis also has a laidback approac h to story. The barely-there storylines in Salt River almost evapor ate on the page. You don't get lost in his plots, they tend to lose themse lves. "Plots are a contriva nce - our lives are plotless - yet they're necess ary, I think, to literary form," explains Sallis. "My way of de aling with this has been to move the plot offstage a bit, to write around it." Is this why, when I think of Sallis's books, I'm hit by smells of home -brewed cof fee and wild magno lia rather than a nything that act ually h appened? "Those are the parts of the world that we own, what comes back to us about times in ou r own lives when we think of the past," he insists. "All too often I'm readin g this great book with a solid setting, characters that walk right into my own life, the n somew here around the fifth or sixth chapter the p lot kic ks in - and all th at falls into the backgroun d. I want all that stuff, that sur round, to rema in in the f oregro und." He does that "surround " very well, evoking the grit and wit of rural southern life with ease. (Sallis grew up in Helena, a small town on the banks of the Missis sippi.) He has an ear for sleepy, porch-fro nt wisdom, with his characters often swap ping homilies to the sound of cicadae on long s umme r nigh ts. " Were there books in the house when he was young? "We're from lower-cla ss, southern stock." he says. "My dad was fairly typical, hard-worki ng, blue- collar - hunting on week ends , fixing lawnmo wers ... My brothe r and I develop ed this love for books. The first things I read were science fiction." 35

So were the first things Sallis wrote. He began to sell stories to magazin es then made a life-changing move to London in his early 20s to edit groundbreak ing sci-fi magazine Ne,w Worlds with Michael Moorcock at the fag-end of the 60s. Working alongside Moorcock opened Sallis's eyes to hard-boiled crime fiction: "Mike introduced me to books by Raymond Chandler and Dashiell Hammett, which I had never found here in the States o ddly enough." When Sallis began to write his own crime novels, critics distinguished him as a supposed rare breed the "literary crime writer". Sallis finds the tag "useless and foolish" but his novels have an undenia ble intellectual ism that remains rare in the genre. Sallis gives me the skinny on the next novel: "The major charact ers are a contr act killer who is dying of cancer, a 12-year-old whose parents have disapp eared and w ho g oes on living by hims elf in the family house, and a pair of detecti ves, with the p oint o f view sh ifting am ong them chapte r to chap ter." Long-L egged Fly and Cypress Grove started out as standalon es, so who knows if this will launch anothe r series. As Sallis says: "I never know I'm jum ping in the r iver, I al ways think I'm just sticking my feet in." 1. Wha t does Jam es Sallis s uggest a bout his latest novel in the fi rst para graph? A. He adapted it as he w ent along. B. The main chara cter is based on himself, c. It caused him to doubt his writi ng ability D. He struggled to po rtray the main character. 2. In the second paragrap h, Sallis implies that his novels differ from those of many other crime writers in that A. the events in the storylines are not in chr onological order. B. he prefers his c haracter s to feature prominently throughou t, c. his st oryline s are base d m ainly on flashbacks. D. the plots are r ather slow to develop. 3. In p aragraph three, the writer wond ers if his reaction to Sallis ' novels are due to the fact th at A. the plot is not the central focus, c. the writi ng style is very d escripti ve. B. the storylines are hard to follow. D. the storylines milTor human experience. 4. -.What does “all that” refer to? A. the intricaci es o f a plotline B. aspe cts of a novel tha t a r eader than identify with c. detailed descrip tions of characters D. the eleme nts o f a novel that set the s cene 5. Accor ding to the fourth paragraph , one way in which Sallis ' upbring ing is reflecte d in his books is through A. his poetic writin g style. B. the theme s he explo res. c. a fo cus on charac ters from the lower class. D. some o f the di alogue be tween characters . 36

6. Wliat do we learn ab out Sallis in the sixth para graph? A. He was heavily influenced by c ollaborati on with ot her write rs. B. He do esn 't see hi mse lf as an exc eptionally good crime writer, c. He is dismiss ive of the way he is defined as a writer. D. He w anted to take an established writing style a ste p further. 7. In th e final paragra ph, what doe s Sallis conclude abou t his w riting projects? A. He always start s with the basi s o f a novel and t hen s ees how it de velops. B. He do es n't envisage them b eing amb itious projects a t the start. c. He en joys not kno wing what directio n they will e ventually take. D. He do esn 't base his expe ctations on previous results. 8. The word “at odd s w ith ” is c losest in m eaning to A. at varian ce wi th B. consis tent with c. averse to D. in tandem with 9. The word “c on tri va nc e” is closest in meaning to A. ne ed c. loss D. an artificial product B. deception 10. The word “s kin ny ” is closest in meaning to A. l esser-kn own information c . little information B. the bottom line D. the thread J READING COMPREHENSION 2 GRAPHIC NOV ELS: A FRESH ANGLE ON LITERAT URE Has the g raph ic novel - a ficti ona l story pres ented in comic-st rip form at fin all y becom e inte llectually resp ectable? Graphic novels have jus t landed with an almighty ker spla t/Yc n days ago, two such works were shortlisted for the Shakespeare Book Awards for the first time in the history of the prize, in two different categories. This was no publicity stunt: neithe r pan el knew what the other had done. This is, surely, the moment when the graphic book finally made its entra nce into the respectable club room of high literature. Hang on, though: can you compare a graphic novel with the literary kind? Woul dn’t that be like comparing a painting with a music v ideo? Or is it time we started seeing them as comparable mediums for storytelling ? If so, what next? Robert Macfarlan e, the chairman of another major literary awa rd, says he has no objection in principle to a graphic novel being submitted for the prize. In fact, he has taught one, Art Spiegelm an's Maus, alongside the works of Russian writer Tolstoy and Don Quixote (by the Spanish writer Miguel de Cervantes) at the University of Cambr idge, where he works in the English Faculty. ‘The idea of outlawing the graphic novel doesn’t make any sense to me,’ he says. ‘I don’t seg reg ate it from the novel. The novel is always eating up other languages, media and forms .' Graphic fiction, he says, is ‘another version of the nov el's long flirtation with the visua l’. This is, he declares, ‘a golden age for the graphic novel.’ And he ’s right. We are seeing a boom in graphic novels. Since Mau s was awarded a Pulitzer Prize in 1992, they have gone on to devou r every literary 37

genre going. But so far, graphic novels have politely stood aside and let conventio nal books win the big pr izes. Now they want the vote. Fighting for the graphic nove lists’ cause, astonishi ngly, are some hef ty prize- winni ng writers. The English novelist and poet A. s. Byatt is passion ately in favou r of grap hic novels compe ting with regular ones. Byatt, who is a huge fan óf Sp iege lman ’s Maus, thinks that French-Ir anian artist Marjane Satra pi’s graphi c novel Persepo lis stands ‘head and shoulders above most novels being produc ed. It’s more interestin g and more moving. It’s able to be serious because it can carry itsel f along on this unseriou s form. It all owed her to be witty about things that are terrible. And that ’s why it’s a ma jor work of art’. The genius of the graphic novel, as the English write r Philip Pullman explains, is th at it can brin g'in to play so many levels of n arrative by layering them on top of each other. Tak e Ame rican Al ison Bechde l’s brill iant Are You My Mother? - in a single page, she can depict a memory o f being w ith her m other in her childhood , dialogue between hers elf and her mother as they chat on the phone in the present, plus an image o f her self toiling at her d esk, trying to write her memoir. And what Bechdel and her mum are saying on the phone links to the diaries of the early 20 th-century writer Virginia Woolf, which Bechdel also brings to visual life. Try doing that with words - it would take a chapter. Bechdel does it in a few panels. That, in the end , is precisely what keeps graphic literature so distinct from prose narrative. Graphic novels and t raditional novels demand, to be sure, the same amounts of time, i ntellect and a rtistry from the authors. But that do esn’t mean they ’re the same thing. A few years on, will you be clicking the buy button on a graphic novel as happily as you’d pi ck up a work by a traditiona l n ovelist? Even Bechdel confesses that her reading habits are still struggling out of the past. ‘Honestly, I would be slightly more inclined to pick up a non-graphic work ,’ she says. ‘At this p oint, ther e’s not a huge number of graphic novels th at are a bout topics that interest me. But that, too, is ch anging. We’re becoming more visually literate. There ’s some reason for these graphic novels creeping into the canon. We’re reading dif ferently from how we used to 200 year s ag o.’ 1. What doe s the writer say ab out the nomination of two gra phic novels for the Shakespeare Book Awards? A. It reve aled the closed-m indednes s o f the literary establishm ent. B. It was the result o f confusion am ong mem bers o f the panel, c. It generated debate ab out the tru e purpos e o f the prize. D. It was not deliberate ly calcul ated to attrac t peo ple’ attention. 2. The w o rd ‘panel’ in the text refers to A. The novelists B. The speci alists c. The vo ters D. The g raphic design ers 3. What doe s Robert Macfarlane suggest abo ut graph ic nove ls? A. Th eir long-term success has now b een assure d. B. The ir b anning from literature co urses has backfire d. 38

c. They are a

logical step in the deve lopment of fiction. D. They tend to be less inn ovative than traditional novels. 4. The word ‘segre gate ’ is closest in meaning to A. exc lude B. disengag e c. disaffiliate D. victimize 5. In the third paragra ph, the writer suggests that, in the past, w riters of graphic T novels j A. la cked the suppor t of influential figures. Ị B. wer e s ystema tically discr iminated against. c. tended to accept their inferio r social standing. D. und erappr eciated the importance of literary awards. 6. The w ord ‘hefty’ is closest in me aning to A. cum bersom e B. prom inent c. immense D. vigorous 7. What does Byatt suggest when the novelist and poet says Persepolis stands ‘head and shoulder s abo ve mo st novels being pr oduce d’? A. The wo rk is far su perior to most no vels being produced. B. The quality of the gra phic novel chall enges all the 1iterary norms. c. The autho r o f the graphic novel has gone great lengths to finish the work. D. Th e wo rk is being p ublished in inordinate numbers. 8. The writer discusses Alison Bechdel’s book to make the point that graphic novels A. can have ju st as much na rrative depth as tradi tional novels. B. are able to. incorporate a surprisin g range of different novels, c. can represe nt the workings of memory in sophis ticated ways. D. enab le writers to deal with d ifferent a spects o f a story at once. 9. Bechdel is quoted in the last paragraph to make the point th at A. interes t in g raphic novels reflects a more general trend. B. man y re aders lack the skills to fully appreciate graphic novels, c. it is d ifficul t to persuade peopl e to take graphic novels seriously. D. graph ic novels are far outnum bered by quality trad itional novels. 10. In this article, the w riter is A. a nalyz ing the preoccu pations o f graphic novelists. B. ou tlinin g the o rigins o f graphic novels. c. desc ribin g the workin g pr actices o f graphic novelists. D. ev aluat ing the merits of graphic novels.

VI, GUIDED CLOZE GUIDED CLOZE 1: Choose the most appr opriate wo rds to fill in the blanks. SUGAR: THE F UEL OF THE FU TURE? Brazil has a good track (1 )______ in r esearch in many areas of science and techn ology . It is in the field of bio-energy, however, that the co untry (2 )______ to make Its b igges t contrib ution. Brazil is the worl d’s largest produ cer of sugar and since 1975 has been fermen ting sugar-cane ju ice ( 3 ) _______ a substance called ethan ol, which can be used as motor fuel. For many year s, the programm e 39

(4) ■ in virtual isolation from the rest of the world, using fairly low-tech metho ds. Recent ly, howeve r, the gove rnme nt has been inves ting ( 5 ) ______ in researc h aimed at improv ing all stages in the proces s from suga r-can e biolog y to engine ef ficien cy. Whilst the motiv ation for the investm ent is larg ely (6 )_____ by en ergy needs rathe r than envir onme ntal concer ns, the fue l's green ( 7 ) ______ are now also being emph asize d. Net emiss ions of carbon dioxid e from a car ( 8 ) _____ on sugar ethano l a re jus t 20 per c ent o f those from a pe trol-f uelled vehicl e. (9 )____ , the bio-e nergy prog ramm e aims to achiev e a signi fican t increas e in supply with out a co rresp ondi ng rise in the a mou nt o f farmlan d (1 0) _____ to su gar cane. 1. A. rec ord B. story c . reputa tion D. su cc ess 2. A. st ands B. sets c. rests D. rank s 3. A. into B. in c . out of D. on 4. A. too k p lace B. held forth c. carried on D. kep t up 5. A. hi ghly B. stron gly c. vastly D. heav ily 6. A. d riven B. st emmin g c . drawn D. ari sing 7. A. en dorse ment s B. crede ntials c. testam ents' D. refe rrals 8. A. perfo rmin g B. work ing c. runnin g D. bur ning 9. A. No neth eles s B. Furth ermore c . Otherw ise D. Inst ead 10. A. occup ied B. applie d c. consign ed D. devo ted GUIDED CLOZE 2:

HAN D-MA DE HISTOR Y: THE BAYEUX T APES TRY If a pi cture is worth a thousan d words, the s event y-thre e scenes of the B ayeux Tapes try speak volum es. The tapestr y narrates , in p ictorial (1) , William Duke of No rma ndy ’s invasion and conqu est of Eng land in AD 1066, when he defeate d the Saxon forces o f King Harold at H astings. Histor ians belie ve that the work was ( 2 ) ______ in England , probab ly aroun d AD 1092, and that tit was comm ission ed by Odo, Bishop of Bayer n, Will iam’s ha lf broth er, who ensured his fame by figuri ng (3) _____ _ in the tape stry ’s later (4) _____ _. Legends conn ectin g it with Wil liam ’s wife Math ilda have been (5 )______ . The Bayeux tap estry is not, (6 )______ speakin g, a tap estry, in whi ch design s are woven into the fabric, but rather a crewel form of emb roide ry, the pictur es being made by stitc hing woole n threa ds into a backg round of plai n linen. The threa ds, in ( 7 ) ______ of re d, yellow , blue and green, must turned have been jew el bright, but have ( 8 ) ____ ._ light brown with age. Moreo ver, one end of the now 20 inch (5 0 cm ) bro ad and 231 feet ( 70 m ) long c loth is missin g. You can view the Bayeu x Tapes try in the Willian the Con quero r Centre , Bayeux, Norm andy , France . An enduri ng (9) ______ of the times, it is as valu able a (1 0 )______ of eviden ce for the Norm an Conq uest as phot ograp hs or films are today. 40

1. -A. fashion 2. A. origin ated 3. A. prom inently 4. A. views 5. A. disow ned 6. A. norm ally 7. A. colo urs 8-. A. once 9. A. witn ess 10. A. seg ment

B. type B. invented B. strongly B.s cen es B. dispersed B. strictly B. shadows B. then B. confirmation B. part

c . design c. created c. p owerfully c. fram es c. disgraced c. truly c. sh ad es c . before c . testimony c. piece

D. form D. manuf actured D. suffic iently D. picture s D. discount ed D. sincerely D. varieties Di ea rlier D. pro of D. portion

B. WRITTEN TEST I. OPEN C LOZE . , ■ OP EN C LO ZE 1: Fill in each numbered blank with ONE sui table wor d. Iris scannin g can seem very futuristic, but at the heart of t he system is a. simple CCD c amera. It uses both visible and near-infrared light to (1) ____ a clear, high-c ontra st picture of a person's iris. With ne ar-infrared light, a person's pupil is very black, making (2 )____ easy for the compu ter to isolate the pupil and iris. When you (3) __ into an iris scanner, either the ca mera focuses automatical ly or you use a mirro r or a udible feedback from the system to make sure that you are p ositioned correctly. Usually, y our eye is 3 to 10 inches (4) _ __ the camera. Iris scanner s are becomin g more common in high-secu rity applicatio ns because people's eyes are so unique (the chance of ( 5 ) ____ one iris code for anoth er is 1 in 10 to the 78th power). They can allow more than 200 points of reference fo r ( 6 )____ , as oppose d to 60 or 70 points in fingerprints. The iris is a visible (7) ____ protected structure, and it does not usually . change over time,- becoming ideal for biom etric identification . Most of the time, people's eyes also remain unchanged (8 )____ eye surgery, and b lind people can use iris scanne rs so ( 9 ) ____ as their eyes have irises. Eyeglasses and contact (1 0) ____ typica lly do no t interfer e or ca use ina ccurate read ings. OP EN C LO ZE 2

In less than three months' time - on 14 June, to be precise - the 21st FIFA World Cup™ kicks (1)_____ at Moscow's Luzhniki Stadium, as the hosts take on Saud i Arabia. That leaves US plenty of time to enjoy a countdown . ( 2 ) _____now and the start of the World Cup, we will tak e a closer look at a di fferent statistic from the history o f the t ourna ment each day. When Brazil took possession of the Jules Rimet Trophy ( 3 ) _____ winning their third title at th e 1970 FIFA World Cup™ in Mexico, FIFA co mmiss ioned a new Trop hy for the tenth global finals in 1974. Artists from seven countries

submitted a total of 53 ( 4 ) _____ for the new cup, with Italian sculpt or Silvia Gazza niga’s w ork ultimate ly ( 5 )_____ the vote. “The lines spring out ( 6 ) _____ the base, rising in spirals, stretch ing out to receive the world," said Gazzaniga, ( 7 )_____ his cr eation. "From the remarkabl e dynamic tension s of the compac t body of the sculptu re rise the figures of two athletes at the stirring ( 8 )____ of victory .” The FIFA World Cup Trophy remains in FIF A's posses sion at all times and cannot be won outrig ht by a country. The curre nt Trophy is 36.8cm high, crafted from solid 18-carat gold and weighs exactly 6.175kg. The base contains two (9)______ of semi-pre cious malachite , w hile the underside of the Trophy is engraved (1 0) _____ the name of every FIFA World Cup™ winner since 1974. II. WORD F ORMA TION WORD FORMATION 1: Supply the corr ect forms of the words given. 1. The c ottage has n o ______ _ access but can be reached by a sho rt walk across the moo r. (V EHICLE) 2. He climbe d out, leaving the ca r_________ on its roof. (END) 3. Physician s mu st exerc ise cauti on when pres crib ing_______ . (DEPRES S) 4. He pointed out that e-books were not only cheaper, because of the lack of wear and tear and thefts, but they also offered great opportu nities for older readers. (HOUSE) 5. One of the United Nati ons’ earliest suc cess es,w as to promote a largely peaceful process of _______. (COLONY) 6. After several threate ning calls, we decided to g o ___________ . (DIRECT ) 7. At least in theory, this should make the region increasin gly attractiv e to foreign investm ent from fur the r_____ __________. (FIELD ) 8. ‘Villa ’ was somethi ng of a _ __________the place was no more than an old farmhouse. (NAME) 9. M ickey Mouse made his screen debut on Nov embe r 18, 1928 and has been a ____________ ever s ince. (CROWD) 10. A baby leopard has been pictured suckling a lioness in the wild, in the first ever do cumente d e xample o f________ parenting o f its kind. (SPECIE S) WORD FORMATION 2: Fill in the blank with an app ropri ate form o f one o f the wor ds gi ven to make a meani ngful passage. regu late exce pt

value pro vide

back direct

fe ed decid e

cogn itive kno w

Chil dren ’s ed ucationa l environ ment contribut es to the IQ score and the way intelligence is used. For example, a very close positive re lationship was found when 42

children’s IQ scores were compared with their home educational (1 )_____ . The highe r the chil dren ’s IQ s cores, especially o ver IQ 130, the better the quality of their educa tional (2 ) ______ , measured in terms of reported verbal interactions with parents , numbe r o f books and activities in their home etc. Because IQ tests a r e (3 )______ influenced by wh at the child has learned, the y are to so me extent measu res of curre nt achieve ment based on age-norms; that is, how well the childre n have learned to manipulat e their knowledge and (4) _ _ _ _ _ within the terms of the test. But IQ tests can neither identify the processes of learning and think ing nor predict creativity. Excel lence does not emerge without appr opriate help. To reach a(n) (5 )____ high standard in any ar ea very able children need the means to learn, which includes material to work with and focused challenging tuition -and the encoura gement to follow their dream. There appears to be a qualitative difference in the way the intellectually highly able think, compared with more average-ability or older pupils, for whom external regulation by the teacher often compensate s for lack of internal regulati on. To be at t heir most effective in th eir (6) _______ strategies, all c hildren can be helped to identify th eir own ways o f learning - (7 )_______ which will include strategie s o f planning, monitoring, (8)_______ , and choosing what to learn. Yet, in order to learn by themselves, the gifted do need support from their te achers. Conversely, teachers who have the tendency to (9 )_______ can diminis h their gifted pupil s’ learning au tonomy. Although (1 0) _______ can produ ce extrem ely high examina tion results, these are not always followed by equall y impress ive life successes . III. E RRO R I DENT IFICA TION Ident ify 8 mis takes in this passage and sugges t correction s. Ị Over the last century the world has become increasingly smaller. Not geogr aphica lly, of course, but in the sense that media, technolog y and the open ing of borders has enabled the w orld’s citizens to view, share and gain acces s to a much wider range of cultures, societies and w orld viewpoints. 5 It stands to reasons that in order to absorb, configure and finally form opinion s ab out this information-laden planet, children must be supplied with certain tools. Including in this list of “tools” are: education, social skills, cultur al aware ness and t he acquisition of languages, the most important of these being the later. Until recently, a child who had the ability to speak 10 more than one language would have been considered a very rare entity. This one- langu age phenome non could be contributed to a combinati on of factors , in whic h the monolingual environm ent in which a child was raised played a stro ng rol e, so did the limited, biase d edu cation of the past. 43

Nowa days, the situatio n has undergon e an almo st opposit e reversal. In the major ity of North Americ an and Europea n countr ies, most children are given the oppo rtunit y to learn a second or even third language . In some cases, learning a foreign language is a comp ulsor y subje ct in the state school syllabu s while in others, children are born into bilingual parents, who may teach the children two languages. Bringing up one’s child bilingually is no t a decisio n to be ta ken slightly. Both parents must consid er long and hard the impli cation s involved in raising a child in two- langua ge home.

1. 4. 7.

2. 5. 8.

3._ 6. _ 9 .’ io’

IV. SENT ENC E TRAN SFOR MATI ON: Rewr ite the follow ing senten ces using the words given. 1. It’s believe d that the school prestige has improved immen sely in the last few decad es. (MEAS URE) —> The s chool pre sti ge ___________________________________________ . 2. If I w ere him, I would return home no late r than 11 o’clock. -> It is advised that______________________________ .___________ latest. 3. It was rash of Jim my to react so aggressiv ely that his wife felt heartbroke n. (IMPU LSE) —> Had Jim m y_________________ _ ______________________________. 4. Ton y re gretted critici sing his fri end ’s business plan so strongly. (POURE D) -> If ______________________ • ________________________ . 5. Harry did n’t realiz e who the lady was until she moved forward into the light. (D A W ) —> N o t__________ 2___________ i — — — — — ——— — — • 6. The whole affair has been a set of misfortunes from the beginning. (CHAPTER) —> From st ar t_________________________ :___________________________. 7. You were so pess imistic ab out wh at happ ened. (VIEWED ) -» You sh ou ld ______________________________________________light. 8. Com e w hat may, you should look on the bright side. (CHIN) -> No matter w ha t_________________________ . ________________ 9. Nob ody is sure if the s cheme will be allowed to go a head. (GREEN) —> It is still in ____________ _____________ _____________ ______ or not. 10. Th is pat ient ’s conditi on is rathe r worryin g if you look at his medica l history. -> Given 44

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ KHIẾT - QUÀNG NGÃI_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A. MULTIPLE CHOICE I. WOR D CHO ICE (5pts) Mar k the letter A, B, c or D on your answe r sheet to indicat e the correc t answ er to each o f the fo llowing ques tions 1. Brain c ance r r eq ui re s.... .......... . treatme nt such as surgery. A. ag gress ive B. confr ontationa l c. maligna nt D. rigorous 2. He prais ed his wife for her dignity under t h e ................of the tabloid press. A. o nslau ght B. assa ult c. onset D. offensive 3. B uying a ca r was an im po rta nt...... ........ for them. A. tra nsform ation B. translat ion c. transactio n D. transportatio n 4. S h e 's ................. She tend s to think a lot and not to say a lot. A. an introv ert B. inverted c. an extrov ert D. subdued 5. It ’s ............... that he ne ver men tioned our argum ent; I w onder why he did n’t. A. spe cial B. rare c. curious D. eccentr ic 6. In a l l .............., he’s a lready left. A. odd s B. .probability c. certainty D. possi bilities 7. Man y p eople do n't use their c omputer s to th eir f u ll .............. A. fu ture B. expec tation c. potential D. hope 8. When our f riends have bad for tune, we try to sh ow ....... ,....... A. love B. sym pathy c. affection D. pity 9. Are you havin g a ..,.................... exam before you sit the actual Exam in June? A. fa ke B. moc k c. false D. dress 10. The jo b y ou’ve been offered is a(n)....... opportunity to travel and meet people. A. sol e B. only c. unique D. single 11. ST RUC TUR ES AND GRAM MAR Choos e th e wor d or p hrase w hich best com pletes each sen tence. 11. He works until nine o’clock every evening, and that ’s quite .............. the work he does over the week end. A. ex cep t fo r B. apart from c. without D: not for 12. Th e repo rt m akes the recomme ndation that no more pr isons .................. A. m ust be b uilt B. be built c. had to be built D. should be build ing 13. I ............. a lot as an ac count ant but the work was ju st too boring. A. w as suppo sed to be earne d B. ought to be earnin g c. could have been earning D. should have e arned 14................... I'd like to talk a bout m ysel f as the ha ppiest person in the world. A. Be th at it may B. Strange as it mi ght sound c. How much strange it may be D. Strange though might it sound 15 .... her jo b, her sons and the housew ork, she do esn 't have a m inute for hers elf. A. W hat w ith

B. I f if weren ’t for c . Barring

D. Given 45

16............. ...... as a master piece, a work of art must transc end the ideas of the period in which it was created. A. R anking B. To be ranke d c . Being ranked D. In or der to be ra nking 17. We h av e.............. what action to take. A. yet decide d B. not yet dec ide c. not yet to de cide D. yet to deci de 18. So in cr ed ibl e...... . of the Yellow stone area t hat pe ople did n’t belie ve in its existenc e. A. exp lorer John Col ter’s des criptio ns were B. was explo rer Joh n C olter ’s descriptio ns c. explo rer Joh n Colt er’s desc riptions D. were explo rer John Colt er’s descrip tions 19. On the island ...............the only rep resentat ion of the islan d’s hand icraft. A. rem ains B. does it remain c. did it remain D. remain it 20................. had w orsened so quickl y surp rised the doc tor. A. W hich the patie nt’s condit ion B. The patie nt’s.condit ion c. That the p atien t’s condition D. As the patie nt’s condit ion III. PH RASA L V ERBS AND PR EPOSI TIONS (5pts) Choose the b est opti on 21. The weat her seems to b e ..... i.... up after heavy rains. A. tuni ng B. improv ing 'C. picking D. bring ing 22. B ecause of the c ontrove rsy, he p ac ks .............his job. A. out B. in c. over D. up 23.1 think she m ad e.............the whole story. A. up B. out c. up for D. to 24. We have a lot o f financial difficulties , but at last, we ca rry i t ............. A. ou t B. on c. off D. over 25. E th an ...............such a great deal of e ff ort ............. training for the marathon that it is a pity he broke his leg two days bef ore it took place . A. wor e/ dow n B. carried / on c. set/ o ff D. put / into 26. Rebec ca .............. on our conversat ion to tell US that James had jus t been rushed to ho spital. A. cut in B. faced up c. got ahea d D. broke up 27. I waited in T ime Square for Alfonzo for more than two hours, but he never A. show ed up B. hung around c. pulled off D. turned in 28. Issac wishes that he could ............ what he had said to Christi na becaus e he really upset her. A. tal ko ut B. take back . c. throw up D. tell off 29. If you pay the restaurant bill with your credit card, 1 w il l.......... with you later. A. se ttle down B. settle up c. pay bac k D. pay up 30. F or a w hole month, M us lim s..... . eating and d rinkin g du ring dayligh t hou rs. A. abst ain from B. keep from c. stay from D. stand from 46

IV. C OLL OCA TION S AN D IDI OMS (5pts) Choos e t he best o ption 31. Unfort unatel y, our local cin ema is on th e________ of closing down. A. verg e B. hint c. edge D.threat 32. When it is ver y hot, you m ay _______ the top button of your shirt. A. u ndress B. unwrap c, untie D. undo 33. She cl early joi ned the firm with a (n )______ to improving h erse lf profe ssiona lly . A. vie w B. aim c. plan D. ambition 3 4 .1 shou ldn't go outside withou t a rain coat because it's raining cats and dogs. A. it's just start ed to rain B. it's raining very heavil y c. it's going to rain D. it's raining a little 35. On se cond thoughts , I believe 1will go with you to the theater. A. Up on reflecti on B. After discu ssing with my wife C. Fo r this time only D. For the sec ond time 36.1 re ali ze d______ that he was a thief. A. so oner of later B. all a long c. at the beginning D. eventually 37. Mr. Dawson was given the award in ______ of his services to the hospital. A. sp ite B. charge c. recognition D. sight 38. Th e si xth time he called me at nigh t was th e_________ . A. lost cause B. last str aw c. touch and go D. ho tai r. 39. His flat looks s o ___ that it is difficult to believe he just had a party last night. A. sp ick and span B. by and large c. safe and sound D. sick and tired 4 0 .1 am not able to go anywhere this weekend because 1am up to m y____ in work. A. ne ck B. nose c. waist D. ankle V. READ ING COMP REHEN SION READING 1: You ar e goi ng to r ead a pa ssag e a nd choo se the answer (A, B, c or D) which you thi nk fits best ac cording to the text. 41. ______ Teleph one, televisi on, radio, and the telegraph all help people communicate with each other. Because of these devices, ideas and news of events spread quickl y all over the wo rld. For example, within seconds, people can know the results of an electio n in Japan or Argentina. An international soccer match come s into the home of ev eryone with a television set. News of a disaster such as an e arthqu ake or a flood can bring help from distant countries. Within hours, help is on t he way. 42. ______ How has speed of comm unication changed the world? To many people, the world has becom e smaller. Of course, this does not mean that the world is phys ically smalle r. Two hundred years ago, communica tion between the conti nents took a long time. All news was carr ied on ships that too k we eks or even month s to cross the oceans. In the seventeenth and eig hteenth centuries, it took six weeks for news from Europe to reach the Americas. This time 47

diffe rence influenc ed people 's actions. For exam ple, one battle in the war of 1812 betwe en the English and the United States armi es could have been avoide d if the warri ng sides had known that a peace agre emen t had alread y been signed. Peace was made in England , but the news of peace took six weeks to reach Ameri ca. During those six weeks, the large and serio us Battle of New O rleans wa s fo ught and many lives w ere lost. 43. ______ An import ant part of the h istory of the world is the history o f comm unica tion. In prehis toric times, people had limited knowl edge of th e world. They had little inform ation about geogra phy, the study of the Earth. People knew very little beyond their sm all groups excep t w hat was happ ening ne ar their homes. Later, people were organi zed into villages, and verbal comm unicat ion betwe en small towns was possible. Still, the peop le’s knowl edge was limited becau se they had no outsid e informati on. Kingdom s and small count ries then deve loped , with a king directi ng the people. Cities devel oped, too, but still comm unica tion was limited to the small geograp hical area of the country. Much later in history, after the invention of the printin g press, many more people learned to rea d, and comm unicati on w as improved. 44. In this modern age, comm unicat ion is so fa st t hat it is al most instant. People's lives have been changed because of the immedia te spread of news. Some times the speed is so great that it d oes not allow people time to think. For examp le, leaders of c ountrie s have only minute s, or, at most, hours to cons ider all the parts of a problem . They are expected to a nswe r immediat ely. Once they had days and w eeks to thin k befo re m aking decisio ns. 45. ______ The speed of commun icatio n deman ds a new respon sibility from all people of the world . People in diffe rent countrie s must try harde r to under stand each other. An exam ple is that people with differ ent religi ons mus t try to under stand each other's beliefs and values, even if they do not acce pt them. Some times their culture s are quite differ ent.W hat one group consi ders a normal part of life is stra nge to anoth er culture. In som e cases, a normal part o f one cultur e might be bad or impolite to people of a noth er culture . That kind of differe nce is a possible basis for mi sunder standin g. People must lear n not to jud ge others, but to accep t them as they are. As the world grows small er, people must learn to talk to each other more effect ively as well as com mun icate more rapidly. Matc h the head ings give n in the box below with their a ppro priat e numb ers (41 - 45) that lea d the fiv e par agra phs and write the lette rs A- H in the corr espo ndin g n umb ered boxes. (The head ings outn umb er the pa ragr aph s, so yo u will not use a ll o f them). A. A disa dvan tage of fast comm unicat ion B. Hi gh speed of communi cation and its benefi ts 48

c. Our s hrinking world D. Com munica tion devices E. A b rie f history o f communicatio n de velopment F. Modern co mmunica tion and a cha nge in thinking pattern G. The changing world resulting from fast co mmunicatio n H. Mode rn c ommunica tion and expecte d re sponsibility Then choos e t he correc t ans wer to each o f the foll owi ng question s by c ircling A ,B ,C ,o r D . 46. Modern commun ications ha ve ______ . A. affe cted the resu lts o f elections and news o f disasters B. only allowed peopl e to see world sports events at home c. kept pe ople better in formed of their world and beyond D. mad e peo ple hap pier, busier, but less informed 47. Before the invention of communi cation de vic es, ______. A. peo ple gave b etter care to their local affairs B. there was no transportat ion between co untries c. people were much interested in world affairs D. peop le w ere m ostly kep t in the dark about the world 48. A negativ e as pect of fast communicatio n is that i t______ . A. make s peo ple th ink too fast B. will push g overnme nts into dead ends c. deprive s dec ision makers o f correct information D. may rush go vernme nts into decisions 49. T here were instances in which lives could ha ve been saved i f______ . A. i ntercom munica tion had been established B. there had not been a delay in communic ation c. offic ers’ dem ands of information had been met D. car rier p igeons had arr ived in time 50. The speed of commun ication has h elped cr eate op portunity fo r______ . A. m utual understa nding and cul tural t olerance B. be tter under standin g and freer trade c. the expans ion of cultural differences D. the growth of the ph ysical world DEA DING 2. Read the fol lowing passage and answ er ques tions 51 -60. BRINGING UP CHILD REN Where one stage of child development has been left out, or not sufficiently experienced, the child may have to go back and capture the experience o f it. A good home makes this possible - for example, by providing the opportunity for the child to play with a clockwork car or toy railway train up to any age if he still needs to do so. This principle, in fact, underlies all psychological treatment of children in difficulties with their development, and is the basic of work in child clinics. 49

The begin nings of dis ciplin e are in the nursery. Even the younge st baby is taug ht by gradual stages to wait for food, to sleep and wake at regu lar intervals and so on. If the child feels the world around him is a w arm and frien dly one, he slowly accep ts its rh ythm and accust oms him self to confo rmin g to its dem ands. Learni ng to wait for th ings, particu larly for foo d, is a very import ant elem ent in upbrin ging, and is ach ieved succes sfully only if too grea t d eman ds are not made before the child can understan d them. Every paren t watch es eagerl y the child's acquis ition of each new skill: the first spoken words, the first indepe ndent steps, •or the begin ning of readin g and writing. It is often temp ting to hurry the child beyond his natural learning rate, but this can set up dange rous feeling s of failure and states of anxiety in the child. This might happen at any stage. A b aby might be fo rced to use a toi let too early, a yo ung child might be en courag ed to learn to read before he knows the meanin g of the words he reads. On the other hand, though, if a child is left alone too much, or without any learning opportu nities, he loses hi s natu ral zest for life and his desire to find ou t new thing s for himself. Learnin g toget her is a fruitful source of relation ship between childre n and parents. By playing togeth er, parents learn more about their childre n and children learn more from their parents. Toys and games which both parent s and children can share are an import ant means of achievi ng this co-opera tion. Buildi ng-blo ck toys , jigs aw puzz les and crosswor ds ar e good example s. Parents vary greatly in t heir degree of strictness or indulgen ce towar ds their children. Some may be especi ally strict in mon ey m atters; others are severe over times of coming home at ni ght, punctua lity for meals or personal cleanli ness. In general, the controls imposed represen t the needs of the parents and the values of the comm unity as much as the chil d's own happine ss and well-be ing. With regard to the develo pment of moral standards in the growin g child, consis tency is very impor tant in parental teaching. To forbid a thi ng o ne day and excuse it the next is no foundati on for m orality. Also, parents should realize that “exa mple is bette r than prece pt” . If they are hypocritic al and do no t pra ctise what they preach , their children may grow confuse d and emoti onally insecure when they grow old enough to think for themselv es, and realize they have been, to some extent, deceived . A sudden awaren ess o f a marked d ifferen ce betwee n th eir parents ' eth ics and t heir morals can be a da ngerous disillusi on. 51. The princip le underl ying all treatme nt of develo pment al difficu lties in ch ild ren ______ . A. is in the provision o f clockw ork toy s and trains B. is to send them to clin ics c. is to c apture them before they a re su fficien tly ex perien ced Đ. offer s rec aptur e o f earlier expe riences 52. Lea rning to wai t for things is succe ssfully ta ug ht _____ _. A. in spite of excess ive demand s b eing made B. only if exces sive demand s are avoided

c. becaus e excess ive deman ds are not advisable D. is achie ved success fully by all children 53. The enco urage ment o f children to achieve new skills A. sho uld be focused on only at school B. can ne ver be taken too far c . will alway s as sist their d evelopm ent D. should be balanc ed and moderate 54. Parental contro ls a nd d isc ipl ine ______. A. serv e a dual purpose B. are design ed to prom ote the ch ild's happiness c . reflect only the v alues of the co mmunity D. shou ld be avo ided as far as possible 55. 4 he p ractice o f the rule "Exam ple is better than precept ” ______ . A. o nly works when the chil dren grow old enough to think for themselves B. would help a void the n ecessity for ethics and morals c. will tree a child from disillus ion w hen he grows up D. is to o di fficult for all pa rents to exercise 56. In t he 1st pa ragraph , the author lays some emp hasis on the role o f th e ______ in helping the child in tr ouble. A. ps ychia trists B. commun ity c. family D. nursery 57. The phrase "conforming to” in the 2nd paragraph means . A. ad aptin g to B. a cceptin g c. agreeing with D. following 58. The W'ord "zest” in the 2nd paragraph can be best replaced by ______. A. appe tite B. excitem ent c. enthusiasm D. enj oyment th 59. The word, "imposed” in the 4 par agraph is closest in meaning t o .... .............. A. ex cepted B. introduc ed c. made D. c onstrained 60. Hypoc risy on the part of the parents m ay ____ _ . A. re sult in their chil dren ’s wrong b ehaviour B. make their childre n lose faith in them c. disqua lify their teaching s al togethe r D. imp air t heir chi ldre n's mind

VI. CLOSE TEST CLOSE TEST1: Fill in each n umb ered blank with one suit able word or phrase. Mobile phones (61) ....... .....microwa ve radio emissions'. Researchers are. ques tioni ng whet her exposu res to these radio waves might (62)............ . to brain cance r. So far. the data are not con clusive. The sc ientific evidence does not (6 3)........ us to stay with certain ty that mobile phones are categorically (64)................ On the othe r hand, curren t research has not yet (65)... .............clear adverse effects assoc iated with the prolonged use o f mobile phones. Num erou s studie s are now going (66)......... ....... in various countries. Some of the result s are contra dictor y but others have shown an association between mobile phone use and cancer. (67 )...............these studies are p reliminary and the issue n eeds further, long-term investigation. 51

(68).... ............. the s cientific data are more definite, it is pru dent for peop le to try no t to use mobile phones for long periods of time. Don’t th ink th at han ds-free phones are any safer either. At the moment, research is in fact showing the (69)................. and the y may be just as dan gerous. It is also though t that young people (70)................... bodies are still growing may be at par ticula r risk. 61. A. c harge B.s end c. give D. emit 62. A. bri ng B. lead c. ca use D. produc e 63. A. get B. allow c . force D. enabl e 64. A. risk y D. unhea lthy B.s ecu re c . safe 65. A. d emonstra ted D. caused B. produced c . proved 66. A. thr ough B. on c. ab out D. by 67. A. Howev er B.While c . Additionally D. Though 68. A. When B. Provide c . Until D. As 69. A. truth c . fact D. opposite B. way 70. A. wh ose B. as c. with D. that CLOZE TEST 2: Read the following passage on commuting , and mark the letter A, B, c , or D on yo ur answer sheet to i ndicate the correc t answer to each of the que stions. RENEWAB LE ENERGY COME S OF AGE The British Wind Energy Association was founded 30 years ago by a group • of scientists. At that time, the term “ alternative energy” was used to describ e the generation of wind, water and solar power. These days, we t end to (71)________ to them as “renewab le energy” and the use of this name (72)_________ a real change in their status. These sources of ene rgy, apa rt from being alternative , have n ow b ecome mainstream and are (73)_____________ to make a sig nificant contribution to the co untry ’s energy needs in the future. Two cl osely linked developmen ts (74)___________ behind t his (75)________ in status. Firstly, over the past decade or so, the price of oil and gas has been rising (76)__________ reflecting the extent to which reserves of these fossil fuels are becoming (77)_________ . However, price is only part of the explanation . (78)___________ as important is the growing consensus that carbon emissions must be curbed. The scientific evidence for climate change is now irrefutable, and both policy makers and the (79)_________ public are finally in agreem ent that doing nothing about the prospect of global warming is no longer a viable option. Renewable energy represents one real way o f (80)_________ both issues. B. refer D.r ega rd 71. A. conside r c . mention D. reflects B.re prod uces 72. A. regards c . reminds B. held D. stood c. p ut 73. A. s.et B. reside c. lie D. recline 74. A. sit B. shift c. s witch D. jump 75. A. move 52

76. A. equab ly 77. A. deple ted 78. A. Just 79. A. deep er 80. A. cop ing

B. serenely B. decreased B. Still B. great er B. engagin g

c . habitually c . depressed c. Much c . larger c. a ddressing

D. steadi ly D. debased D Yet D. wider D. dealing

B. WRITTEN TEST I. OP EN CLOZ E TE ST OP EN CL OZ E TE ST 1: Read the texts below and think of the word which best fits eac h s pace. Use only ONE WO RD for each s pace. (20 pts) When rainfor ests are cleared and (81)............ , millions of carbon dioxide are release d into the atmosp here affecting climatic conditions and threaten ing US all (82 )..........sev ere flooding, drought and d rop failure. The r ainforests (83) .............. at least ha lf o f the e arth ’s species. At the current rate o f devastation an (84)........ 50 sp ecies w orldw ide become extinct e very day. One in four purcha ses from our chemists is derived from the rainforests. Scient ists are (85) ........ caught in a race against time to find rainfo rest trea tments for cance r, AIDS and heart disease before they are (86).. ......... ...... forever. Tribal people in the rainforest s have been shot, poisoned and infected with diseas es to which they have no resistance - to make room for logging, mining and dams. If this destructio n continues, only nin e ( 87)................the 33 countries curre ntly expor ting.r ainfo rest timber will have any (88)................ by the end of the decade . Almo st everyone will have part of t he rainforests in their home, as do-ityou rse lf stores still supply and the construction industry still uses tropical hardw ood for d oors, window (89)................ and even to ilet seats. Please help US (90 )................. the trop ical rainfore sts now, before it is too late. OP EN CL OZ E TE ST 2

If you put a group of peopl e who don ’t k now (91)......... .....other in a room toge ther and asked them to pair up, they will naturally gravitate towards others of sim ilar family (92) ............... social class and upbringing. We are all looking for som ethin g f amil iar (93) ...,............ we may not be aware of exactly wh at it is. Facial attrac tiven ess has a big (94) .............. on our choice of partners, too. People tend to seek out and form long-lasting relat ionships with o thers of similar level of attractiv enes s. Several studies have confirmed this. Research ers ( 95)...... a select ion of wedd ing photos and cut them up to separate the bride and the groom. The y then asked people to rate how attractive each pers on’s face was. When the resear chers put the photos back into their ( 96)............pai rs, the y found that mos t o f the coupl es had been rated a t sim ilar levels. Not only ( 97)................. we rate others, but each of US carries a rough estimat e in our heads of how facially attra ctive we might be. We realized subconci ously that if w e approach 53

someo ne w ho is sign ifican tly highe r up the sc ale than w e a re, w e run t he (98) of being re jected . But ( 99) ................. the expla natio n for how and why we fall in lov e, one thing is clear . Natu re has made th e whole process as blissful and addic tive as possible (100 )................... the purpo se of bringing and keepin g co uples tog ether, II. WO RD FOR M (20 pts) SECTION 1: Com plete the follow ing senten ces with an appr opri ate form of the wo rd in bl ock capita ls 101. For many pe ople, Ludwig Van Beethoven is the m os t____________ figure in the histo ry o f western cl assical music. (INFL UENC E) 102. H is _______________ talent was a lready clearl y evi dent. (ORD INAR Y) 103. His da y- to -d ay _______________ with people invariab ly turned out to be rathe r turb ulent . (REL ATE) 104. H e___________ fell in love with a num ber o f society women . (APPE AR) 105. Howev er, the identity of the girl who lay close st to his heart remains to this day. (ELUD E) 106. T he ca rgo w as ____________ for safe and ef ficient shipp ing. (CONT ENT) 107. She __________ quest ions about whethe r she plans to run, saying she 's focused on he r vo ter re gistratio n and ca mpaign .finan ce initiatives. (STEP). 108. Mar k, a __________com me nta tor, was often featu red on state tele visi on exp lain ing gov ern me nt poli cy. (TE LE VIS IO N) 109. Po litician s and acade mics pointed to the bu ild in g's ____________ contours as a cauti onar y tale of architectural overreac h. (BECO ME) 110. The proje ct w as subjec t to the us ua l______ _____ of explor atory research. (VICI OUS) SE CT IO N 2: Use the word given in capitals to form a word that fits in the space.

A live broad cast of any public event, such as a space flight or sporting occasi on, is almos t (111)________ (VARIA BLE) accom panied by the thoughts of a (112)_____ (COM MEN T). This may be on televis ion, along with the relev ant pictures, a lterna tively on radio. T he te chnique involved (113)_________ (DIFF EREN T) betwee n the two media, with radio broad casters needin g to be more expli cit and (114)_________ (DESC RIBE) becaus e of the absence of visual inform ation. TV comm entato rs do not need to paint a picture of their audien ce; instead, their variou s (115)________ (OBS ERVE ) should add to the images that are alread y there, There will someti mes be silence s and pauses in a TV comm entary , althou gh these are becom ing (116)_________ (INCR EASE ) rare. Both types of comme ntato rs should try to be informa tive, but should avoid sound ing (117)______ (OPINIO N). In sports comm entar ies, fairne ss and (118) ________ ( IMPAR T) to both sides is vital , but sponta neity and enthus iasm are valued by those watc hing or listening. Sports comm entat ors usually broadc ast 54

live in an essent ially unscript ed way, although they may refer to previously prepar ed mater ials such as sports statistics. Because of the (119)_________ (PRE DICT ) natur e of live events, thorough preparation in a dvance is vital. The Intern et has helped enorm ously with this as pect of the job. Anyone interested in becom ing a co mme ntato r should have ex cellent (120)__________ (ORGANISE ) skills, the w illingn ess to wor k irregular hours, and a strong voice. HL E RRO R IDENT IFICA TION Read the passa ge below which contains 10 mistakes. Identify the mistakes and w rite the cor rections in the corre sponding numbered boxes. Exampl e: Line 1: femi nine —>femi nist LIN E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1. 4. 7.

A feminine is a person, usually a woman, who believes that women should be regarded as equally to men. She, or he, deplores discrimination again st women in the home, place of work or anywhere, and her princip le enemy is the male chauvinist, who believes that men are natura lly super. Tired of being referred to as “ th e w eaker sex”, women are becomin g more and more militancy and are winning the age-old battle of the sexes. They are sick to death of sexy jok es which poke fun at women. They are no longer content to be regarded as second-class citizen s in terms of economic, political and social status. They criticize beauty contests and the use of glamour female models in advertisements which they describe as the expoit of female beauty, since women in these situations were represented as mere sex objects. We no longer in the male- dominate societies of the past. Let us hope, moreover, that the revoluti on stops before we have a boring world in which sex does n't make much difference . We already have unisex hairdressers and fashions. What nex t? 2. 5. 8.

3. 6. 9. 10.

IV. S ENT ENC E TRAN SFOR MATI ON Rew rite the senten ces with the given words or beginning in such way that their mea ning s remain unchanged .(20pts) 131. Thom as was not given details of the compan y’s new pr ojects. DARK —> ................................ . ......................................... ■••••................ .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 132. In the area, Thailan d is much better than all other countrie s in football. SHO ULD ERS - > .............. ...............................................•................. ........................................ 55

133. I'm a fraid our problem s are ju st beginning. ICEBE RG - > ......................... . ................................................................................................. 134. The final version of the plan was quite diffe rent from the initial draft. RESE MBL ANC E —> ...................................................................... ........................................................... ' ..............

13 5. 1e xpect ed the film to be good, bu t it w asn’t at all. LIVE - > .................................................................................................. .......... 136. You must do somethi ng to make sure this does n’t happ en a gain. STEPS = > ....................................................................... ............ ...... 137. Even thoug h I admire his courage, I think he is á foolish. => M uc h..... .......................................... ............. ................................. 138. He so unds as i f he has spent all his life abroad. => He g iv es ........ .................................................... ...... . .......................... . 139. H is r ecent behav iors are outra geous. => The w ay ........................ ..................... .......................... ..................ordinary. 140. My sa lary is ha lf what I woul d be in the job I wa s offe red in January. = > lf ....................................................... ..................... ........... .......................

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - ĐÀ NÂNG A. M U L T IP L E C H O IC E (40 points)

I. WO RD CHOI CE (5 points) Choos e the word that best complet es each sentence . Write your answer (A, B, c , or D) in the box p rovided (20 points) 1. To succeed in this job , you have to be u tte rly ________ . A. h ot-bloo ded B. single- minded c. kind-hearted D. near-s ighted 2. The city z oo is build ing a new sect ion t o ________ their larger m ammals . A. h ouse B. store c. shade D. captu re 3. The re view com mi tte e___ three practicing la wyers and a retired businessm an. D. enclose s A. co nsists B. compr ises c. is made up 4. D on’t w orry: this is nothi ng t h at ________ you. D. comp licates A. m atters B. entail s c. concerns 5. In th e ev ent, we found y our a dvice abs olu tely ______ D. im pecuniou s A. un worth y B. unval uable c. invaluable being 6. With her exce llent qualifi cation s it’s not surprising that she treate d as an inferior at work. D. embit ters A. mo lests B. exasp erates c. resents _ be staying in the 7. W hat a coinc idenc e this is! It’s so strange that y ou ____ same hotel as US. A. shou ld B. must c. ought to D. can 56

8. Ex perts a re ________ into the cause of the e xplosion . A. s eekin g B. rese archin g c. inquirin g D. i nvestig ating 9. I f you w ash that pul lover in the boiling water, it w il l________ A. cr umpl e B. shri nk c. contra ct D. dwind le 10. A fter she had m ade several disastr ous decisions, p eople began to ________ her judg eme nt. A. d isbel ieve B. sus pect c. wond er D. questi on 11. G RA MM AR AND STRUC TURE S (5 points) 1. All th in gs ________ , she is the best stu dent to represe nt ou r school. A. c onsid ered B. i nvolved c. taken D. deal t with 2. ________ , mod elling is a ctually hard work. A. Even it may seem glamo rous B. Yet it may s eem glamor ous / c. How ever gla moro us it may seem D. Glamo rous as though it is 3. As alwa ys, l a m ________ with everything you say. . A. a gree B. agree ing c . agreeab le D. in ag reeme nt 4. In the end, I jus t lost my ________ and s tarted gabbling inco herently. A. h ead B. mind c. brain D. intellig ence 5. The tea m won the champ ionsh ip four years _ _______ . A. ru nning B. pas sing c. follow ing D. rotatin g 6. Af ter so m any years, it is gre at to see h im ________ his am bitions. A. g et B. rea lise c. possess D. deserve 7. Re sign if you w ant to! I assure you, no one w il l_____ any tea rs wh en you go. A. p our B. sh ed c. leak D. pour 8. I t________ to be see n w heth er I have m ade the right de cision or not. A. c ontin ues B. rem ains c. stands D. keeps 9. At fir st I thou ght it was a good idea. But then I began to ha ve ________ . A. s econd do ubts B. second thoughts c. doubtfu l secon ds D. thoughtfu l doubts 10. T he re ________ that he was guilty, yet he was co nvicted by a jury and sent to prison . A. w ere no pr oofs B. were no eviden ces c. was no pro of D. wa sn’t any piece of proof III. PRE POS ITI ON S AND PHRA SAL VERBS (5 po in ts) 1. Lack o f sleep o ver the last few mon ths is fin all y________ Jane. A. c atch ing up w ith B. get ting on with c. coming over D. putti ng on 2. D espite all the interr uptio ns, h e ________ with his work. A. st uck at B. held on c. hung o ut D. pressed on 3. Whe n the funds fin al ly ________ , they had to aba ndon the scheme. A. faded away B. cla mped down c. petered out D. fobbe d off 4 We h ad n' t _ _ _ _ _ _ _ there being so much traffic, and w e missed the plane. A. barg ained on B. fac tored on c. counted w ith D. acco unted with 57

5. We had arrang ed to meet at 8 o ’clock but he didn ’t ________ until hal f an hour later. A. sho w o ff B. stick up c. turn up D. put in 6. Th e dentis t told me that when the effect of the a naesth etic ________ , I might feel a little pain. But it was mo re than a little. A. drop ped of f B. went out c. wore of f D. turned out 7. The sky is alrea dy dark. It must b e________ for 8 o ’clock. A. clo sing on B. getting up c. getting on D. closing up 8. The plan to b uild a new motorw ay _ _ _ _ _ _ due to a lack o f money. A. dro pped of f B. fell t hrough c. dropped away D. fell awa y 9. The ir predic tions were n o t________ by subse quent events. In fact, the very opposi te o ccurred . A. carr ied out B. borne off c. borne out D. carried o ff 10. It’s been more than ten years since we had the living room I'm fed up looking at tit. Let' s redecora te it completely, A. ma de up B. counted up c. brought of f D. done up IV. COLL OCAT IONS AND IDIOMS (S points ) 1. I 've had this c ar for 12 years, but now I’m having more and more p roblems with it. Clearly i t’s ________ . A. on its hind legs B. got its back up c. got its heart set D. on its last leg 2. When the mornin g came , the scene o f where the bomb had falle n w as one of ________ devastatio n. A. grea t B. utter . c. e ntire D. extrem e 3. It m ay be raining, bu t I 'm ________ enjoying myself. A. thor oughly B. highly . c. extreme ly D. despe rately 4. The film is ________ based on a true story, but most o f it is fictio n. A. lo osely B. casually c. faintly D. lightly 5. Calls from people trying to sell US things we d on’t want are a real _________. A. ach e in the n eck B. ache in the back c. pain in the n eck D. pain in the b ack 6. Sally has an _ _ _ _ _ command o f the Chinese lang uage. A. exc ellent B. outstan ding c. utter D. intens ive 7. There is still a ________ of hope that the rescu ers will find su rvivors. A. spr ay B. ray c. light D. spot 8. The bridge was collapsin g and the train was plunging into the ravine. But Superm an arrived , as usual, caught the train in his arms o f steel and carried it to safety. A. in the nick o f time B. in the fu llness of time c. on the sp ur o f the mom ent D. in the heat o f the mom ent 9. I gave th em ________ time to make a decisi on. A. sp acious B. lavish c. extensive D. ample 10. When Ri ta w as pr omoted to sa les man ager, she was ■ A. ove r the hill B. up in the cloud c. over the m oon . D. in the seventh moon

V. R E A D IN G C O M P R E H E N SI O N PASSAG E 1 (5 points)

Exqui site pattern s and surface ornamentation were an int eg ral part of the aesthe tics of the late Victorian era. In America, these develop ments were incorpo rated into the themes of national exposition s and artistic movemen ts, as cottage industr ies grew and productivity in the decorative arts flourish ed. The last t hree decade s of the 19th century saw a change in sens ibility that resulted in new stylisti c approac hes in American decorative arts, a departur e from the previo us era of Rococo and Renaissance Revival excess. Shapes became more angul ar, smoo ther and less flamboy ant. The popular carvings and deep modeling of earli er years disappea red as ornamentation became more linear and lighter in appear ance. Decoratio n focused on the surface with rich and ele ga nt patterns adorn ing furnitu re, objects of every sort, and architectural and interior decora tions. This artistic reawakenin g was prompted by the effects of the Industrial Revolut ion on conte mporary design. This ne w att itu de , with its focus on ornament and decorativ e, was later referred to as the Aesthetic Movement, but it also encompas sed the early Arts and Crafts Movem ent as well. The purpos e was to bring a refined sensibility and compo nents of “good taste” to the do mestic interior. Art and good taste not only de no ted good charact er, but also could be used to induce proper moral conduct and actions, thereby contrib uting to the betterment of society. This placed a heavy burden on designer s/decor ators as well as on women as keepers of the home. Amer icans drew inspiration from the w riting and work of English artists. This was a period of great eclecticism. Tastes ranged from the Modern Gothic through the Persian, Greek and Islamic, to the Japanese, and with more than a nod to Mothe r Nature. Yet, regardless of the influence, surface pattern reigned supreme . English reforme rs dictated that ornament should be derived from nature, and pattern should be flat and stylized. Forms were accentuate d by colored outline s, or often with touches of gold. The emphasis was on art and on devel opm ent of a refined sensibility. It was all a matter o f taste. 1. Wh at is the main topic o f the passage? A. Defini ng th e “ Aestheti c Movemen t” B. D ecorat ive arts in late 19th centu ry Am erica c. English influenc es on American decorative arts in the late 19th cent ury D. The change in tastes from “Rocco and Renaissance Revival ” to the “Ae sthetic Move ment” in the late 19th centu ry Am erica 2. The word “in te gr al ” in line 1 is closest in meaning to A. ess ential B. additional c . importan t D. beaut ifying 3. Acco rding to the passage, during the Aesthetic Movemen t popular carvings and deep mode ling of earlier yea rs _ ______ . A. we re popu lar B. again b ecame popula r c. disap peare d D. defined good ta ste 59

4. Th e wo rd ‘‘ele ga nt ” is c los es in me ani ng t o _________. A. bea utif ul B. orn am en tal c. col orf ul D. ref ine d 5. Ac co rdi ng to th e pas sag e, the p urp ose o f the Ae sth etic M ov em en t w as t o ___ . A. ind uce p ro pe r m ora l co nd uc ts and act ion s B. def ine w ha t w as m ea nt by goo d tas te in t he do me sti c int eri or c. en co mp as s Art s and Cra fts as we ll as orn am en t a nd de co rat ion D. def ine goo d ch ara cte r a nd con tri bu te to the be tte rm en t o f so cie ty 6. Th e phr ase “ne w at tit ud e” ref ers t o _________. A. inc lud ing th e ear ly Arts arid C raf t M ov em en t as w ell B. art ist ic rea wa ke nin g c . the Ind ust ria l Re vol uti on D. Ro co co a nd Re nai ssa nce Rev ival 7. T he wo rd “de no ted ” is c los est in me ani ng to •______ . A. pro mo ted B. fac ilit ate d c. dev elo ped D. sig nif ied 8. Wh ich o f the fol low ing c an be infe rred from the pas sag e? A. d esig ners and d ecor ators we re m ainly res pons ible for start ing the new atti tude B. the mov em ent led to a hig her standar d of morality in late 19th cen tury Am eric a c. the Am eri can s con sid ere d the Eng lish to be the arb ite rs o f goo d tas te D. wo me n, as kee per s o f the hom e, fac ed a hea vy bur den 9. Ac co rdi ng to the pas sag e, wh ich o f the fol low ing rem ain ed mo st im po rta nt, reg ard les s o f in flu enc es from oth er cou ntr ies ? A. sur fac e pat tern B. Eng lish op ini on s c. goo d tas te D. Pro per m ora l co nd uc t a nd ac tio ns 10. Wh ich of the followi ng is NO T m ention ed as feature o f the Aesth etic Mov eme nt? A. sha pes b ec am e less fla mb oy ant B. orn am en tat ion b eca me ligh ter in a ppe ara nce c. for ms w ere a cce ntu ate d by col ore d lines D. de co rat ion s foc use d ma inly on fur nit ure PASSAGE 2 (5 poi nts) It is said tha t Geo rge Wa shi ngt on was one o f the firs t to rea liz e how im po rta nt the bu ildi ng o f can als wo uld be to the na tio n’s de ve lop me nt. In fact , bef ore he be cam e Pre side nt, he he ad ed the firs t com pan y in the Un ite d Sta tes to buil d a can al, wh ich wa s to co nn ec t the Ohi o and Pot om ac riv ers . It wa s nev er co mp let ed , but it sho we d the nat ion the fea sib ilit y o f can als . As the cou ntr y exp and ed we stw ard , sett ler s in we ster n Ne w Yo rk, Pe nn sy lva nia , and Oh io nee ded a me ans to shi p goo ds. Ca nal s link ing nat ura l wa ter wa ys see me d to sup ply an eff ect ive m eth od. In 1791 engi neer s com miss ione d by the state of Ne w Yo rk inve stiga ted the possi bility o f a canal betw een Alba ny on the Huds on Riv er and Buffa lo on Lake Erie to link the Grea t Lakes area with the Atlan tic seac oast. It wou ld avoi d the mou ntai ns that serv ed as a ba rrier to ca nals from the Dela ware an d Poto mac rivers . The firs t att em pt to dig the can al, to be cal led the Eri e Ca nal , wa s ma de by pri vat e co mp an ies but onl y a co mp ara tiv ely sma ll po rti on wa s bu ilt bef ore the 60

proj ect was halted for lack o f funds. The cost of the p roject was an estim ated $5 millio n, an enorm ous amoun t for those days. There was some on -a ga in -o ffag ain federal fundin g, but this time the War of 1812 put an end to constr uction . In 1817, DeWi tt Clinton was elected Gover nor of New York and persu aded the state to financ e a nd build the canal. It was complet ed in 1825, cost ing $2 million more than expec ted. The canal rapidl y lived up to its spon sors’ faith, quick ly paying for itse lf through tolls. It was far mo re economi cal than a ny o ther form of transp ortati on at the time. It permitted trade between the Great Lake region and the East coast, robbing the Mississippi R iver of much of its traffic. It allowed New York to su pplant Boston, Philadelphia, and other eastern cities as the chie f center of both domestic and foreign commerce. Cities sprang up along the canal. It also contributed in a number o f ways to the No rth' s victory over the South in the Civil War. An expa nsion of the canal was planned in 1849. Increased traffic would undo ubted ly have warra nted its const ruction had it not been for the devel opme nt of the railro ads. 1. Why does the autho r most likely mention George Washington in the first paragraph? A. He was Presi dent at the time the Eri e Canal was b uilt B. He was involved in pio neerin g effo rts to build canals c. He s ucce ssful ly o pened the first ca nal in the United States. D. He commissione d engineers to study the possibility of building the Erie Canal. 2. The word fe as ib ili ty in paragr aph 1 is closest in meanin g to A. profit abilit y B. difficu lty c. possibi lity D. capa bility 3. Ac cord ing to th e p assage, th e Erie Canal connecte d the A. P otoma c a nd Ohio Rivers. B. Hudso n River and Lake Erie c. Dela ware and Potoma c Rivers. D. Atlan tic Ocean and the H udson River 4. The phrase on -a ga in -o ffag ai n in pa ragraph 3 co uld be replaced by which of the follo wing with the least c hange in meani ng? A. Inte rmitt ent B. Un solicite d c. Ineffectu al D. Gra dual 5. Th e c omp letio n of the Erie Canal was f inanced by A. N ew York. B. priv ate co mpanie s, c. the federa l gover nmen t. D. De Witt Clinton. 6. The ac tual cost o f buildi ng the Erie Can al was A. $5 milli on. B. less than had been estima ted, c. $7 millio n. D. more than could be rep aid. 7. The w ord toll s in paragra ph 4 is closes t in meani ng to which of the foll owing ? J A Jobs B. Gran ts c . Links D. Fees 8. Which o f the follo wing is NOT given as effec t of th e buildi ng of the Erie Canal in pa ragra ph 4? A. It allo wed t he East coast to trad e with the G reat Lakes area. B. It too k w ater traff ic away from t he Mississi ppi River. 61

c. It helped

determ ine the ou tcome of the Civil War. D. It established Boston and Philadelphia as the most important centers o f trade. 9. Wha t can be infer red abo ut rail road s in 1849 from the info rma tion in the last par agra ph? A. The y we re b eing planned but had not yet been built. B. They were serious ly un derdeve loped. c. They had begun to com pete with the Erie Canal for traf fic. D. They were we akened by the ex pansion of the canal. 10. The word warran ted in paragraph 5. is closest in meanin g to A. gua rantee d. B. justif ied c. hastened D. prev ented.

VI. GUIDED CLOZE TEST (10 pts) CLOZE TEST 1 (5 points)

The knowl edge and eloquen ce that people gain through travel ling is usually perceiv ed as th e best (1) _ ______ in life. It is the inquisitive h uman nature th at (2 )______ people to seek thrillin g experie nces and to set out on an explorati on trip. Those who travel frequentl y and to diverse places benefit from establis hing new relatio nships and (3 )________ a b etter knowledge about other cultu res and lifestyles. Howeve r, there is a (4 )________ of truth in the assumpti on that people are prone to (5) cliches and unfounded prejudice s about other na tions and their c haracte ristics. Sometimes, it is only the first-hand enco unter tha t can help change the ( 6 ) ________ towards the so-called ‘inferior com mun ities '. This direct co ntact with a diff erent civilisatio n enables travele rs to ( 7 )________ their basele ss assum ptions and get acquainte d v»th the real conce pt of life in all four corne rs of the globe. (8 )________ question , tr avelling ( 9 ) _______ _ friendship and makes it easier for many individua ls to acknowl edge the true value of di fferen t traditi ons and customs. Yet, it does not always mean enjoymen t. It may also .involve coming close with the atroci ties of real existence as well as becom ing aware of the challen ges and hardshi ps that other people have to struggle with. Hence, a true voyage is the one with a good deal of experien ce to (1 0)________ about, very often combi ned with exposure to abhorr ent sights and incredible ordeals. The learning to be comple te, thus, requires an ability to observe and analyse the surroun dings, both th eir gl amour and brutality. complet ion D. resolut ion B. fulfilme nt c. conclusio n B. involves impels D. pursues c. e ntails B. educa ting D. exact ing acquir ing c . learning B. grain speck D. tip c. scrana B. cheris hing D. persis ting persev ering c . indulgi ng B. man ner D. approac h prejudic e c . outlook B. cease c. fail D. quit drop 62

8. A. A part 9. A. fa cilita tes 10. A. co mme mora te

B. Beyond B. afford s B. remin isce

c. Unfailing c. elicits c. resemble

D. Ben eath D. inc ites D. remi nd

CLOZE TEST 2 (5 points)

Stressful situa tions that ( 1 ) ________ almos t every day in life seem to be unav oidab le. Howev er, we can do little sometim es to avoid a misfor tune or an unpl easan t occu rrenc e which may (2) _ _______US unexp ected ly as only it can. At such a mom ent, one may hit t he (3 )________ , give in to the helples sness of the situa tion or, ideally, put a brave face on it trying to (4) _______ the b urden. Can you ( 5 ) ________ in your mind an hour spent in a traffic jam, say, this morn ing? Do y ou light one cigarette a fter another? Do you sound the horn every few secon ds like the other neurot ics? Or do you take a differe nt ( 6 ) ________ and make good use of the time drawin g up a schedule for the days to come? To with stand the stressful mome nt, you can also do a crosswo rd puzzle, listen to your fa vorite music o r even compos e a menu for your Sunday dinner. In fact, wha teve r way you ( 7 ) ________ to the annoyi ng situatio n, you can exer t no impact on it as the traffic jam will only reduce in due ( 8 ) ________ . Neve rthe less, your r eaction might con siderably influence your mood for the rest of the day. The inabil ity to confr ont a stressful occurre nce like tha t with a deal of com posu re and sensib ility adds much more strain to your life and in this way puts your well -bei ng in ( 9 )________ . Surprising ly, it’s the seemin gly negligib le hards hips We stumbl e on daily that run double the risk of developing- serious health disor ders rather than our isolated tragedi es howev er painful they may be. (1 0 )________ that so many of those wretche d stresses inducing trouble s affect us in a day, we should, at best, try to avoid them or possibly make radical altera tions in the way w e lead o ur dail y lifes tyles. D. emerge c. originate B. create 1. A. devise D. oc cur c . befall B. happe n 2. A. arise D. wall c . bottom B. ro of 3. A. post D. bea r c . cow B. remai n 4. A. subsi st D. image c. picture B. observe 5. A. envis ion D. mod e c. practice B. stance 6. A. man ner D. cha llenge c . respond B. deal 7. A. strike D. period c . timing B. term 8. A. cour se D. jeop ard y c. insecurity B. wea kness 9. A. risk D. As ■C. Hence B. Given 10. A. Prov iding

B: WRITTEN TEST (70 points) I. OPEN CLOZE TEST OPEN CL OZE TEST 1 (1 0p oints )

Thr oug hou t o ur lives, right from the mome nt w hen (1 )______ _infa nts we cry to expre ss hung er, we are enga ging in social interac tion of one form or another. Each and (2) _________tim e we enco unter fellow human beings , some kind of 63

social interaction will take place, (3 )______ it’s ge tting on a bus and paying the fare for the j ourn ey, or social izing with friends. It goes witho ut ( 4 ) ________ , therefo re, that we need the ability to commun icate. Without some method of transm itting intention s, we would be at a comple te loss when it comes to interacting soc ially. Comm unicat ion involves the exchan ge of informati on, which can be (5 )________ from a ges ture to a friend signaling bor edom to the present ation of à universit y thesis which may (6 )______ __ ever be read b y a ha ndful of others, or it coul d be som ething in (7 )________ the two. Our highly develop ed languages set US apart from animals. But for these languages, we could not co mmuni cate sophistica ted or abs tract ideas. (8 )______ could we talk or wr ite about people or ob jects (9 )_______ immed iately present. (1 0 )________ we restricted to discussin g objects already present, we would be unable to make ab stract general isations abou t the w orld. OPEN CLOZE TEST 2 (10 points)

Preserv ing organism s in m useums is one way of retaining them (1)________ posterity , but most people agree that it w ould be nice to (2)________ a few of them alive in the wild, too. At the moment, which species survive, which decline to threate ned or even status and w hich succumb to (3)________ is som ething of a lottery. WORLD MAP is an ea sy-to-use software that (4)_______ geograph ical patterns in diversity, rarity and conservation priorities. It can (5)________ a range of speciali st biological analysis for c ountless numbers of species, in or der to p rovide biodiver sity d ata for researc h purposes. The program (6)________ the surface area of the world into cells, usually arranged in a recta ngula r grid. WORL DMAP can also (7)________ the likelihood of a hitherto unobserve d species being found in an a rea on the basis of its known distribution . (8)_______ the patchin ess of most records, that is a useful trick. Furthermo re, it can select comple mentar y areas for preservati on. Those are not (9)____the cells with the highest individual biodiversit y, but (10)____ those which, togethe r, maximize what is preserve d by pickin g plac es with the least overlappin g sp ecies.

IL WORD FORMS (20 pts) PART 1 (10 points)

1. All th e judge s gave h er ten out o f ten for h er ______ _ (FLAW) perform ance. 2. A c ost of $5,000 was on Monday imposed by a court in New Delhi on Chi ef Ministe r Shei la Dikshit in a (F AM OU S)________ case lodged by her against BJP leader Vi jender Gupta. 3. He was in such a has te to return home that he left a t ________ (DAY) by th e ( first bus. 4. His collect ion of plants contains ma ny ________ (RARE). 5. For many people, social networkin g offers them a feeling o f ___________ (ESCAP E) from the real world. 6. I f you can afford it, and still have lots of money left, buy it _______ (RIGHT). 64

7. We all t ake pride in o u r________ (DEST ROY) friendship . 8. The ________ (ELEC TRIC) of t hose mountai nous villages is the greatest achi evem ent of this governm ent. 9. The little boy dr eams of being a s po rts ____ (COMM ENT) for the TV station. 10. T he young girl is at a v er y________ (IMPRES S) age so we must make sure that she goes with th e right sor t o f person. PART 2 (10 points )

Until comp arativ ely recent times science and technolo gy perfo rmed differ ent and separat e functions, the progress of one so often co mplete ly ( 1 )____ to the progress of the o ther. RELAT E (2) ________ have establis hed thát, since the earliest HISTOR Y times, the improv ement s in our way of life have re sulted from an empir ical approa ch, that is a process of trial and error, by which equip ment and tools are made to satisfy importan t needs. It is to this approac h that we owe the evolutio n of techno logy. Our modern conce pt o f science, both (3 )______ PHILOS OPHY and pragm atic in approa ch, stems from the seventee nth century, when extensiv e investiga tions into the natural laws gover ning the behav ior of matte r were (4) _ _______. It was TAKE this (5) ________ style of th ought which led to a science- REVOL UTION based techno logy. Scientific knowledge was not in its elf seen as a (6 )________ for the earlie r system of trial and err or, but PLACE it did help the technica l ( 7 ) ________ to see which path of INNOVA TE exper imen tation might be more (8) .. . With the FRUIT industr ializat ion of the nineteen th century, the bond between science and techno logy (9) ♦ In our own time, the STRONG mutual (1 0 )________ of one discipline upon the other has RELY increas ed still further. III. ER RO R IDE NTIF ICAT ION (10 pts) Each week Hilary Mullock, also known as Doctor Doppit, visiting London’s General Hospital. Carrying balloons and magic tricks better than a stethoscope, she administers her own special kind of medicine. Employed by the Theodora Children ’s Trust, Hilary brings fun and laughter for the patients in the. children’s wards, makin g a hospital staying a less difficult experience for these young patients. Havin g studied drama at university, Hilary later became interested in chi ldre n’s thea tre. Seeing an advert with a clown doctor, she knew she had founded the ideal job.. Before taking up the position, Hilary had to comple te four weeks o f traini ng, being instructed in balloon modeling and magic t ricks. Acc ordi ng to a spokesp erson for the Theodora Chil dren ’s Tru st, hospitali zed childr en, havin g been exclu ding from their normal day-to -day routine and the 65

family enviro nment, are likely to be frightenin g and homesick. Clown doctors like Hilary has a valuable p art to play in helping them forget their problems fo r a while. Humour, it has been seen, has a positively impact on health. In fact, certain chemical s produced in the body by laughter have even been shown to ac t as natural painkiller s. Laughte r really is the best medicine, it seems. 1._______________ 2. _______ 3 .___________ __ 4 ._______________ 5 ._______________ 6 .___________ _ 7 .___________ ___ 8 ._______________ 9 ._______________ 10. IV. S EN TE NC E TRA NSF OR MA TIO N (20 pts) Rewrite the fol lowing sentences using the w ords given. 1. Sam was so crazy about stamps th at he spe nt lots o f money on them e very month. (SPL ASH ED) —» So str on g___________________________________________________ . 2. The impressio n mos t people have o f Kathy is that he is an honest person. —>Ka thy c om es ________________________________________________ . 3. It’s im possible to pred ict how long it will take the business to make a gre at deal of profit. (T EL LIN G) —» __________________________________________________ lucrative. 4. She cann ot make her mind up about wh ether to stay up or sleep. —» She was t or n_____ _________________________________________ in. 5. His argum ent wa s ir relevant to the case being discussed. —» His argume nt had not hin g_________________________ _______ _____ . 6. The father was over the moon when his son was bom. -> The fa ther was as pl eas ed_______________________ _ birth o f his son. 7. I d on’t mind if you stay a t my house tonight. (PU TTI NG ) - » I’m not a ve rse _______________ ______________ .._____ ■ ______ 8. Seeing t hat Tuan was deter mined to get the job, I k new he is serious a bout his future. (BUSIN ESS) -> In light _ _______ __________________________________to his future. 9. If you want, you can leave. (L IBE RTY ) -> Y ou _________________________ _____ ___________________ wish. 10. The young lady was angry t hat no one confessed to having broken her vase. (BRE AST ) -» T he y oun g lad y was b e si d e ________________________________ ___ up to hav ing b rok en t he vas e.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN ■ KHÁNH HÔA A. MUL TIPL E CHOIC E QUESTIONS (40 PTS) I. WOR D CHO ICE (5 PTS) Choo se the best option s to comple te the foll owing sentenc es. 1. The vege tation on the island w as ______ . A. ex ube rant B. chivalr ous c. overca st D. ingenious 2. He b ecam e an outlaw b y ______ the law. A. d efyin g B. observ ing c. sticking to D. abiding by 3. The plagu e, otherw ise known as the Black Deat h, was a ______ disease. A. co ntagi ous B. contigu ous c. conting ent D. congenial 4. The Prime Minis ter will decide whethe r to release the prison er or not; tha t’s h is ______ . A. pr eroga tive B. dero gatory c. abdicati on D. hum anity 5. H e ______ the illusion that he will live to be a hundred. A. gro ws B. relish es c. develops D. cheris hes 6. They conti nued fightin g de spite all t h e______ they met with. A. a dver sitie s B. ameni ties c . properti es D. lia bilities 7. I’d lo ve to live in th es e______ surroundin gs. A. des olate B. bashful c. gloomy D. serene 8. The Secre tary of State handl ed t he m att er______ and pre vented a war. A. ad roitly B. intensely C. abje ctly D. slight ly 9. Her c ondi tion seems to b e ______ . W e’ll have to take h er to intensive care. A. a meli orati ng B. deteriorat ing c. amputa ting D. imita ting 10. No t on ly is little J onn y’s gram mar incoheren t and his spelling atrociou s but also his pro nun cia tion ______ . A. slo thful B. sluggis h c. hazard D. haphaz ard IL STRUC TURES AND GRAMMA R (5 PTS) Choos e th e best options to com plete the follo wing s entence s. 1. • so incred ible is that these insects succes sfully migrate to places they have neve r seen. A. T hat make s the monarch b utter flies ’ migration B. Th e migra tion of the m onarch bu tterflies is C. W hat make s the monarc h b utter flies ’ migration D. Th e migra tion of the monarch bu tterflies, which is 2. It is man dato ry th at sm oking in p ub lic ______ . A. p rohib ited B. proh ibit C. be prohibit ed D. is pro hibited 3. with abou t fifteen times its weight in air does gasolin e allow the carb uret or to run s moothly. A. It is mixed B. Only when mixed C. Whe n m ixed D. To mix it 67

4. H e ______ safety goggles, but he wa sn’t and, as a result, the hot steel badly damaged his eyes. A. could have been w earing B. must have been w earing c. should wearin g D. ought to have been wearing 5. If th e M oo n______ one orbit around the Earth and one comp lete revolution on its axis at the same r ate, we som etim es_____ _ the o ther s ide o f it. A. won 't com plete - will s ee B. did n’t comp lete - would see c. do esn 't c omplet e - had seen D. wou ldn’t c omplete - see 6. The two boys were ca ug ht ______ the exam papers from the teac hers ' room, so they definit ely de ser ved ______ from school. A. to be stealing - having suspended B. to steal - being suspend ed c. stealin g - to be suspended D. having stolen - suspend ed 7. No whale has ever been known to attack human excep t in de fe nc e; ______L stories have come down since the Biblical Jonah of men b eing swallowe d by whales. A. con seque ntly B. whate ver c. inasmuch as D. none theless 8. After the First World War, the author Anais Nin became interested in the art move ment known as Surrealism and in psychoanal ysis, both ____ _ her novels and s hort stories. A. in which the influence B. of which influen ced c. to hav e influence D. its influence in 9. Nebr aska has fl oods in some y ea rs, ______ . A. in others drought B. dro ughts are others c. while other droughts D. others in drought 10. _ ____ native to Europe, the daisy has now spread thr ougho ut mo st o f North America. A. Alth ough B. If it were c. In spite o f D. That it is III. PR EPOS ITION S A ND P HRASA L VER BS (5 PTS) Choose the b est optio ns to com plete the follow ing sent ences. 1. I ne ed t o ______ your o ffer very caref ully bef ore I make a decision. A. l ook ove r B. see out c. figure ou t D. mull over 2. The re’s not hing t o ____ _ as it ’s a general knowledge quiz. A. com e round to B. face up to c. swot up on D. come up with 3. The accoun t of their jou rney has be en ______ togeth er from personal letters and diari es. A. piec ed B. set c. pulled D. got 4. Perhaps it is the almost universal use of flavour ings that makes it so hard to ______ the p rod uct s______ . A. t ak e- ap ar t B. te ll -a p ar t c. co m e- ap ar t D. fa ll -a p ar t 5. We fin al ly ______ out a way to get the band into the hotel without th e press knowing. A. tried B. set c. puzzled D. put 68

6. He has taken some painki llers but when the ef fe ct s______ , h is leg will hurt quite badly. A. we ar a way B. wear down c . wear off D. wea r out 7. Follow ing years of intense training , the accomp lished athlete ______ the medal triump hantly. A. too k o ff B. went of f c. ran o ff D. carrie d o ff 8. Could you lend m e s ome m oney to ' me ov er to th e end of the month? A. hand B. tide c. get D. make 9. My parents had a lot of children, so sometimes there wasn’t enough food to _____. A. pu t on . B. fall back on c. give out D. go round 10. The noise from the unruly fans c elebrati ng their team ’s victo ry did n’t _____ until early in the morning. A. sh ut o ff B. give away c. let up D. fall over IV. COL LOC ATIO NS AND I DIOMS (5 PTS) Choo se the best o ptions to com plete the follo wing se ntences. 1. How did they manage to keep me com plet ely______ about t his fo r so long? A. in the dark B. unde r the shadow c. in the shade D. out o f shape 2. Yo u’ve g ot t o ______ to suc ceed in advertising. A. go to y our head B. have y our wits abo ut you C. hav e y our h ead in the c louds D. gathe r your wits 3. It took Dane a long time to understand what was going on. He ’s usually than that, isn’t it? A. ro und the bend B. hard er and faster c. easie r on the ea r D. quicke r on the uptake 4. Stop w astin g tim e spl itti ng ______ and look at the big picture . A. h airs B. ears c. eyes D. noses 5. The count ry is an eco nom ic__ with chronic unemployment and rampant crime. A. l ost c ause B. bask et case c. false da wn D. dark horse 6. My m othe r n ea rly ______ when I said I was going to buy a m otorbike. A. let the cat o ut o f the bag B. put the cat am ong the pigeons C. ha d kittens D. got out of the rat race 7. Fresh evid ence has re ce nt ly _____ _ which suggests that he didn ’t in fact com mit the murder . A. c ome a long w ay B. come under fire c. com e into bl oom D. come to light 8. We ’d been work ing hard for a m onth and so decided to go ou t a nd ______ . A pain t th e tow n red B. face the mu sic c . read betw een the lines D. steal t he s how 9 The boss was ______ with the new employe e over his quali ficati ons and abili ty to p erform his job well. A. at a loose end B. at a loss c. at a s tandstill D. at odds 10. I’m s o ______ unde r with work at the momen t - it’s awful! A. iced B. rained c. fogged D. snow ed 69

V. R EADI NG COM PRE HEN SION Read the passa ges care fully and choose the best a nswe r to each questio n. READING PASSAGE 1 (5 PTS) While most deser t an imals will drink wate r if co nfron ted with Zz, for many of them the oppo rtuni ty n ever com es. Yet all living things mus t ha ve water , or they will expire. The herbiv ores find it in desert plants. The carni vores slave their thirst with the flesh and blood of living prey. One of the most remar kable adjus tmen ts, howeve r, has been made by the tiny kanga roo rat, who not only lives with out drink ing but subsists on a diet of dry seeds cont ainin g abou t 5% free water. Like other animals , he has the ability to man ufact ure wat er in his body by a metab olic conver sion of carbohy drates. But he is notab le for the par sim ony with which he conse rves his small supply by every possi ble means, expe nding o nly minu scule amoun ts in his excreta and through evapo ration from his r espi rato ry tract. Invest igation into how the kangaroo rat can live with out drink ing wat er has involved variou s exper iment s with these small animals. Could kanga roo rats some how store wate r in thei r bodies and slowly utilize these resou rces in the long p eriod s w hen no fr ee w ater is av ailable from dew or rain ? Th e simple st way to settle this questio n was to determi ne the total wate r conte nt in th e anim als to see if it d ecreas es as they are kept for long periods on a dry diet. If th ey slowly use up their wa ter, the body should become increasi ngly dehy drate d, and if the y begin with a store of w ater, this should be evide nt from an initial high wate r content . Results of such exper iment s with kangaro o rats on dry diets for more than 7 w eeks showed that the rats maintai ned their body weight. There was no trend towar d a decre ase in wate r conten t during the long period of wat er depriva tion. When the kanga roo rats were given free acces s to water, they did not drink water. They did nibble on small pieces of waterme lon, but this did not chan ge appr eciab ly the wate r content in th eir bodies, which remai ned at 66.3% to 6 7.2% du ring this period. This is very close to the water content of dry-led animals (66.5%), and the availabi lity of free water, therefore, did not lead to any ‘stora ge’ that could be meaningfu l as a water reserve. This makes it reasonable to conclud e that physiol ogical storage of water is not a facto r in the kangaroo rat ’s ability to live on dry food. 1. What is the topic of this passage ? A. K angar oo rats. B. W ater in the desert, c . Deser t life. D. P hysiolo gical exper iment s. 2. The word 'expire ' in the first paragra ph is close st in mea ning t o ______ . A. b ecom e ill B. die c . shrink D. deh ydrate 3. Which of the fol lowin g is NOT a s ource of wat er f or the deser t ani mals? A. Deser t plan ts. B. M etabol ic conver sion o f carboh ydrat es in the body. 70

c. The bloo d o f other animals. D. Streams. 4. The word ‘z7’ in the first paragraph refers t o ______. A. a living thing B. the desert c. the opportu nity D. wa ter 5. The author states that the kangaroo rat is known for all of the following EX CE PT ___ A. the e conomy with which it uses available water B. living w ithout drinking w ater c. breathin g slowly and infrequently D. manuf acturing water internally 6. The word 'parsimony'’ in the first paragraph is closest in me aning t o ______ . A. inte lligence B. desire c. frugality D. skill 7. It is im plied by the author t hat des ert animals can exi st with little or no water because o f______ . A.- less need for water than other animals B. m any opp ortunities for them to find water c. their a bility to eat plants D. their a bility to adjust to the desert environmen t 8. The word 'depri vatio n' in the second paragraph is closest in me aning t o ____ . A. preserva tion B. renewal c. examination D. withholding 9. According to the passage, the results of the experiments with kangaroo rats showed that ______ . A. kangaro o rats store water for use during dry periods B. kangaroo rats took advantage of free access to water c. there was no significant change in body weight due to lack of wate r or accessibi lity to water D. a dry die t seems detrimental to the kangaroo rat’s health 10. The word 'acce ss' in the second paragraph is closest in me aning t o ______ . A. right B. method c. opportunity D. entrance READING P ASSAGE 2 (5 PTS)

The end of the 19th century and the early years of the 20th century were marked by the develop ment of an international Art Nouveau style, characterized by sinu ous lines, floral and vegeta ble motifs, and soft ev anescent coloration. The Art Nouvea u style was an eclectic one, bringing together elements of Japanese art, motifs of ancien t cultures, and natural forms. The glass objects of this style were elegan t in outline, although often deliberated distorted, with pale or iridesce nt surfaces. A favored device of the style was to imitate the iridescent surface seen on ancient glass that had been buried. Much of the Art Nouveau glass produc ed during the years of its greatest popularity had been generically termed ‘art g lass ’. Art glass was intended for decorative purposes and relied fol ks effe ct on carefully chosen color combin ations and innovative t echniq ue’s. 71

Trance produce d a numbe r of outstan ding exponen ts of the Art Nouveau style; among the most celebrate d was Emile Galle (1846-1 904). In the United States, Louis Comf ort Tiffan y (1843-1 933) was the most noted expo nent of this style, produ cing a great v ariety of glass forms and surfaces, which were widely copied in their time and are hig hly pri zed today. Tiffany was a br illian t design er, success fully comb ining anc ient Egyptian, Japane se, and Persian motifs. The Art Nouve au style was a m ajor force in the decorati ve arts from 1895 to 1915, although its influenc e continued through out the mid-192 0s. It was eventua lly to be overtak en by a n ew school of th ought known as Functionalism that had been prese nt since the beginnin g of the 20th century. At first restricted to a small avant -garde group of architects and designers, Functio nalism emerged as the domi nant influence upon designers after the First World War. The basic tenet of the move ment that fun ctio n shou ld determ ine fo rm - was not a new concept . Soon a d istinct aesthe tic code evolved: form should be simple, surfaces plain, and any ornam ent should be based on geometric relationships. This new design concept , coupled with the sharp postwa r reactions to the styles and conven tions of the preced ing de cades, created an enti rely n ew public taste which caused A ll Nouvea u types of glass to fall out of favor. The new taste demanded dramati c effects of contrasts, st ark outline and comp lex textu ral surfaces. 1. Paragrap h 1 of the passage mainly d isc uss es______ . A. des ign element s in the Art Nouvea u style B. the populari ty o f the Art Nouve au style c. product ion t echniq ues for art glass D. colo r com binations typical of the Art Nouveau style 2. The w ord “one ” in paragraph 1 refers t o ______ . A. ce ntury B. develo pment c. style D. colora tion 3. Paragraph 1 mentions that Art Nouveau glass was sometim es simila r to ______ of ancie nt buried glass. A. the distortio n o f the glass B. the appea rance of the glass surface - c. the shapes of the glass ob jects D. the size of the gla ss ob jects 4. The main p urpose of paragraph 2 is to ______ . A. com pare differe nt Art Nouveau styles B. give examp les of famous Art No uveau artists c . explain why A rt Nouvea u glass was so popular in the United States D. show the impact A rt Nouveau had on other cultures around the w orld 5. The wo rd “pr ize d” in paragraph 2 is clo sest in meaning t o _____ _. A. valué d B. universal c. uncommon D. preserv ed 6. The w ord “ov er ta ke n” in paragraph 3 is clo sest in meaning t o ______ . A. surp assed B. inclined c. expressed D. applied 7. By statin g tha t “fu nct ion s hou ld de ter m in e for m” the a uthor means th at ____ , A. a useful objec t should not be a ttractive B. the purpose o f an objec t should influence its form 72

c. the des ign of an o bject is considered

more si gnificant than its function D. the form o f an obje ct sho uld not incl ude dec orative elements 8. It can be inferred from the passage that one reason functionalism became popul ar was that it ______ . A. clear ly d istingu ished between art and design B. appeale d to peop le who like comple x painted designs c. reflecte d a commo n desire to break from the past D. was easily inte rpreted by the general public 9. Paragr aph 3 suppo rts the idea th at ______ . A. fu nction alism's design concep t avoided geometric shapes B. func tionalism started on a small scale and then spread gr adually c. Function alism was a major force in the decorative arts before the First World War D. Fun ctional ism was not attractive to archite cts and designers 10. Accor ding to the passage, an object made in the Art Nouveau style would most likely inc lud e______ . A. a flowere d d esign B. bright c olors c. mode m symbols D. a textured surface VI. GUIDE D C LOZE TEST Read the fo llowi ng passag es an d ch oose the optio ns t hat be st com plete the blanks. GUIDED CLOZE TEST I (5 PTS)

THE T RADE IN RHINO HORN Last year thieves broke into a Scottish castle and stole only one thing: a rhino horn, which is at 1.5 metres, was the longest in the world. In China, pharmac eutical factories have been building up ( 1 ) ______ of antiques made from rhino horn, for the sole purpose of smashing them to powder to make the (2) ______ ingredien t of many of their medicines. And in Africa poachers continu e to die in the ( 3 )______ for the black rhino. Recently , conser vationi sts have met to ( 4 ) ______ a campaign to persuade countri es where rhino horn is still a part of the trad itional medicine to switch to substitu tes. The biggest (5 )______ to the survival o f the rhin oceros is the refusa l of certain c ountr ies to enforce a ban on domestic (6 )______ in rhino horn. The rhino horn is included in many aids for disorders ranging from fevers to nosebl eeds. Horn, like fingernails, is made of keratin and has no proven medicinal (7) ______ . Traditio nal substitutes, such as horn from buffalo or antelo pe, are regarde d as second best. The battle is (8) _ ____ to be winnable. But it may be harder than the battle agains t th e trade in ivory, for the re is a (9 )_____ between the two commod ities. Ivory is a luxury, while rhino horn, people believe could (1 0 )______ the life o f their child. 73

1. A. b undle s 2. A. real 3. A. tight 4. A. design 5. A. threat 6. A. busines s 7. A. capaci ty 8. A. t houg ht 9. A. variat ion 10. A. make

B. col lectio ns D. group s c . amoun ts B. actual D. true c . essential D. ra ce B. chanc e c . search D. form B. plan c . progra mme D. me nace c . disas ter B. dang er D. tradi ng B. com merce c . selling D. pow ers c . control B. prope rty D. viewe d c . imagined B. dream ed D. diffe rence B. compari son c . gap D.s urv ive B. sav e c . help GUIDED CLOZE TEST 2 (5 PTS) Read the follow ing passag e and decide which option A, B, c or D best fits each space. NOIS E POLLUTION Nois e is more than a mere nuisance. At certain levels and durat ions of expos ure, it can cause physical damage to the eardrum, and (1 )___ in tem porar y or perm anen t hearin g loss. In addit ion to causin g hearing loss, (2 )______ noise expos ure can also ( 3 ) ______ blood pressure and pulse rates, cause irritabili ty, anxiety, and mental fatigue, and interfere with sleep, recreati on, and personal comm unica tion. Noise pollution control is, th erefore, ( 4 ) ______ import ance in the workpl ace and in the c ommunity. Noise effects can be ( 5 ) ______ by a numb er of techni ques, for exam ple, increa sing the distanc e or blocking the path between the noise source and the recipie nt, reducin g noise levels at the source, and ( 6 ) ______ recipi ents with earplu gs or earmuffs . Increasin g path distanc e is very effectiv e becaus e, as a sound wave spreads outward from t he source, the fixed (7 )'_ __ __ __ _ of energy in the wave is dissipat ed over an ever-ex panding wave front. Path barriers ( 8 ) ______ walls, ceilings , and floors can be effective by absorb ing as well as reflect ing sound energy. Special earmuffs are ( 9 ) ______ to prote ct industrial and constr uction workers . The best way ( 10 )_____ _ noise polluti on is to reduce the sound levels at the source, for instance, by improv ing desig n, muffli ng machin ery and engine s, and properl y mainta ining and lubricati ng mach inery to reduce vibratio ns. c. create D. affec t 1. A. b ring B. result c. excessi vely D. excess ive 2. A. exceed ingly B. excess c . raise D. rise 3. A. enlarge B. maxi mize D. within c . at 4. A. for B. of D. min imized c . brought 5 .A. done B. created c. protected D. prote cts 6. A. protec ting B. prote ct D. num ber c . amount B. type 7. A. kind D. or 8. A. as B. su ch as c . like 9. A. a vailabl e D.e nou gh B. ready c. accessi ble 10. A. preven t B. prev enting c . for pre ventin g D. to p revent 74

B. W R IT T E N T E S T (70 PTS)

I. OPEN CLOZE TESTS Fill in each of the numbered blanks with ONE suita ble word . OPEN CLOZE TE ST 1 (10 PTS)

ELDEST CHILD 1he first-born is an only child until the second child comes (1 )______ - when they go from (2) • the centre of attention to sharing the care (3 )______ parents. This 'deth rone men t' may be e xtremely traumatic and forever shape the first -bor n's outlook (4 )_____ life. They may spend the rest o f their lives striving (5) _______regai n their parent s' approval. They could even unconscio usly feel their parents had ( 6 ) _______ child (7 )_________ somehow they wer en’t good (8) _______ (9 )______ may lead to feelings of ina dequacy and also contributes to resent ment of subseque nt siblings. The first-born is often the least warm (10) ______ frequent ly the most hostile to th eir brothers and sisters. (adapted fro m “Does your place in the fam ily m ould you forev er? ” in Daily Mail) OPEN CLOZE TE ST 2 (10 PTS)

SOUTH AFRICA PLAGUED BY HIV VIRUS Near ly one-in- four adults of worki ng age in South Africa is believed to be infected with (1 )______ HIV / Aids virus. ( 2 )______ is a shockin g statistic, and one ( 3 ) ______ potentiall y catastrophic economic and social consequen ces for the country. The limp response from the South African governme nt has already been condem ned, and it has been left to the country ’s financial community to tackle what (4 )______ become an epidemic. At th e forefro nt of a campaign to re cognise, report and raise awareness about (5 )_____ disease (6 )____ the South African Institute o f Chartered Accountants (Saica). It is drafting guidelines on Aids (7) _____ _ be presented to the Johannesb urg stock e xchange. These might (8 )______ day be incorporated into its listings requirements. Thingle Pather, a chartered accountant and project director at Saica, heads the HIV working group that is putting together the first draft. Pathe r is workin g with the Global Reporting Initiative, an organisation (9) ______ issues guidelines on non-financial reporting, and the South African Actuaria l Society to put together a document that will push (10) _________ volun tary disclos ure of information about the prevalence levels of HIV I Aids and the estimat ed financial impact. (adap ted fro m “Businesses count the cost o f Aids epidemic ” in The Guardian Weekly)

II. W ORD FORMS PART 1. Su pply the cor rect word form o f the word in parentheses. (10PT S) 1. He gave a __ _________ _______ shrug. He is always making his own achiev emen ts seem u nimportant. (DEPRECATE ) 2. It’s a __ ________article which is fair to both sides o f the dispute. (ROUND) 75

3. My friends started going out late to nightclu bs so I decided t o ____________ mys elf from tile group. (SOCIA L) .4. New immigr ants have been success fully ____________________ into its commun ity. (SIMIL AR) 5. She felt her h usband con sta ntly ____________ her ach ievem ents. (LITTL E) 6. Steroids often help re duce th e__________ and itching in the skin. (FLAM E) 7. The a mount s o f radioac tivity presen t w er e_____________ small. (FINIT E) 8. The mu seu m's collectio n includes ___________________ dating back to prehis toric times. (FACT ) 9. There is a st rong smell o f___________________ in the h ospital. (INFECT ) 10. This docum ent needs ________________________ before sending to the publis hing house. (PROOF) PART 2. Sup ply each gap w ith the cor rect form of the word given in th e bo x. (lOpts)

-11im live

cattle voice

emit pose

fir m prais e

gov ern pro ject

In Ja nuary 2001 the (1 )_______________ Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) issued its latest report on climate change. Climate models worked out by giant super- compu ters had become far m ore reliable since the previous report in 1995 and allowed them to ( 2 )___________ the earlier (3) .________ for global warmin g. Their conclusio ns were that something very serious is happen ing and that it c annot be a natural process. The 1990s was the hottest decade for 1.000 years and the Earth is war ming faster than at any tim e in the last 10.000 y ears ’ Accor ding to the report, human activities are (4 )______________ to blame for the tempe rature rise. The burning of fossil fuels releases carbon dioxide and, due to defore station , there are fewer trees to absorb this gas and recycle it bac k into oxygen. Methane concentr ations have also gone up dramatic ally because of increases in rice culture and (5) ___________both of which generate methane from ( 6 ) _______________ vegetation. These greenh ouses gases trap heat in the E arth ’s atmosphe re and cause the temperature to rise. The IPCC reported that, in the w orst case, the a verage temper ature could rise by 5.8°c this century, 2°c higher than their original predictions . The resulting melting of ice-ca ps and glaciers would cause sea levels to rise by up to 88 cm, endange ring the homes and (7) _________________ of tens of millions of people who live in low-lying re gions. Unfortuna tely, there is far greater (8 )_______________ _ am ong the wor ld’s scientists over the issue than among politicians. As long ag o as 1990, the ỈPCC recomm ended a 60% reduction in carbon dioxide (9 )_______________ , as the basic level require d to return the plan et's climat e to a healthy level. Now that Governme nts globally failed to enact these proposals. Now that t he danger s have been (1 0) _________________ by the latest report, it is high time that govern ments took an active interest in exploring alternati ve, renewable energ y s ources.

III. ERROR IDENTIFICATION Read the followin g passage. There are 10 errors. Identify the errors and then cor rect them. (10 PTS) OAK ' (1) Oak wood has a density o f about 0.75 g/cm 3 , great strong and hardness, and is very resistant to insect and fungal attack because of its high tannin content. It also has very appeal grain markings, particularly when quartersawn. Oak planking was common on high status Viking long ships in the (5) 9' 1 and 10th c enturies. The wood was hewn from green logs, wit h axe and wedge, to produce radial planks, similar to quarter-sawn timber. Wide, quarter-sawn boards o f oak have been prized since the Middle Ages for use in int erior pane ling off prestigious buildings such as the debating chamb er of the House of Commons in London, and in the construction of fine (10) furniture. O ak wood, from Quercus robur and Quercus petraea, was used in Europe for the construction of ships, especial naval men of war, until the 19lh century, and was the principal timber used in the construction of European timber-framed build. Today oak wood is still commonly used for furniture making and (15) flooring, timbe r frame buildings, and for veneer production. Barrels in which wines, sherry, and spirits such as brandy, Scotch whisky and Bourbon whiskey are age are made from European and American oak. The use of oak in wine can add many diff erent dimensions to wine based on the type and style of the oak. Oak barrels, which may be charred (20) before use, contribute to the colour, taste, and aroma of the contents, impartin g a desirable oaky vanillin flavour to these drinks. The great dilemm a for wine product is to choose between French and American oakwoods . French oaks give the wine greater refinement and are chosen for the best wines since they increase the price compared to those aged in American oak wood. American oak contributes greater texture and resist to ageing, but produces more violent wine bouquets. Oak wood chips are used for smok ing fish, meat, cheeses and another foods. ____________ 2 ._______________ 3 ._______________ ____________ 5 ._______ ;_______ 6 .___________ __ 4. _ __________ 8 ._______ ________ 9 ._______________ 7. 1 0 ._ ____________ IV. SE NTEN CE TRANSF ORMAT ION PAR T 1: Use the word(s) given in brackets and make any necessary additions to compl ete a new sentenc e in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Do NOT change the form of the given word( s). (10 PTS) I. Immediately after winning the race. Sandy began training for the next one. (had) -» No so on er .......................................................... ............................................ 77

2. Going to and fro with all the cases is what I can’t stand about holidays, (toing) —> I t's all ....... .......................... abou t holi days. 3. As a result of the bad w eather, there may be delay to some internatio nal flights, (subj ect) —» Due to the bad we ather ........................ ................. .............. possible delay. 4. Bill c hange d his way s when he came o ut o f prison, (leaf) —> Bill h a s ...........................................................’................................................ 5. The comm ittee had a long discu ssion but they could not m ake up their mind, (reach ) —> L engthy ....................................................... ............. ..................................... PART 2: Rewr ite the s entenc es w ith the given w ords or be ginnin g in suc h a way that they are as simila r as possible in meaning to the original senten ces. (10PTS) 1. The presid ent's bodygu ards stood behind him watc hing. -> W atchfu lly .................................................... .......... ...................................... 2. Success in the ac ademic field depends on your ability to amas s qua lificatio ns. -> The m o re ................................................ .................................. ...................... 3. 1 find his cl othes the m ost i rritating about him. —> W hat m ost ............. ......................................................................................... 4. Richard only took over th e fa mily b usiness because his fa ther decided to retire early. —> But f o r ........ ....................... ............. .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ............. 5. It was n’t M elani e’s fault that she ended up breaki ng the law. -» Thr ough no ............................................. ....................... ................................

TRƯỜNG THP T CHU YÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - NINH THUẬN I. M U L T IP L E C H O IC E (80 sent ences / 40 marks) I. WOR D CHOI CE (5 marks) Choose the wo rd or ph rase that best fits each spa ce. 1. The modif ication ha s been t h e ______ on the cake for both of us, for a lot o f hard w ork has gon e into the design and de velopm ent o f the course . A. chi lling B. coolin g c. freezing D. icing 2. The medi a is suppo sed to a lw ay s_______ on the side of revealing rathe r than concea ling. A. bl unde r B. err c. misc hief D. transg ress 3. Toxic ___________ disfigur e black neighbo urhoods , degrade property values, and d iscour age investment. A. eye sores B. gatec rasher s c. keyston es D. water sheds 78

4. You s hou ldn 't have been . to your elders by raising those matters. A. ill-man nered B. immate rial c . impertinen t D. inappos ite 5. An 18-year-old girl, of no f ix ed ____________ , was charged with robbery in connec tion with the incident. A. abod e B. accom modation c. dwellings D. lodgings 6. Docum entati on is re quired before the drug can get the seal o f _______ from world health authoritie s. A. app roval B. assent c. consent D. permissi on 7. Many A meric ans refused to fall in with the idea that religion is a (n )_______ disrep utabl e an achronis m. A. ac ademi cally B. cerebra lly c. cognitivel y D. intel lectually 8. Most academ ic articles bounce around from topic to topic, really without , but ar e i nformative. A. com mon or garde n B. hell or high water c. let or hindran ce D. rhyme or reason 9. It is up to the court to decide, in the exercise of the ir _____ , whet her to grant the favou r or not. A. cir cumsp ection B. discretion c. judici ousne ss D. prudence 10. Tome said somethi ng disgusting, from which and a heated argument , the re sult o f which was that they broke up. A. ensu ed B. eventuate d c . supervened D. transpired 11. STR UCTU RES AND GRAM MAR (5 marks) You are to choos e one word or phrase that best completes the sentence or has the same meanin g as the ori ginal sent ence. 11. _______ , our original thesis that we are in fact a lot more uptight about sexualit y than we ’d like to believe is going to be adapted for psychological consult ation. A. As it was opulentl y vin dicated B. As was ampl y vindicate d c. Bount ifully vindicate d as it was D. Much as it was copiou sly vind icated 12. Let a lone being left out in the cold for an hour after a second 30-year-old lift failed and security gu ards said the y could not allow them to use the stai rs, the sta ff starte d t o _______ in their work. A. ex aspe rate, such an unwarrante d interference it was B. fum e, such was an unwarrant ed interference c. smou lder, so un warrante d an int erference it was D. se ethe, so un warrant ed an interference was which 13. Abo ut six million years ago, the Mediterranean sea is s ai d______ , _______ thick la yers of salt in s outhern France. A. to have evapor ated - depositi ng B. to be eva porating - deposit c . to ev apora te - depos iting D. having evaporate d - to depo sit 79

14. It tur ned out that w e ______ rushed to the airpor t as the plane was delayed by several hours. A. hadn 't B. should have c . mustn't have D. need n't have 15. ________ as a masterp iece, a work of art must transcen d the ideals of the period in which it was cr eated. A. R anking B. To be ranked c. Being ranked D. In ord er to be ra nking 16. ___________ the w eather forecast , it will rain heavily later this morning. A. On a ccoun t o f B. Acco rding to c. Because of D. Due to 17. 1 read the contr act again and ag ai n __________ avoidin g makin g spelling mistakes. A. in v iew of B. in term s o f c. with a view to D. by m eans of 18. Minh and Cuong were badly injured in the last match, s o ___ of them can play in this match. A. nei ther B. none c . either D. both 19. When I arrived on the spot, I found out that I _______ the heavy gas bottle on my back because the camps ite no w had el ectric cookers. A. nee dn't h ave ca rried B. didn't need to carry c. can't ha ve e arned D. might n ot have carried 20. We are pleased to announce that Keith Danish ________ replace Susan William s as Operations Manager from 24 th September. A. does B. is abou t to c. is to D. is due n i. PRE POSI TION S AN D PH RASA L VER BS (5 m ark s) Ch oose the w or d tha t bes t fits e ach gap.

21.1 ran into an unknown in the ga p-filling e xercise, but I d idn 't try an d ______ the gap. A. held on B. hang o ut c. press on D. stuck at 22.T0 preven t soldiers from rebelling, the com mander splits them into groups to _________ one anothe r. A. let them off with B. pick up on them c . play them off agains t D. splash out on them 23. The old lady' s saving s were considerable as she h a d ..................a little money each w eek. A. put by B. put in c. put apa rt D. put down 24. The po lic e_________ a good deal o f criticism, o ver thei r han dling o f the demons tration. A. came in for B. brough t about c. went down with D. opened up 25. It was too late to '______ of the contract. A. bac k away B. back dow n c. back ou t D. back up 26. Helen m anaged to p ut _____ her poin t o f view very success fully in meetings. A. up B. over c. on . D. across 80

27.- If* no one w ill_______ misbehav ing, all pu pils will be kep t in a fter s chool. A. adm it of f B. adm it in c. own up in D. own up to 28. Even if you are m iserable , th ere‘s no need to____________ on me A. tak e it out B. take it down c. take it from D. take it over 29. Despi te all the evidenc e to the contrary, the w it ne ss __________ that his story w as t rue. A. stu ck up B. stood out c. stuck out D. held out 30. Everyo ne approve d of the scheme but when we as ked for v olunte ers they all hu ng _______ . A. ba ck B. on c. about D. up IV. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS (5 marks) Choose the word that best fits each gap. 31. The social condem nations of the bombing, therefore , focus not o n _______ the a ct b ut on lamenting the co nsequences . A. exe cratin g B. deploring c. shed ding tears o ver D. wringing hands over 32. If you wan t to have a good flat in London, you have to pay throug h the for it. A. mo uth B. eye c. nose D. head 3 3 .1 wa s ou t o f __________with you on this matter, but l et’s not quarrel about it. A. em pathy B. harmon y c. keeping D. symp athy 34. Eventua lly, a pass er-by ._____and asked h er what her pro blem was. A. p ut h er out o f his mise ry B. was c haritab le tow ards c. took pity on her D. threw him self on h er mercy 35. She expec ts the political experie nce gained in this election will stand her in good _______ in her future career, which, she sug gests, could include anoth er campaig n. ' • A. fo oting B. grou nding c. precede nt D. stead ■ 36. Poor mana geme nt brough t vil lage shops to t ee te r_____ of collapse although comm unity -own ed shops, Internet retailing and home delivery schemes were becom ing more popular. A. in the teeth B. on the brink c . on th e r azo r’s edge D. on the threshold 37. A lot o f criticis m and s corn h as been hea ped _______ his opt ions. A. a bove B. beyond c. on D. up 38. Unan swer ed, the demands for nu clear d eterrents ha ve ____ fears o f civil war. A. f lashed up B. progn osticate d c. sidetracke d D. stoked up 39. , the people who come to this club are in their t wentie s and thirties. A. By and large B. All togeth er c. To a degree D. Virtu ally 4 0 .1 do n’t feel like buying a ________ in a poke; we ’d better check the content. A. pig B. cattle c. buffalo D. ox 81

V. R EADIN GCOMP REHEN SION RE AD IN G 1: Read the following magazine article and choose the best answer to each question. (5 marks) In the course of its history, human inventions have dramati cally increas ed the average amount o f energy av ailable for use pe r person . Primitiv e p eople s in cold regions burned wood and animal dung to heat their caves, cook food, arid drive off animals by fire. The first step toward the develop ing of more effici ent fuels was ta ken when people discovered that th ey co uld use v egetabl e oils and a nimal fats in lieu QỈ gathered or cu t wood. Charcoal gave o ff a more intensive heat than wood and was more easily obtainab le than organic fats. The Greeks first began to use coal for metal smelting in the 4th century, but it did not come extensive use until the Industrial Revolution. In the 1700s, at the beginning of the Industrial evolution, most energy used in the United States and other nations undergoin g industriali zation was obtained from perpetual and renewable sources, such as wood, water st reams, domesticated animal labor, and wind. These w ere predominantly locally ava ilable supplies. By mid-1800s, 91 percent of all commercial energy consumed in the United States and European countries was obtained from wood. However, at the beginning of the 20th century, coal became a major energy source and replaced wood in industrializing countries. Although in most regions and climate zones wood was more readily accessible than coal, the la tter represents a more concentrat e source of energy. In 1910, natural gas and oil firmly replaced coal as the main source of fuel because they are lighter and, therefore, cheaper to transport. They burned more cleanly than coal arid polluted less. Unlike coal, oil could be refined to manufacture liquid fuels for vehicles; a very important consideration in the early 1900s, when the automobile arrived on the scene. By 1984, nonrenewa ble fossil fuels, such as oil, coal, and natural gas, provided over 82 percent of the commercial and industrial energy used in the world. Small amounts of energy were derived from nuclear fission, and the remainin g 16 percent came from burning direct perpetual and renew able fuels, such as biomass. Between 1700 and 1986, a large number of coun tries shifted from the use of energy from local sources to a centralize d generati on of hydropow er and solar energy converted to electricity. The energy derived from nonrenewa ble fossil fuels has been increasingly produced in one location and transported to another, as is the case with most automobi le fuels. In countr ies with private, rather than public transportati on, the age of nonrenewa ble fuels ha s created a dependen cy on a finite resource that will have to be repla ced. Alternativ e fuel sources are numerous, and shale oil and hydroc arbons are jus t two examples. The extraction of shale oil from large deposi ts in Asian and European regions has proven to be labor consumin g and costly. The resulting product is sulfur- and nitrogen- rich, arid large-scale extractio ns are presently prohib itive, Similarly, the extraction of hydroca rbons from tar sands in Alberta and Utah is complex. 82

Semi-s olid hydroca rbons cannot be easily separated from the sandsto ne and limestone th at ca rry th em, and modern t echnolog y is not suf ficientl y ver satile for a large-sc ale removal of the material. However, both sources of fuel may eventua lly be nee ded as petroleum pric es conti nue to rise and limitations in fossil fuel av ailabil ity m ake a lternativ e depos its more attractive. 41. W hat is the main top ic o f the passage? A. Ap plicat ions of various fuels B. Natural resources and fossil fuels c. A histo ry o f energy use D. A historical overview of energy rates 42. Th e p hrase “pe r per son ” in line 2 is close in me aning to A. p er cap ita B. per year c. per family D. per day 43. It can be inferred from the first paragraph that A. coal mining was essential for primitive peoples B. the Greeks used coal in industrial production c. the d evelop ment of efficient fuels was a gradual process D. the discove ry o f efficient fuels was mostly accidental 44. T he ph rase “in lie u” in line 5 is clo sest in meaning to A. in spite B. in place c. in every way D. in charge 45. The auth or o f the passage implies that in the 1700s, sources o f energy were A. used for comme rcial purposes B. used in various combination s c. not der ived from mineral de posits D. not always easy to locate 46. The phrase “the l att er” in line 16 refers to A. wood B. coal c. most region s D. climate zones 47. A ccordin g to t he passage , what was the greatest advanta ge o f oil a s fuel? A. It w as a concentra ted source o f energy. B. It was lighter and cheaper than coal. c. It replaced woo d and coal and r educed pollution. D. It coul d be converte d to au tomobile fuel. 48. It can be inferred from the passage that in the early 20th c entury, ene rgy was obtained pri marily fr o m ............... A. fossil fuels B. nuclear fission c. hydrau lic and s olar sources D. burning biomass 49. The auth or o f the passage implies that alte rnative sou rces o f fuel are curr ently A. be ing used for consu mption B. being explored c. availa ble in few locations D. examined on a large scale 50. The word “p ro hib iti ve ” in line 35 is clos est in meaning to A. pr ohibit ed B. provided c. too expensive D. too exp edient R E A D IN G 2: Rea d the foll owi ng ma gazi ne arti cle and cho ose the best a ns we r

to eac h qu est ion . (5 ma rks )

In seven teenth -centu ry colonial North America, all day-to-da y cooking was done in the fireplac e. Generally large, fireplaces were planned for cooking as well as for warmth. Those in the Northea st were usually four or five feet high, and in the South, they wer e often high enoug h for a person to wa lk into. A heavy 83

timbe r calle d the mantel tree was used as a lintel to support the stonewo rk above the fi replace opening. This timber might be scorched occasio nally, but it was far enough in front of the rising c olumn of heat to be safe from catchin g fire. Two ledges were built across from each other on the inside of the chimney. On th ese rested the ends of a "lug pole" from which pots were suspended when cooking. Wood from a freshly cut tree was used for the lug pole, so it w ould resist heat, but it had to be replaced frequently because it dried out and charred, and was thus weakene d. Sometimes the pole broke and the dinner fell into the fire. When iron became easier to obtain, it was used instead of wood for lug poles, and later fire places had pivotin g metal rods to hang pots from. Beside the fireplace and built as part of it was the oven. It was made like a small, seconda ry fireplace with a flue leading into the main chimney to draw out smoke. Sometim es the door of the oven faced the room, but most ovens were built with the opening facing into the fireplace. On baking days (usually once or twice a w eek) a ro aring fire of "oven wood," consisting of brown maple sticks, was maintain ed in the oven until its walls were extremely hot. The embers were later removed , bread dough was put into the oven, and the oven was sealed shut until the bread w as fully baked. Not all bak ing was done in a big oven, however. Also used was an iron "bake kettle," which looked like a stewpot on legs and which had an iron lid. This is said to have worked well when it was placed in the fireplace, surrounded by glowing w ood e mbers, with more embers piled on its lid. 51. Which of the following aspects of domestic life in colonial North America does the passage mainly di scuss? A. Meth ods of baking bread B. Firepla ce cook ing c. The use o f iron kettles in a typical kitchen D. The ty pes o f wood used in preparing me als 52. The author mentions the fireplaces built in the South to illustrate A. how the materials used were similar to the materials used in northeastern fireplaces B. that th ey served diverse functions c. that th ey wer e usua lly larg er than north eastern f ireplaces D. how t hey w ere sa fer than northeastern fireplaces 53. The word "scorched" is closest in meaning t o ............... ......... A. burned •' B. cut c. enlarged D. bent 54. The w ord "it” refers t o ................... A. the stonewo rk B. the firep lace open ing c. the man tel tre e D. the rising column of heat 55. Accord ing to the passage, how was food usually cooked in a pot in the seventee nth century? A. By placin g the pot directly into the fire B. By p utting the pot in the oven 84

c. By fill ing th e pot with hot wat er D. By hangi ng th e po t on a pole o ver the fire 56. The w o rd ’’obta in” is closest in m eaning t o ..................... .. A. ma intain B.' reinforce c. manufa cture D; a cquire 57. Which of the followin g is mention ed in paragraph 2 as a disadv antage of using a woo den lug pol e? A. It w as m ade of wood not rea dily av ailable. B. It was d ifficul t to move or rotate, c. It occa sional ly b roke. D. It becam e too hot to touch . 58. It can be inferred from paragraph 3 that, compared to other fir ewood, "oven wo od ” produced A. less sm oke B. more heat c. fewer e mbers D. low er flam es 59. Accor ding to paragraph 3, all of the following were true of a c olonial oven EXCEPT : A. It w as used to heat the k itchen every day. B. It wa s built as part of the main fireplace. c. The smoke it generated went out thro ugh the main chim ney. D. It w as heated with maple sticks. 60. Accord ing to the passage, which of the following was an advanta ge of a * ’’bake kett le”? A. It did not take up a lot o f space in the fireplac e. B. It did not need to be tightly closed. c. It could be used in addition to or instead of the oven. D. It cou ld be used to co ok sever al foods at one time. VI. CLOZ E T EST CLOZE TEST 1

Read the followi ng passage and mark the letter A, B, c , or D on your answ er s heet to indicate the correct word for each of the blanks. (5 marks ) THE BEG INN ING S OF FLIG HT Th e sto ry o f m an 's ma ste ry o f th e air is a lm os t as old as ma n hi m se lf, a pu zz le in wh ic h the es se nt ial (0 ).......... wer e not fou nd unt il a ver y late sta ge . Ho we ve r, to (6 1) .............. this we mu st firs t go bac k to the tim e wh en pri mit ive man hun ted for his food, and only birds a nd insec ts flew . We can no t kn ow with any cer tain ly whe n man first del iber atel y sha ped we apo ns fo r th ro w in g, but th at (6 2) ... .,..... o f co ns ci ou s de sig n m ar ke d th e fir st ste p on a ro ad th at lea ds fro m th e sp ea r and the ar ro w to the ae ro -p la ne an d th e gi an t ro ck et o f th e pr es en t (6 3 )........... It w ou ld see m, in f ac t, tha t thi s (6 4) ........... to th ro w thi ngs is one o f the mo st pr im iti ve and de ep se ate d o f o ur ins tin cts , (6 5) .......... in ch ild ho od and pe rsi sti ng into old age. Th e mo re ma tur e am bit ion to thr ow t hin gs sw ift ly and ac cu rat ely , wh ich is 85

the ori gin o f m os t ou td oo r gam es, pro ba bly ha s its ro ot s in th e ag es w he n the po ss es si on o f a (6 6 )................. w ea po n an d th e ab ili ty to th ro w it w ith for ce and ac cu ra cy (6 7) ............the dif fer en ce be tw ee n ea tin g and sta rvi ng . It is sig ni fic an t th at suc h we ap on s we re (6 8) ....... . and br ou gh t to the ir

final form at an early stage in history. If we were restricted to the same (6 9 )........... , it is dou btf ul if we cou ld pro duc e be tte r bow s and arr ow s than th os e th at de st ro ye d th e ar m ie s o f t he pas t. Th e ar ro w w as th e fir st tru e we ap on ca pa bl e o f m ain tai ni ng dir ec tio n ov er co ns id er ab le (7 0) ... .......... . It w as to be ce ntu rie s bef ore m an hi m se lf cou ld fly. 0 A. clu es B. k eys c . res pon ses D. res olu tio ns 61. A. val ue B. a ppr ove D. rea lize c . und erst and 62. A. act B. d eed c. acti on D. e ven t 63. A. ins tan t B. d ay c .h o u r D. m om ent 64. A. fee ling B. urge c. enc ourag em ent D. em otio n 65. A.. com ing B. arr ivin g c . app ear ing D. gro wi ng 66. A. sui tab le B. f itti ng c . relat ed D. cho sen 67. A. invo lved B. mean t c. to ld D. show ed 68. A. invented B. imag ined c . planned D. prod uced 69. A. ma tters B. subst ances c . material s D. source s 70. A. len gth B. extents c . areas D. dist ances CLOZETEST 2: Read the followin g passage and mark the letter A, B, c , or D on your answ er sh eet to indicate the co rrect word fo r each of the blanks. (5 mar ks) A LACK OF CO MMUNI CATION Recent researc h has (0) .....................tha t a third of peop le in Britain have not met their (71) .................... neighbou rs, and those who know each other (72) ........... speak. Neigh bours gossipin g over garden fences and in the street was a common (73) .. .. .. .. .. . in the 1950s, says Dr. Carl Chinn, an expert on local comm unities . Now, however, longer hours spent worki ng at the office, togeth er with the Internet and satellite television , are eroding neighb ourhoo d (74) ..................... 'Poor neighb ourhood s once had strong kinship, but now prospe rity b uys privac y,' said Chinn. Profes sor John Locke, a social scientis t at Cambrid ge Univers ity, has analysed a large (75) ............. . of surveys. He fou nd that in A meric a and Britain the (76) .............. of time spent in social activity is decr easing. A thir d of people said they never spoke to their neighbo urs at (77) .................. Andre w Mayer, 25, a strateg y consult ant, rents a large apartm ent in west London, with two flat-ma tes, who work in e -comm erce. “We have a family of teache rs in up stairs and lawyers below , but our only contac t comes via letters (78) .............. to the comm unal faciliti es or c omplain ts that we ’ve not put o ut our bin bags prope rly,” said Mayer.

The (7 9 ).............. of commu nities can have serious effects. Concer ned at the rise in burgla ries and (80) ............ . of vanda lism, the police have re-launc hed crime preven tion schemes such as Neig hbourho od Watch, calling on people who live in th e same area to'k eep an eye on each-othe r's houses and report anything they see w hich is unusual. 0. A. exhibit ed B. conducte d D. reveal c . displayed 71. A. sid e-on D. nearside B. next- door c . close-up 72. A. bar ely B. roughly D. virtually c . nearly 73. A. ou tlook B. view c . vision D. sight 74. A. ties B. joins c . strings D. laces 75. A. deal B. amount c . number D. meas ure 76. A. deal B. amoun t c . number D. measur e 77. A. l east B. once D. most c . all 78. A. co ncern ing B. regardi ng c. a pplying D. relating 79. A. bre akout B. break though c. breakdown D. break away 80. A. acts B. shows c. counts D. works

B. WR ITT EN TE ST (60 s en ten ce s/ 7 0 m arks) I. OPE N C LOZE TES T (20 marks) CLOZE TEST 1

Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one wor d in each space. THE SLOW A RRIVAL OF THE WHEEL It is nearl y impossib le in our post-industrial society to conceive of a world witho ut wheels. From clocks to huge machinery and from cars to computer disks, ( 1 ) .............. ............... employs cogs, w heels or ot her typ es o f cylindrical comp onents that spin on an axis. (2) ............... the w heel took a relatively long time to be invented and several civilizatio ns reached a relative ly high level of techn ologic al sophistic ation ( 3 ) ....... ...... . ............. it. The most likely e xplanation is tha t n either terrai n nor cl imate suited the wheel. Until 10,000 BC, much of the world was ( 4 ) .................the grip o f the last vestiges of the lee Age. (5) . ............ was not und er ice sheet was covered by desert, jungl e or bog - condition s obvi ously unsuit ed for somethi ng like the wheel. Most experts agree that the wheel evolv ed from the fact that Neolithic man was fa miliar with moving hea vy objec ts (6) .. .. .. .. .. .. .: .. .. .. .p utting a rol ler, such as a tree trunk, under the load. Such tech niqu es were used to move the huge stone blocks to b uild the pyramids around 2980 BC and probably St onehenge, which dates b ack to around 2000 BC. (7) ................te chniqu e for moving large, heavy objects was to place them on sledg es and to put th e sledges on roll ers. In time, it is likely that the sledge wore groov es into the rollers with the result that ancient man had a rat io - a sma ll turn of the inner edg e of the worn groove generated a la rger turn of the o uter edge of the roller. The next ( 8 ) ................ final step in the invention of the wheel was 87

to redu ce t he w eight of the roller by c utting away the wood betwee n the gr ooves, in (9) ..................way creatin g an axle with a wheel at each end. At last man (1 0 ).................. better indulge his pa ssions for trave l, speed and m oveme nt. . CLOZE TE ST 2

Head the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only o ne wor d in each space. ENJOY THE BENEFITS OF S TRESS! Are you looking forward to another busy week? You should be according to some expe rts. They argue that the stress enco untered in our d aily lives is not only good for us, but essential to survival. They say t hat the response to (1 1) ________ , which cr eates a chemical called adrenal in, helps the mind a nd b ody to act quickl y (1 2 )___________ emergencies. Animals and human beings use it to meet the hostile condit ions which exist on the planet. Whilst nobody denies the pressures of everyday life, wh at is su rprising is that we are yet to develop successful ways of dealing with them. (13) ________ the experts consider the current strategies to be inadequate and often dangerous. They believe that (1 4) ______, of trying to manage our response to stress with drugs or relaxation techniques, we must exploit it. Apparently, research shows that people (15) ________ create conditions of stress for (16) _______ by doing exciting and risky sports or looking for challenges, cope much better with life's problems. Activitie s of this type have been shown to create a lot of em otion; people may actually cry or feel extremely uncomfo rtable. But there is a point (1 7 )_____ ____ which they realise they have succeeded and know that it was a positive experien ce. This is because we learn through challeng e and difficulty. That's (1 8) ______ _ we g et o ur wisdom. Few o f US, unfort unately , underst and this fact. For ex ample, many people believe they (1 9 )_________ from stress at work, and ta ke tim e o ff as a result. Yet it has been found in some comp anies that by fa r (2 0 )_____ _____ healthiest people are tho se with the most responsi bility. So next time you're in a stressful situation, jus t remem ber that it will be a positive learning experience and could also bene fit you r health! II. WORD F ORMS (20 marks) A. Give the cor rect form o f the word in brackets. 1. The act o f __________ ' should be prohibited under any circum stances . Everyone all has equal rights to vote. (FRANC HISE) 2. The boss ordered his staff to b e ________ with each other in dea ling with the company 's en d-of-y ear b urden. (LABOR) 3. It is such a _________ story that the mom lost" her child when her family immigrated from Africa into Europe. (LUCK) 4. The mayor was determi ned that h e would do eve rything in his p ower to _____ the murd er case . (MYSTER Y)

5. The gove rnme nt s tressed it was not aba ndoning its tough '______ policies. (INFL ATE) 6. The woma n detected h er _______ conditio ns soon aft er sh e.felt ill in her body. (CA NC ER ) 7 . 1c ast my e ye s________ and s aw the geese f lying in V-line. (HE AV EN) 8. _________ program s are offered to those who w ant to do pro fessional training while being paid to work. ( SER VIC E) 9. It is in human e to se ll __________ _ limbs o f the anima ls, such as rh inocero s or eleph ants, in the market place. (ME MB ER ) 10. He was regard ed as a ____________ winner as he beat his opponen ts in three straigh t sets . (RUN) B. Use the corre ct form of each of the words given in the box to fill in the blank in t he followin g passages. per sist pa rt

confe r think

dispose out

lonely condition

difficu lt consci ous

More than ha lf the wor ld’s populatio n consid er themse lves shy, delega tes to the first internat ional (1 1 ).............. on shyn ess, being held in Cardi ff, will be told today. One in 10 cases is severe. Effects include mutism, speech problems, (1 2 )............. , blushi ng, shaking and trembling , lack o f eye cont act, (1 3 ).............. in formin g relatio nships and social phobia - th e most extreme form of shyness, defined by the Americ an Psychiatri c Association as a prono unced and ( 14)......... fear of social or perform ance situations in which embarr assmen t may o ccur. Shy people tend to blame themse lves for social failure and attribute success to (15) .................. . factors. They expect their behavio ur to be inadequat e reme mber only negati ve information about themselv es and accept withou t challe nge advers e co mmen ts from others. The cause s are comple x and not fully understood. The latest theory is th at it can be traced to genes as well as to social (1 6 )....................... . One estima te, based on resea rch with twins, is that around 15 per cent of the popula tion are bom with a ( 1 7 )........... ......to shyness. Some psycholog ists believe there are two types: an early devel oping , fearful shyness and a later dev eloping , (1 8 )............ . shyness . The fearful version emerges often in the first year of life and is (19) .............. ........ to be (2 0 )......... .............. inherited. III ER ROR ID ENTI FICA TION : (10 marks) Ther e a re 10 erro rs in the followi ng passage. Identify and corre ct th em. Line Children who tell pop music does not interfere with their homework receive 1 support today, with the discovery that pay attention to visual stimuli and sounds 2 requires completel y different brain pathways which can operate at the same 3 89

time with your appr ecia tion o f either bein g da mage d. Rese arche rs have founded th at listen ing to ca r ste reos does not cr eate much inter feren ce when you are d riving . Simila rly, pop music should not interfe re with childre n home work . T he affec t o f pop mu sic on th eir perf orm ance at it is far ou tweig h by ot her factors , su ch as how h appy they are to be d oing it. These finding s co uld be ap plied for the design of places whic h peop le have to tak e in larg e am ounts of informat ion very q uickly . T hey could , for ex ampl e, be releva ntly to th e l ayout of pilot coc kpits on aircra ft. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

IV. SEN TEN CE TRA NSFO RMA TION (20 marks) Rew rite the sente nce with the given word or the given begi nnin g so tha t the new sent ence has the sa me meaning as the previou s one . 1. He con tribut ed signif icantly to th e s uccess of the projec t, (impo rt) —> H is ____________________________________ the succes s o f the p rojec t. 2. He wa s te rribly up set by the news, (blow) —> Th e n ews ca m e________ ______________________________ ______ him. 3. Th e new t own has ma de the town centre nicer, but pu blic tran spo rt cou ld still be improv ed a lot. (room) —> The n ew to wn has ma de the town centre nicer, b u t__________________ _ to pu blic transp ort. 4. Tr ying desp erate ly to compe nsate for his terribl e b ehavio ur, he b ough t he r a bunch of flowers, (amend s) —» In a __________________ • his terr ible behav iour, he b ough t he r a bun ch of flowers. 5. We decid ed to st ay for longer because we we re so thrille d by the plane, (prolo nging ) —> O u r__________ _________________________________ we by the plane. 6. The north west o f Britain has m ore rain each year t han the so utheas t. —>The an nu al ______ ____________________________ ________________ 7. They de clared w ar on the pretex t of defendin g the ir terr itoria l r ights. —»T he 8. No one stand s a chance of beating Mansell in this y ear ’s cham pions hip. —> I t’s a fo reg on e____________________ •________ J_______________ _ 9. Th is house is very diffe rent from t he little fla t we used to live in. (cry) —►This ho us e_________ ___________________________________________ 10. Th e spec tator s got so angry that t hey had to cancel the football match. —* S uc h_____ ______________ ____________________________ 90

THPT -TRƯỜNG _____

CHUYÊN LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN - BÀ RỊA « VŨNG TÀU

A. M ULTIP LE CHOICE I. PHO NOLO GY Choo se the wor d w hose un derlined part is pronoun ced differently from the others

brood mass age exist accre dit swa rthy

B. broomstick B. pilgrimage B. exhaustion B. salamand er B. w reathe

c. foolscap c. p illage c. explo rer c. maj esty c. apothecium

D. brooch D. dosage D. exhibit D. saliva D. feathe r

Ch oos e the w ord w hic h is st res sed diff eren tly from the oth er thre e

6. A. interviewer 7. A. di plomacy 8. A. author itative 9. A. com munal 10. A. telecom muting

B. e ncour agem entc. acknowledge B. synonymous c. elephantine B. argumentative c. administrative B. delicacy c. peninsula B. geophysical c. hydroelectric

D. interpreter D. petroleum D. initiative D. pneumonia D. humanitarian

II. WOR D CHOICE Ch oos e the b est opt ion s to c om ple te the follo win g s ente nce s

11. The children in the audience we re___ by the show. A. brighte ned B. advocated c. captivated D. cultivated 12 Ther e’s a great deal o f pressure in the newspaper industry; editors might work a 12-hour day with n o ___. A. come- down B. letdown c. let-up D. crack-down 13. The differenc e between your estimate and mine is just too small to mention. It makes no sense to __about it. A. chew the fa t B. split hairs c. talk shop D. brave the elements 14. It was pred icted that business would be destroyed and the town’s economy would be i n ____ . A. frag ments B. scraps c. segments D. tatters 15. In friendsh ip w e___ the embarrassment o f a dissident disclosure. A. are at pains to avoid B. are on pain of avoidance C. are under pain o f avoidance D. avoid for one a nother’s pains 16. In some countries, confrontation between police and strikers o n ___has become a feature of life in the eighties. A dole queues B. picket lines c. back benches D. assembly lines 17. B elieve it or not, he has ev en ___to swindling his own friends. A reduced B. declined c. sunk D. connived 18. Even if they threa ten you, you must be firm a nd _________ _ . A. rub your shoulders B. get off scot-free c. stick to your guns D. turn the tabl es on

19. A: Sarah is one of the most p opular fashion designers in the country, i sn’t she? B: Indeed. She is _____________________ at pre sent. A. rid ing th e crest of a wave B. burn ing th e m idnig ht oil c. letting of f steam D. maki ng a mount ain out of a molehill 20. Th e d eplete d column was barely able t o __ the e nemy atta ck. A. with stand B. expel c . withho ld D. smash III. G RAM MAR AND STRU CTUR ES 21. T he idea is ____ the p ublicit y dep artme nt d uring peak periods . A. Susan to a ssist B. Susan assist ing c. that Susan be assi sted D. that Susan assist 22. M y do ctor s ai d___ the m edication for six months. A. I would have to take B. I mus t have taken c . that I take D. me to take 23. Neb rask a ha s flo ods in some ye ar s,____ ; A. in others dro ught B. drough ts ar e ot hers c, while other droughts D. others in drough t 24. Man jypeo ple r eg ard ____ the p olice have sta rted carrying guns. A\ assa-»reallỳybad idea when B. it a re ally bad idea if G?.ittassadreally bad idea that D. it to be a re ally bad idea for 25. _____ ■ real wo rk was done in the of fice while t he bos s w as aw ay. A. Not a B. No c . Not only D. None 26. Social scientis ts believe th at ____ from soun ds such as gru nts and barks made by earl y an cestors o f human beings. A. lang uage, which was v ery sl ow to develop B. lan guage, very slowly develop ing c. the very slow d evelo pmen t o f language D. language de velope d very slow ly 27. ________ , only pe ople who agree with her are real Jews. A. We can infer how she is concerned B. We can infer tha t as far as she is concerned c. Inferre d from what she is concerned D. We can infer wh at she is concerne d 28. _____ the c ircling the globe faster tha n Ju les V erne ’s fiction al Phileas Fogg. A. A pion eer jour nali st, N ellie Bly’s expl oits included B. Also include d in the exploit s o f Nellie Bly, a pi onee r journa list, w as c. The explo its of Nelli e Bly, a p ioneer journalis t, w ere included D. The p ione er jour na lis t’s exploi ts o f Nellie Bly incl uded 29. O wnin g and living in a fre estand ing house is still a goal of young a du lts ,__ earl ier genera tions. A. as did B. as it was of c. like tha t o f D. so have 30. Unsalted butter is best for this re cipe, bu t_ __ that, m arga rine will do. A. e xcept B. given c. for all of D. fa iling 92

IV. P HRASA L VE RBS AND P REPOSITIO NS 31. He do esn 't in vest in arms industry . principle. A. on B. in c. under D. withi n 32. No agreem ent wa s reached . The strikers decided to _ out for a better deal. Ạ. keep B. watch c. hold D. draw 33. Marrying into such a rich family had always been _ his wildest dreams. A. un der B. above c. over D.be yond 34. What the tre asure r said virt ually _ a confession, A. amo unted to B. came up c. stood by D. embodied with 35. Don ’t try t o _ _ with yo ur lies and excuses A. head me o ff B. palm me of f c. back me up D. hand me down 36. I was bored so I _ _ a magazine to kill time. A. eye d up B. thu mbed th rough c. knuckled down D. muscled in 37. E ver sin ce th ey made her assistant manager, she’s been herself. A. looking up B. getting above c. getting out D. loo king out 38. She k no cke d_____ a meal in ten minutes. A. up B. of f c. out D. on 39. Th e firm w il l______ unless b usiness improves. A. go on B. go unde r c. take up D. take ov er 40. The fil es are locked up and 1c an’t ___them. D. pick up A. pu t on B. take in c. get at V. GUIDE D CLOZE GUIDED CLOZE 1 Read the text below and decide whi ch an swer best fits each space: I never seem to stop. I’m not so much a workaholic as th e (l )_____ _ ’girl who can ’t say n o’. Not only have I never learned to o rganize my time, I need the dead line to pa ss before I get going. Then I w onder why I feel ( 2) ____ ! I’m very good at whipp ing up false energy. Without (3).____ rest, though, I start to look grey and then, apart from a good night’s sleep, the only thing that brings me back to life is meditatio n. I find that 20 minutes ’ meditation is (4 )______ to a nig ht’s s leep and th at keep s me going. . ' Some how though, I never get around to meditating on a daily ( 5 )______ . I’m no good in the morning. By the time I’ve managed to get up and repair the (6) of the night, hal f the day’s gone. When it comes to food, I’m a hos tess ’s night mare. As 1 (7 )_____ from migraine, I avo id ch eese and stimulants like coffee, red wine and spirits, which are generally (8) ‘ to trigge r an attack. I only eat rye bread, as the gluten in wheat makes me feel bloated and ropy, I’ve ( 9 )______ countless migraine ‘cures’, from the herbal remedy feverf ew to acupun cture. Acupunct ure (10)______ balance the system, but nothin g st ops the a ttacks. 93

1. A innovati ve 2. A apatheti c 3. A suffic ient 4. A comp atible 5. A wa y 6. A d amag es 7. A co mplai n X 8. A fo reseen 9. A trie d 10. A assists

B first B exha usted B seve re B alike B basis B wreck s B suff er B mai ntained B expe rimente d B imp roves

c fo remos t c g ruellin g c accept able c eq uival ent c ro utine c ra vages c experi ence c re garded c searched c re stores

D origina l D spen t D minim al D propo rtional D ma nner D ruins D ache D thou ght D prove d D helps

GUIDED CLOZE 2 Read the t ext below and decid e which a nswer best fits eac h spa ce: In the unive rsally ( 1 )__ Pixar movie Inside Out, th ere is a scene where a dad is havin g troub le gettin g his todd ler to eat broccol i, a vegeta ble that (2) disgus t in m ost childre n of that age. For th e mov ie’s interna tional release, Pixar replac ed broccoli with what ever vegetab le was most suitable for a particu lar regi on’s picky -eatin g children. When food blogg er Linda Mille r N icholso n was (3) ___ with the challen ge of raising a son who turns his (4) ___ up at veget ables , she readily accept ed it by (5) __ _ them into pasta in (6) _ _ imagin ative ways. As a molecular gastronomist known as the Lady Gaga o f Food by the Cooking Chann el, N icholso n regula rly ( 7 )_______ food in an ori ginal way. However, she has ( 8 ) ______ to fame for her out-of- this-wo rld pasta ( 9 ) _______. They are n’t you r ordin ary pastas with bland colors and dull flavors; the y’re zany pasta desig ns with (1 0 )_____ of colors, mesme rizing patterns , homa ges to art pieces like Verm eer's Girl with a Pea rl Earring, and other cultural icons using allnatural ingredien ts. (. ..) 1. A. extolle d B. exalte d c. acclaime d D. appl auded 2. A. invokes c. excites B. provo kes D. inci tes 3. A. presen ted B. acqua inted c. displaye d D. in troduced B. eye c. m outh 4. A. chin D. nose B. stit ching c . stalking D. sli pping 5. A. sneak ing B. passi onatel y c. indigeno usly D. diso rderly 6. A. w ildly c. approa ches D. tackl es B. under takes 7. A. r eaches B. ascend ed c . risen D.s urg ed 8. A, increas ed B. pro duction s c. constr uction s D. fo rmatio ns 9. A. creatio ns B. outbre aks 10. A. outpo urings D. flare -ups c. bursts VI. REA DING C OMP REHE NSIO N PASSAGE 1 LOST CIVILIZ ATION OF PERU Two thousa nd years ago a myste rious and little known civiliz ation ruled the norther n coast of Peru. Its people were called the Moch e.The y built hug e and

bizarre pyrami ds that still d ominate the sur rounding countryside; some well over a hun dred feet talk Many a re so he avily eroded they look like natural hills; only close up can you see they are made up o f millions of mud bricks.Sever al of the pyramid s, known as 'huacas', meaning sacred site in the local Indian dialect, contain rich collectio ns of murals depicting both secular and sacred scenes from the Mo che w orld. Others house the elabor ate tombs of Moche leaders. Out in t he desert, archaeolog ists have also found the 2,000-year-old remains of an extensi ve system o f mud brick aqueducts which enable d the Moche to tame their de sert environm ent. Many are still in use today, indeed there are signs that the Moche irrigated a larger area o f land than farmers in Peru do now. But w ho.we re the Moche? How did they create such an apparently successful civilisation in the middle o f the desert, what kind o f a society was it, and why did it disappear? For decades it was one of the greatest archaeological riddles in South America. But now at last, scientists are beginning to come up with answers. As archaeo logists have excavated at Moche sites they've unearthed some of the most fabulous pottery and jewel lery ever to emerge from an ancient civiliza tion. The Moche were pioneers of metal working techniques like gilding and early forms of soldering. These skills ena bled them to create extraordinarily intricate artefac ts; ear st uds and necklaces, nose rings and helmets, many heavily inlaid with gold and precious stones. But it wa s the pottery that gave the archaeologists their first real insight into Moche life. The Moche left no written record but they did leave a fabulous accou nt of t heir life and times jn paintings on.p ots and vessels. Many show everyda y eve nts and o bjects such as people, fish, birds and other animals. Others show s cenes from wha t, at first sight, look like a series of battles. But as the archaeolo gists studied them more closely they realised they, weren't ordinary battles; all the soldiers were dressed alike, the same images were repeated ti me and again. When the battle was won, the vanquished were ritually sacrificed; their throats cut, th e blood drained into a cup and the cup d runk by a God-lik e deity. It was, the archaeologists slowly r ealised, a story not of war but ritual comb at fo llowed by human sacrifice. But w hat did it mean. Was it a real or mythological scene; and, above all, was it a clue to the Moche's life and times? The first break through came when a Canadian archaeologist called Dr Steve Bourget, of the Universit y o f Texas in Austin, discovered a co llection o f bones at one of the m ost important Moche huacas. Examining them he realised he wasn 't looking at an ordinary burial site. The bodies had been systematically disme mbere d and marks on neck vertebrae indicated they had had their throats cut. Here was physical proo f that the images o f combat and sacrifice on the pots were depic ting not a m ythological scene but a real one. Many of the skeleton s were deeply encased in mud which meant the burials had to have taken place in the rain. Yet in this part o f Peru it alm ost never rains. 95

Bourge t r ealised there had to be a deliber ate conne ction betwe en the rain and the sacrific es. It lead him to a new insight into the Moche world . The Moche, like most dese rt societie s, had practi ced a form of ritual desig ned to celeb rate or encou rage rain. The sacrifi ces were about makin g an unpre dicta ble world more predict able. A harsh envir onm ent had moulded a harsh civil isatio n with an elabor ate set o f rituals designe d to en sure its surviv al. These disco verie s answe red one question - what was the icono graph y all about - but still le ft' a central riddle. What had gone wrong; why had Moche society finally colla psed ?The next clue was to come from hundr eds of miles away in the Andes mounta ins. Here climate resear cher Dr Lonnie Thom pson, of Ohio State Univers ity, was gather ing evidenc e of the region 's clima tic history using ice cor es dril led in glaciers. Almo st immedia tely Thomps on and his team noticed someth ing intrigui ng. The histor ic records showed that over the last one hundre d years, every ti me the ice cores showed droug ht in the mountains , it c orresp onded to a parti cula r kind of wet weat her on the coast, a weath er system known as an El Nino. In othe r words droug ht in the mount ains meant an El Nino on the coast. If Thom pson could trace back the climate record in the mounta ins he'd also get a pictur e of what happe ned on the coast. . The resul t was fascinati ng. The c limate record suggeste d t hat at ar ound 560 to 650 AD - the time the Moche were thought to have collapsed - there had been a 30year drought in the mountains, followed by 30 years or so of heavy rain and snow. If the weat her on the coast was the opposite, then it sugges ted a 30-y ear El Nino - what climat ologis ts call a mega El Nino - startin g at around 560 AD, which was followed by a mega drought lasting anoth er 30 year s.-Su ch a huge series of climatic extreme s would have been enough to kill of f an civil izatio n even a mo dern one. Here, at last, wa s a plausible t heory for the d isapp eara nce of the Moche. But could it be pro ved? Archa eologi sts set ou t to look for eviden ce. And it wasn 't ha rd to fi nd. All the huacas are heavily eroded by rain - but scientists could n't tell if t his was recent damag e or from the time of the Moche. But then Steve Bourg et found evid ence of enormo us rain damage at a Moche site called Huanc aco which he could date. Here new build ing work had been interrupted and torn apart by torre ntial rain, and artefa cts found in the damaged area dated to almo st exac tly the period Thom pson had predict ed there would have been a meg a El Nino . Thom pson 's theor y se emed to be stacki ng up. Then archa eolog ists began to find evidenc e of Thom pson 's mega drough t. They found huge sand dunes which appeare d to have drifte d in and engul fed a numb er of Moche settle ment s around 600 to 650 AD. The story all fitted • togeth er. The eviden ce sugges ted the Moche had been hit by a doub ly w hamm y: a huge clima te d isast er had simply wiped them out. 96

For several years this became th e ac cepted version o f events; the riddle of the Moche had been solved. - There was only one problem . In the late 1990s America n archa eolog ist Dr Tom Dilleh ay reviste d some of the mor e obscure Moche sites and found that the dates didn't match with the climate catastr ophe explan ation. Many of these settle ment s were later th an 650 AD. C learly the w eathe r had n't been the c ause of their demise. He a lso found some thing else. Many of the new settlem ents were quite unlike previo us Moche settlem ents. Instead of huge huacas, the Moche had started build ing fortress es. They had been at war. But who with? Search ing the site for clues, Dillehays's team were unable to find any non-M oche milita ry ar tefacts. It could only m ean one thing. The Moche had b eing fighti ng amon gst the mselves. Dilleh ay now put togeth er a new theory. The Moche had struggled through the clima tic disast ers but had been fatally weakened. The leadership - which at least in part claime d a uthori ty on the basis of being able to determin e the weathe r - had lost its author ity and control over its people. Moche villages and and/or clan groups turned on each other in a battle for scare resourc es like food and land. The Moche replaced ritual battles and human sacrifice s with civil war. Gradua lly t hey fought them selves into the grave. ‘ Yet even that's not , the whole story. Today, along the coast of Peru it's impossi ble to escape the legacy of this lost ci vilization. Their art lives on in the work of local craftsm en. And if you travel to the highlands, the Moche tradition of rituali sed comb at is preserved in the Tinku ceremon ies where highland village s condu ct ceremoni al battles against each other in the hope of ensuring a good harvest. , Today, after 1,500 y ears, the Moche, and their legacy are beginn ing to take their place in world history. The story o f the Moche is an epic accoun t o f society that thou ght it coul d control the world and what happened to it when it found it couldn 't. It's a story of human achieve ment and natural disaster, human sacrifice and war. Do the follow ing stateme nts agree with the informatio n given in the Read ing Passa ge? Write TRU E if the stateme nt agrees with th e Information FALSE if the statem ent con tradicts the i nformation NO T GIVEN if there is no information on this ANSW ER 1. _______ 1. Chiefs are buried in some pyramids. 2 ._______ 2. M oche wate r chan nels have lasted to the present day. 3. 3. Arc haeol ogist s f ound evidenc e tha t the Moche used money. 4. _______ 4. Tex ts in the Moche language w ere d iscovered. 5. Pottery designs had scenes o f the Moche fighting foreign armies. 5. ____ __ 97

Com plete the notes. Choos e NO MORE THAN THRE E WORD S AND /OR A NU MBE R fro m t he Readi ng P assage for each answer . 6. T he aim of the killings and burials was to make it mor e likely there would be 7. The extre mely dry weat her led to some Moche sites being cover ed b y ______ 8. It was tho ught thei r civi lizatio n had been destroy ed by cha nges in t h e _______ 9. D illehay found eviden ce t hat Moche society had survived be yo nd __________ 10. The fi rst ev idence o f milita ry ac tivity was the di scove ry o f _________ _ Which THR EE of these reasons does Dillehay sugge st contri buted to the disap pear ance o f the M oche civiliza tion? A. a d isastr ous war w ith an external enemy B. six decad es of extreme weath er c . people no longer obeying the ir leaders D. d eclini ng religious b elie f E. the practic e of sacrificing people PASSA GE 2

FOOT BALL ’S PAST In the early century, footbal l was very popul ar in the top private schools in Engl and. Initially, each school had its own ru les and while the pupils were still at school the fact that they played by these partic ular rules hardly mattere d. When, howeve r, they left for th e universi ties or for busines s in the provin ces, it becam e clear that if they were to continue playing football they were going to need a uni versal set o f rules, a cceptab le to all teams. Up until the 1850s, two teams at, say, Oxford Universit y, would only be playin g a fami liar game if ever y player had been to the same school. As things turned out, a major game was often preceded by a long corres pondence with lengthy argum ents about the rules. Was handling to be allowe d? How many player s on each side? How long should the pitch be? How wide the goals? Would carry ing the ball be permit ted? (‘Yes ’, would say all the ex-pu pils of Rugby school; ‘No’, would say alm ost everyone else.) And even when the game got unde r way, confus ion and protests would necess itate long midfield confe rence s betwee n the two c aptains. In time it beca me usual for the ex-Rugby students and their small but g rowin g comp any o f follow ers from other schools to play ‘rugb y’ football on their own. and for t he other s to come to some agreem ent over the rules of the mo re popula r versio n. Few of these early codes of rules have come down to US compl ete, but snatc hes from them give a clea r idea of the patterns of the early game, and in partic ular how boring it must have been to stand in the col d a nd watch. The first seriou s attem pts at laying down the rules of foot ball were made at Camb ridge Unive rsity in 1848 and these were adapted and tighte ned up tw ice in the 1850s. The n in No vem ber 1862 the Camb ridge Rules w ere revised yet again and specifie d 11-a-side, an u mpire from each side plus a n eutral referee , goals 12 feet (3.7m) across and up to 20 feet (6.15m ) high and an hour and a qua rter ’s 19th

play only. These rules were said to have w orked well; in the follow ing year they formed a vita l p art o f the rul es o f the new ly form ed Football Assoc iation . The formati on of the Football Associati on was bitter and often ill-tem pered. With neith er side willin g to give way, the split between rugby player s and the rest becam e too wide ever to be mended. The real disag reem ent was not over runni ng with the ball, but over ‘hacki ng’. Rugby players felt it was manly and coura geou s to tackle an oppon ent by k icking him on the leg: the others did not, and voted again st it. The rugby men call ed the m c owards and w alked out. Rugby did, however, leave behind one s ignificant innovation- the more precise name for its competitor. The story may not be true, but the legend is that one Charles Wreford-Brown, who later became a notable official of the Football Association, was asked by some friends at Oxford whether he would join them for a game of rugby or ‘rugger’, as it was now often called. Hẹ refused, claiming that he was going to play ‘socc er' —evidently a play on the word ‘association’. It caught on. 1. In th e m iddle of the 19th centur y, it became clear t hat ......... A. un iversit y foo tball was pla yed by a special set o f rules. B. no t all football teams were prepared to acce pt stan dard rules c. each school had differe nt rules for football. D. pro vincial f ootball ers players by old-fash ioned. 2. Be fore the mid-1 9th century, the rules for important games were mainly settled b y .. .. .. 1 A. le tters e xchang ed before th e match. B. play ers fro m the same school. c. a speci al meetin g betwe en the two captains. D. all the pl ayers on the pitch. 3. We know from the text th at football before 1848 wa s......... A. very sim ilar to modern rugby. B. mor e s trictly regulated than rugby. c. always played with the same width goal.. D. no t very interest ing for specta tors. 4. Th e w ord ‘sna tc he s’ probab ly m eans ......... A. de tailed copies B. playe rs’ descripti ons c. short extra cts D. careful diagram s 5. The C ambri dge Rules of 1862 laid d own ........ A. th e minimum t ime for a gam e. B. the n umber of players and officia ls, c. the exact size of the goal D. the m aximum length of the pitch. 6. Ru gby player s cou ld not agree with the Football Associ ation ov er ... .’.. B. kicking other players A. r unning with the ball D. the sh ape o f the goal c. wha t to call the game 7. The word ‘it’ refers to ....... B. the use o f ‘rugg er’ for rugby. A. the Football Associati on, c. the game at Oxfor d. D. the new na me for f ootbal l. 99

B, WRITTEN TEST I. CLO ZE T EST: Read the text and fill in each gap with ONE suita ble word OPEN CLOZ E 1

Chocol ate has an intriguin g history t hat goes way back in tim e to the Mayas of Central Ameri ca, who first discovere d the secret of the coc oa tree. The Mayas educate d the Az tecs, w ho in turn revealed all to th e E uropeans. The Aztec s called the drink they made from crushed cocoa beans ( 1 ) ____ with va nilla and sugar ’The Food of the God s’, a term (2 )_____ changed to ’The Food for Lov e’ in Europe. Many do swear that chocola te is an aphro disiac and event rece nt researc h (3) _ ___ _ proved that chocolate does help ÚS to relax and feel mo re s ensual (Casan ova s wore by it). Choco late has changed a great deal (4 )_____ the days of the Aztecs. For a start, Europ eans found (5 )_____ preferred the taste if th ey didn ’t include chilli peppe r ( 6 )_____ its pr oduction! Spain h eld a mo nopoly on choco late (7 )______ 1615, when the daugh ter of Phillip 11 of Spain married King Louis XIII of France and took the secret of choc olate with her. But ( 8 ) _____ so, chocola te recipes wer e a closely guarde d secret fo r hundred s o f years. Althou gh in great demand, the quality of chocola te at that time was very chang eable . It all changed in the early ninete enth century, (9)____ , when t he first Swiss choco late factory was founded near Vevey, (10) __ the shadow of beautifu l Lake Geneva. The founder and the father of Swiss choco late was Fracoi s-Lou is Cailler. You can still buy C ailler chocola te today; in fact, most of the original chocola te ’names ’ are still in existence centuri es on. OPEN CLOZE 2

THE WORLD OF COSM OPOLITA N One magaz ine, (1 )____ than any other, symbolizes the global domin ance of Western yo uth culture and fashion. Cosmopolitan, the l ifestyle and fashion guide for wome n in the 18-34 age group, ( 2 ) ____ now publish ed in 28 languages. From Latvia to India, women ( 3 ) ____ to Cosmo for advice and a taste of adult conte nt in a lighthea rted, upbeat style. Each local (4) ____ follow s the same formul a, which is strictly laid down in a secret 50-page instructi on manual. The cover, for exam ple, of every issue must depict a w oman who (5 )____ the spirit of Cosmo, which is summed up in its slog an: fun and fearless female. But each local edit or ensu res that Cosmo reflects local tastes and is respectf ul (6) .____ local culture . Photog raphs are mostly of local celebr ities who are easily recogni sed, and relatio nship advice is geared to the value s of the local populat ion. In China, for examp le, any mention of sex would be unacc eptabl e, (7) ____ the maga zine still offers beauty advice amon gst article s advoc ating patriotism and good citizen ship. With an internat ional ( 8 ) ____ of 8.2 million, Cosmo politan can be said to ( 9 ) ____ succee ded in cateri ng for the needs and interests of women worldw ide. But to others, Cosm opoli tan is ju st another Americ an produ ct su ccess fully market ed to the (1 0) ____o f the wo rld. 100

IL WOR D FOR MAT ION PAR T 1: Complete each sentence, using the correct form of the word in parentheses 1. For the first nig ht's pe rform ance th e _______________ had to be called in to take the part becau se the leading lady was ill, (S TUDEN T) 2. S he surviv ed the crash with minor injuries, but t he ca r was a _____ . (WRIT E) 3. S ome •____________ memb ers left to form a new party. (AFFE CT) 4. T hey are on a (n )_________________ mis sion to ga ther all dat a, survey s and spec ialis t rep orts to op pose the no smokin g ban in Ireland . ( FACT) 5. P aying child ren too m uch attention when the y m isbeha ve can b e __________ . (DEF EAT ) to a chie ve but h aving an o pposite effe ct 6. Prices may rise and consum ption may fa ll as individua ls refrain from purc hasin g n ew cars, compu ters and o th er _________ _______ . (E SSEN CE) 7. The only sl ig ht ______________ in the p ainting is a sc ratch in the corner. (PER FECT ) 8. His life of fered me no hop e o f_____________ . (GOOD) 9. Ca tholi c leader s hav e n o t___________ _ themsel ves from th e am bivale nt state men t em anatin g from last w eek ’s funeral. (SOCIA L) 10. Na tive speak ers of all w ritten language s use contex t t o _____________ homo phon e pairs that have a single written form. (AMB IGUO US) PAR T 2: Com plete the followi ng passage using the word s given in the box below. You may chang e the form o f the word i f neces sary. deci mati on gov ern men tal

inform ation capit al

weak er lobby

pic k legisla te

institute states

“ Afte r decad es of cutti ng its own staf f and research arms, much of Capitol Hil l’s ( 1 ) ______ memo ry and policy expertis e now resides in the (2) __ ____ indu stry. ” This is the most import ant sentence in the article. Our penny -wise, poun d-foo lish count ry has ( 3 ) ______ its expertis e in the sectors that are the obje ct o f its (4 )______ , so now it re lies on lobbyists to tell US how things work. Unlike governme nt experts who receive decent salaries to keep their congressmen (5) ______ so that they can negotia te with lobbyists with know ledge , these lobby ists use thei r monop oly on knowle dge to manip ulate the system, now regu larly wr itin g the laws, only to get a ru bber stamp from Congre ss. Acco rding to our Cons tituti on, demo cracy resides in our govern ment. All this ( 6 ) ______ prop agan da, from the right and the Democra tic centrist s, (7) _ ____our republic . There are many things mark ets do well. There are many thing s gove rnme nts do well. The only things the Consti tution says about marke ts or ( 8 ) ______ is t hat states should regula te their trade and that the federal gove rnme nt regula tes (9) ______ and interna tional trade. Our republi c is suppos ed to prom ote the genera l welf are, not e asy (1 0) ______ for globa l c orpora tions. 101

III. E RRO R CORR ECTIO N. The follow ing passag e con tains 10 errors. Identify and corr ect them LINE 1 People in Brita in today still pay a great deal of attenti ons to the notion of class. Accor ding to recent research by linguists, British people attach much signific ance to accent and choice of words than anyth ing else, even wealth , w hen assessin g oth er p eople social status. Howeve r, a n ew style of 5 English pronunciation has been adopted by people from all levels o f society may soon make it impossible to judge somebody accordi ng to their speech. The new standard English is known as Estuary English (EE) althoug h it is origina ted in the area round the River Thames estuary, but is now typical throughout the south-east. A way o f speaking is very popula r with th e young 10 in particular, who are kee n to disguise their social origins. The most charac ter feature of EE is a tendency to weaken conson ants, partic ularly / and t sounds, so the word what is heard as wha and will sounds someth ing like wiw. Some vowels are voiced clearly so that the words full, fa ll an d/ò ơ/ sound virtually the same, which can cause ambiguity. 75 EE speech is a controversi al subject in England - some people welcom e it as a sign that Britain is moving towards a free-class society, but others consi der it a lazy, ignorant way of speaking, and schools have told to encoura ge t heir pu pils to speak mo re correctly. 2. 3 ._ 4. 5. 6. _ 7. 8. 9. _ 10. IV. R ewrite the fol lowing sentence s, using the wo rds g iven 1. When confron ted with his crime the accused was unre pentant. (REM ORSE ) -> T he _________________ .________________ crime he had comm itted. 2. My brothe r gets a terrible rash every tim e he eats sea food. (BRINGS ) —> E ati ng ____________________________a terr ible crash. 3. Journa lists are exp ected to work until late at night. (PUT) —> Jour nalists are e xp ect ed_____________________ . 4. He had no idea what was going to happen to him when he walked into that room. (STORE) —> L it tl e___________ ________________________________ him when he walked into that room. 5 . 1wa s de termined to take a dvantage of the experience. (MISSED ) -» 1 wo ul d________________________such an expe rience for all the w orld. 6. S omeone must hav e seen the thie ves esc aping with the jew els. (MAK ING) —» Th e thie ves .____________________ _ _________with the jewels . 102

7. In o rder to disco ver how the disagree ment had sta rted, Mary t alked to each child separate ly. (ONE) -> M ary ta lked to the ch ild ren ______________________________ attem pt to disco ver how the di sagree ment had started. 8. Min nie mean t well so you mu stn 't be offended by he r comm ents. (AMIS S) —> Pl ea se ____________________________ because she m eant well. 9. Th ere are so man y dif feren t styles of ethnic cuisine to choose from th ese days. (SPOIL T) —> Th ese days, w e ___________________ when it comes to ethn ic c uisine. 10. Ray ag onized o ver w hethe r he should tell his host that the chicken was underd one. (QUAND ARY) —> Discov ering that his chicke n was u nde rdo ne________________________ should he tell his hos t or not.

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYẾN NGUYEN DU - ĐẮK LẮK I. WOR D CHOI CE (5 pts) Choos e th e b est op tions to com plete the follo wing s entence s. 1. The ma n's cho ice to run away vir tua lly _______ to an admissio n of guilt. A. resu lted B. came c. amounte d D. added 2. E nviron menta l pollution h as _______ many sp ecies to the verge of extin ction. A. se nt B, thrown c. brought D. driven 3. Af ter y ears of working to gether, the partners found t hem sel ves ______ linked. A. p erma nentl y B. indelibly c. perpetu ally D. ine xtricabl y 4. It was decided that the cost of the project would b e _______ and so it was aband oned. A. re pressiv e B. prohib itive c. restrict ive D. excl usive 5. Li ving by the ocea n really _ _ _ _ _ yo ur _______ . O nce y ou've l ived th ere, you neve r wa nt to leave. A. ca me .in/heart B. get in/hear t c. run in/blood D. came in/blood 6. Ta mara has set h er _______ on becom ing a ballet -dancer. A. fe et B. brain c. hea d D. hea rt 7. P aul 's been in Al ice’s b ad _______ ever si nce he offended her a t the party. A. ey es B. books c. likes D. treats 8. K nowin g th e c onfiden tial details gave him a( n) ___ over the other candid ates. A. ed ge B. possibility c. exertion D. fringe 9. He pro mise d me an Oxford diction ary and to my great joy, h e _____ his w ord. A. stood by B. stuck at c. went back on D. held onto 10. His new play is not o nly interes ting bu tal so uniq ue. It is re ally of f the beaten A. tr ack

B. road

c. path

D. ro ute 103

II. STRUCTURE AND GRAMMAR (5 pts) Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. 1. John: “Ou r teac her, Mr. Jones, is not very flexib le. He alway s requ ires US to subm it his as sign men ts on t ime. ” Jack: “_______ . He s hould know tha t we have to learn many s ubje cts. ” A. I can ’t disa gree wit h you more B. I c an ’t agree w ith you more c. That can be tr ue D. I am not w ith you here 2. The m ore expe nsiv e c arpe t is a good c ho ic e_______ it will last longer. A. by mean s of B. due to c . in tha t D. in view o f 3. Ther e was no one down stairs ; so he turned of f th e lights again and decide d that she ' imagin ed t hings. A. m ust have B. sho uld have c. ca n’t have D. n eed n’t hav e 4. L ittle Deon: “Th is h erb smells ho rrible !” M om my :_______ , it will do you a pow er o f good. A. Be th at a s it may B. Com e w hat m ay c. How much horrib le is it D. Wh ateve r it smells 5. _______ I’ve told him not to go out with those p eople, but he w oul dn’t listen. Just let him face the music now. A. M any a tim e B. M any the tim e c . Quite a time D. Fo r a ti me 6. _______ as tas te is really a com posite sense made up o f both taste and smell. A. T hat we refe r to B. W hat we r efer to c. To w hich we refer D. Wh at do we refe r to 7. _______ the w ater clea r but also preve nt the river from overf lowin g. A. N ot only t he hip po’s ea ting habits keep B. K eep not o nly t he h ipp o’s eatin g habi ts c. The hip po’s eating habi ts n ot on ly keep D. Not on ly k eep the hip po’s ea ting habits 8. Co mpu ter are said to b e _______ for the deve lopm ent of mankind. A. h ere today B. here and t here c . here to s tay D. nei ther here nor t here 9. Did the min iste r app rove the b uilding pla ns?- N ot r eally, he t urned th em down _______ that the costs were too high. A. in case B. prov ided c. on the g round s D. s uppo sing 10. It was such a loud no is e_______ everyo ne in the house A. as to w ake B. that to w ake c. so as to w ake D. th at w akin g

III. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS (5 pts) Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. 1. H e _______ a bi g fo rtune wh en he was you ng, so he didn 't ha ve to w ork hard. A. c ame into B. cam e up c. came ac ross D. ca me round 2. Are you t ak in g_______ all of these phrasal verbs? A. fo r B. dow n c. of f D. in 104

3. The medic ine takes one hour t o _______ . D. get by A. b ear with B. kick in c. make out 4. Have y o u _______ with your homew ork yet? D. check ed over A. go tten throug h B. taken over c . thoug ht up 5. Je nn ife r_______ the invitation to join US for dinner. D. pass ed on A. cal led on B. come ou t c. got out of 6. I f he's cl umsy, he can b um p_______ the desk. D. throu gh A. by B. ove r c . into 7. We can put you for a few days if you have nowhere els e to live. A. on B. out c . up D. o ff 8. Mar y w as astonis hed that she w as __ __ for the counse lor's position . A. go t by B. turned down c. caugh t on D. come to 9. A fter runni ng up the sta irs, I w as ___ breath. D. away from A. wi thou t B. out of c. no 10. She n early lost h er own li fe ___ attemptin g to save the child from drownin g. A. wit h B. for c . at D. in IV. COLLOCATI ONS AND IDIOMS (5 pts)

1. I fe lt a b it _______ and se emed to have more aches and p ains than usual. A. ou t o f sorts c . on the mend B. o ver t he wo rst D. und er the fever 2. A: ‘Oh, I'm e xhausted ! I'v e been doing h omew ork all day.' B: ‘Come and put yo ur up for 5 minute s and I’ll make you a cup of tea.’ A. ha nds B. hair c. heart D. feet 3. His English was rou gh ly_______ with my Greek, so com munic ation was

rather difficult! A. levelled B. on a par c . equal D. in tu ne 4. Althoug h she had never used a word- proce esor before, she soon got the _____ of it. A. feel B. touch c. move D. hang 5. I over slept this morni ng and caught the last bus to school by the skin of my A. m outh B. leg c. neck D. teeth 6. If you want a flat in the centre of the city, you have to pay throug h the for it. A. te eth B. back of your he ad c. nose D. arm 7. You wi ll be pu tting your life on th e_______ if you tak e up skydivi ng. A. gr ound . B. line c . way D. lane 8. As far as her future goes, Olivia i s _______ . She ha sn't got a clue wha t c areer to f ollow. A. on the level B. all at sea c. behind the scenes D. in t he know 9. Y our husban d w as a bit out of control at the party, t o _______ mildly . A. tak e it B. put it c . say D. tell 105

10. Ther e is a large ef fo rt ________ to rebuild arts educ ation in the New York city publi c schools. A. und er wa y B. a long way c. out of the way D. in the way V. REA DIN G COM PRE HEN SION ( 10PTS): Read the pasage s below and c hoos e th e b est answ er to each questi on. PASSAGE 1 They are ju st four, five and six years old right now, but alrea dy they are mak ing crim inol ogis ts nervous. They a re grow ing up, too frequen tly, in ab usive or broke n home s, with little adult superv ision and few positi ve role models . Left to them selve s, they spend much of their time hanging out on the streets or soakin g up viol ent TV shows. By t he year 2005 they will be tee na ger s-a group that tends to be, in the view of Northeaste rn Unive rsity crim inolo gist Jame s Alan Fox, “tem pora ry soc iopa ths- imp uisi ve and imma ture.” , if the y also have easy acces s to guns and drugs, they can be extre mely dangero us. For all the heart ening news offered by recen t crime statisti cs, there is an omin ous flip side. While the crime rate is dropp ing for adults, it is soaring for teens. Betwe en 1990 and 1994, the rate at which adults age 25 and older com mitte d homi cides declined 22%; yet the rate jum ped 16% for youths betwe en 14 and 17, the age group that in the early ’90s suppla nted 18- to 24year -olds as the most crime- prone. And that is p recisely the age group that will be boom ing in the next decade. There are c urren tly 39 million childre n unde r 10 in th e U.S., more than at a ny time since the 1950s. “This is th e calm before th e crim e sto rm, ” says Fox. “So long as we fool ourselv es in think ing that we 're winn ing the war again st crime, we may be blindsid ed by this bloodb ath of teena ge viole nce that is lurki ng in th e f uture.” Dem ograp hics do n't have to be destiny, but other social trend s do little to cont radi ct the dire predic tions. Nearly all the factors that contri bute to youth crim e-s ing le-p are nt house holds, child abuse, deter ioratin g inner- city schoo ls are getti ng worse. At the same time, gover nment is becom ing less, not more, intere sted in spen ding money to help break the c ycle of poverty and crime. All o f which has led John J. Dilulio Jr., a profes sor of p olitics and public affairs at Prince ton, to warn abou t a new generat ion of “super pred ators ,” y oungsters who are comi ng of age in actua l and “moral pover ty,” w ithou t “th e benef it o f parents, teach ers, coach es and clergy to teach them right or wron g and show them unco nditi onal love.” Predict ing a gene ratio n's future crime patterns is, of course, risky; especiall y when outsid e factors (Will crack use be up or down? Will gun laws be tigh tened?) remain unpredic table. Michael Tonry, a profess or of law and public policy at the University of Minnesota, argues that the demogr aphic doomsa yers are unduly alarmist . “Ther e will be a slightly larger numbe r of people relative to the overall populati on who are a t high risk for doing bad things, so th at's g oing to have some 106

effect, he concedes. “But it's not going to be an apocalyptic effect." Norval Morris, profess or of law and criminology at the University of Chicago, finds Dilulio s notion of supe r predators too simplistic: “The human animal in young males is qu ite a violent animal all over the world. The people who put forth the theory o f moral po verty lack a sense o f history and comparative crim inology." Yet other students o f the inner city are more pessimistic. “All the basic elements that spawn teenage crime are still in place, and in many cases the indicators are worse," says Jonathan Kozol, author o f Amazing Grace, an examination o f poverty in the South Bronx. “T here's a dramatic increase of children in foster care, and tha t's a very high-risk group of kids. We’re not creating new jobs, and we' re not improving education to suit poor people for the jobs that exist." Can anythi ng defuse the demograp hic time bomb? Fox urges “rein vesting in childr en": improving schools, creating after-school programs and providin g other altern ative s to gangs and drugs. Dilulio, a law-and -order conserv ative, advoc ates tough er prosecuti on and wants to strengthen religious institutio ns to instill better values. Yet he opposes the Gingrich-led effort to make deep cuts in social programs. “A failure to maintain existing welfare and health commitmen t for kids, " he says, “ is to guarantee th at the next wave of juvenil e predators will be even worse than we ’re dealing with today." Dilulio 'urges fellow c onservatives to think o f Medicaid not as a health-care program but as “an anti crime policy.” (Source: Time Magazine)

1. You ng ch ildren are ma king c riminologi sts nervous b ec au se _______ . A. they are commit ting too much crime B. they are impulsive and i mmature c. they may grow up to be criminals D. they have no role models 2. The general crime rate in the US i s _______ . A. in creasing B. decreas ing c. not cha nging D. difficu lt to predict 3. The age gr oup w hich commits the highe st rate of crime i s _______ . A. 14 —17 B. 1 8 -2 4 c. 24 + D. the old 4. Jam es Fox beli eves that the improvem ent in cr ime figu res c ou ld _______ . A. ma ke US co mplac ent in the figh t against crime B. resu lt in an increase in teenage violence c. make US bec ome fooled and blindsided D. resu lt in a decr ease in teenage violence 5. Ac cordin g to paragrap h 3, the g ove rnm ent_______ . A. cu tting down on the budget B. is do ing e veryth ing it can to solve the problem c. is not interested in solving the problem D. is n ot d oing enough to solve the proble m 6. In c ompa rison with James Fox, Michael Tonry is _______ . A. mo re pessim istic ■ B. less pessimisti c c. equall y p essim istic D. ind ifferent 107

7. Jona than Kozol believ es t h at _______ . A. the re is no soluti on to the problem B. em ploy men t an d educ ation are not the answ er c. emp loym ent and educ ation can improve the situatio n D. peo ple can solve the proble m by i mpro ving sc hools 8. Pr ofess or Dilu lio think s t hat spen ding on so cial pro gra ms _______ . A. sh ould cont inue as it is B. shou ld be d ecrea sed c. 'i s irrele vant to crime rat es D. is a b etter soluti on to t he problem 9. The word ‘lurk ing ” in the paragra ph 2 can be b est r eplac ed b y _______ . A. h appe ning B. hid ing c. impen ding D. lo oming 10. Th e s ente nce “This i s the calm befor e the crim e storm. ” mea ns "_ _____ .". A. T here will be p opula tion boom ing in in th e next decade B. Th e ag e group co mmi tting crim e m ost in the next d ecade is now und er io c. The age group 1 4 -1 7 will comm it the most crimes in the next deca de D. Peop le will be succes sful in dea ling with the war again st crime in the next decade PASSAGE 2: For quest ions 1-6, read the text below and choo se the corr ect headi ng for e ach paragr aph B- G from the l ist o f headi ngs below (i-x). Ther e are more headings than paragraphs. W rite yo ur answers in the correspondin g numbered boxes. There is an example at the beginning. (5pts) HOW DOES THE B IOLOG ICAL CL OCK TICK ? A. Our life span is restric ted. Everyon e accept s this as 'biolo gicall y' obvious . ‘Nothin g lives for eve r!’ Howev er, in this statem ent we think of art ificiall y produ ced, techn ical objects, produc ts which are subjecte d to natural wea r and tea r during use. This leads to the result that at some time or othe r the objec t stops wor king and is unusab le ('death' in the biologica l sense). But are the wea r an d tear and loss o f functi on of technical object s and the death of living orga nism s reall y si mila r or c ompar able? B. Our ‘dea d’ pr oduct s ar e ‘stati c’, close d sy stems. It is al ways the b asic materi al which cons titut es the objec t and which, in the natural cours e of things , is worn down and becom es ’old er’. A geing in th is case must occu r a ccord ing to the laws of ph ysica l chemi stry and of the rmod ynam ics. Altho ugh the same law holds for a living organis m, the result of this law is n ot inexo rable in t he same way. At least as long as a biologic al system has the abili ty to renew itse lf it co uld actua lly becom e olde r w ithou t ageing; an organ ism is an open, dynam ic system throug h which new material cont inuo usly fl ows. Destr uction of old mater ial and forma tion of new material are t hus in pe rma nen t dynam ic equili brium . The materi al of which the organ ism is forme d change s contin uously . Thus our bodies cont inuo usly exch ange old subs tanc e for new, ju st like a sp ring which more or less m ainta ins its form and mov eme nt, but in which the w ater mo lecule s are al ways differ ent. 108

c . Thus ageing and death should not be seen as inevitable, particu larly as the organism possesses many mechanis ms for repair. It is not, in principle , necessary for a biolog ical system to age and die. Neve rtheless , a restricted life span, ageing, and then death are basic characteristics of life. The reason for this is easy to recognise: in nature, the existent organisms eithe r adapt or are regularly replaced by new types. Because of changes in the genetic material (mutatio ns) these have new characteri stics and in the course of their individual lives they are tested for optimal or better adaptati on to the environm ental conditions. Immortality would disturb this system - it needs room for new and better life. This is the basic problem of evolution D. Every organism has a-lif e span which is highly characte ristic. There are striking differen ces in life span between different species, but within one species the paramet er is relatively constant. For example , the average duration of human life has hardly changed in thousands of years. Although more and more people attain an advan ced age as a result of develop ments in medical care and better nutrition, the characteristi c upper limit for most remains 80 years. A furth er arg ument against the sim ple w ear and tear theory is the observatio n that the time within which organisms age lies between a few days (even a few hours for unicellula r organisms) and several thousan d, years, as with mammoth trees. E. If a lifespan is a genetic ally deter mined biological character istic, it is logically necessary to propose the existence of an internal clock, which in some way measures and controls the aging process and which finally determines death as the last step in a fixed programme. Like the fife span, the metabolic, rate has for differen t organisms a fixed mathematical relationsh ip to the body mass. In com parison to the life span this relationship is ‘invert ed’: the larger the organism the lower its metabolic rate. Again thi s relationsh ip is valid not only for birds, but also, similarly on average within the systematic unit, for all other org anisms (plants, animals, unicellular organisms).. F. Animals which behave ‘frugally’ with energy become particular ly old for example, crocodiles and tortoises. Parrots and birds of prey are often held chained up. Thus they are not able to ‘experience life’ and so.they attain a high life span in captivity. Animals which save energy by hibernation or lethargy (e.g. bats or hedgehogs) live much longer than those which are always active, The metabolic rate o f mice can be reduced by a very low consumption of food (hunger diet) They then may live twice as long as their well-fed comrades. Women become distinctly (about 10 per cent) older than men. If you examine the metabolic rates of the two sexes you establish that the higher male metabolic rate roughly accounts for the lower male life span. That means that they live life ‘energetically’ - more intensively, but not for as long. G. It fol lows from the above that sparing use of energy reserves should tend to extend life. Extreme high performance sports may lead to optimal cardiov ascular performance, but they quite certainly do not prolong life. 109

Relaxation lowers metabolic rate, as does adequate sleep and in general an equable and balanced personality. Each of US can develo p his or her own ‘energy saving progr amm e' with a little self-obse rvation, critical self-control and, above all, logical consistency . Experien ce will show that to live in this way n ot on ly increases the life span but is also very healthy. This final aspect should not be forgotten. For quest ion 1-6, ch oose the c orrect heading for p aragraph s A-G from t he list of headings b elow. Write the co rrect nu mber, Ỉ-X, in th e cor respondi ng num bere d boxes. LIST OF HEADINGS i ii iii iv V vi vii viii ix X

The bio logical clock Why dying is beneficial The a geing process o f men and women Prolonging your life Limitatio ns o f life span Modes of development of different species A stable life span despite improvements Energy consum ption Fundamental differences in ageing o f objects and organisms Repair o f genetic material

Example answer: Paragraph A: V answers: 1. Parag raph B 2. P aragraph c 3. Parag raph D 4. P aragraph E 5. Paragrap h F 6. Parag raph G

__________

•____ __________ ______ _ __________ __________

Questions 77- 90, complete the no tes below Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer. • Objects age in accordance with principles o f (7 )_______________ and o f (8) • Through mutations, organisms can ( 9) __________ better to the en vironm ent. • (1 0) ____________ would pose a serious problem for the t heory of evolution. VI. G UIDED CLOZE TEST (lOpts): Read the following passages and decide which option A, B, fits each space.

c or D best

PASSAGE 1

The coolest kids in Europe share a single ( 1 )______ they want to get married, have children and live happily ever after. They know it means (2 ) ______their 110

children first and sticking with their spouses even i f they slip out of love. This news comes from the report o f a new study that ( 3 )__________ out to find the answe r to the modem riddle: What will today's youth really, really want tom orrow? Poign antly, one of the cleare st answe rs is that they want to have happy famil ies. Even in the most ( 4 ) _______ _ _ _ countr ies there was conde mnat ion for divo rce, dema nds that parents should keep their marria ge ( 5 ) ___________ and admi ration for st able couples. It appe ars that amon g the middl e classes, the quality of our child ren's lives has suffer ed from the pressu res on parents in high -stress profess ions. In the d ays when the conc ept of 'qu ality time' first ( 6 ) ___________ , I reme mbe r seeing a TV prod ucer on ( 7 ) _______ dial home on her mobile phone to read her son a bedti me story. This is just not good enough. Quali ty time cann ot be t ime (8 )______ . Child ren need uncond itional time in the same way that they need unconditi onal love. This study found a genera tion that had given up trying to (9 )______ its pare nts' attentio n but was (1 0 )_______ to do bette r by its own children. 1. A. drive c . ambition D. year ning B. eagern ess 2. A. putting B. keeping c. h aving D. wan ting 3. A. made B. aimed c . looked D. set 4. A. l oose B. relaxed c . generou s D. liberal 5. A. oaths B. vows c . pledges D. prom ises 6. A. procee ded B. revealed c . emerged D. rose 7. A. site c . situation D. lo cation B. place 8. A. o rganiz ed B. manage d c. controlled D. disci plined D. take 9. A. have B. make c . get 10. A. determ ined B. firm c . persist ent D. stub born PASSA GE 2

KIWI SURPRIS E When a work proje ct gave me the opportun ity to return to New Zeala nd, I spent several weeks ( ! ) _______ a country I had left in my early twen ties. Ed forgot ten abou t the petrol stations where men in smart uniform s (2) _ _ _ _ _ to you. They fill your tank, check you r oil and still (3 )____ you less t han one third of the British price for fuel. And the people rush to your assis tance if they see you (4 )______ over a map. Or the blissful absence of tips. Locals simpl y cann ot under stand w hy a nybo dy should expect to pa y ext ra fo r frie ndly effic ient servic e. Given that New Zeala nd has about 3,000 kilomet ers of co astli ne, it should come as no (5) _______ that social life (6) _______ around the sea. When Auckl and office work ers leave their desks at the end of the work ing day, they do n’t (7 )_______ home. Instead, they (8) _ ______ a b eeline for the mar ina and spend the even ing unde r sail on the Hauraki Gulf. There are more yach ts in Auckl and than in any other city in th e world- no wond er it’s called the City of 111

of their own will alway s know Sails. Even those who can ’t afford a (9) someon e who has one., or at the very least, will win dsu rf the offsh ore breeze s at . speeds that make the c omm uter ferries appea r to stand (10) c . refam iliariz ing D. re disco verin g 1. A. r egaini ng B. rec apturing D. ser ve 2. A. assist c . supply B. attend D. dem and 3. A. ch arge c . require B. ask D. puz zling 4. A. pointi ng c . clamo ring B. doubti ng D. new s 5. A. w onder c . amaze ment B. surprise D. gat hers 6. A. c enters c . turns B. revolve s 7. A. move ’ D. d ivert c . head B. aim 8. A. ha ve D. ma ke B. do c . get D. rec eptac le 9. A. v ehicle B. hull c . vessel 10. A. still D. upr ight c . afloat B. dead B. W RI TT EN TE ST (70pts) I. OPE N CLOZE TE ST (20 pts): Read the passages belo w and fill each blank with ONE wo rd. CLOZE TEST 1 (lOpts) As a result of the recent discovery of lunar water, the moon has sudden ly become a far more interesting place for investors, ( 1 ) _______ must now view the long-term prospect s with optimism. The last manned mission to the moon drew (2) _ ____ __ a close in 1973, when two astronau ts from Apollo 17 climbed back into the ir lunar mod ule, (3 )_______ collected a lot o f moonro ck, but b ereft (4 )_______ any future plans. Now the moon shines bright er for astron auts and scientist s alike, (5 )_______ to the existence of (6 )________m ight be b illions of tonnes of water at the poles. There is ( 7 ) _______ high-tech substitute for water in space explo ration . To support the internation al space station, (8 )) _________ has cos t at least $100,00 0 a day to send water into orbi t. N ot only wou ld lunar w ater cut these costs, but it would additi onally be used for rocket fuel, (9 )_______ two compo nents, liquid hydrogen and liquid ox ygen, are the elements found in water. Scientists are particula rly excited (10) _______ , given the absence of an atmosp here, lunar w ater has n ever been recyc led and the y b elieve, there fore, that it could very well hold cl ues to the form ation of the solar sy stem itself. CLOZE TEST 2 (lOpts)

For over two hundred years, scholars have shown an interest in the way children learn to speak and understan d their language. Several small-s cale studies were carried out, especia lly towards the end of the ninetee nth century, (1)_______ data recorded in parental diaries. But detaile d, systema tic investigat ion did not begin until the middle decades of the twenti eth century, when the tape recorde r ( 2 ) _______ into routine use. This made it possibl e to keep a pe rmane nt record of samples of child spe ech, so th at a nalyst s could listen 112

repeate dly to obscure ( 3 ) _______ , and thus produce a detailed and accurate descri ption. The problem s that have (4) _______ when invest igatin g child speec h are quite differen t from ( 5 ) _______ encoun tered when work ing with adults. It is not possible to carry out certain kinds of experi ments, because aspects of child ren’s cognitive developme nt, such as their abili ty to (6 )_______ attention or to remem ber instructions , may not be sufficien tly advanc ed. (7) _______ is it easy to get children to ( 8 ) ________ systematic judg men ts about language - a task that is virtu ally impossible below the age of three. Moreover, anyone who has tried to make a tape recording of a represe ntative sample of a chi ld’s speech knows how frustrating this can be. Some children , it seems, are innately program med to (9 )_______ off as soon as they notice a tape recorder (1 0) _______ switched on. II. WOR D FORM ATION S (20 pts) PAR T 1: Complete the sentence with the correct form of the given word. (10 pts) 1. The private, school feared losing its with th e sta te's universi ty s ystem. (CREDI T) 2. That thè child beh ave d_______ made the couple happy. ( DEAR) 3. The candid ate made a( n) _______ speech that incensed all thos e w ho heard it. (FLAME ) 4. The business is as it can no longer meet the repayme nts on its debt. (SOLVE) 5. A _______ is a popula r place for touris ts and t ravellers to se nd and receive emails. (CAFÉ) 6. In Sc otland, there is greater emphasis o n ___by individual schools. (VALUE) 7. Babies affected by the disease will be born small, _______ and brain damage d. (FORM) 8. She stood there complete ly , so I had no idea at all what she was thinkin g. (EXPRESS) 9. “ What if ’ q uestion s inv olv ing _______ are familiar in histo rical speculation s. (FACT) 10. Th e Prime Minist er war ned thẹ peop le o f his coun try th at they m ust be ready for a n y _______ - even the p ossibility of war. ( EVENT) PART 2: Compl ete the passage with appropr iate forms from the words given in the box. (lOpts) irritate temper respe ct offend) tolerate organize constru ct compose gro und burst A N G ER . We’ve all felt anger at some time, whethe r as fain t annoyan ce or blind rage. Anger is a norm al, s ometime useful h uman em otion, but un contro lled (1) of temper can be destru ctive. People who give free rein to th eir an ger, regardle ss 113

of the ( 2 )____ this may cause , hav en’t learned to ex press them selve s ( 3 )_____ , says Martin Smolik, who runs weekend residential courses in ange r management. ‘It is impo rtant to maintai n your (4 ) ______ and put your c ase in an assert ive, not aggre ssive mann er witho ut hurtin g others. Being assert ive doe sn’t mean being pushy or deman ding; it m eans being (5 )_______ of you rse lf and othe r p eop le.’ He adds that people who are easily anger ed1 are (6) _______ of frustra tion, inconv enienc e or ir ritation and, not s urprisin gly fi nd relating to other peopl e v ery difficult . But what causes people to behave like this? It s eems there is e videnc e to suppo rt the idea that some childre n may be born ( 7 ) _______ and prone to ange r and this tende ncy is someti mes appare nt from a very early ag e. Howev er, research al so suggests that a pe rson ’s family (8 )_______ may h ave an influence . Very often, people who are ( 9 ) _______ and often find it diffic ult to expres s their emoti ons c ome from (1 0) _______ and disru ptive familie s. III. ER ROR CO RREC TION (10 pts): Read the fo llowing te xt whi ch contai ns 10 mista kes. Unde rline the errors and write the cor rections in the corre spond ing numbe red boxes. There is an e xampl e at the b eginn ing (0). Line 1 The arrival of satellite TV has brough t up a whole new world of 2 viewin g into our living rooms - if we can afford to pay for it, that is, 3 majo r spo rt eve nts can n ow be seen live. Beside this, a wi der v ariety o f 4 sports is now availabl e. The viewe r can choose anythin g from dog 5 racing and sumo wrestling . Certain channe ls show 20 film every day, 6 again, the c hoice is enormou s-from old c lassics to the latest Hollywoo d 7 releases. For them who like to keep informed, 24-h our new s is available 8 for the touch of a b utton. Children are not forgotte n neither. A special 9 jun ior channel broadcas ts cartoons and chil dren ’s films. But do we 10 really need all this choice? The danger is that we will becom e a 11 popula tion of passive couch- potato with square eyes and fingers glued to the remote -contro l. Of cours e choice is a good thing, but viewe rs 12 13 should use hi s abi lity to select th e bes t and disrega rd o f the rest. Your ans wers: 0. up 1. ______________ _ 4.________________ 7.

on (lin e 1) 2. ______ 5 .______ 8.

3._ 6." 9." io"

IV. SENTE NCE TRAN SFOR MAT ION (20 PTS): PART 1: Comp lete the second senten ce in s uch a w ay that it mean s exactl y the sa me as the sente nce printed before it. (10 points) 1 .1 wa s too scared to tell him what I r eally th ought. —>H ac ke d.............................................. ................................ 114

2. It ’s a wid espread as sumpti on that Geo rge wa s wron gly a ccused. —* G eorg e................................................................................................................ 3. He declare d his di sapprova l o f the beha viour of some o f his sup porter s. —>He let i t.............................................................................................................. 4. The collisio n didn't damage my car mu ch. —>No t a g re a t... ....... ....... ........ ............... ............... ............................................... 5. Altho ugh he is 8 years older than her, they were good friends. —* D espite ,................................................................................ PA RT 2: Comp lete the second sentence so that it has a simila r meani ng to

the first one. Use the wo rd given in block letter, and this word must not be chan ged in any wa y. (10 points) 6.1 presum e you are com ing to the party Miriam. RE AD —> Can 1 .....................:........... ............................................. you are comi ng to the party Miriam? 7. After a long hard journe y, I cheered up when I saw my home. SIG HT —>Af ter a long hard jour ney, my sp irits ............................... . of my home. 8. Yvonne did everything she could to ensure the trip was successful. LE NG TH S —>Y vo nn e..... é............................................ Í................ to ensu re the success. 9. Ru ss's opinio ns on the new managem ent policies were very differ ent from those o f his fellow workers. OD DS —> Russ ....... .................................................... ............................. ........ the new manag emen t policies. 10. 1tried as hard as I could to make sure that this problem would not arise. PO WE R —* I d id ................................................................... this problem from arising.

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN THỊ MINH KHAI - s ó c TRĂNG A. MULT IPLE CHO ICE (40 points) 1 . 1-10 W OR D CH OI CE

Choose the best opti ons to comp lete the following sentence s. 1. Althou gh she would have preferred to carry on w orking, my mu m........... her caree r in o rder to have children. A. de voted B. repealed c . sacrificed D. abo lished 2 . 1find the offer q u it e............. . b ut I thin k I’d r ather st udy at Oxford A. te mptin g B. desirous c . inclined D. envi ous 3. I don ’t no rmally like noisy clubs, but I had a sudden .. .. .. .. .. to see wha t the Blue Parrot was like. A. forc e B. motive c . pressur e D. im pulse 4. Jerr y lo ves s nowbo arding so much t hat i t’s almos t like a d ru g. ........... A. pas sion B. obsess ion c . addiction D. req uirem ent 115

5. I do n't wa nt to do the course in applied statistic s, b ut i t 's ............. A. com pulsor y B. inevi table c. bound D.ind ecisive 6. D on't worry about me - I’m quite....... to sit here and wait for you to come back. A. ecstati c B. deligh ted c. joyfu l D. con tent 7. When 1 was pregnant , 1 often got a su dd en .............for tinn ed sardines . A. pref erence B. cravin g c. envy D. greed 8. Thank you for thinkin g of US, b ut I’m afraid we ’re going to have to ............ your kind invitation. A. declin e B. deny c. condem n D. re ject 9. I'v e never seen anyone s o ........... to the ir joy as Philip is. A. eag er B. Keen c. dedicated D. in terested 10. I wish you would stop wastin g so much on your comp uter game s and do somethi ng as a little mo re........... A. welco me B. enviabl e c. feasible Đ. wor thwhil e IL 11-20 GRA MMA R AND STRUCTU RES Choose the b est optio ns to compl ete the following sent ences. 11.1 rec omme nd that Miriam a board ing sc hool. She’d be much more challen ged academ ically. A. atten ds B. attend c . is attendi ng D. wer e at tending 12. A mbrose had to take a job a t a fa st-food res tau ran t;.... ........he wou ldn’thave been a ble to make his car payment. A. othe rwise B. if so c. had he done so D. were that the case 13. Many educato rs seem convinced students would respond favora bly to a change in the system. A. what B. the fact that c. that D. what ever 14. ............... students wanted to go right into the workp lace after graduatio n would choose the vocati onal track. A. Wh atever B. Howeve r c . Whene ver D. W homev er 15. He ..............us on the last day of the co ngress so h is p resence at th e openin g ceremo ny was somethin g o f a surprise. A. must have joined B. was to join c. had to join D. shoul d join 16. In fa ct the cr im in al s....... in because the front door was wide open and so they jus t wal ked in. A. ne edn ’t have broken B. didn ’t need break c. did n't need to break D. nee dn' t to hav e b roken 17. People whose main concern is ........... may eventuall y develop some serious health problems. A. not to be overfed B. not to be over feeding c. not to overfed D. not o verfeedin g 18................ of Alb ania was once forested, but ..........of the original vegeta tion remains , due to centur ies o f clearing and livestoc k grazing. A. M uch - little B. M an y- no ne c. Some - few D. M o st -a n y 19. Most critics agree that rather li tt le ............. done by the artist after his illness has an y gre at value. A. of what was B. of that was c. of that what was D. which has been 116

20............... betwee n the two attacks, the comm ande r tri ed to preve nt the enem y tro op s........... their streng th. A. Witho ut de laying - to g ather B. By n ot del aying - from gathe ring c. In delay ing - for gathe ring D. Having delaye d - witho ut gath ering III. 21 -30 PREP OSIT IONS - PHRA SAL VERBS Choos e t he best op tions to co mplet e the followin g se ntenc es. 21 ............ .bei ng a little messy, she will be a goo d f latmate for you. A. F ar awa y B. At length c. Beside D. Apa rt from 22 ......... worki ng ver y long hour s, Jo hn strives to exerci se at l east tri ce a week. A. Regar dless of B. On beha lf of c. Because of D. Ho weve r 23. There is a rum our ............. circulat ion that the direc tor had a big argum ent ........... the mana ger at the last meeting. A. o n -a b o u t B. u p o n -i n c. fo r- o u t D. a ft e r- o ff 24. Facto ries which produce a lot of toxic fumes are contri butin g ................the de str uc tio n...... ... .th e environm ent. A. f o r- ar o u n d B. b y -a gai nst c. into - upon D. t o - o f 25. It’s so hot, 1 could d o ......... a nice cool dri nk. A. up B. with c. out D. wi thout 26. O nce we 'd spent all ou r mone y, we f e ll ........... our c redit card. A. out B. for c. back on D. o ff 27.1 f e ll ..............one of my friends and have n’t spoken to her for week s. A. in w ith B. out with c. throu gh D. beh ind 2 8 .1 c an’t g e t............. to Joa n. I t hink t her e’s a fa ult on the line. A. awa y B. at c. throug h D. alo ng 29. Th e record shop has a promoti on and is gi vi ng .............free CDs. A. a way B. of f c. in D. out 30. H e’s a go od speak er and gets his v iew s......... very we ll. A. o ver B. acr oss c. on D. throug h IV. 31 -40 COL LOC ATIO NS AND IDIOMS Choose the be st opt ions to co mple te th e follo wing sente nces. 31 I h ave n’t had an acc ident yet but I’ve had a num ber o f .............shaves. A. narro r B. near c. close D. tiny 32. My fathe r refused to eat meat that had been fried. He ha d............... in his bonn et ab out it caus ing cancer. A. a bug B. a bee c. a bull D. an a nt 33. You really dr op pe d. .;...... ;.. .th e other day when you told Brian you ’d seen his wife at the cinema . He thou ght she was at he r m oth er’s. A. a brick B. a sto ne ' c. a log D. a p lank 34. I ca n’t stand Mr. Bryant. He’s always blowin g his own ... - tel ling every one how good he is at eve rything . A. balloon B. breath c. mind D. trum pet 35. T he e scape d priso ner f ou gh t....... ...b efo re he was f inally over powe red A. he ad over heels B. tooth and nail c. heart and soul D. foot and mouth 117

36. I did n’t suspe ct anythi ng at first, but when I notice d her going throu gh the office draw ers I began to s m el l............. A. a r at B .a p ig c. a th ief D. cu lprit 37. Ja ne looked ................ at the shop assist ant w ho h ad been rude to her. A. arr ows B. nee dles • c . poison D. da ggers 38. Peter was born and b rought up in Hasti ngs and know s it like th e....... A. nos e on his face B. tip of his tongu e c. back of his hand D. hai r on his he ad 39 I've hea rd that argum ent before and quite frankly it jus t d oes n’t .............. A. face the music B. hit th e nail on the hea d c. carry weig ht D. hold water 40. Jo hn will neve r buy you a drin k - h e’s far t o o ................ A. tigh t-fiste d B. pighe aded c. highl y-stru ng D. eas y-goi ng V. 41 -60 RE AD IN G CO M PR EH EN SI ON

41-50 READING 1 Re ad th e pa ssa ge a nd ch oo se t he be st opt ion fo r eac h qu es tio ns be low

Sharks have gained an u nfair reputation for being fie rce preda tors of large sea anima ls. Humanit y's unfound ed fear and hatred of these anci ent creat ures is leadin g to a worldw ide slaugh ter that may result in the extinct ion of many coastal shark species. The shark is the victim of a wa rp ed attitud e of wil dlife protec tion; we strive only to protect the beautiful, non-t hreat ening parts of our enviro nmen t. And, in our efforts to restore only non-t hreat ening parts of our earth, we ignore other import ant par ts. A pe rfect illustratio n of this atti tude is the contr asting attitud e toward anoth er large sea animal , the dolphin . During the 1980s, enviro nment alists in th e United States pro tes ted the use of driftn ets for tuna fishing in the Pacific Ocean since these nets also caugh t dolph ins. The enviro nmen talist s gen era ted enough political and econom ic pressu re to preve nt tuna comp anies from buying tuna that had been c aught in drif tnets. In c ontra st to this effort on beh alf of th e dolphins, these same enviro nmen talist s have done very little to help save th e Pacific Ocean sharks whose popul ation has decrea sed nearly to the point of extinction. Sharks are a mong the oldes t c reatu res on earth, havin g survived in the seas for mor e than 350 mil lion years. They are extre mely effic ient animal s, feeding on wounded or dying animal s, thus perfo rmin g an impor tant role in natu re of weeding out the weaker anim als in a species. Just the fact that species such as the Great White Shark have ma na ge d to liv e in the ocean s for so many millio ns of ye ars is enough pr oo f of t heir effic iency and adap tabil ity to changi ng environ ments. It is time for US huma ns, who may not surviv e anot her 1,000 years at the rate we are d amagin g the planet , to cast away our fears and begin consid ering the protection of sharks as an impor tant part of a program for pro tection o f all our natural environ ment.

11 8 /•

41. With which of the following topics is this passage primarily concerned? A. S harks are e fficien t crea tures with bad reput ations. B. S harks are some of the ol dest c reatures on earth, c. Sharks illustrat e a problem in wildlife prote ction D. The campai gn to save dolphins was n ot extende d to save sh arks. 42. Which of the follow ing is most simila r to th e m eaning of the w ord "warped" in line 4? A. dis torted B. wasteful c . extravag ant D. wãnton 43. In line 10, the word "protested" is closest in meaning to which o f the following? A. pre scribed B. objected to c. protected D. reflecte d on 44. In line 11, the word "gener ated" could be best repla ced by A. con sumed B. absorbed c. designated D. prod uced 45. How did environ mental ists manage to prot ect dolphi ns? A. The y pre vented fishermen from selling them for meat. B. They pressured fis hermen into protecti ng dolp hins by law. c. They broug ht politic al pressure against tu na compa nies. D. T hey cr eated sanctuar ies wh ere dolp hin fishing was not allowed . 46. About how long have sharks lived on the planet? A. 25 million years B. 150 million years c. 350 m illion years D. 500 million years 47. In lines 19-20, the ph rase "man aged to live" is used to infer that A. surv iving w as d ifficul t B. migration was com mon c. procrea tion was expa nding D. roaming was necessary 48. The word "proo f' in line 20 could be best replaced by which o f the following? A. ch aracte ristic B. evidence c. praise D. custom ary 49. What is the au thor's t one in this pass age? A. exp lanato ry B. accusato ry c. gentle D. prou d 50. Which o f the follo wing best des cribes the organization of this passage? A. ord er o f importance B. cause and effect c. statem ent and example D. chronological order 51 -60 R EA DI NG 2 Re ad the pa ssa ge bel ow a nd ch oo se the cor rec t a nsw ers

WATER IN DESERT Deser t ar eas of the world are not completel y void of precipitatio n, but rain fall in these regions is known to vary greatly. Typically, scientists use an annual rainfall amou nt o f four inches as the dividing line between desert and non-de sert areas. While these arid regions may receive a similar amoun t of ra infall each year, how that rainfall affects surface water and g roundw ater resourc es is largely depe nden t up on the area ’s topograph ical characterist ics. For ex ample , landforms such as flats and de pr ess ion s common to dese rts are known to c ollect wat er, but these featu res constitu te only a small percentage of the deser t landscap e. It is 119

interest ing to not e that these arid lands in fact contain some of the ea rth’s largest systems o f rivers. In the Cases o f these river systems, th e source s of the riv ers lie outside the arid region -itself, and hence they are known as “exo geno us” rivers and systems. These exoge nous systems play a critical role in nouri shing life in the wo rld 's most parched regions. For exampl e, annual flood ing of the Nile, Tigris, and Euphra tes rivers has long supplied reside nts with wate r and brought in fertile silt to help agricul ture. With the adven t of modern techno logy, howeve r, this floodi ng is largel y managed by human hands, which has required more gover nmen tal coopera tion among nations in cr aftin g treaties and ag reem ents regula ting the use of these ri ver basin s. In addition to human interven tion, the flow of exog enous rivers is impacted by the season. Ironically, it som etimes takes a num ber o f months for the effect o f a rainy season outside a desert area to be felt within it, so by t he time the peak flow finally arrive s, it may in fact be the driest time of the year. While this addition al wate r does aid the irrigation for agricultu re, weat her change s during the dry season like higher temper atures and lower humid ity may make the cultiva tion of some crops even more challeng ing than it is during the normal growi ng s eason. In cont rast to exogeno us rivers, those identified as “end ogen ous” systems begin and end within the arid region. Water in these systems genera lly comes from groun dwat er springs, but many of these rivers are fed by wate r coming from limesto ne massifs, such as the Atlas Mountain s in Morocco . Rivers of this variet y tend not to reach the sea, but instead end up drainin g into inland basins, where most of it is simply lost to evaporati on or disapp ears into the ground. Though rivers and lakes are present in desert areas, groun dwat er makes up a much larger percent age of the total w ater in these regions. However , only a small portion of th ese undergro und deposits ever reach the hydrolo gic cycle; i.e., it never enters the const ant m oveme nt o f water on, above, and b elow the surface of the earth that chara cterize s most of the p lane t’s oth er w ater resourc es. ■ A) The groun dwat er th at do es e nter into this cycle u sually does so by feedin g the flo w o f streams or by maint ainin g water levels in lakes. Water taken in this way from groun dwat er stores is then refilled by surface flows and rainwa ter. ■ B) Internati onal organi zation s such as the United N ations and t he World Bank have both funded efforts to survey existi ng ground water in arid lands and to create effecti ve method s to draw usable water from these sources. ■ C) These efforts are particu larly neces sary due to the lack of clear under standin g in th ese regions abou t jus t how much groun dwat er exists. ■ D) What is kn own, howev er, is th at these groun dwat er deposits are very uneve nly distrib uted, and that much of this wate r can be f ound deep beneath the ear th’s s urface .These grou ndwa ter deposit s are found underg round in open spaces betwee n, inside, and amon g rocks and sedim ent. These water-l aden layers of earth are known as “aquif ers.” In g eneral, limes tone and sandst one aquifers tend to be d eep and large, which cont ribut es to 120

their relativ ely high conce ntratio n of minerals. They are usually not repleni shed because they became saturated more than 10,000 years ago and do not need to be. These deep aquifers are sometim es called “fossil water s” to denote the fact that this water has been present for so long. On the other hand, shallo w aquifers found in sand or gravel are much less extensive, but they can quickly be replenished. 51. A ccordi ng to paragrap h 1, wha t do scientist s use to determ ine whet her or not an are a is labeled a deser t? A. The amoun t o f annual rainfall B. The lack o f groundw ater resources c. Topogr aphica l characte ristics D. The absence of flats and de pression s in the landscape 52. The word “depress ions” in line 7 is closest in meaning to A. rifts B. dunes c . ranges D. basins 53. Which of the sentences below best e xpresses t he essential informat ion in the highligh ted sentence in the passage? Incorrect choices change the meanin g in impor tant ways or leav e out essential information. A. Government involvement in the creation o f treaties and agreements enhances flood-c ontroll ing m odem technolog y o f river basins . B. Tech nology has al lowed for bett er human manag ement o f floods, makin griver basin regulation agreement s largely unn ecessa ry. c. Humans have been able to use technology to control flooding, which hasmade international cooperation on the use of river basins more necessary. D. More modem technology will lead to better flood manage ment becauseintergovemmental treaties regarding river basins allow for cooperation. 54. in paragrap h 3, the author mentions all of the followin g about the flow of exogeno us rivers EXCEPT: A. The impact o f the flow is often felt in the dri est sea sons. B. The flow can be an aid in the cultivat ion of crops, c. The eff ects of the flow are not felt immediately. D. The flow is unaffecte d by the season of the year. 55. Acco rding to paragraph 4, what distinguish es an endoge nous river from an exoge nous river? A. An endoge nous river flows into a lim estone massif. B. The source of an endogenous riv er is within the des ert re gion, c. The e ndoge nous river does not reach the sea. D. En dogeno us rivers have a higher saline content than exoge nous rivers. 56. The word “stores” in line 39 is closest in meaning to A. locations B. accumu lations c. caves D. disc overie s 57. Why does the passage mention in paragraph 5 the fa ct tha t the exact exten t o f groundwater, re sources is still un known? A. To highli ght t he lack o f scientific research being d one in dese rt areas. B. To illustrate the importance of freshwater to the inhabit ants of deserts. 121

c. 1o

explain why the recent actions of the United Nations and others are needed. D. To show how g round water can af fect th e flo w o f exogenou s rivers. 58. The word "replenished" in line 51 is closest in meanin g to A. refi lled B. rejuven ated c. reinvigor ated D. rescinded 59. W hat can be inferred in paragraph 7 about shallow aquifers? A. The y tend to have less mineral content than deeper ones. B. T hey can quickly be replenished because they were saturated as limestone aquifers onc e were. c. The water from shallow aquifers is unusable because of its proxim ity to gravel. D. They are more exte nsive than limestone aquifers. 60. Look at the four squares [ ■] that indicate where the follow ing sentence could be added to the passa ge. In fact, these water deposits have recently become the fo cus of increased attentio n as a sou rce o f freshwa ter for the inha bitants of deser t area s. Where would the senten ce bes t fit? A B C D VI. 61 -80 GUIDED CLOZE TEST S Read the tex ts b elow and decide which answer best fits each spa ce. PASSAG E 1

Greenho use gases are being released into the atmospher e 30 times faster than the time when the Earth experienced a (61)............ episode of global wanni ng. A study compa ring the rate at which carbon dioxide and methane are being (62 )........... now, compared to 55 million years ago when global warmi ng also occurred, has found dramatic differences in the speed o f release. James Zachos, professor of earth sciences at the University of Californ ia, Santa Cruz, said the speed of the present buildup of greenhou se gases is fatgreat er than during the global warming after the (63)................ of the dinosaurs. "The emission s that caused this past episode of global warmin g probabl y lasted 10,000 years," Professor Zachos told the American Association for the Advance ment of Science at a meeting In St. Louis. "By burnin g fossil fuels, we are likely to emit the same amount over the next three centuries ." He warned th at stud ies o f global w arming events in the geol ogical past (64)........... ". the Earth's climate passes a (65).......... beyond w hich climate change accelerates with the help of positive feedbacks - vicious circles of warmin g, profess or Zacho s is a leading ( 6 6 )..............on the episod e o f global w arming known as the palae ocene -eoce ne thermal maximum, when average global tempera tures increase d by up to 50C due to a massive release of carbon dio xide and methane. His research into the deep ocean (67) ............... suggests at this time that abou t 4.5 billion tons of carbon entered the atmosp here over 10,000 years. 122

"This will be the same amount of carbon released into the atmo spher e from cars and industrial emissi ons over the next 300 years if prese nt (68 )................ contin ue", he said. Although carbon can be released sudde nly and natu rally into the atmos phere from volcanic activity, it takes many thous ands of years for it to be r emoved perma nently by natural processes. The ocean is capa ble of removi ng carbon , and quickly, but this natural (69)................ can be easily (70 )......... which is proba bly what happened 55 million years ago. “It will take tens of thous ands of years before atmosphe ric carbon dioxid e comes down to preindus trial levels," the profess or said. "Even after humans stop burnin g fossil fuels, the ef fects will be lon g-lasting D. fun damen tal c . previous B. premi er 61 .A. prea rranged D. digest ed c. incorporated B. exhaled 62. A. emitted D. demi se c. detach ment B. demoliti on 63. A. dement ia D. indica te c. compl iment B. mark 64. A. comme nt D. per imete r c . threshold B. verge 65. A. Barricade D. pro prieto r c . admini strator B. authority 66. A. autocra t D. powd er c . dirt B. sediments 67. A. dusts D. craze s c. fads 68. A. trends B. gadgets c. intelligence D. bulk B. compete nce 69. A. ca pacity D. overw helme d c. o vershado wed 70. A. ove rcharged B. oversta ted PASSAGE 2

On a yearly (71) ....... , the United States is afflic ted by hu rrican es on the east coast, flooding in the midwest, forest fires, earthqu akes, and any numb er of tornadoe s, blizzard s and storms. Historically, the w eathe r has (72).......... as harsh a chord in people's lives as any we feel today. Historia ns list the four majo r events to wreak devastatio n on the country as the Chicago fire of 1871, the Johnstow n flood of 1889, the Galveston hurricane of 1900, and the San Francisco earthquak e o f Ĩ906. These disasters provide a(n) ( 73)...... . of the havoc nature's storms have wre cked on humanity, and ou r rea ctions to the m. Galve ston, Texas, located on the island of Galveston in the gul f of New Mexico , thriv es on industry and exports. Its ove r 30,000 citizens in the early 1900s were gene rally econo micall y successful and comfort able with (74)........... condit ions. Until the ill-fated mornin g of Sept. 7, 1900, the people of Galveston enioye d their life on the remote island. However, weath er watchers had been follow ing a growi ng storm in the Atlantic for several days and were warning of the i mpen ding dange r of a hurrica ne. Unfortunat ely, people ignored the warning s. A day afte r the hurricane had hit t he island, all that r emained of the beau tiful city was a mass of crumbled buildings , debris and forlorn, hopeless survivor s wand ering aimle ssly with the stench of rot ting flesh all around. It is (75) ................ that over 8,000 people and most of the animals died that day, victims of o ne of the deadl iest natural disaster s in u.s. history. Chicago's storm of 1871, alt hough (76 )............. 123

to the hurrica nes of the southe astern coast, was d escribed by poet John Gree nleaf Whittier as a 'fiery hurric ane' that struck the great city with such (77) ............. that two days later, hal f of the city had been destroyed and 300 lives lost. T hose relating the events of tha t catastr ophic 'hurrican e' say that too little rain and a strong wind blowin g of f the prairie had been the cause behind ihe d estructi on of the Windy City. Accordi ng to (78 )...... . however, respon sibility was placed on one slovenly cow who kicked over a lantern in her barn somew here in the southw est corne r of C hicago, igniting the dry and highly flamm able barn and ultimat ely bringin g destruc tion to a large part of the city. Two days after the sparks ignited, a steady rain on the burning city put out the flames and within days hope had returned. Signs that the city was beginnin g to heal became (79)........... everyw here - soon new buildings were (80 )................the burned, and the lifeblood of the ravaged city was being. D. ins titution 71. A. foundati on B. theory c. basis 72. A. punched D. played c. pinched B. struck 73. A. scent D. ing redient c. recipe B. flavour D. staying 74. A. existing B. remain ing c . enduring c . estimated D. forec ast 75. A. anticipa ted B. predicted D. discre dited 76. A. disconne cted B. unacc ustomed c . unrelated D. const raint 77. A. stimulus B. force c. charisma 78. A. tr adition c . phenomen on D. legend B. culture 79. A. co ncealed c. obscure D. eviden t B. notorious 80. A. replacing B. rebuildi ng D. refu rbishin g c. de signing

B. WR ITTEN QUESTI ONS (70 points) I. 1-20 OPEN CLOZE TESTS Read the texts below and think of the wor d which best fits each space. Use only ONE WORD for each space. PASSAGE 1

Most people I know (1) ............. never go to a martial arts movie, even if you paid the m, but I defy anyo ne not to enjoy sev enty m inutes in the dark wit h Jac kie Chan. For a start, Chan is more interested in a pologet ically evadin g the bullies that want to do him in than in viol ent confronta tion. His screen person a is nev er (2) ............ to bombast. Chan is a likeable, bumbling. Everyman who tries to extrica te him self from scrapes with his astound ing athletic (3) : as he leaps up the side of a building, you (4) ............ swear he was on wires. With the kind of agility ( 5 ) ......... limited to monkeys and flies, Chan seems (6) .........o f scutte ring up any surface. But it is extrem ely (7) ............ for him to go on the offensive. The films of lesse r a ction stars like J ean-Cl aude Van Damme provide a diet of relentl ess violence, punctuat ed (8) ................ now and (9) ................. by some semi-m oronic ‘wittic ism 1, but Chan's balletic alterca tions with his en emies are as •a ( 1 0 )..........orie nted around the art of comic evasion. 124

PASSAG E 2

It was last May, while we were taking our annual late spring break on Lindos that we (11 )........ our house broken into. All our TV and video equi pmen t got (12 )........... but what was worse was when we discove red that the final draft of my hu sba nd 's latest novel (13 )........... been torn into p ieces and the disks he had (14 )......... writ ing it on had (15) .......... Of course, you hear abou t peopl e who have had their proper ties vanda lized and (16 )................ whos e most prized posse ssion have been (17 )........... . but it's a terrible sh ock when it (1 8)........... to you, when you know that your home has been invaded , and that you have had our (1 9) ......... intimate d belongi ngs handled and ex amine d (20 ).......... strange rs. II. 21-4 0 WOR D FORM ATIO N 21-30 Use a word g iven in capit als to form a word that fits in the space Stude nts learning English as a second language are somet imes given a word by the ir t each er and asked to give an ( 2 1 ).................. (EXPL AIN) as to what that word means; in other words, to provide a (22) (DEFIN E). The (23) ................... (ASS UME ) is that if you know a word, you can define it. (24) ........................ (LOGI C), that might make sense, but in reality it is n ot always (2 5 )................. (REA SON) to assum e that. There are words and phrase s that even native speak ers use in conv ersatio n withou t much (2 6 ).................. (THIN K) which can lead to (27) .................. (CONFU SE) when you ask a native speak er to define them. Take the (2 8 ).................. (CONC EIVE) o f ‘Zeitg eist’ , for exampl e, which has entere d English from German . It’s ...............(DO UBT) much easie r to use than it is to define. With a word like ‘Zeitge ist', it may be m ore (3 0 )................... (SENS E) to test the stud ent’s underst anding in ways othe r than asking them to define it. 31-40 . W rite a word in the box in the c orrect form in each gap colu mnis t nove list

critic Review er

ghos twrit er Subtitl e

hand book supp leme nt

manif esto tab loid

FREEL ANCE WRITING When yo u'r e a freelan ce writer, there are many varied oppor tuniti es open to you. You may be workin g on that great work of ficti on and know that within coupl e of years you ’ll be regarded as a hugely successful (31 )........... .. but until then there are bills to be paid. The Sunday color (32 )....... are filled with feature article s. They all have to be w ritten, and they often writte n by freela ncers. Offer your servic es. Know two languages? Conside r doing the (33 )......... for foreign films and TV progra ms. Th ey' re usually comm issione d on a film-b y-film basis. Enjoy polit ics? Offer to help a po litical party to produc e its ne xt (34 )................for a small fee, of course. Like technol ogy? Someon e has to be write the instru ctions or (35 )..............tha t c omes with every piece of equipm ent we buy. It 125

could be you! Set y ours elf up as a gossip (36 )............. . film (37 ).............or book (38 )............... for a small local newspap er. Once you ’ve g ot s ome pieces behind you, you can move on to a b igger paper, or even a na tional (39 )................... And when you 've made a few c ontacts and had a few things publis hed, the re’s a fair amount of work out there for (40 )................ - people who write cele briti es’ autobio graphi es for them. III. 41-50 ERROR CO RRECT ION The followin g passage conta ins 10 errors. Identify and corre ct them. Line 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ' 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

NO C ELLPH ONE RESTRIC TIONS! It’s seemin g that I constantl y hear the same thing: "Cell phones are dangerou s. We need to severely restrict them. People are dying because of cell phones." Well, I'm thinkin g cell phones thems elves aren't the problem. I'm completel y opposed to restric tions on them, and here's why. First, people say cell phones are dange rous to health, so they should be limited. Supporters o f this idea say there are being studies showin g t hat cell phones produce radiation that is harmful to users. 1 think this is nonsense. There hasn't been any real proof. It sounds jus t anoth er study th at ul timately doe sn't mean anything. Second, a lot o f teachers are proposing that we not a llow cell phones in class es because they're a distraction . 1 feel pretty angrily about this. Here's a good example. Two weeks ago in my history class, one of the students was having her cell phone on because h er moth er was really s ick and might need a ride to the hospital. The s tudent's mother couldn' t cont act anyone else. In fact, the student's mother did call, and the student found someone to help her mother. What i f her cell phon e had n't been on? T he t eache r would have felt pretty bad. Third, people argue that using a cell phone while driving is dangerous. I disagree. It's no more safe than turning on the car radio or eating a sandwich. People do those things when they drive. The law says you must have one hand on the steering wheel. It's possible to use a cell phone correct with one hand. I use my cell phone carefully; I always keep one hand on the wheel. Maybe there should be training in ways to use a cell phone good, but we shouldn't prohibit to use cell phones in cars. This has always been a free country. I hope it stays that way

1. _______________ 2 .__________________ 4. _________________ 5 .__________________ 7. ________________ 8 ._______________

126

3 ._______________ 6 ._______________ 9. _________ 10. ______________

IV. 51- 60 SENT ENC E TRA NSFO RMA TION I. Finish each of the sente nces in s uch a w ay that it means the sam e as the given one. 51. The s inge r has strongl y an d publicl y opp osed the war. The singe r has been a ............................. of the war. 52. We carried out market research to see whether the public would like ou r new car. We ca rried out m arket research t o .......................... to ou r new car. 53. The rock star made an emotiona l request for t he earthq uake victims , which produc ed a huge response . The rock sta r’s ......................... for help for the earthq uake victims produc ed a huge respons e. 54. The ream will post accounts o f their progress on their website every few days. The team will pos t................................ on thei r prog ress on th eir we bsite. II. Re writ e th e fol lowing sen tences us ing the given wo rds. 55. After 1 had introduce d my guests to each other I made a long speech on the curren t cha nges in the c omput er tech nologies. H av in g.......... ..................................................................................................... 56. George won't lend his tape record er to you if yo u don't promise to bring it back by Satur day. (UNLE SS) 57. Jerry had terrible pr oblems with solving the rid dle. (HARDL Y) 58. Ou r rep resenta tives have bee n cr iticizin g the new conc ept. (CRITIC AL) 59. It doesn't make any difference i f they paint the board white or yellow. (M ATTE R) 60. Finally, the new pri me ministe r has been ap pointed. (LAST)

TRƯỜNG T HPT CHU YÊN PHAN NGỌC HIỂ N - CÀ MAU A. MUL TIPL E CHOICE (40 PTS) I. WO RD CHOIC E (5 pts) Choos e t he best op tions to comp lete the follo wing s entence s. 1. The sky da rkened and the re w as a dis tan t____________ of thunder. A. cla p B. clang c. groan D. flash 2. V ie tn am ____________ war again st French colonial empir e has gone down in histor y as one of the most epic, destroyin g the harro wing shack les of tyrann y a fter nearly a century . A. ema ncipat ion B. remi ssion c. liberation D. salv ation 127

3. Everyone was shocke d to hear that a politician of h is ____________ would stoop so low. A. cre dence B. stature c. guile D. affin ity 4. A new treat men t ______________ , it became less prohib itive and more effecti ve to deal with patients infected with t ubercu losis. A. tain ted B. a ssorte d c. repudia ted D. effecte d 5. On 6th Augus t 1945, an atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshim a, killing thous ands of citizens and alm os t____________ the city. A. ove rrulin g B. annu lling c. eradic ating D. ann ihilati ng 6. His smirk sugge sted some vi ci ou s_____________ , w hich terrifie d everyone at the meeting . A. sub tletie s B. allus ions c. insinuat ions D. inert ia 7. She w a s ____________ with guilt when she realized that the accid ent had been her fa ult. A. co nsum ed B. ravaged c. devoured D. dazzle d 8. That my br ot he r_____________ boasts about his achie vemen ts is abs olutely annoyin g! A. i nexor ably B. ince ssantly c. intricate ly D. intr epidly 9. She lifted it over the fence and set of f across the little m ead ow ,____________ speed and thoro ughly enjoy ing it. A. ga therin g B. collecti ng c. consu ming D. firing 10. O ne o f Ki m's se cretarial works include ta king th e_________ of the meeting. A. gist B. crux c. minutes D. fun dament als 11. GR AMM AR A ND STRUC TURES (5 pts) Choos e th e best o ptions to com plete the follo wing s entence s. 1. Everyt hing looks very positive for the com pa ny ,_____ the curren t investors do not def ault on th eir agre ements. A. ass uming tha t B. wheth er c. whereas D. as if 2. Probably no man had more effect on the daily lives of most people in the United St ate s_____ . A. as Henry Ford, a pionee r in au tomobi le p roduction. B. ra ther tha n Henry Ford, a pionee r in au tomobi le productio n, c. than did Henry Ford, a pionee r in au tomobi le productio n. D. mo re than Henry Ford, a pi oneer in automo bile productio n. 3. ___________ the invention of the steam engine, most forms of transp ort were horse -draw n. A. With refere nce B. Akin c. Prior to D. In ad dition to 4. Suppose s h e _________ that outrag eous story circu lating around the office; she 'd be f urio us!” A. has heard B. were heard c. would hear D. had heard 5. I'd rathe r y o u _____ _____ a noise last night; I cou ldn ’t get to sleep. A. w oul dn’t make B. did n’t make c. have n’t mad e D. ha dn 't made 128

6. A new generation o f perfo rmers ,____those who by now had become household name, honed their skills before following the same path on to televisio n. A. no less tale nted than B. togeth er with talente d wit h c. along with talented with D. having been more talented t han 7. We all wished to be tre ate d___________ . A. as equal B. as eq ually c. as equals D. as equa l as 8. _________ the US supe riority at tha t time, it was pr obable th at an y th reatene d US resp onse would have de terred the Sov iet Union. A. I f B. Given c. Although D. Since 9. Bu siness has been t hriving in the past year. Lo ng ______ it continue to do so. A. could B. does c. may D. might 10. The m an __________ of carrying out the burglary was re lea se d__________ by police. A. to be su spected - followin g ques tioning B. havin g been suspected - following questioned c. suspected - following questioni ng D. being suspected - follow ing ques tioned III. PH RASAL VE RB AND P REPOSI TIONS (5 pts) 1.The love of life shone______ the au thor ’s book, giv ing me as much inspiration as I could e ver ask for. A. through B. over c. into D. upon 2. You shou ldn’t t ak e______ more than you can handle, otherwis e you ’ll suffer from stress. A. on B. over c. out D. away 3. He’ s so stubborn and stupid. I jus t coul dn’t g e t________ him that she can never make m oney from gam bling. A. over B. out o f c. across to D. out of 4. The success of our project hi ng es _________ Mike ’s ability persuad e the locals to move to the ren ewal quarter. A. in B. on c. about D. over 5. The gove rnm ent’s pla ns to reduce crime c am e__________fo r a lot o f criticism from freedom groups. A. acr oss B. around c. in D. with 6. Before they open the new factory, alot o f the young people round here were __________ the dole. A. on B. in c. o v e r D. abo ve 7. The t wo count ries met at the confe rence to iron _ _____ their differen ces. A. on B. out c . over D. into 8. He tri ed to p ap er _______ the co untry ’s deep-seat ed problem s. A. ov er B. with c . into D. down 9. Linda chats so muc h, she could talk the hind le g_______ a donke y. A. up to B. over c. off D. und er 10. I'm going to p ut my he ad _______ for a whil e as I feel ve ry ti red. A. down B. over c . up D. throu gh 129

IV. CO LLOC ATION A ND IDIOMS (5PTS) Choose the best op tions to com plete the fol lowing senten ces. 1. 1 had to get thr ough a lot of ____tape, but I finally got the d ocum ents I needed. A. red B. blue C. link D. yello w 2. The hospital staf f pulled out all th e _______ to make sure the childre n had a wonderful day. A. road blocks B. barr icades C. plugs D. stops 3 .Ne ither side is prepa red to _____ an inch in the n egotiatio ns. A. stir B. budge C. push D. bend 4. Congr essman Saunders fired the op en in g_______ during a heated debate on capital punishm ent. A. salvo B. barrage C. canno nade D. burst 5. I like the way people here always queue up. Back home we ju st push and shove, and th e devil take t h e________ ! A. out ermos t B. forem ost c. hindmos t D. utm ost 6. The mana ger attached him self to the luncheon club and became a ' fixture there. A. peren nial B. enduring C. stable D. perm anent 7. I was so hungry, and that meal was absolutely d elicious! It was j us t what the ' ordered. A. sci entist B. doctor C. expert D. heale r 8. Al though the Governm ent has increased allocations to the social sector by as much as 40 pe r cent, State fundin g still fa lls ________ short of needs. A. well B. totally C. severely D. abjec tly 9. Last wee k's violence w as _______ condemned by foreign governm ents. A. grim ly B. roundly C. roughly D. bitingl y 10. She has n't had an accide nt yet but she has had a numbe r o f. .......Sha vers. A. narro w B. near c. close . D. tiny V. R EADING CO MPREH ENSION (10 pts) PASSAGE A

Question 56 - 65. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c , or D on y our answer sheet to indicate the best answer to each of the following questions. Color in texti les is produ ced by dyei ng, by printing, or by painting. Until the nineteen th century, all dyes w ere derived from v egetable or, more rarely, animal or mineral sources. Since madder plants could be grown practica lly everyw here, the roots of some sp ecies of the madd er pl ant family were used from the earliest period to produce a who le range of reds. Red animal dyes, derived from certain species of scale insects, were also highly value from ancient times through the Middle Ages. Blues were obtained from woad, a plant common in Europe and 130

also used in the Nea r East from the beginni ng of the Christian era Before the first., nonfa ding “sol id” green was invented in early ninete enth century , green s were achiev ed by the overdy eing or overpr inting of yello w and blue. Howev er, yello w dyes, whe ther from weld or some other plant sources such as saffron or turme ric, invaria bly fade or di sappear . This accounts for the bluish tinge of what were once bright green s in, for e xample , wom en t apestry. The range of natural colors was hugely expande d and, indeed, supers eded by the chemi cal dyes develo ped during the eighteen hundreds. By 1900, a comp lete range of synthetic colors had be en e volved, many o f which reached a sta ndard of resista nce to fading from exposure to light and to w ashing that greatly e xceed ed that of natural dyestuff s. Since then, petroleum industry has added many new chemi cals, and from these, other types of dyestuffs have been develo ped. Much of the research in dyes was stimulate d by the peculia rities of som e of the new synthet ic fibers- Acetate rayon, for exampl e, seemed at first to have no affinity for dyes and a new range of dyes had to be developed ; nylon and Teryle ne present ed simila r proble ms. The printing of textiles has involved a number of distinct methods. With the exception of printing patterns directly onto the cloth, whether by block, roller, or screen, all of these are based on dyeing; that is, immersion o f the fabric in a dye bath. 1. The passage m ainly d iscusse s t h e______ ' . A. D evelop ment of synthetic colors for textiles du ring the nineteen th century B. Adv antage s o f chemical dyes ov er dyes derived from plants and a nimals c. Differe nces between dyeing textiles and p rinting items D. His tory o f the use of natural and chemical dyes to color textiles 2. Ac cordin g to the passage, what was the source o f most texti le dy es th at were used before the nineteent h c entury? A. Anim als. B. Minera ls. c. Plants. D. Chemi cals. 3. Wha t was the advantag e o f using m adder plants for diff erent shades of red? A. It w as p ossible to cul tivate madde r plants in almost every location. B. M adder plants produced bright er colors than ot her p lant so urces. c. Plant sources produced mo re lasting colo rs than other plant sources. D. Dyes derived from the madder plants were easier to work with than other dyes. 4. O ne d isadva ntage o f green d yes bef ore the nineteent h c entury w as ________ . A. Th e ye llow dyes we re e xpensiv e B. They lost th eir or iginal color c. The blue dy es involved lost their color D. The final color varied 5. The green areas in women tapestrie s deve loped a bluish tinge be ca us e_____ A. A dark er co lor, like blue, domina tes a light col or, like yel low B. Lig ht c hange d some of the green dye used in the ta pestri es to blue c. The yello w dye that w as used in the tap estries had faded D. The dyes used to co lor w oven tapestr ies we re m ade from minera ls 131

6. Red dyes came mostly f ro m ___________ . A. an imals B. plants and insects c. indigo D. mi nerals 7. How did chemic al dyes comp are to natural dyes? A. The chemica l dyes had less att ractive co lors. B. The chemi cal dyes were less eas y to use. c. The chemical dyes lost their brightness more quickly when exposed to light. D. The chemica l dyes held up be tter a fter w ashing. 8. The chemi cal dyes keep color becau se t hey are less pron e to _____________ . A. su nshine B. wind c. restricti on D. we ar 9. Acco rding to the passage, what problem led to the deve lopm ent of the new dyes after 1900? A. P reviou sly d evelo ped dyes did not wor k on new ty pes o f fibers B. Dy es d erived fr om petroleu m caused damage to new synth etic fibers c. New sy nthetic fi bers lost requ ired brighte r color s than natural fibers did. D. New fab rics easily lost the ir colo rs when washed. 10. W hat d oes the a uthor mean by “bloc k, roller, or sc reen” ? A. To give examp les of textile p rinting techni ques that are ba sed on dyei ng. B. To argue tha t all methods printin g pa tterns onto t extile s involve dyeing, c. To emphasize the variety o f special tools used the process o f dyeing textiles. D. To give e xamp les of textile p rinting techn iques .that do not in volve dyeing. PASSAGE B: MORE GOOD THAN EVIL? It is a comm only held bel ief that toda y’s teens are in trouble . They spend hours comm unica ting via social network sites instead of socia lizing in person and send countle ss text messa ges that are in a virtu ally unrec ogniz able langua ge. In a study analy zing tod ay’s youth in the digital world, renown ed scien tist, Susan Greenfie ld, laments: “We are raising a gener ation of children who are shallow , thrill- seekin g and in dang er of detac hing them selve s from real ity.” In spite of suc h pessim istic beliefs, recent resear ch seems to indicate that social netwo rk sites m ay not be as detri mental as som e may th ink. A cruci al point is that we need to maintai n a broa der perspe ctive. New tech nolo gies have always provoke d generat ional panic, which usually has more to do with adult fears than any real harm they may do. In the 1930s, parents worri ed that rad io w as taking over t he lives o f their childr en. In the 60s, the great dang er w as the televi sion and then in the 80s, the Sony Walkm an was claime d to be tur ning te ens into mindles s z ombies. In fact, social scien tists who study young people have found that techn ology and the digita l world can essen tially benefi t t oday's youth. It s eems that if teen s use a lot of social media , it has no negativ e effec t on thei r engag ing in face-toface conta ct. Actua lly, the evide nce suggests that the mos t avid texter s are also 132

the k ids most likely to sp end time with friends in person. One form of socializin g do esn 't replac e the other. It augm ents it. Then, as the young get olde r and are given more freedo m, they often ease up on social netwo rking. Early on, the web is the ir own persona l space, but by their late t eens, it is replace d as they acquire grea ter indepe ndenc e. But isn 't all this short-for m writing erodin g language skills? Studies of firstyear colle ge papers frorrj 1917 is show that this is not the case. The rates of gram mar and vocab ulary erro rs by these freshmen in their comp ositio ns were the same as in the ones written by thei r m odern counte rparts . There is one essential differ ence, howeve r. Student essays have blossom ed in size and complex ity. They are now six times longer and offer argume nts support ed by a wealth of eviden ce. Why? Because comp uters have vastly increased the ability o f stude nts to g ather res earch, consid er dif ferent points of view and write more analytic ally. If tr uth be told, the online world also offers kids remark able opport unitie s to become literate and creative because young people can now publish ideas not jus t to their c ircle of friends, but to the whole world. And it tu rns out that when they w rite for strange rs, it makes them w ork h arder, push them selve s f urther, and create powerful new commu nicativ e for ms. 1. Wha t is mean t by the phrase virtu ally unreco gnizab le in the f irst paragra ph? A. Tee nagers use foreign languag es when they speak or write. B. Teen agers are very cr eative when they co mmun icate with one a nother, c. Teen agers enjo y tak ing on a diff erent identity w hen they comm unicat e. D. The language used in text messages has been greatly altered. 2. Wh y is Susan Greenfi eld quoted in the first pa ragrap h? A. She has teena ge children who use com puters. B. She strong ly co ntradic ts wh at so ciety believes. c. Her research supports that teens are negatively affected by toda y’s technology. D. She believes mo re informa tion is needed to dr aw co nclusio ns. 3. Accor ding to Susan Greenf ield, what may be a conse quence , of t eens using techn ology ? A. Th ey m ay b ecome overly cynical about their lives. B. Th ey m ay not be connect ed to what is happe ning around them , c. They may not find pleasur e in excitin g act ivities. D. Th ey may not g row up into mature adults. 4. W hy d oes the a utho r use examp les from past decades? A. to prove that t echnol ogy has a lways been harmful B. to a rgue that n ew invention s alw ays s eem suspicio us c. to s how that teenag ers will never obey th eir p arents D. to prese nt a trend that is gettin g mo re d angero us 5. The auth or implies that a teen who u ses a cell phone freque ntly is ____ A. less a thletic B. a po or st udent c. highl y introve rted D. mor e s ociable 133

6. The word augme nts in the third paragrap h is closest in mea ning to______ A. su bstitu tes for B. adds to c. explain s D. decr eases 7. Wha t hap pens when teenag ers g et old er? A. Th ey d on 't n eed personal space anymore. B. Th eir s tudies bec ome more importa nt to t hem t han their social lives, c. The digital world become s increasi ngly import ant to them. D. Th ey do not p articip ate in social network s as much. 8. Wha t do es t he w ord counte rparts in the fourth p aragrap h refer to? A. co mpos itions B. firstyear college students c. gram mar and v ocabul ary errors D. langu age skills 9. Ho w do es a mod ern college fresh man ’s paper c ompare to one from 1917? A. It has almo st no linguistic errors. B. It has th e s ame a mount o f content. c. It has a le ss com plicated wr iting style. D. It is based on more information. ’ > 10. What is the auth or’s view o f social ne tworks? A. Th eir a ccess must be strict ly cont rolled by parents. B. Th ey pl ay a positive role in young peop le’s lives. c. They are detriment al to yo ung p eop le's rela tionships . D. The y hav e ev olved faster than most people realize. VI. GUIDE D CLOZED TEST(1 OPTS) PASSA GE 1

Read the passag e caref ully and choose the answ er (A, B, c or D) that best fits e ach space. It only requir es the completi on of the reconstru ction of th e human genetic map for a whole host of here ditary disease to b e ___________ (1). Original ly, it was foreca st th at the venture wou ld ta ke until the beginnin g o f the 2 1st c entury to b e ___________ (2). At present, it is clear that the task can be finished much earlier. Hundre ds of scholars have gone t o ___________ (3) to help unravel the myster y of the human genetic structure with an ardent hope for __________ (4) mankin d from disord ers such as cance r, cys tic fibrosis or arth ritis. The progres s in this incredibl e undertak ing is conditi oned by an accur ate interpr etation of the informati on contained in the chrom osome s formin g the trilli ons of the ce lls in the human body. Locating and chara cteriz ing every single gene may _________ (5) implaus ible an assignm ent, but very consi derabl e _________ (6) has already been made. What will you know my now is t hat the here ditar y code is assemb led in DNA, some of which may be diseased and ________ (7) to the uncont rollabl e transmis sion of the damag ed code from paren ts to t heir chi ldren? Whereas w ork at th e c omple tion of the hu man genom e may last for a few years more, notions like ge ne thera py or geneti c engin eerin g d o n 't _________ (8) much surpris e any longer. Thei r potenti al applica tion has alrea dy b ee n _________ (9) in the effectiv e struggl e again st many viruse s or in 134

the genetic treatm ent of blood disorders. The hopes are, then, that hundred s of maladie s that humani ty i s _________ (10) with at the present might eventu ally cease to exist in the no t too d istant future. D. disru pted c. eradicated 1. A. t ermina ted. B. interfered D. exter minate d c . dismantled 2. A. accomp lished B. discharged D. extre mes c . supreme 3. A. maximum B. utmost D. avert ing c . insulating 4. A. liberating B. surviving D. perce ive c. voice 5. A. sound B. hear D. head ship c . headway B. heading 6. A. headline D. condu cive c. evocative B. conceivabl e 7. A. am iable D. encou rage c. discharge B. institute 8. A. evoke D. corro borated c. accounted B. inquired 9. A. examined D. plagued c. persecuted B. teased 10. A. aggravated Pas sag e 2 Very f ew o f US would admit putting much trust in horoscop es and the fact th at the movement s of astronomical bodies _________ (1) to earthly occurre nces affecting peopl es' eve ryday lives. We all know about the zodiac signs which reflect the position of the sun, the moon and the planets at the moment of a man's birth and about the peculia r cha ract eris tics _________ (2) to them by as trologers. We say we will take these phenome na with a pinch of salt while we k ee p________ (3) our eyes over them in every tabloid we lay our hands on. Most frequently, we expect h oroscope s to predict the future, t o ____________ (4) our optimistic mood with a piece of comforting information or to _____________ (5) our ego by confirm ing the superlative features th at we tend to attribu te to our zodiacs. However, there's no scientific evidence t o ___________ (6) the assumptio n that human existence is so cl os el y__________ (7) with the parame ters of the celestial bodies. Our cur iosity in horosc opes may, th en ,_________ (8) o ur sheer fascination with the unexplained or the unpredictable as well as in the enticing insight into the fu ture tha t the hor oscopes offer, thus establishi ng the sense of our __________ (9) an extreme power ov er our own lives. An a dditional e xplanatio n is tha t humans tend to have a so ft ____________ (10) for any form of flattery , which is the fact to which astrologers and the horoscope writers seem to attach the gr eatest deal o f weight. B. correspond c. match 1. A. rely D. compa re 2. A. identified B. associated c. incorporated D. ascrib ed B. sending 3. A. run ning c . fixing D. put ting B. adjust 4. A. restore c . upgrade D. reas sure B. escalate 5. A. boost c . revitalize D. im prove B.co nce de 6. A. con clude c. corroborate D. confo und B. adhered 7. A. fused c. coalesced D. in tertwin ed 135

8. A. stem 9. A. d isposin g 10. A. pit

B. crop B. wield ing B. dot

c .r e a r c. effecti ng c .s p o t

D. dawn D. com mittin g D. nick

B. WRITT EN TEST (70 pts) I. OPEN C LOZE TEST (20 pts) Read the texts below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE WOR D for each space. PASSAGE A

INDOOR AI R P OLUTIO N The citize ns (0) .... ơ/. ..o ur major European countries think the (1 )................. of clim ate chang e such as severe floods and storms are alrea dy affec ting them, accor ding to a major n ew polling study.The research dispels the idea that global warm ing is wide ly seen as a future problem, and also shows strong suppo rt for action to tackle global warm ing, (2) ........................ subsid ies for clean energy and big financia l penalti es for nation s that refuse to be part of the internat ional climate deal signed in Paris in 2015 - (3 )............... US p resid ent Donald Trump has threat ened. There was also strong support fo r gi ving financia l (4) .................. to develo ping nations to cope with the impacts of climate chan ge.Re newa ble energ y was viewed very positiv ely in all nations, but frackin g had little support, with ju st 20% of people seeing it po sitively in the UK, 15% in Germ any and 9% in France. Nucl ear powe r was also unpopular: only 23% of those in France, (5 ).......................... it supplies the vast majority of electr icity, have a favoura ble opinion . Overw helmi ng majori ties of people in the UK, German y, France and Norw ay said climate change was at (6)........................ partly caused by human activit ies, such as b urning fossi l fuels. But on ly a thi rd thoug ht the vast majority of scientists agreed wi th th is, d espite about 97% o f climate scienti sts doing so.“ It is encou raging to see that most people in this very large study recog nise that climate change is happen ing, and that support for the need to tackle it remains high (7) .............................. the people we surveye d,” said Pro f Nic k Pidgeon at Car diff Universit y, who led the internatio nal project. He said the firm backin g of the public could be import ant in the light of Trump ’s oppo sition to climate action: “(8 )........................ the recent ly shifting politica l m ood in som e c ountries, climat e policy is now e nterin g a c ritical phase. It is theref ore even (9 ). ............... impor tant that the pub lic’s clear suppo rt for the Paris agre emen t is carried (10 ).................... by pol icyma kers Europe and w orldw ide.” PASSA GE B

THE TRIUN E BRAIN The first of our three brains to evolve is what scient ists call the reptilian cortex. This brain sustain s the elemen tary activi ties of animal (1 ).............such as respir ation, adeq uate rest and a beating heart. We are not (2 ).................. to consc iously “thi nk” abou t these activitie s. The reptilian cortex also houses the 136

“start le cent re” , a mechan ism that facilita tes swift (3 ).............. to unexpe cted occu rrenc es in our surroun dings. That panicked lurch you exper ience when a door slams shut somew here in the house, or the height ened awar eness you feel when a twig cracks in a nearby bush while out on an even ing stroll are both exam ples of the reptilian cortex at work. When it co mes to our interacti on with others , the reptili an brain offers up only the most basic impulses: aggress ion, mating, and territo rial defence. There is no great differen ce, in this (4 )........... . betwe en a croco dile defendi ng its spot along the river and a tu rf war between two urban gangs. (5 )........... the lizard may stake a claim to its ha bitat, it exe rts total indiffe rence toward the well-be ing of its young. Listen to the anguis hed squeal of a dolphi n separate d from its pod or witness the sight of elepha nts mourn ing their de ad, however, and it is clear tha t a n ew devel opme nt is at play. Scienti sts have identified this as the limbic cortex. Unique (6 ). ....... mamma ls, the limbic cortex impels creature s to nurture their offsprin g by (7) ........... feeling s o f tender ness and w armth to the parent when children ar e ne arby. These same sensat ions also cause mamma ls to develop various types of social relations and (8 )................ networks. When we are with others of “o ur kind ” - be it at socce r practic e, church, school or a nightclu b - we (9) ..................... positive sensat ions of toge therne ss, solidari ty and comfort. If we spend too long away from these networ ks, then loneliness (10 )........ . in and encou rages US to seek compa nionshi p. II. W ORD FORM ATIO N (20 pts) PART 1: Comp lete each senten ce, using the correc t form of the word in parent heses. 1. I'm not agains t_______ , but obviously we all want to avoid animal s sufferin g unnece ssarily . (SECTI ON) 2. The admin istrat ion announ ced that the Ư.S. would no longer produce ____________ landmine s or acquire new ones, including replaci ng expirin g munit ions in its s tockpile. (PERSON ) 3. And lastly, it provide d the authorit ies with an oppor tunity to dispos e of troub lesom e tru e believers or nei ghb orh ood __________ (CON TENT ) 4. She h opes t o _______ her suc cess as a model into an acting caree r. (LAY) 5. M oham med Zardah , 26, a sl im ,_______ man with an a cadem ic mien, studied com pute r eng ineeri ng in Dam ascus, he says. (SPEC TACL E) 6. H unge r and a _________ meal did not sit happi ly side by side. (SLAP) 7. The mach ine must b e ______________ , ex ecuting as fast as a mow er is ab le to cu t. (EXPE DITE) 8. ________________are medici nes th at l ower the chanc e o f blood clotting . (CO AGU LAT E) 9. With the great achiev emen t of U-23 Vietnam team, many interna tional news paper s w ro te __________ praising ou r heroe s. (COM E) 137

10. In the count rysid e, farmers try t o _______ their land with a view to keeping out th eir neigh bour s' cattle. (MAR KER) PART 2: Co mplete the passage with appropriate forms from the word s given 1 in the box. produce lum ina ire

utile extr act

repla ce temp orat e

inf ect orie nt

dep end resp ect

The natural uses of biolu minesc ence vary widely, and organ isms have learnt to be very creativ e with its u se. Fireflies emplo y biolu mines cence primari ly for (1) ....................m eans - their flashing patterns advert ise a firefly's readin ess to breed. Some fish use it as a ha ndy spotlig ht to help them locate prey. Others use it as a lure; the anglerfi sh, for exampl e, dangles a (2) ..................... flare that draws in gullibl e, small er fishes which get snapped up by the anglerf ish in an autom ated reflex. Sometime s, biolumin escence is used to resist predators. Vamp ire squids eject a thick cloud of glo wing liquid from the tip of its arms when threat ened, which can be (3) ..................Other species use a single, bright flash to (4) ................ blind their attacker, with an effect simil ar to that of an oncom ing car w hich has not dipped its headlights. Huma ns have captured and (5) ............. biolum inesce nce by deve loping , over the last decade, a technolo gy known as Biolum inescen ce Imaging (BLI). BLI involves the of a DNA protein from a biolum inesce nt organi sm, and then the integration of this protein into a laboratory animal through transge neticis m. Resear chers have been able to use luminised pathoge ns and cance r cell lines to track the (6) ........... spread of (7).............. and ca ncers. Through BLI, c ancers and infection s can be observed without intervening in a way that affects their (8) ....... ......... developm ent. In o ther words, while an ultra-se nsitive camera and biolum inesce nt proteins add a visual element, they do not disrup t or mutate the natural processes . As a result, when testing drugs a nd treatme nts, resear chers are permitted a single perspecti ve o f a therapy's progression . Once scientis ts learn how to engine er biolumin escence and keep it stable in large quantitie s, a number of other human uses for it will becom e available. Glowin g tre es have been proposed as ( 9) .............. for ele ctric lighting alon g bus y roads, for exampl e, which would reduce our dependen ce on (10 ).................. . energ y sou rces. III. ERR OR CORRE CTION (10 pts) The follow ing passage contain s 10 errors. Identify and c orrec t them. It is no t easy to have a rational discussion wit h people about the nature 1 of th eir language. They feel that the language belong s to them, and they are entitled to hold cut and dry opinio ns about it. And when opinio ns differ, emotions run high. Argum ents can easily stem from 138

minor points of usa ge as from major education policies. In English, the origin of many popular misconce ptions lies in the work of the linguists of the eighteenth century who first attempted to codify the English grammar. Unfortunately, they worked under the premise that English gramm ar is derived from Latin g ramma r and that the rules of the latter are to determine the former. It was this fundam entally misun dersta nding that resulted in the absurd but time-h onored 'neverend-a- sentenc e-with -a-prep osition ' type of rule that many people still cling to. These days, many people complain that the Internet is the source of much unforgivable distortion of English, and such the ease and speed of email communica tion engender s a lazy approach to writing. This is possibly a short-sighted view: perhaps we should be more broad-min ded and view such changes as potential enrichme nt other than corruption of the language. Perha ps those who argue it is only the latter are guilty of stick-in-th e-sand mentalit y which is often not confined to their own language, The American linguist Leonard Bloomfield tells the sto ry o f a docto r who was so firm in his v iew that the American language Chippewa had only fe w hundred words. When Bloomfield tried to dispute the point, the doctor had no thoughts of losing down. He turned away and refused to listen.

1. _______________ 4Ỵ_______________ 7 ._______________

2. • 5. _________ 8 ._______________

3 .__________ _ 6 ._______________ 9. _________ 10. ________ _

IV. S ENTEN CE TRANS FORMA TION (20PTS> For each of the sentence s belo w, write a new sen tence as simil ar as possible in meani ng to the original one, using the word given. 1. Goi ng to and fro with all the cases is what I can ’t stand abou t holidays. -> It’s al l............... .-............................ ................................................................. 2. Th e v illage shop is now being managed by a national superma rket cha in. —> A national superm arket ch ain has take n...... ................................................. 3. Th is d oor is an eme rgency exit and must neve r be locked f or any reason. —>O n ............................................... be locked because it is an e merge ncy exit. 4. Y olan da’s fa mily persuaded h er to ente r the co mpetition. —» Y oland a was talk ed.......................................................... the co mpetiti on by her fa mily. 5. So many peop le w ere really del ighted when the govern ment lost the election . (JUBI LATI ON)

139

6. The board had a secret me eting in order to d iscuss chang es in com pany policy. (DOO RS) . - > .................................................................................. ........................................ 7. Peter was in troub le with his boss becaus e he did n’t finish an importan t proje ct by the deadlin e. (HOT) - > .................................................................... ................................. ....................... 8. She told every one that she had been fired by the compan y. (SACK ) —> She let ................................................................................................................. 9. Sho uld there be a problem , c ontac t USat all costs. (LINE) —> In t h e ................................................................................................................. 10. A lthough t he mana ger is sluggis h, he is a smoo th speaker . (GIFT) —> Sl ug gi sh ............................................................................................................

TRƯỞNG THP T CHUYÊN THĂNG LONG - OÀ LẠT - LÂM ĐỒNG A. M U L T IP L E C H O IC E QUEST IONS

I. WOR D CHOI CE Choose the bes t an swer to com plete each o f the fol lowing sen tences . (5 pts) 1. H e wa s a bso lut ely ___ with anger wh en he found t hat I had scratche d his car. A. burn ed B. carmine c. fickle D. livid 2. He glance d at Juli et acc usingly and she loo ke d_____ abashed. A. su itably B. complet ely c. utterly D. abso lutely 3. E veryone wa s th er e_____ Linda. She was too s ick to co me. A. save B. take «■ c. make D. have 4. She did six h our s’______ studying a day for her exam. A solid B heavy c s trong D big 5. Are y ou having a _______ exam before you sit the a ctual exam in June? A. fake B. mock c. false D. dress 6 .1 wa s k ept a wake for mo st o f the night by th e ______o f a mosq uito in my ear. A. wh ine B. moan c. groan D. screech 7. He decide d to w ithdraw from the powerb oat rac e as he ha d a (n )___________ of danger. A. interim B. foreb oding c. dearth D. pre diction 8. It was dif ficult for the lecturer to _______ his voice to the back of the hall. A. sh out B. ra ise c. projec t D. deli ver 9. Many childre n who get into trouble in their early teens go on to become offender s. A. co nsist ent B. insis tent c. persis tent D. resi stent 10. He wou ld ne ve r_______ his pride and say that he wa s so rry. A. t aste B. swal low c. sip D. crunch 140

II. GR AMM AR & ST RUCT URES Choose the b est an swer to c omplet e each of the followin g sen tences . (5 pts) 1. “It is raini ng o utsid e" —“_________ ” A. So is it B. So it is D. Is it so? c . So it does 2. The y m ust ha ve gone a wa y, ______ D. di dn 't the y A. s hou ldn 't th ey B. ha ven’t they c. m ust n't they _______ the m eeting began. A. A fter we have sat down B. All o f us having taken the seats c . Our having seated D. Once we had seated with being so busy at work and at home, she b ecame increasing ly tired and bad-tem pered. c. Which D. Where A. H ow B. What _ he disem barked from the plane. The police took him into cust ody B. while A. as long as D. the instant c. the momen t when 6. _______ earning all that money i f you do n't have time to enjoy it? A. Is it to th e good B. W hat's the good of? c. Is it all to the good D. Is it for good? 7. “Was that the n ew school master who wa lked by?” - “_______ ” B. It must have been A. It m ust be that D. This must have been c. He mu st be a meeti ng to discuss the problem, 8. It is u rgent that the b os s____ c. to call D. calls A. called B. call ____ the truth about his cor poration. 9. It was at the press c onf ere nce ____ B. the di rector did tell A. did the d irecto r tell D. that the dir ector told c. where the d irecto r told 10. “ I t hink we o ught to see the rest o f the exhibition as q uickly as we can, _____. that it closes in hal f an hour.” D. knowi ng A. gran ted B. assumi ng c . given III. P REPO SITIO NS & PH RASAL VERBS Choose the best a nswer to com plete each o f the following sent ences. (5 pts) 1. D octors are o fte n________ to acci dents in rural area s. A. calle d up B. driven out c. called out D. rung up 2. I f you n ever put oil in your engine, one day it w ill ________ . A. fla ke out B. shut down c. go o ff D. seize up 3. To get his pr oposal accept ed, the Finance Manager had t o __________ heavy pressur e from c olleagu es. A. fend of f B. laugh off C. send off D. push off 4. The new regime determ ined to _____ compul sory militar y serv ice. A. stop o f B. end up c . phase out D. break o ff 5. Afte r a fall in profits , th e co mpany dec ide d_____ the hotel business. A. to pull out o f B. to bac k o ff from C. to take out o f D. to kee p aw ay from 141

6. S he’s ru ng _____ . I must hav e said some thing to upset her. A. up B. roun d c. back D. o ff 7. Our ciass mon itor had a brilli ant speech yeste rday altho ugh he sp o k e____ _ the cu ff then A. ab out B. with c. of f D. on 8. Cali gam bled away all his fath er’s legacy and finall y h e _____ his family _____ misery . A. p u t/ in B. th re w /in to c . made / in D. led / to 9. The you nge r sons con side r them selv es to have been ro bb ed ________ the ir righ tful inhe ritan ce. A. by B. wi th c. around D. o f 10. He 's some times bad tempered b ut h e’s a goo d f ell ow _____ heart. A. by B. at c. with D. in IV. COL LOC ATIO NS & IDIO MS Choo se the be st answ er to comp lete each of the followi ng s enten ces. (5 pts) 1.1 d on 't trust him and it really goes a gainst th e _______ to giv e him the money. A. clo ak B. grain c. rice D. grap evine 2. Did you see Jonath an this mornin g? He looked li k e_____ It must have been quite a part y last nigh t. ? A. a w et b lanke t B. a dead duck C. de ath w armed up D. a be ar with a sore head 3. In spite of working their fingers to the ___ , all the sta ff were made redunda nt. A. nail B. edge c. flesh D. bone 4. The general was convin ced that if his army could make the fi rs t________ strike, they w ould be abl e to win the battle. A. e nigma tic B. pre-e mptive c. showdo wn D. rud imen tary 5. Ro yce is unlik ely t o ________ any s urprises. A. s prings B. leaps c. sources D. trace s 6. Jud ging from the noise it is mak ing, the wa shing machi ne is on its l as t______ A. gra sp B. legs c. resort D. breath 7. As a poet, I t hink s he ________ compar ison with the g reatest this century. A. m akes B. stands c. leads D. matches 8. It ’s time we had a ________ talk w ith e ach other in an effort to c lear the air. A. h eart to heart B. eye to eye c. face to face D. cheek to cheek 9. I don't know what our guests will be wantin g to do this week end. We'll have t o ________ . A. pl ay it by e ar B. bend our ea rs a bout it c. be o ur on our ea r D. turn a d eaf ear to it 10. Oil spills w il l_______ even the healthi est o f marine ec osystem . A. pl ay havoc on B: brea k gro und with c. pay t he c onse quen ces for D. take their toll on 142

V. RE AD IN G CO M PR EH EN SI ON READI NG 1 Yo u ar e go in g to rea d an ex tra ct from a nov el. Fo r qu es tio ns 1-1 0, ch oo se the a ns w er (A , B, c or D ) w hi ch y ou thi nk fi ts bes t ac co rd in g to the tex t.

A folk cultu re is small, isolated, cohesiv e, conserv ative, nearly se lf s uffici ent group that is ho mo ge ne ou s in custom and race, with a strong family or clan struct ure and highly develop ed rituals. Order is mainta ined throug h sancti ons based in the religion or family, and interpersona l relati onshi ps are strong. Trad ition is param ount, and change comes infrequen tly and slowly. There is relat ively little divisio n of la bor into specializ ed duties. Rather, each person is expe cted to perform a great variety of tasks, though duties may diffe r betwee n the sexes. Most goods are handmad e, and a subsiste nce econo my prevai ls. Indivi dualism is weakl y develope d in folk cultures, as are social classes. Unalte red folk cultur es no longer exist in industrial ized count ries such as the United States and Canada. Perhaps the neares t modern equiv alent in AngloAmer ica is the Amish, a G erman American farming sect that lar ge ly re no un ce s the produ cts and labor saving devices of the industrial age. In Amish areas, horse- drawn buggies still serve as a local transpo rtation device, and the faithful are not permi tted to own automob iles. The Ami sh’s central religiou s conc ept of Demut, 'hu mi lity ', clearly reflects the we akness of individualism and social class so ty pical of folk culture s, and there is a corres pondin g strength of Amish group identiy. Rarely do the Amish marry outside their sect. The religion , a v ariety of the Menno nite faith, provide s the principal mechanism for m aintai ning order. By contra st, a popul ar culture is a large heterog eneous group, often highly indivi dualist ic and constan tly c hanging. Relatio nships tend to be imperso nal, and a prono unced division of labor exists, leading to the estab lishm ent of many specia lized profes sions. Secula r institutions , of co ntrol such as the police and army take the place of religi on and family in mainta ining order, and a moneybased econo my pr ev ai ls. Because of these contrasts, ‘ pop ular ’ may be viewe d as c lealy diffe rent from ‘ folk ’. The popula r is replacin g the folk in i ndustr ialized coun tries and in many develo ping nations, Folk-ma de object s give way to their popu lar equiv alent, usually becaus e the popula r item is mor e quick ly or cheap ly produ ced, is easi er o r time saving to use, or l ends m ore p restige to the o wner. 1. W hat does the passage ma inly d iscuss? A. T wo decad es in mode rn society. » B. The ch aract erist ics o f ‘fo lk ’ and ‘po pu la r’ societies. c. The influe nce of industrial technol ogy. ’ D. Th e s pecia lizati on of labor in Canada and the United States. 2. Th e word ‘ho m og en eo us ’ in the first p aragrap h is close st in mea ning t o ....... A. u niform B. genera l c. primi tive D. tra dition al 3. Wh ich o f the follo wing is typical of folk cult ures? A. T here is a m oney- based e conom y. 143

B. Co ntact with othe r cul tures is encou raged, c. Social chang e occur s slowly. D. E ach person deve lops one specia lized skill. 4. What does the auth or imply a bout the United States and Canad a? A. Th ey value folk c ultures . B. The y ha ve no so cial classes, c. They hav e popu lar culture s. D. They do not va lue indivi dualis m. 5. The phra se ‘la rg ely re no un ce s' in parag raph 1 is close st in me aning t o ....... A. l oudly decl ares B. grea tly m odifie s c. gene rally rejec ts D. often critici zes 6. What is the main source of order in Amish society? A. The r eligio n B. The econo my c. The clan struc ture D. The gover nmen t 7. Which o f the following statements about Amish beliefs does the passage support? A. A vari ery of religious pra ctices is to lerated. B. I ndivi duali sm and co mpeti tion are i mportant, c. Premo dern techn ology is p referred . D. P eople are defined accor ding to the ir class. 8. Whi ch of the follo wing would probab ly NO T be found in a fo lk cul ture? A. A carp ente r B. A farm er c. A ban ker D. A weav er 9. Th e w ord ‘p re va ils ’ in the second paragraph is closest in mea ning t o ........... A. de velops B. prov ides c. domina tes D. inv ests 10. W hich of the follow ing is NOT given as a rea son why folk-m ade object s are replac ed by ma ss-pro duced o bjects? A. qu ality B. pres tige c. cost D. con venien ce RE AD IN G 2

Re ad the fo llo wi ng pa ssa ge a nd ma rk t he let ter A , B, c , or D to in di ca te the co rr ec t an sw er fo r eac h o f t he qu est ion s

MORAL B EHAVI OR The dicti onary de fines morali ty as “ being in acc ord with stand ards of right or good cond uct.” The argum ent over wheth er our moral beha vior is innate of whet her it is de velop ed by ou r en viron ment and culture has be en raging for ages. Many people feel morali ty is based on reason, while others feel it comes from religio n or one ’s own spiritu ality. Biologists believe that hum ans ’ tende ncy to obey the Golden Rule- “Do unto o thers as you would have them do unto y ou”- is ạ pr oduc t o f evolution . ■ A) At first, moral behav ior seems to oppose the rules of Charle s Dar win 's theor y of survival of the fittest and natural selection. ■ B) Howev er, resear chers in the field of biolog y feel that as animals evolved to live in groups, the prop ensit y to look only after the gro up’s success as a w hole, every mem ber had to look only after one's own needs had to fade in o rder for a group menta lity to emerg e. ■ C ) To ensu re the grou p’s success as a whole , every mem ber had to look o ut for the interes ts of the ma jority, a co ncept known as utilita rianism . ■ D) 144

I his is a system of beliefs based on what does the greate st good for the greatest num ber of people. A re searc her named Jonatho n Haidt a t the University o f Virgin ia believe s that mora lity is driven by two separate mindsets -one ancien t and one modern . Dr. Haidt decla res that the human mind is unaware of the distin ction between the two. The anci ent mental system is based on the emotion behind moral behavio rs, which is a type of intuitiv e sense of what is righ t and wrong th at evolved before langua ge develo ped. These are the “gut reacti ons” people experi ence in tough situa tions that call for quick action. The more modern system of thoug ht came with the deve lopm ent of language, as people became able to express verbally why some thing was right or wrong. The two work toget her when we are put in moral ly comp romis ing situation s. When c onfronted w ith a moral dilemma , o ne’s intuition immed iately decide s what is right or wrong. Rational though t and jud gm ent a bout the moralit y o f an issue follow the decision that one ’s emotional reactio n alread y m ade. Dr. Haidt identified five areas of moral conduc t that are common in most count ries and systems throug hout the world, and he describ es these as the founda tion for all moral behavior. These moral compo nents concep tualize how people treat o thers and what is importan t in being part of a group. Regardless of their backgr ound, religion , socioec onomic status, or ed ucation al level, Dr. Haidt found that the majorit y of people hold to these moral concept s. The first moral conc ept is the prevent ion of harm. Generally, people believe that it is w rong to harm anot her human being or ani mal for cruel and needle ss reasons. The second moral conce pt is fairness, which holds that all people should be treated fairly. For in stance , people should treat the po or in the same mann er as t he w ealthy, and the weak the same as the strong. The third moral conce pt is loyalty to one ’s group. This en tai ls a strong devotion to the values of the group as a whole. People with strong loyalties believe that adheren ce to the laws of society is impo rtant becaus e it upholds the integrity of that society. The idea of loyalty is close ly interwo ven with the fourth moral foundatio n: respe ct for authorit y. People who value autho rity believe in the strength of a govern ing body and a strong hiera rchy with establi shed roles and rules. The fifth conce pt involves upho lding high standa rds of purity. Th is deals with the way that memb ers of a group view their bodies. The idea of purity comes into play in the stand ards of clea nline ss in society. Daily hygiene routines, eating food that has not been cont amin ated in some way, a nd burial rules and rituals fall into this categor y. Dr. Haid t's resear ch conclu des that these moral concep ts are inhere nt in our physic al make up and are learned behaviors, reinfor ced by our enviro nmen ts from a very early age. The five moral founda tions are interprete d differ ently from socie ty to society , and people rate them differe ntly in o rder o f im portanc e. While mora lity may take diffe rent forms across the many diffe rent cultur es of the world , it r emain s true that the basic task of moralit y, restrainin g selfish ness, is a par t o f all human ity's moral behavior. 145

1. Why does the autho r men tion t he Golden Rule in paragr aph 1? A. To contra st moral behavi or with immoral behavi or B. To prove that people generall y k now right from w rong c. To su ggest that evoluti on shaped morality D. To define the idea o f moral behavio r 2. Look at t he four squares (■) that indicate where the follow ing sentenc e could be add ed to the passage. In othe r word s, evolution appear s to favour indivi duals who have learned how to get w hat they need in ord er to survive. Where would the sentence bes t fit? A. 1st squ are B. 2 nd square c. 3rd squa re D. 4 th sq uare 3. Acc ordin g to the passage, morality develop ed because_____ ______ . A. peo ple learned to comm unicate us ing spo ken language B. peop le had to learn to survive in groups c. people were born wi th the ability to know right and wrong D. peo ple learned moral behavio r from their a ncestors 4. Which of the followi ng best expresse s the essential informa tion in the highli ghted sentence. Incorrect answer choices change the meanin g in impor tant w ays o r leave out essen tial information. A. The earlie r mindset based morality on an inborn, emotion al unders tandin g of what is p roper and acce ptable. B. Old-fa shioned ways of thinkin g based goodnes s on the way a person felt abou t a situ ation. c. Theor ies about ancient attitudes claimed language was not necess ary to determ ine moral behavior. D. Emoti ons governed the morality of pe ople in ancient times before they develo ped a way to commun icate. 5. Which of the followin g is NO T correct about the five mo ral c oncept s? A. Th ey typ ically deve lop in sequential order. B. They serve as the core o f all moral behaviors. c. They vary in imp ortance from co untry to country. D. They explain the various ideas that drive moral behavior, 6. Which of the follow ing can be inferred about Dr. Hai dt’s five areas of moral conduct ? A. They are disputed in various cultures. B. Aspec ts o f them ap pear in the laws o f many cou ntries. c. Many leaders would likely disa gree with t heir loyalty p rinciples. D. Th ey are based on i nnate human tendenc ies. 7. What can be inferred about humanity as a whole based on Dr. Hai dt’s moral concepts ? A. Mo rality is a univ ersal charact eristic that a pplies to the whole world. B. The natural world plays a major role in the de velopm ent of morality.

146

c . Moral ity is an instinctive characte ristic that h umans have from birth.

D. Pe ople from d ifferen t cul tures will not value the sam e p rinciple s. 8. Acc ordin g to the passage, mo ral ity _____________ . A. co nflict s wit h Darw in’s theory of natural selection B. goes again st the domina nt autho rity c . seeks to restrict human selfishness D. i ncludes generos ity as an im portant moral 9. The word en tai ls in the passage is closest in meaning to____________ A. fo llows B. produces c . causes D. in volves 10. The word Th is in paragraph 4 refers to____________ . A. a strong hierarchy B. the fifth concept c . a gove rning body D. uphold ing high standard s VI. CL OZ E TE ST S Choo se t he wo rds or phrase s that best fit the blanks to m ake a com plet e p assag e CL OZ E TE ST 1

The re’s ex tensive histo rical evidence that our anc estors may have witnessed a massive invasion of Unidentified Flying Objects (1 )_______ on the ir terr itories. These extrate rrestrial s are ( 2 )_________ to have come into ( 3 )__________with the ancient earthly populat ions and helped them erect numerou s magnific ient structure s or even es tablish glamoro us empire s. However, the present- day fascination with UFO was only (4 )_________ by the first widely ( 5 ) _________ American sighting in Idaho in 1947. Since that time, other countles s close encounters have been reported both by highly credible witnesses such as top-class pilots and less credible ones suc h as o rdinary civilians . Thousa nds of people around the world maintain having come close to the v isitors from outer space or to have been ( 6 )_________ for a scientific s tudy inside the ir flying saucers. Although most of these accounts have been (7) _________ as fantasy or hallucin ations, there ’s mounting criticism from the public an d media for ign oring the subject for too long. To many people, rejecting even the most inexplicable sighting s or UFO encounte rs as luminous artificial objects, natural phenomen a like auroras or even as meteorologic al baloons and satellite s seems to be an irrespon sible (8) _________ Most of US would prefer to believe that these extraterrestrial guests are arriving from some remote galaxies to establish a peaceful relationship and possibly give US a fair warning against the conseq uences of ou r wasteful lifestyles. Yet, the re’s another theory ( 9 ) _________ that the visi tors’ attitud e towa rds mankind isn’t so conciliato ry and that their sole aim might be the unscr upulo us annihilati on of the terrestrial populat ions. Doubtles s, flying saucer s still continue to be observed in many pla ces o f the worl d ( 10 )_________ the imagin ation of UFO maniacs. But, a large percent age of such sightin gs will remain beyond explanati on until more convinc ing evidenc e is supplied by the true e xperts. 147

1. A. s urpassi ng 2. A. re asoned 3. A. touch 4. A. dischar ged 5. A. pro claime d 6. A. abolish ed 7. A. sp eculate d 8. A. ap proach 9. A. c onsist ing 10. A. startling

B. appro ximatin g c. transgr essing c . denoted B. alleged B. grip c. face c. constitute d B. instiga ted c. comm unicate d B. notified c . absconde d B. abducte d c . repelled B. disposed B. bias c. encoun ter B. specif ying c. meaning B. trigger ing c . sparking

D. encr oachi ng D. inf erred D. sight D. devise d D. conv eyed D. abbr eviated D. dism issed D. man ner D. i mplying D. arisin g

CLOZE T EST 2

Theo dor Seuss Geisel, better known as ‘Dr. Se uss’, began writin g for child ren (1 .) _____ by c hance. During a long sea voyage in 1936, Seuss amused hims elf by ( 2 .) _____ toget her a nonsense poem to the rhythm of the sh ip's e ngine. Later he illustrated the rhyme and published it as And to think that I saw it on Mulb erry S treet. Many c ritics (3 .) _____ it as Se uss’ best work. A later book, McET ligot’s Pool, (4.) _____ the first appeara nce of Seuss' famous fantasy cha racters, and Horton Hatches the E gg intro duces an ( 5 .) _____ of mora lity. Seuss ’ reputatio n as a major child ren’s writer was sealed with the publicat ion of The Ca t in the Hat. This book uses easy-to -read words to tell the story of tw o children alone at home on a rainy day. A cat wearin g a tall hat arrives to entertain them, wrecki ng their house in the (6.) __________ . The enthus iastic (7.) _ ___ of this book delighted Seuss and led him to found Beginn er Books, a publishi ng company specializi ng in easy-to -read books for children . Some o f his books have been made into carto ons and one o f them, How the Grinch stole Christmas, was also made into an ingenious and (8.) , successfu l feature film sta rring Jim Carrey. At one point in his career, Seuss (9.) • gave up writ ing for children and (10.) ______ his talents to making docum entar y films. One of these attrac ted a gr eat deal of attention and won an A cadem y A ward. . c. e xtremely B. quite D. fairly 1. A. fully c . putting B. laying D. set ting 2. A. placing B. look upon c . look through D. lo ok towa rds 3. A. look beyond 4. A. indicates B. shows c. m eans D. mar ks B. ing redient D. item 5. A. am ount c. e lement B. method D. action 6. A. practice c. process D. admi ssion B. welcome 7. A. receptio n c. greeting D. widely B. intens ively 8. A. highly c . strongly D. pre sently B. mome ntarily c . tempor arily 9. A. shortly B. allocated D. devo ted 10. A. assigned c . donated 148

B. WRITTEN TEST I. OPEN CLOZ E T EST Fill in each blan k with ONE w ord to ma ke a comp lete passage TEST 1

THE KARA OKE CULTU RE We live in a cultu re that values participation over ability: the karaok e culture . In br oadc astin g, it seems we canno t e scape the vogue for ‘ access TV ’, ‘ peopl e show s' and "video dia ries ’. (1) _________ is our appar ent obses sion with docu men ting our own lives (2) ______ in the future, progra mmes will be replac ed by ca mer as in every room so that we ca n watch (3 )________ endle ssly on TV. In the coun tless shows that fill our daytim e schedul es, ( 4 ) ______audien ce has becom e th e star. Th e ( 5),_________ with thi s ‘ inclu sive’ c ulture is that it know s ( 6 ) _________ bounds. The public make program mes, the public partici pate in p rogra mmes , t he public become performers. Anybo dy (7 )_______ do it! But t here is a world of (8 )______ ■ enjoyi ng someth ing and jo ini ng in. if we all joi n in, (9 )_________ is the point of artists or expert s? If eve rythin g is access ible, (1 0 )_________ can be no mystery, no my stique. TEST 2

QUES T - THE N EXT BIG THIN G? How o ften do you go alon g to a gig a nd see (1)_________ new? Well, Quest's Friday night gig at the City Hall certainl y caugh t my (2)_________ . Having heard one or two tracks online, I was (3)_________ a group of about six music ians. Imagine my surp rise when jus t thr ee y oung men w alked on s tage. It was clea r tha t the band already have a small but (4)_______ followin g. A group of fans in front of the small stage were singing (5)________ _ to at least ha lf o f the songs. And it was easy to see why. Quest have a cleve r combin ation of catchy (6)._________ , an irresistible beat, and very m uch thei r ow n sound. All three of the band memb ers play with great energy and exper tise (7)_________ thei r age. The only downs ide was when it came to the encores. They (8)_________ up repea ting some of their material and giving US c over (9)_________ of early rock classic s. A b it d isapp ointing , but give the m time and I'm sure they'll be wr iting a lot more . I'm sur e we'll be hearing a lot more from Quest. Check them out e very Friday at the City Hall until the end of the month. It's well (10)_____ ’ it. II. W ORD F ORM S A. C omp lete the s enten ces w ith the co rrect forms of the given word 1. Do you know that excep tionall y successful entrep reneur s, such as Richard Brans on, used to be a cadem ically . by th eir peers when they were at sc hool ? (SHIN E) 149

2. Efforts have been made to recover di saster-s tricken a n d __________ areas of the c ountry, hope fading day by day. (WAR) 3. I think saying that all black people are lazy is a ve ry __________ remark, to be ho nest (RACE) 4. .In some countries , women can sue their husband for having _______ ■ affairs and op t for one-sided divo rce. (MARRY ) 5. New full-time students from lower income household s will be able to apply for a (n )__________ maintenan ce grant offered by the govern ment, but have to w ork in public sectors after they graduate. (PAY) 6. 1 don ’t think their marriage will last long. The y’re___________________ quarrel ling. (CONTIN UE) 7. Six-core process or is one of the m os t__________ techno logies yet invented to re volutio nise the way comp uters wo rk. (CUT) 8. It’s __________ when people won ’t believe things that they are obvious ly true. (FURY) 9. Globali zation is the ongoing process that deepens and broadens the relations hip an d__________ among c ountries. (DEPEND) 10. The board of directors pour scorn on th e __________ ’ derelicti on of duties, causing the company to suffer c atastroph ic quarte rly losses. (SEE) B. Fill in ea ch blank with the corre ct form of one s uitab le wor d f rom the l ist given

colony establis h

advantage pla nt

access sufficien t

evolve wild

settle isolate

The principal difference between urban growth in Europe and in the North American colonies was the slow ( 1 )_____ of cities in the former and their rapid growth in the latter. In Europe they grew over a period of centuries from town economies to their present urban structure. In North America, they started as (2 )___ communities and developed to mature urbanism in little more than a century. In the ea rly ( 3 )_____ days in North Amer ica, small cit ies sprang up along the Atlant ic Coastline, mostly in what are now New England and the Middle Atlant ic states in the USA and in the lower Saint Lawrence and France, partic ularly England, from which most ca pital goods (assets such as equipme nt) and many consu mer goo ds were imported. Merch andisin g (4 )_____ were, accordingly, (5 )______ located in port cities which goods could be readily distributed to interior (6 ) _____ . Here, too, were the favored locations for processing raw materials prior to export. Boston, Philad elphia , New York, Montreal, and, other cities flourishe d, and as the colon ies grew, these citi es increased in importance. This was less true in the colonial South, where life centered around large farms, known as ( 7 ) _____ , rather than around towns, as was the case in the areas furthe r north along the Atlantic coastline. The local ( 8 ) _____ and the 150

econ omic ( 9 ) _____ of the planta tions were antago nistic to the deve lopm ent of the towns. The planta tions maintain ed their indepe ndence becaus e they were located on naviga ble streams and each had a wh arf (10) _____ to the small shipp ing of that day. In fact, one of the stronge st factors in the select ion of planta tion land w as the desire to have it front on a wa ter highwa y III. ERR OR IDENT IFICA TION Ther e are 10 mist akes in this passage. Underli ne and corr ect them First comes the PC, then the internet and e-mail; now th e e-boo k is upon us, a hand- held device similarl y in size and appeara nce to a video cassette . The user simply rings up the website on their PC, selects the desired books, down loads them onto their e-book machine and sits down to read them. In turn a page, the user simply taps the screen. E-book technolo gy is evolvin g rapidly, and with some of the latest handhol ds you will even get internet access. But why would one want an e-book machine with preference to a book? Well, one sellin g point comp anies empha sized, when these devices hit the market a few years ago. which is the space they save when going on ho liday. E-books en lighten th e load, literally. Ten large novels can be put onto a device that weighs less than the averag e paperba ck. One can understa nd why comme rcial interests seem to want us to change . After all, the whole production process at first plan by au thor until delive ry to the printe r has been doing electro nically for a while now, so w hy not save a few million tre es and cut out the hard copy? 2 ._______________ 3 ._____________ _ 6 ._______________ 4 ._______________ 5 ._________ _ 9. _______________ 8 ._______________ 7 .______________ _ 10. IV. SENTE NCE TRAN SFOR MATI ON Rewri te each of the s entenc es wit h the given word or the g iven beginn ing so that the new se ntence has the same me aning as the previou s o ne 1. Pop stars are co rrupted by the adulation of their fans. It's the w a y ................................................. ......................................................... 2. What I unders tand from her wo rds is that it seems neithe r Col e n or L edley King will be going to Japan. R ea di ng ................................................................................................................... 3. The crash victim was beyond help wh en em ergenc y s ervice s reach her. WHA TSO EVE R T h er e............................................................... do on reachi ng t he crash victim . 4. Th e sta ff hated Frank’s new po licies intensely and so we nt on strike. S o .. ... .. .. . ....... ................ . .................................................. .............................. 5. The fourth time he asked her to marry him, she accepte d. Only o n .................................................................................................................. 151

6. He work ed very hard but he was unable to earn enough for his living. ENDS Hard-w orking 7. Com petitio n is fierce, but Frozen is a firm fa vourite to win the a ward for Best Anima tion of the year. LO OK S In t h e ................................................................. ..................................................... 8. Her latest novel isn't as good as he r prev ious one. PA R Her latest n o v el ...................................................................................................... 9. She was very angry when her son made changes to h er co mpu ter w ithout her permis sion. TA MP ER IN G Her s o n ....................................................................................................... stack. 10. She her self admitted to bein g ra ther selfish O n ....... ......................................................... ,................ . .....................................

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN TIỀN GIANG - TIỂN GIANG A. MU LTIPLE CHOICE I. WO RD C HO IC E 1. The hotel room w a s __________ furnished with only a bed, a wardro be and an an cient armchair . A. thin ly B. sparsely c . lightly D. sket chily 2. The main disadv antage to our house is that the only__________ to the garden is throug h a bedroo m. A. pass age B. doorwa y c . access D. comm unicati on 3. I've had my car examined three times now but no mechanic has been able to the pro blem. A. p inpoin t B. focus c . specify D. highl ight 4. Our hosts had prepared a________ _ meal with seven course s to celebrate our arr ival. A. gen erous B. profuse c . lavish D. spe ndthrift 5. Don't thank me for he lping in the garden. It was;____________ pleasure to be worki ng o ut o f doors. A. plain B. mere c . simple D. sheer 6. She had______ mind whi ch k ept her alert and well-inf ormed even in old age. A. an examin ing B. a dem anding c . an enqu iring D. a qu erying 7. The police decided to_____________ the departm ent store after they had received a bom b warni ng. A. aba ndon B. evacuat e c . evict D. expel 8. The comp any was declared bankrup t when it had_____ ____ more debts than it could hope to repay. A. i nflicted B. incu rred c . entailed D. evolved 152

9. After months o f bitter arguing the coup le had to a ccept th at the y were ______ . A. in congruo us B. incom patible c. disside nt D. disaffe cted 10. The BBC has __________ a young compo ser to w rite a piece of music for the Corpor ation's cent enary. A. ord ered B. consulted c. commissio ned D. decide d 11. STR UCTU RES AND GRAMM AR 1• Y o u .............wond erful! Is that a new perfume you're w earing? A. are smelling B. smell c. will smell D. have been smelling 2. It gets on my nerve s tha t way th at C ar ol ........... about he r job. A. fore ver boa sts B. is forever boasting c. never boasts D. is never boasting 3. W e .............to the new Harry Potter film on Saturday. If we can get ticke ts, would you like to come too? A. were going to go B. were th inking o f going c. had planned to go D. had been meaning to go 4. Given the ch ance, many childr en ............. TV unin terrupted ly for hours. A. are w atching B. will have watched c. will be watc hing D. will watch 5.................no cturnal creature(s). A. Owl is a B. An owl is a c. The owl is a D. The o wls are 6. The en gagem ent r ing he ga ve h er .............been, more beautiful . A. could n't hav e B. might have c. shouldn 't have D. must hav e 7. That w a s.party last night - I haven' t had so much fun fo ryears! A. any B. some c. one D. no 8. I w ould normal ly hav e been on that tr ain tha t was derailed yesterda y, but told me I shou ld take my car to work instead. A. anyth ing B. everythin g c. something D. nothin g 9. I wish y o u .............when I'm telling you something imp ortant. A. won' t int errupt B. wouldn 't inte rrupt c. didn't interrupt D. hadn't interrupted 10. Oh no! It looks like my r ucksack .... behind in the scra mble to get on the bus. A. has left B. has got left c . had left D. had been left III. PR EPOS ITION S AND PHRASAL VERBS 1. Since smoker s appear to be unable to act in a socially respon sible way by volun tarily re fra ini ng _____ smoking in public, it seems th ere must be a law. A. from B. into c. off D. behind 2. He's a little co nfused and a lit tle __________ balance, but he knows his routine and heads to his car. A. u nder B. again st c. off D. in 3. My cl ient accepts th e formal ap olo gy ________ prejudice to an y f urther legal action she m ay dec ide to take. A. wi thou t B. onto c. in D. for 153

4. If you get g oo ds _______ the cheap; you get them for a low pr ice, often from someone you know who works in the company or business that produces them. A. on B. for c. at D. within 5. A pay rise is n o t__________ the rea lms o f possibility, I'm afraid. A. behind B. under c. within D. again st 6. Although the ot he rs __________ him, and his lies, Kirk persists in keeping the pre tence going. A. see through B. turn up c. look back on D. come across 7. He failed to rec over from a leg injury a nd __________ on a trip to Barcelona A. missed out B. came up c. turned down D. made up 8. Next year we intend t o __________ several new products but at the moment we're still tes ting them. A. bring out B. cut back . c. take o ver D. go ahe ad 9. This he at has made m e__________ an itchy red rash. A. come out in B. take up c. tone up D. put on 10. When we di scussed how much our wedd ing was going to cost, it _________ over two thousand pounds! A. added up to B. moved on to c . sent away for D. went ahea d with IV. COLL OCATIO NS AND IDIOMS 1. Mr Simk ins is the big '■ in the company as he has just been promoted to the position of Managing Director. A. bread B. apple c. cheese D. meat 2. This is a good h air dye but the colou r gradually_________ after a few weeks. A. fades B. vanishes c. dis appears . D. pales 3. Breaking his leg dealt a _________ to his chance s o f becoming a profess ional footballer. A. thump B. strike c. hit D. blow 4. The judge's ruling_________ a wave o f protest campaig ns acro ss the country. A. provoked B. instigated c. launched D. commenc ed 5. Despite her poor exam results, Alice put a __________ face on the situati on. A. tough B. brave c. courageous D. bold 6. My grandm other was a lovely person who____pl easure from helping others. A. gathered B. derived c. deduced D. collected 7. For busy p eople in today's society, lifestyle ma nagemen t is g ain ing _______ . A. points B. speed c. ground D. terrain • 8. Once at the skating rink, Ivan was allowed to skate to his h ear t's__________ . A. hap piness B. content c. contentm ent D. deligh t 9. Benjamin Britten, the composer, is probably m os t__________ for his opera "Peter Grimes". A. famo us B. conspicuous c. remarkabl e D. distingui shed 154

10. He slamm ed my han d in the car d oor and, to add insult to__________ , didn't stop to apo logise. A. dam age B. harm c . injury D. in famy V. READ ING COM PREH ENSI ON READI NG 1

Printm aking is the generic term for a numb er o f proc esses, of which wood cut and engra ving are two prime examp les. Prints are made by pressi ng a sheet of pape r (o r o ther material ) agáinst an image-b earing surface to which ink has been applie d. When the paper is rem oved, the image ad heres to it, but in revers e. The wood cut had been used in China from the fifth century A.D . for ap plying patterns to textiles. The process was not introduced into Europe until the fourteenth century, first for textile decoration and then for printing on paper. Woodcuts are created by a relief process; first, the artist takes a block of wood, which has been sawed par allel to the grain, covers it with a w hite g round, and then draws the image in ink. The background is carved away, leaving the design area slightly raised. The woodbloc k is inked, and the ink adheres to the raised image. It is then transferred to damp paper eith er by hand or with a p rinting press. Engraving, which grew out of the g oldsmi th's art, originat ed in Ge rman y and northern Italy in the middle of the fifteenth century. It is an intaglio process (from Italian intagliar e, "to carve"). The image is incised into a highly polished metal plate, usually copper, with a cutting instrument , or burin. The artist inks the plate and wipes it clean so t hat some ink re mains in the incised grooves. An impression is made on damp pape r in a printing press, with suffici ent pressure being applied so that the paper picks up the ink. Both woodc ut and engravi ng have distinc tive charac teristic s. Engraving lends itsel f to subtle model ing and shading through the use of fine lines. Hatching and cross-h atching determ ine the degree of light and shade in a print. Woodcuts tend to be more linear, with sharper contrast s between light and dark. Printm aking is well suited to the production of multiple images. A set of multip les is called an edition. Both methods can yield several hundred goodquality prints before the original block or plate begins to show signs of we ar. Mass produc tion of prints in the sixteenth century made images avail able, at a lower cost, to a much broade r publi c than before. 1. What does the p assage mainly discuss? A. The o rigins of textile deco ration B. The chara cterist ics of good-q uality prints c. Two types o f printmaki ng D. Type s o f paper used in printm aking 2. The word "prime" in line 2 is close st in meanin g t o __________ . A. pri ncipal B. comp lex c. general D. rec ent 3. The autho r's purpos es in paragra ph 2 is to de sc rib e__________ . A. the woodc uts found in Chin a in the fifth century 155

B. the use o f woodcuts in the te xtile industry c. the process involved in creati ng a woodcu t D. the introduc tion of wood cuts to Europe 4. The word "incised" is close st in meani ng to__________ . A. burn ed B. cut c. framed D. bake d 5. The w ord "distinctive" is closes t in mean ing to_________ _ . A. uni que B. accu rate c. irregula r D. sim ilar 6. Accord ing to the passage, all of the followin g are true about engravin g EXCEP T that it ■ A. deve loped from the art of the goldsm iths B. requ ires that t he paper be cut with a burin c. originat ed in the fi fteenth century D. in volves carvin g into a metal plate 7. The w ord "yield" is closest in meanin g to__________ . A. im itate B. produc e c. revise D. cont rast 8. Accord ing to the passage, what do wood cut and engr aving have in comm on? A;T heir ;des igns are slightly raised. BLTÌtey^a&Hiève.contrast through hatching and cr oss-hat ching. GE.TFfe^ywere-flrst used in Europe. D. They allow multiple copies to be produced from one original. 9. Accord ing to the author, what made it possible for membe rs of the general public to own prints in the six teenth century? A. Prints could be made at low cost. B. The quality of paper and ink had improved. c. Many people became involved in the prin tmaking industry. D. Dec reased demand for prints kept pric es afford able. 10. A ccordi ng to the passage, all o f the follo wing are true about prints EXCEP T that t hey__________ . A. can be repr oduced on mater ials other than paper B. are c reated from a reversed image c. show va riation s betw een light and d ark shades D. require a p rinting press READING 2

Long before they can actually speak, babies pay special attenti on to the speech they hear around them. Within the first month of thei r lives, babies' response s to the sound of the huma n voice will be d ifferent from their res ponses to o ther sorts of auditory stimuli. They will stop crying when they hear a person talking, but not if they hear a bell or the sound of a rat tle. At first, the sounds that an infant notices might be only those words that receive the heavie st emphasis and that often occur at the ends of utterances . By the time they are six or seven weeks old, babies can detec t the differen ce between syllabl es pronoun ced with

156

risi ng and fal ling inf lec tion s. Very soo n, the se dif fer en ces in ad ult stre ss and int ona tion can inf lue nce bab ies' em otio nal sta tes and beh avi or. Lon g bef ore the y de ve lop act ual lan gu age com pre hen sio n, bab ies can sen se wh en an adu lt is play ful or ang ry, att em pti ng to init iate or term ina te new beh avi or, and so on. me rel y on the bas is o f cu es such as the rate, vol ume , and me lod y o f ad ult spe ech . Ad ult s ma ke it as eas y as they can for bab ies to pick up a lan gua ge by ex ag ge rat ing s uch cue s. One res ear che r obs erv ed bab ies and the ir mo the rs in six div ers e cu ltu res and foun d that, in al l six lang uag es, the mo the rs used sim pli fie d syn tax , sho rt utt era nce s and non sen se sou nds , and tra nsf orm ed cer tain sou nds into bab y talk . Ot he r inv esti gat ors have no te d tha t whe n mo the rs tal k to bab ies wh o are onl y a few m on ths o ld, the y exa gge rat e the pitc h, lou dne ss, and inte nsi ty of the ir wo rds . T he y also exa gge rat e the ir facia l exp res sio ns, hold vow els long er, and em ph as iz e cer tain w ords . Mo re sig nif ica nt for lang uage dev elo pm en t than the ir res po nse to gen eral int ona tion is ob ser va tio n tha t tiny bab ies can mak e rela tive ly fine dis tin cti ons bet we en spe ech sou nds . In o the r w ord s, bab ies ent er the wor ld with the abi lity to ma ke pre cis ely tho se per cep tua l dis cri mi nat ion s tha t are nec ess ary if the y are to acq uir e aur al lan gua ge. Ba bie s ob vio usl y der ive ple asu re from soun d inpu t, too: eve n as yo ung as nine mo nth s the y will listen to son gs or stor ies, alth oug h the wo rds the ms elv es are bey ond the ir und ers tan din g. For bab ies, lang uag e is a se ns ory -m oto r del igh t rat her th an the rou te to pro saic me ani ng tha t it of ten is f or adu lts. 1. Wh at doe s the pas sag e ma inly di scu ss? A. Ho w bab ies dif fer ent iate betw een the soun d o f th e hum an vo ice and oth er sou nds B. The dif fere nces be tween a baby's and an ad ult's abili ty to com preh end langua ge c. How bab ies perc eive and respon d to the human v oice in thei r earl iest stage s o f lan gu age d eve lop me nt D. Th e res pon se o f ba bie s to sou nds o the r th an the hum an voi ce 2. Wh y doe s the au tho r m enti on a b ell and a ratt le? A. To co ntr ast th e rea ctio ns o f ba bie s to hum an and non hu ma n sou nd s B. T o giv e ex am ple s o f sou nds th at will cau se a baby to cry c. To exp lain how b abi es dist ing uis h betw een dif fer en t n on hum an sou nds D. To giv e ex am ple s o f typ ical toys th at bab ies do not like 3. Wh y do es the au tho r men tion syl lab les pro no un ced with risi ng and fal lin g inf lec tio ns? A. To de mo ns tra te how di ffic ult it is for bab ies to inte rpr et em oti on s B. To illust rate that a six-w eek-o ld baby can alrea dy distin guish som e langu age dif fer en ce s c. To pro vid e an exa mp le o f way s a du lts spe ak to bab ies D. To giv e a rea son for bab ies' dif fic ult y in dis tin gu ish ing one ad ult from an ot he r 4. Th e wo rd "noted" in line 18 is c los est in m ean ing t o ___________ . A. the ori ze d B. r equ est ed c. dis agr eed D. o bse rve d 157

5. The word "They" refers t o __________ . A. m others B. inve stigato rs c. babies D. words 6. The passage mention s all o f the followin g as ways adults modify t heir speech when talking to babies EX CE PT __________ . A. giv ing all wor ds equal empha sis B. speak ing with shorte r sent ences c. speak ing more loudly th an normal D. using mean ingle ss sounds 7. The word "emphasize" is closest in meanin g t o __________ . A. str ess B. repea t c. explain D. leave out 8. Which of the followin g can be inferred about the Endin gs describ ed in parag raph 2? A. B abies who are exposed to more than on e language can speak earli er than babies expos ed to a single language. B. Mo thers from differe nt cul tures speak to their babies in simil ar ways, c. Babies ignore facial expressi ons in compreh ending aural language. D. The mother s observed by the research ers were consc iously teach ing their babies to speak. 9. What point does the author make to illustrate that babies are born with the ability to acquire language? A. B abies begin to understand wo rds in songs. B. Babi es ex aggerat e th eir own sounds and expr essions, c. Babies are mo re sen sitive to sound s than are adults. D. Bab ies notice eve n m inor di fferences between speech sounds. 10. Accordi ng to the author, why do babies listen to songs and stories, even though they c annot unders tand them? A. Th ey u nderstand the rhythm. B. They enjoy the soun d. c. They can re memb er them easily. D. They focus on the m eaning of their parents ' words. VI. CLOZE TE ST CLOZE TEST 1

THE T RUTH BEHIND A SMILE People smile a great deal, and we seem to know instinc tively that some smiles are more genuine thán o thers. But is ther e any scienti fic (1 )__________ for this? Recen t re search suggests that a mechanism in the brain ca n help US ( 2 )________ whe ther a smile is really heartf elt - or whe ther it is jus t being (3 )__________ on for sh ow. Acco rding to variou s long-held traditions , a genuin e smile involves the eyes as well as the m outh. In the nineteenth ce ntury, a French anato mist (4 )________ to prove this. He used electro des to stimulate the facial muscl es of vol unteer s, (5 )____________ creating false smiles. He found that real smiles were always

158

( 6 ) _ ________ with the contractio n of a muscle around the eye, but that his artifici ally induced ones were not. During more recent research, volunteer s were shown a varie ty of human facial (7 )________ and t heir re actions to these were monitore d. When they were shown a happy face, 35% of the voluntee rs immediat ely started looking at the eye area, checki ng for tell -tale crinkles that would (8) _ _________that the smile was genuine ; but whe n shown a sad or neutral face, t hey did not. So w hy did the human brain evolve to dist inguish between real and false smiles? It could be t hat this ability to ( 9 ) __________ a quick assessm ent of a smile has an impor tant role to play in successf ul communi cation. A genuine smile (1 0) __________ as a gesture of c onciliatio n in conflict, and it’s important to know whet her we are really being offered a truce or not. D. fact 1. A. sign c. root B. basis D. recog nize 2. A. reco llect c. adm it B.a cce pt D. stuck 3. A. put c. created B. brought D. carried o ut c . went off 4. A. got do wn B. set out D. none theless c . however 5. A. despite B. thereby D. accom panied c . join ed B. mixed 6. A. associ ated 7. A. exhib itions B. resemblan ces c. appearanc es D. expre ssions D. approve 8. A. assure B. confirm c . jus tify 9. A. make c. do D. hold B. earn 10. A. ai ms B.s erve s c . portrays D. applies CLOZE TEST 2

HOW TO C ONCEN TRATE Concentr ation is good in ex ams, bad in orange ju ice. Concentra tion happen s when you manage to focus on one t hing to the (1)_J_________o f all others, andconcentr ating on th at one t hing (2)__________ you to stop w orrying about a lot of other things. Sometimes, of course, your mind concentr ates when you do n't want it to. Maybe you ca n't get something out of your head, such as a problem you have to (3)__________ up to, or an embarrass ing situation you ’ve been in. Th at's w hy c ollectin g thi ngs as a hobby is popular; it (4)__________ your mind off other things, indeed, some people seem to prefer looking after and catalogu ing their collections to actually doing anything with them, becaus e this is when the (5)__________ , single-minded concentrat ion happens. The natural span fo r conc entration is 45 minutes. Tha t’s why ha lf an hour for a televis ion programm e see ms too short whils t an ho ur seems too long. But m anv peop le’s lives are (6)_________ of concent ration. Modern culture is serve d up in small, (7)__________ digestible chunks that require only a sh ort ( 8)___________ span - a lthough young people can concentrate on comp uter games for days at a (9) • Sticking out the tongue can aid concentrat ion. This is becau se you ca n't (10)__________ you rself with talking at the same time and other people wo n’t dare to in terrupt y our thou ghts, because you look like an idiot! 159

1. A. rem oval 2. A. lets 3. A. face 4. A. bri ngs 5. A. arre sting 6. A. abs ent 7. A. gen tly 8. A. atten tion 9. A. length 10. A. sidestep

B. exclusi on B. means B. confr ont B. puts B. gripp ing B. devoid B. plainly B. appli cation B. stroke B. distra ct

c. omission c. makes c. tackle c . holds c . absorb ing c. lacking c . surely c. consid eration c . time c. sidetrac k

D. reject ion D. allow s D. mee t D. takes D. ent hrallin g D. defi cient D. eas ily D. cont empla tion D. sequ ence D. dist urb

B. WRITTEN TEST I. OPEN CLOZ E TEST (20 PTS): CLOZE T EST 1

AN E QUAL SHAR E OF HOUSE WORK MAKES A HAP PY RELAT IONSH IP A recen t study shows that an unequal share of ho usehold chores is still the norm in many house holds, despite the fact that many more women now have job s. In a survey of 1,256 people (1)__________ between 18 and 65, men said they contr ibute d an average of 37 per cent of t he total housew ork, while the wome n estim ated their share to be nearly double that, at 70 per cent. This ratio was not ( 2)__ _ ______ by whet her th e wom an w as wo rking or not. When they were asked what they thought was a (3)__________ division of labour, women with j obs felt that housew ork should be shared equally between male and female partners. Women who did not work outside the home were satisfied to perform 80 per cent - the (4)__________ of the househ old work - if their husban ds did the remainder. Research has shown that, if levels increase (5)__________ these percent ages, women become unhapp y and anxious , and feel th ey are unimpo rtant. After marri age, a woman is reported to increase her househ old worklo ad by 14 hours per week, but for men the (6)______ is jus t 90 minute s. So the division of labour becom es unbalan ced, as the man's share increases (7)__________ less than the woman 's. It is the inequality and (8)______ ' of respect , not the actual numbe r of hours, which leads to anxiety and depress ion. The research (9)__________ housew ork as thankle ss and unfulfillin g. Activ ities included in the study were cooking , cleaning , shopping, doing laundry, washin g-up and childca re. Women who have jobs report that they feel overw orked by these chores in (10)__________ to their professi onal duties. In contras t, full-time home make rs frequentl y anticip ate going back to work when the childre n grow up. Distress f or this group is caused by los ing the teamw ork in the marriage. CLOZE TEST 2

Chew ing gum, until now considere d the ultim ate jun k food and the national dish of the gormless, turns out to have a positive effect on cognitive performance. In the first intellect ual victory far supporte rs' of progre ssive educa tion in many years, it see ms that the teache r t elling the child at the back of the class to 'spit it 160

out' has (1)_________ it all wron g; The Human Cog nitive N euro-Sc ience Unit at the University of Northumb ria has tested the thi nking and memory of those who chew gum. The results show that gum-chewer s (2)__________ far better in cognitive tests than those who did not partake. This new information makes many things clear that were (3)__________ shrouded in mystery. It was said of Gerald Ford that he could not walk and che w gum at the same time. That he proved so bad at walking and was constantl y falling over w as seen as a (4)__________ that he was not up to the job . N ow it is appare nt that faced with the choice between walking and masticating he picked wisely. Even though he fell down the steps of many aircraft, his performanc e When he reach ed the ground was (5)__________ enhanced. Certain mysteries of literature and. language are (6)__________ up, too. Shakespeare has Brutus tell Cassius to “chew on this” when he wants him to think about something. Chew on what? Now all is clear. Difficult problems which (7)_________ cogitation are confusingl y called “ sticky”. Be confused no longer. The beneficial effects of gum may (8)___________ as a surprise to some, but chewers themselve s, being intellectually superior to everyone else, of course, have been (9)___________ of gum's advantages for years. Sadly, some politicians want to tax gum to pay for the (10)_ _________ of scraping discarded pieces from the street. It can confidently be predicted that such small-min dedness among non-chewers will leave the mouths of gum consumers everyw here gop ing open. II. WO RD FO RM S (20 PTS ) WORD FORM 1

1. These shoes are very nice, but they're te rrib ly__________ (PR ICE ). 2. T he __ (OU T) appearance of the building has not changed at all in 200 years. 3. Sadly, s ome ec onomists think that full employment in Europe is a n ________ (A TT AI N) go al . . 4. The stat e mus t ensure the independence an d__ (PA RT ) of the justice system. 5. Sales o f_______ _ (CO OK ) meals have risen sharply over the past few years. 6. He refused to say anything on the grounds that he might __________ (C RI M E) himself. 7. The recent factory closures and job losses are just a __________ (T AS TE ) of the re cession that is to come. 8. Most of the errors were corrected at t h e ___________ (RE AD ) stage before the cop ies are finally printed. 9. You can accuse me of __________ (CO WA RD ), but 1 still wouldn' t volunte er to fight in a war. 10. When we re-examin ed the regulations, we realised that we h a d __________ (IN TE RP RE T) them. 161

WORD FORM 2

suffice pow er

termin ate nature

fo ot resourc e

signif o subm it

evolv e cons ciou s

Man kind 's intuition of freedom, and our identific ation of freedom with knowled ge, sets US apa rt fro m an imals. The a nim al's gra sp o f freedom is (1)____ in compa rison, being only the freedom to respond to external stimuli. The nearest creature to US on the (2)__________ tree of life, the chimp anzee, cannot retain an image for a (3)____ length o f time to be able to reflect on it. So animal life is largely a matte r of conditione d reflexes, perform ed in an (4)__________ present; in short, animals are little more than m achines with (5)__________ . While the animal is carried along (6)_______ on the stream of time, mankind has ce rtain capacit ies that (7)__________ US to resist the curren t o r look into the future. Our (8)__________ invention of language was the first step towards this ‘conquest of tim e’. Language ‘fixes’ experien ces, and places the experi ence of the past on an equal (9)_______ with t hat of the presen t. Imagina tion was bound to follow, as a (10)_________ progression from ‘labell ing’ a past experi ence to conjurin g up its mental image. III. ERR OR IDENT IFICA TION ECO-TOURĨ SM Snacking on green ants is not every one’s idea of the most deliciou s holiday indulgently, but on a recent walk through the Daintree rainforest in Queens land, Australia, Aboriginal guide Kirsty Norri s assured a group of unc ertain guest that the traditional food source of he r KukuYa lanji 5 tribe was worth a try. She might have been right - but lucky for the native ants and the tourists, rain came streamin g down through the canopy, sending any po ssible food scurry ing for cover. Conne cted with nature isn’t a comp ulsor y part of a stay at an enviro nmen tal friendly resort, but at the Daintree Eco Lodge, where treeJO house villas are set on stilts above the compound ’s waterfall-fed creek, many people find themselves done a bit of communing while they relax. Although ecotouris m is increasing on popularit y, record ing heady growth worldw ide, it is still difficult to define. For some traveller s, ecotouris m means eavesdrop ping on nature from the comfo rt of a plush 15 bed with a magn ificent view. To others, it's about doing witho ut hot showers and tr ekking acro ss w ildernes ses. However , industrial watch ers say the category’s basic tenet is minimal environmental impact combination with some c ontribu tion to educa tion and con servation . 1._______________ 2 ._______________ 3 ._______________ 4. _______________ 5 ._______________ 6 ._______________ 7 ._______________ 8 .________________ 9. _______________ 10. ______________ Line 1

162

IV. SE NTEN CE TRAN SFORM ATION (20 PTS) 1. Absolute se crecy w as cruc ial to the success of the mission. —> W ith ou t________________________________________________ _ 2. The two side s nev er looked likely to reach an agreement. —> At no time w as ___________________________________ 3. He is a complet e hyp ocrite; in public he condemns smokers, yet he smokes a packet a day himself. —>S o ______________________________________________ _______ 4. Ruth n ever asks anyone for a loan as she do esn 't like to admi t she has financial problems. —> Ruth is ________________________________________________ _ 5. He loses his te mper at all things, even the slightest one. —» He fl ie s________________________________________________ _ 6. Initially, losing one's jo b can seem awful; a fterwards it can work out w ell, for some pe ople. BLESSING —» Losing on e's job has p rov ed ________________________________ 7. He's a p leasant man socially, but he's a tough bu sinessman. BARGAIN -> He's a p leasant m an _______________________________________ 8. As a cha mpion swimmer, she will nev er be be tter than she is now. PRIME - > _______________________________________________________ 9. A summary' cannot bring out the high quality of this book. JUSTICE —»____ _________________________________ 10. The inspector showed US four potential health hazards. DREW - > _______________________________________________________

TRƯỜNG THPT GIA ĐỊNH - TP. HQ CHÍ MINH A. M UL TI PL E CH OI CE (4 0 P T S )

I. PHO NOLO GY (5PTS) Choos e the word who se underlined part is pro nounce d d ifferen tly fro m the othe rs.

1. A. cha uffeur 2. A. hypoc rite 3. A. um pire 4. A. pizza 5. A. lounge

B. chic B. expertise B. u ltramarine B. buzzard B. mound

c . chore c . trịchologist c . trumpet C. muzzle C. foul

D. Michigan D. c lick D. fumigate D. fuzzy D. gourd

Ch oos e the w ord w hic h is s tre ssed dif fer ent ly from the oth er thr ee.

6. A. ridic ule 7. A. leg itimate 8. A. hotel 9. A. Abo rigine 10. A. vigilance

B. politics B. compar ison B. caffeine B. enthusiasm B. manifest

C. C. C. C. C.

dogwhistle D. che erio arithmetic D. e nginee ring wholesale D. be reaved simultaneo us D. parac etamol magenta D. in terview 163

11. WO RD CHO ICE (5 PTS): Choose the best o ption s to com plete the follow ing s enten ces. 11.1 could he ar __________ of the conv ersatio n from across the room . A. sh reds B. pieces c. patche s D. sna tches 12. Th ey to ok c as h __________ the c ar pre vious ly o ffered as a prize. A. in place o f B. on a ccou nt o f c. with regard to D. in lieu o f 13. A fter th e conce rt, everyo ne had t o _________ home through t he t hick snow. A. trudg e B. tread c. trace D. trick le 14.1 wish he w ou ldn 't ma ke such u nkind an d __________ remarks. A. lap se B. dispa ragin g c. incons olable D. rough 15. The little girls w er e______ . brightly color ed hoops aroun d their waists. A. tw irling B. curling c. swirling D. hurl ing 16. As the Presid ent w as ab sent, I was as ked to __________ the meeting. A. off iciate B. govern c. chair D. reg ulate 17. In th e __________ of security, personnel must wear t heir identity badges at all time s. A. re quire ment B. interests c. deman ds D. assis tance 18. Me g had a __________ escape when she was hang- gliding yest erday. A. nar row B. close c. near D. sle nder 19. The docto r thought he had got over the worst, but his condit ion sudden ly A. det eriorat ed B. disman tled c. dissolved D. disin tegrate d 20. He had a momen tary __ ________ of concentratio n and before he knew it the car had spun out o f control. A. lap se B. mistake c. slip D. erro r III. G RAM MAR AND STRUCT URES (5PTS): Choose th e b est opt ions to comp lete the follo wing senten ces. 21. The Second World War was so ter rible, _ ________ time a large numbe r o f familie s we re separated. A. du ring the B. d uring which c. at the D. on whi ch 22. They turned down the proposal ____________ that it did n't fulfill their require ment. A. by reason B. on the grounds c. as a ca use D. allow ing 23. We are prepared to overloo k the error on this oc ca si on __________ your previou s good w ork. A. in the light o f B. thanks to c. with a view to D. with regard to 24. We sh ould le av e__________ 8.30. A. an y later than B. much later than c. no l ater than D. not later than 25. There was the most fan tas tic__________ during the openi ng ce remony. A. di splay o f firewo rks B. firew ork d isplay c . fire wor k’s disp lay D. displa yed firewo rk 164

26. “ I bought you some flowers .” -“T hey 're beautiful, but y ou __________ A. ne ed n't B. sho uld n't have c. mu stn 't have D. di dn 't have 27. __________ a small creature that d efends itsel f with lobster- like claws and a poisono us sting. A. Sc orpions are B. Many a scorp ion is c. A sco rpion, which is D. T he sc orpion is 28. She insisted that the rep ort er__________ her as his source of information. A. not to mention B. not m ention c. do n't mention D. not mentio ning 29. The accou ntant broke the law, so it would be irresponsible of the firm A. i f they w on 't fire him B. not to fire him c. that t hey not fire him D. for not firing him 30.__________ that took American art ou t o f the rom anticism of the m id-1 800’s and ca rried it to the most powerfu l h eights of realism. A. W inslow Hom ers' paintings B. It was Winslow Hom ers’ pain tings c. When Winslow Home rs' paintings D. Paintings of Win slow Home rs' IV. P HRAS AL VERBS AND P REPOS ITIONS (5 PTS) 31. When he 's depresse d, he needs someone like a good friend t o __________ . A. ham mer on B. pour out c. dump on D. drum out 32. Her success can b e __________ a combinat ion o f luck, in telligenc e and sheer hard wo rk. A. ranked among B. put toge ther c. put down on D. lived up to 33. When th e Chairman ran o ff with his secretary, the Board t ried t o _________ the mat ter. A. switch o ff B. hush up c. calm d own D. tuck away 34. The library is __________ people who lose their books. A. crack ing dow n on B. steppin g up c. going down with D. coming up again st 35. The word “chaos ” h as __________ a special scientific meaning. A. i ncluded in B. taken on c. held o f D. gasped up 36. When the fu nds finally _ _________t hey had to abando n the scheme. A. faded away B. clamped down c . petered out D. fobbed off 37. T he Press thoug ht the football manager would be de pressed by his dismissal but he ju s t__________ . A. ran it down B. called it off c. turned it down D. laugh ed it of f 38. She accid entally droppe d her r in g__________ a drain in the roa d. A. into B. in c . down D. on 39. D on’t be too hard on yourself. Ju st __________ it up to experie nce and d on’t do it agai n. A. talk B. chalk c. stalk D. set 40. The murder er d id _______ all o f his victims by poiso ning th em with cyanide. A. away with B. with c . for D. with out 165

V. G UIDED CLOZE 1 (5PTS): Read the te xt b elow and decid e whic h answe r b est fits each space. FRIDAY TH E T HIRTE ENTH Police are huntin g for a hit-and -run driver who knocke d a te enage cyclis t off her bike in East Street. Sarah Tucker, 17, had a lucky escape on Friday, 13th May, when she w as se nt reeling by a b lack Volvo on he r way home from work. She br uised her thig h and s hould er and her bic ycle was (4 1) __________ The driver stoppe d for a mom ent but then drove off without ( 42 )__________ a name or a ddress and before Sarah could get hi s n umber. “ I tried to get out of his way, but I cou ldn 't,” she said.” Everyone at w ork kept going on abou t it be ing Friday 13th. I’m not a bit (4 3 )_____________ and wou ldn’t change any of my plans jus t becau se Friday 13th is supposed to be unlucky, I don ’t usually take, any (4 4) _________ of that sort o f thing b ut I will now. I think I’ll stay in bed.” The accid ent (4 5 )__________ at the j unct ion with Westwo od Road at about 6.30pm as Sa rah w as mak ing her ( 46 )__________ home to the Harley Estat e. The Volvo pulled out of Westwood onto Henley Road in front of the teen age r's bicycle. “He c ould at (47) __ ________ have h elped her up. I d on 't see why he should get away with it,” said her father, Derek, “Sarah was lucky. I don ’t kn ow why the driver didn ’t see her. He can ’t have been (4 8 )__________ attention. It is unfortu nate that nobody took down the numb er.” Though still too (4 9) __________ to ride a bike, Sarah was able to go b ack to (5 0) ___________in Marlow on Monday. 41. A. damaged B. harmed c . devastate d D. cras hed 42. A. noting B. presen ting c. leaving D. sugg esting 43. A. irrational B. superst itious c. unreaso nable D. prejudices 44. A. notice B. consid eration c. note D. care 45. A. came about B.t urn ed up c. finished up D. took plac e 46. A. route B. way c. course D. path 47. A. once B. most c. least D. best 48. A. giving B. paying D. prov iding c. attracti ng 49. A. discou raged B. confuse d c. overcom e D.s hak en 50. A. w ork B. job c. post D. empl oym ent VI. GU IDED CLOZE 2 (5PTS): Read the text below and decide which answe r bes t fits each space. THE T RUTH BEHIND A SMI LE People smile a grea t deal, and we seem to k now instinc tively that some smiles are more genuin e than others. But is there an y s cientifi c (5 1 )________ for th is? Recent research suggests that a mechanis m in the brain can help us ( 52 )_______ wheth er a smile is real ly heartfe lt - or wheth er it is jus t being (5 3 )_________ _ on for show. (54) __________ to various long-held tradition s, a genuin e smile involves the eyes as well as the mouth. In the nineteen th century , a French anato mist 166

(5 5) _ _______ to prove this. He used electrodes to stim ulate the facial muscles of volunte ers, (5 6 )__________ creating false smiles. He found that real smiles were a lways (5 7) __________ with the contraction of muscle around the eye, but that his artific ially induced o nes were not. During more recent research, volunteers were shown a variety of human facial express ions and the reactions to these were monitored. When they were shown a happy face, 35% of the volunteers immediately started looking at the eye area, checki ng for tell-tale crinkles that would (5 8 )__________ that the smile was genuine, but when shown a sad or neutral face, they did not. So why did the human brain evolve to (5 9) __________ between real and false smiles? It could be that this ability to (6 0)__________ a qui ck assessmen t of a s mile has an important role to play in successful communication. A genuine smile serves as a g esture of conciliatio n in conflict, and it’s important to know whe ther we are really bein g offered a truce or not. 51. A. sign D. fact B. basis c. ro o t D. re cognise 52. A. rec ollect B. accept c. admit D. stuck 53. A. put B. brought c. created D. According B. Considering 54. A. P roviding c. Relating D. carried out B. set out c. wen t off 55. A. got down D. nonetheless c. howe ver 56. A. despite B. thereby D. accompani ed B. mixed c. joined 57. A. associa ted D. approve c. justify 58. A. assure B. confirm D. reckon c. distinguish B. tell 59. A. decide D. hold B. earn c. do 60. A. make VII. READ ING PASSAGE 1 (5PTS): Read the text below and choose the best answer to each question. Excer pted fro m What Video Games Hav e to Teach US about Learnin g and , Literac y by James P aul Gee When people learn to play video games, they are learning a new literacy. Of course, this is not the way the word "literacy" is normally used. Traditionall y, people think of lite racy as the ability to read and write. Why, then, should we think o f literacy more broadly, in regard to video games or anything else, f or that matter? There are two reasons. First, in the modern world, language is not the only important communicational system. Today images, symbols, graphs, diagrams, artifacts, and many other visual symbols are particular ly significant. Thus, the idea of dif ferent types of "visual literacy" would seem to be an important one. F or exa mple, being able to "read" the images in advertisin g is one type of visual literacy. And, of course, there are differen t ways to read such images, ways that are more or less align ed with the intentions and interests o f the advertise rs. Knowing how to read interior designs in homes, modernist art in museums, and videos on MTV are other forms of visual literacy. 167

Furthermo re, very often today words and images of variou s sorts are juxtaposed and integrated in a variety of ways. In n ewspa per and magazin es as well as in textbo oks, images take up more and more of the space alongside words. In fact, in many mo dern high school and co llege textbo oks in the sciences images not only take up more space, they now carry meani ngs that are independ ent of the wo rds in the text. If you can't read t hese images, you will not be able to reco ver t heir meaning s from the words in the t ext as was more usual in the past. In such multimod al texts (texts that mix w ords and images), the images often commu nicate differe nt things from the words. And t he combina tion of the two m odes comm unicat es th ings that neithe r o f the modes does separatel y. Thus, the idea of diffe rent sorts of multim odal literacy seems an importa nt one. Both modes and multim odality go far beyond images and words to include sounds, music, movem ent, bodily sensation s, and smells. None of this ne ws today, of course. We very obvious ly live in a world awash with images. It is our fi rst ans wer to the questi on why we should think of literacy more broadly. The second answer is this: Even though reading and writing seem so central to what literacy means traditionally, reading and writing are not such general and obvious matters as they might at first seem. After all, we never just read or w rite; rather, we always read or write somet hing in som e way. So there are differe nt ways to read different types of texts. Literacy is multiple, then, in the s ense th at the legal literacy need ed for readin g law books is not th e same as the literacy needed for read ing physics texts or superhe ro comic books. And we should not be too quick to dismiss the latter form of literacy. Many a superhero co mic is replete with post-Freudian irony o f a s oil that would make a m odern literary critic's heart beat fast and con fuse ãny otherw ise normal adult. Literacy, then, even as traditionally conceived to involve only print, is not a unitary thing but a multiple matter. There are, even in regard to printed texts and even leaving aside images and multimodal texts, di fferent "literacies." Once we see this multiplici ty o f literacy (literacies ), we realize that when we think about reading and writing, we have to think beyond print. Reading and writing in any domain, whether it is law, rap songs, academic essays, superhero comics, or wh atever, are not just ways of decoding print, they are also caught up with and in social practices... Video games are a new form o f art. They will not replace books; they will sit beside them, interact with them, and change them and their role in society in various ways, as, indeed, they are already doing strongly with movies. (Today many movies are based on vid eo games and many more are influenced by them.) We have no idea yet how people "read" video games, what meanings they make from them. Still less do we know how they will "read" them in the future. 61. Acc ording to the first paragr aph, the broa dest def inition o f '’literac y” is A. The ability to analyz e literature B. The ability to co mprehend basic cult ural cues 168

c. The abil ity to read and write D. The ab ility to compose poetry 62. All are m entioned as being types o f ’’vis ual lit er ac y” EXCEPT A. Musical tones B. Interior Design c. Diagrams D. Modern Art 63. An example from a scienc e textbo ok o f the phenomen on the au thor d escribes in the thir d p aragraph could be A. A genetic tree that coincides with the discussion of specific mammal classes in the te xt B. A d iagram of a specific chemical reaction that is used to explain a broad definition in the text c. An illustration of a plant cycle that accompanies a chapter on photosynthesis D. A cartoon that references the same methods discussed in the text about laboratory safety 64. What is an exa mple of a "m ult im od al” text? A. A diction ary B. A movie scri pt c. A photo album D. An art book that describes the art as well as reproduces images of the original prints 65. The idiom in the sixth paragraph, "read aga ins t the grain of the text" is closest in mean ing to A. Rea ding to understand the un derlying meanings and them es of the author's words- not just a literal interpretation B. Reading text that defines different types of wheat and grains c. To read the text from right to left rather than left to right D. To read books t hat use recycled pap er and o ther green alternativ es 66. In the seventh paragraph, the author suggests that literacy is multiple, meaning that A. To be "literate" can mean participating in any form of expression B. One's literacy increases exponential ly as greater mastery of rea ding and writing is achieved c. Different genres and modes of expression require different background knowledg e and perspectives to understand them D. Literacy can only be gained by exploring every type of media and expression 67. Why does the author give the example of superhero comics to explain multiple literacies? A. To explain that comic books are written for children and purely for entertain ment. They require only a basic knowledge of the action that occurs in the story B. To onc e again refer to his earlier points about "m ult im od al” texts c. To insist that even when an author may intend multiple meanings and interpret ations, they are rarely successful in conveying those to readers D. Things that may seem on the surface to be only meant for a particular group of people can actually have very profound meanings to those who possess other types o f literacy 169

68. The autho r suggests that all of the follow ing require differ ent types of literacy and the ab ility to de code meaning E XCEPT A. Rap music B. Comic bo oks c. Acade mic papers D. S ymphonie s 69. The autho r says t hat video games A. Are not yet entirely understo od in terms of literacy, but are already impact ing o ther forms o f expressio n such as film makin g B. Are unreal istic and should not fall into the same categ ories as the other texts he desc ribes c. Are too violent to risk experimenting with for the purposes o f understanding literacy D. Are irrelevan t in a cademic discussio n because no one has yet determi ned how to explain the w ays that peop le und erstand them 70. What would be the most logical informati on for the next pa ragrap h to contain if the artic le c ontinued ? A. A technolo gical definition of video games, how they are made, and how they a re pl ayed B. A hi storical explana tion of the very first video game and its evolut ion c. Examples of the way that some people currentl y interpre t video games and wh at they mean to them D. A price compari son of video game consoles and wheth er or not quality has a direct impact on literacy READING PASSAGE 2 (5PTS):

Read the text below and ch oose th e best answer to each q uestion. 1. The craft of perfumer y has an ancient and global heritage. The art flourish ed in Ancien t Rome, where the emperors were said to bathe in scent. After th e fall of Rome, much of the knowledge was lost, but survived in Islamic civiliza tions in the Middle Ages. Arab and Persian pharm acists develo ped essential oils from the aromatic plants of the Indian peninsu la. They develop ed the processe s of distillatio n and suspensi on in alcoho l, which allowed for smalle r amounts of raw materials to be used than in the ancien t process, by which flower petals were soaked in warm oil. This knowle dge was car ried back to European monasterie s du ring the Crusades. 2. At first, the us e o f fragrance s was pri marily associat ed with healing. Aromatic alcoholic waters were ingested as well as used externally . Fragra nces were used to purify the air, both for spiritual and health purposes . During the Black Death, the bub onic plague was thou ght to have resulted from a bad odour which could be averted by inhaling pleasant fragra nces such as cinnamo n. The Black Death led to an aversion to using wate r for washin g, and so perfume was common ly used as a cle aning agent. 3. Later on, the craft of perfume re-entered Europe, and was centred in Venice, chiefly because it was an importan t trade route and a cent re for glass-m aking.

170

Having such materia ls at hand was essential for the distilla tion proces s. In the late seven teenth century, trade soared in Fran ce, when Louis XIV brought in polici es of protecti onism and patrona ge which stimulate d the purchas e of luxury goods. Here, perfum ery was the preserve of glove-m akers. The link arose since the tanning of leather required putrid substanc es. Conseq uently, the gloves were scented before they were sold and worn. A glove and perfume mak ers’ guild had existed here since 1190. Entering it required 7 years of formal training under a master perfumer. 4. The trade in perfume flourished during the reign of Louis XV, as the master glove -and-p erfum e makers, particu larly those trading in Paris, received patrona ge from the royal court, where it is said that a differ ent perfum e was used each week. The perfumer s diversified into other cosmet ics including soaps, powders, white face paints and hair dyes. They were not the sole sellers of beauty products. Mercers, Spicers, vinega r-make rs and wig-ma kers were all cashing in on the popularity of perfumed products. Even simple shopke epers were c oming up with their own concoc tions to sell. 5. During the eighteen th century, more modern, capital ist perfume industry began to emerge, particu larly in Britain where there was a flourishing cons umer society. In France, the-rev olution initially disrupte d the perfume trade due to its asso ciation with aristocracy, however, it re gained momentum later as a wider range of markets were sought both in the domest ic and overseas markets. The guild system was abolished in 1791, allowi ng new high-end perfume ry shops to open in Paris. 6. Perfume became less associated with health in 1810 with a Napoleonic ordina nce which required perfumers to declare the ingredients of all products for internal consumpti on. Unwilling to divulge their secrets, traders concentr ated on products for external use. Napoleon affected the industry in other ways too. With French ports blockaded by the British during the Napol eonic wars, the London perfumers were able to domina te the markets for som e time . 7. One of the signifi cant changes in the nineteenth century was the idea of branding. Until then, trademar ks had had little significa nce in t he perfum ery where goods were consume d locally, although they had a long histor y in other industries. One o f the pion eers in this field was Rimme! who was nation alized as a British citizen in 1857. He took advantage of the spread of rail roads to reach custom ers in wider markets. To do this, he built a brand which conveye d prestige and quality, and were worth paying a premiu m for. He recognis ed the role of design in enha ncing the v alue of his produ cts, hiring a French lithogr apher to create the labels for his perfu me bottles. 8. Luxury fragranc es were strongly associate d with the afflue nt and prestig ious cities of London and Paris. Perfumers elsewhere tended to supply cheap er 171

products and knock -offs of the London and Paris brands. The United States perfume industry, which develop ed around the docks in New York where French oils were being imported, began in this way. Many Amer ican firms were founded by immigra nts, such as William Colgat e, who arrived in 1806. At this time, Colgat e was chiefly known as a perfum ery. Its Cashm ere Bouque t bran d h ad 625 p erfume varieti es in the e arly 20th century. 71. The purpose o f the tex t is to A. comp are the p erfum es from d iffere nt co untries B. describ e the h istory of perfume making c. describ e the problem s faced by perf umers D. explain the di fferen t uses of perfume over tim e 72. Which of the following is NOT true about perfume making in Islamic countries? A. They crea ted perfume by soaking flower petals in oil. B. They domin ated perfume making after t he fall of the Roma n Empire , c. They took raw material s for their perfumes from India. D. They created à technique wh ich required fewer plant m aterials . 73. Why does the w riter include th is sen tence in paragrap h 2? Durin g the Blac k Death, the buboni c pl agu e was thou ght to have resu lted fro nt a bad odour which could b e aver ted by inhal ing p lea san t frag ran ces such as cin namon A. To explain why w ashing was no t po pular d uring the Black Death B. To show how improp er use o f perfume caused widesp read disease c. To illustrate how perfumes used to be ing ested to trea t di sease D. To give an exampl e o f how fragra nces w ere used for health purpose s 74. Why did the perfume industry develop in Paris? A. Because it was an important trade route B. Becaus e o f the rise in the glov e-makin g industry c. Because of the introdu ction of new trad e laws D. Becaus e o f a new fashi on in scented gloves 75. In p aragraph 4, it is implied tha t... A. Master glove and perfume makers c reated a new perfume eac h week. B. Merc ers, spicers and ot her trade rs be gan to call t hemse lves masters , c. The Royal C ourt only bo ught pe rfume from m asters. D. Cosm etics were still only popula r within the Royal Courts. 76. H ow did the French Revolution affect the Parisian perfum e industr y? A. The industry declined then rose again. B. The industry collapse d and took a long time to reco ver, c. The industry was greatly boosted. D. The industry lost mos t o f its overse as cu stomers . 172

77. London came to lead tile perfum e industry bec aus e... A. the French Revolution meant that there were fewer cu stomers in France. B. Nap ole on's new laws affect ed the pro fitabili ty o f perfume -makin g, c. the productio n of perfume c eased during the Napoleonic wars. D. the French were unaèle to export perf umes for a period of time. 78. Which of the follow ing is NOT true o f Rimmel? A. He was one of the first people to utilise trademarks. B. He created attractive pac kaging for his pro ducts. c. His p roducts were more e xpensive than o ther brands. D. He transpor ted his goods to potential customers by train. 79. Wh at is implied abo ut the New York perf ume industry? A. It wa s the fa stest-gr owing perfume industry in the world at that time. B. It was primarily develo ped by imm igrants arriving from France, c. It copied luxury fragrances and sold them cheaply. D. There was a wide r range of fragrances av ailable here than elsewhe re. 80. Which city is being described in this sent ence? ‘The pe rfum e industry devel oped here because the city pr odu ced ma terials and equipm ent nec essary for perfume production A. Pa ris B. London c. Venice D. New York

B. WRITTEN TEST I. CLOZE TES T (20 PTS): Read the text below and thi nk o f the wo rd wh ich best fits each spa ce. Use only ONE WORD for each space. PASSAGE 1

Sir Ale xande r Flem ing (1881 - 1955) is (1 )__________ with leading the way in the use of antibiotics to treat bacterial infections. His dis covery of penicillin in 1928 came a t a time when many peop le died of tuberculosis, diphthe ria an d ot her infectious dise ases wh ich m ade such a cur e highly sought after. After obtainin g his medical degree in 1906 at St Mar y's Hospital Medical School in London. Fleming began to work (2) _____ • antibacteri al substanc es which could be used with hum ans. He was in the middle of his car eer when the First World War began, but was fortunate to be able to continue his research while serving in the Royal Army Medical Corps. He made his first major discove ry in 1921, when he identified and isolated lysozyme, an enzyme found in human tears and saliva. (3) _________ _ antibioti c activity helps to preve nt infections. It was not until seven years later, however, that Fleming became internationally famous. He was wo rking with the bacterium Staphylo coccus aureus (4 )_______ he noticed that it was killed off by a green fungus, Penicillium notatu m, which has conta minate d the culture. Further investigation showed that .there was a substan ce in the fungus which preven ted.th e growth of the bacter ia, even when the su bstance was diluted 800 times. 173

The developm ent of p enicilli n, which derives its name ( 5 ) __________ the fungus, must also be ( 6 ) __________ to Ernst Chain and Howard Florey. 1 he work of these two men revolved (7 ) __________ isolatin g the active ingredi ent in the fungus so that it could safely be adminis tered to human s. They finally achieved this, and in 1945 Chain, Florey and Fleming we re joi ntly ( 8 )________ the Nobel Prize. Since th is gr ound-br eaking work, scientists have discove red nume rous further antibiotics to treat a variety of bacterial diseases. All of these discov eries, however, are gr ounded in the wo rk o f Fleming, and even today he is (9 )_______ up to as a leading figure in the treatment of infectio us disease s. Indeed, a museum has n ow been op ened at the (1 0) __________ of his old laborato ry at St Mary’s in Paddin gton, London. PASSAGE 2: Volcanic eruption has been a constant threat to our natural envir onme nt for millions of years, but seldom in recent times (1 1) __________ a vol cano erupted with the ferocity o f Krakatoa. Krakatoa. (1 2 )__________ is a volcanic island group in Indonesia , erupted on 27 th August 1883. (1 3) __________ only was the explosion (1 4) ___________ loud that it was heard as far away (more than 3,000 km) as Perth in Austr alia, but it is also recognised as (1 5 )__________ the loudest sound (1 6 )___________ recorded. Tens o f thousands of people in the region were killed many (1 7) __________ in the enormous tsunamis which the eruption produced - tsunam is which eventually reached South Africa and the English Channe l. The explosion also had a major effect on the (18) __________ wo rld 's weather system. The vo lcanic dust in the atmos phere reduced the (1 9) ________ of sunlight reaching the earth ’s surface, reducing global temper atures by more than one degree centigrade. Only after five years had passed (2 0 )__________ global tempe ratures begin to return to normal. II. WORD FORMATION: (20PTS) PART 1: Complete each sentence, using the correc t form of the word in parentheses. 1. She also points out that mandatory ................................................................. fuel pumpin g creates job s for all the people who pump the fuel. (S ERVIC E) 2. There is concern that the ju dges might ............................................................. their power. (USE) 3. Constant correction by a teacher is often .......................................................... as the student may become afraid to speak at all. (PRODU CE) 4. It sees restructu ring of Urenco as the means to convert a ................................ business into one with potential for growth and profit. (LOSS) 5. Like all tyrannical leaders, he demanded ......................................................... obedien ce from his followers. (QUESTION)

174

6. She's such a .............................................................................. that she notices even th e ti niest mistakes. (PERFECT) 7. Workers are fully exposed to chemical toxins and hazardo us machine s, and suffer sickness, .......................................................... and death at the highest rates in world history. (FIGURE) 8. By sheer luck, the gas released in Oklahoma City was blown into a mostly ..................... ....... . .. ..........................area. (HABITAT) 9. His method ical ............................................................................. was anoth er point of dive rgence from the Impressionist s and he d evoted many studies to creating the composition. (PAIN) 10. Hundreds of sailor s and Marines yesterday loaded supplies and equipme nt aboard th e .....................................................................ships. (AMPH IBIAN) PART 2: Comple te the passage with appropria te forms from the words given

in the box. ab sen t fa ir

obs erve pre dic t

vari able alte rnat e

des crib e enthu se

opinio n reg ula r

A live broadcast o f any public event, such as a space flight or sporting occasion, is almost (11) ............... accompanied by the thoughts of a commen tator. This may be on telev ision, along with the rele vant pictures, or ( 1 2 )...............on radio. The techniqu e involved differs between the two media, with radio broadca sters needing to be more explicit and ( 1 3 )............... . because of the (1 4 )............... of visual information. TV commentators do not need to paint a picture for th eir audience; instead their va rious (1 5 )........... s. ..........should add to the images that are already there. There will sometimes be silences and pauses in TV commentary, although these are becoming increasingly rare. Both types of comme ntator should try to be informative, but should avoid sounding (16) ............... In sports comment ary, (17) .. ................ and impartiality to both sides is vital, but spontaneit y and ( 1 8 )............... are valued by those watching or listening. Sports comme ntators usually broadcast live in an essentially unscripted way, although they may r efer to previously prepared materials such as sports st atistics. Because of the ( 1 9 )................... nature of live events, thorough preparation in adva nce is vital. The internet has helped enormously with this aspect of the job. Anyone interested in becoming a commentat or should have excellen t organisa tional skills, the willingn ess to work (2 0 )................... hours and a strong voice. . III. ERR OR CORRECTIO N: (10PTS) The f ollowin g p assage co ntains 10 errors. Id entify and correc t them. Line 1 Most astronomic al events that influence the Earth, apart from the 2 occasional asteroid impact, do so in aregula r fashion, such as day and 3 night, the tides and the seasons. There is, there fore, one event that has a 175

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

tremen dous impact on the Earth - those of the total eclipse. For a few minutes, broad daylight changes to complet e darkness as the Moon totally hide the Sun. This darkness is acc ompanie d by many specta cular effects, and it also provides a rare opportu nity to physic ists to make observ ations that are impossible at any other time. However, as a total solar eclipse is a sudden interruption of the day, it can als o h ave an effect on plan ts and animals that are used to the re gular circle of day and night. As total eclipses occur in average once every 360-yea rs a t an y pa rticular location, there is little c hance of any living thing becom ing accustomed to them. In fact, there are some amazing stories of the unusual behaviou r of animal s as a total eclipse approaches. In Australia, for exampl e, one observe r said, ‘I found mys elf have to calm a distressed parrot, which fell to the ground a m oment or so befor e the total eclip se’. Jo anna Kale, other observe r, found her head surrounded by a cloud of insects that dispersed when the Sun finally emerged from the eclipse. So, as these examp les show, the Suns presence has an astonish ing influence on life on Earth. 2. -_________ ___ 3 ._______________ 5 ._______________ 6 ._______________ 8 . _ _____________ 9. _______________ 10. ______________

IV. S ENTENC E TR ANSFOR MATION : (20 PTS) Rewrite the follo wing s entences using the w ords given. 1. It was not until five years had ela psed that the whole truth about the murder came out. -> N ot for an ot he r............................................................................................... 2. I have frequently made stupid mistakes like that. —» M any's..................................... ".......... .............................................................. 3. Do n’t tell the boss anyth ing abo ut this. (BREATH E) - > .................................................................................................. ...................... 4. It seemed the young man was feeling bitter about his family backgrou nd. (SHOUL DER) —» The young man a pp ea red ............................................................................... 5. He has an obses sion about the d ishonesty of lawyers. ( BEE) —> H e ............................................................................. dishones ty o f lawyers. 6. He wa s exas perated with being criticized in public all the time. (TE ETH) -> He was f ed .................. ................................................................................... 7. It’s pos sible the looming crisis won ’t ever act ually m aterialize. -» It’s not beyo nd............................................................................................... 176

8. I do n't reme mber much about my mother , but I do reme mber she was very kind and loving towar ds US. —> What littl e..............................................................................................-a......... 9. You have said e xactly the right thing. (NAIL) -> Y ou .................................................................................................................... 10. T hey d esigne d the stadium to make h ooliganis m impossib le. (SUCH ) z —> Th e stad ium .......................................................................................................

TRƯỜNG THPT NGUYỄN THƯỢNG HIÉN - T P. Hổ CHÍ MINH A. M U L T IP L E C H O IC E QUESTI ONS

I. WOR D CHOIC E 1. In a ny p rofess ion, you have to learn to take t h e______ with the smooth. A. hard B. stodgy c. rough D. coar se 2. The new secreta ry seems a bit lazy, she d oesn ’t rea lly _______ her we ight. A. push B. give c. act D. pull 3. A bad m anage ment de cis ion _______ disaste r for the company. A. dre w B. spelt c. lay D. sprang 4. The re was n o _______ differenc e bet ween the origi nal a nd the copy. A. kno wable •' B. discov erable c. discernib le D. und erstan dable 5. Je ssica was scraping the bottom of th e ______ for an excuse saying she had a haird ress er’s appo intment. A. glas s B. pitch er c .j u g D. barrel 6. Daisy says she didn ’t want to be chosen, but it’s just sou r_____ ; she did really. A. grap es B. lemo ns c . raisins D. milk 7. Haro ld realized too late tha t he had s old the van too cheaply: but th ere was no point in ____ over spilt milk. A. sobbing B. weepi ng c. scream ing D. crying 8. I get so stressed a t work it’s hard sometimes to _______ in the e venings. A. un wind B. undo c. undergo D. untie 9. G oing down white -wate r ra pids in a canoe must be e xtr em ely _______ ! Does your heart start beating really fast? A. triv ial B. mundane c. sedentary D. exh ilara ting 10. Was it always a n _______ of yours to play for F rance? A. urge B. adoratio n c. anticipat ion D. aspi ration IL STRU CTU RE AND GRAM MAR (1Opts) Choose the best a nswe r A, B, c or D to complet e each blank. 1. The enga geme nt ri ng he gave h er ______ been m ore b eautiful. A. co uld n't have B. migh t have c . shou ldn’t have D. mu st ha ve 177

2. He doe sn't like ch ildren ch atting in c la ss .______ he wi ll not put up with . A. Such B. Tho se c. That D. Th is thing 3. Despite his d isabi lity he t ried to le ad _____ as p ossible . A. as normal life B. a no rmal a life c . as no rmal as life D. as normal a life 4. Si nce I ______ him, I have never seen him so an gry like t hat. A. have known B. kne w c. know D. am know ing 5. Th ere 's no th in g______ now - we 'll have to bu y a new car. A. to do B. to be don e c. to h ave been done D. to be do ing 6. ______ a high level o f blood choles terol. A . It is eg gs t hat conta ins B. It is eggs that conta in c. Those are egg s th ey c ontain D. I t'are eggs that contai n 7. The work area______ cordo ned off. S ome passe rs-by coul d have been injured. A. m ust have been B. mig ht h ave been c. could have been D. shoul d have been 8. There was a sudd en ba ng ______ me up during the night. A. wok e B. wak ing c. that woke D. tha t wak es 9. I f______ by hun ger, you might consi der ea ting a frog. A. they are driven to des peratio n B. drivi ng to despe rate c. you are d riving to d espera tion D. driven to despe ration 10. His story was so sad it almo st had US______ . A. to cry B. cry c. crying D. hav e cried III. PR EPO SITI ON Choose the best a nswe r A, B, c or D to com plete each blank. 1 .1 really m us t______ up my Japan ese before we vi sit Ja pan next year. A. bo ttle B. brush c . dig D. tigh ten 2. It wa s su pposed to be a priva te meeting but he ju s t______ ! A. barg ed in B. brok e o ff c. crowd ed around D. wh iled away 3. An Industri al societ y which makes goods that are not design ed to last is known as a _____ society. A. fa llout B. take away c. set-asi de D. thro waw ay 4. He'd threat ened to di vorce her bu t I n ever t hought h e' d______ with it. A. com e th rough B. get through c. go thr ough D. m ake throug h 5. The prime minis ter ha s said that t he g overn ment is c om mi tte d_________ the preserv ation of the country 's na tional interests. A. on B. with c . to D. in 6. I was about to pay for the shopp ing when it su dd en ly ______ me that I'd left my wal let a t home. A. dawn ed on B. dawn up to c. came up to D. cam e on 7. It 's a good idea t o ______ people before taking them into yo ur co nfiden ce. A. tumb le to B. size up c. bank on D. ro ot out 178

8. Thes e measu res have been taken with a v ie w ______ incre asing the compa ny's profits. A. o ff B. in c . of D. to 9. All our househ old goods are ins ure d______ accide ntal damage . A. just in case B. for c. from D. aga inst 10. When the chairman ran o ff with his secretary, the Board tried t o ____ the matter. A. tuc k aw ay B. hush up c. shut dow n D. switc h off IV. COL LOC ATIO NS Choo se the best a nswer A, B, c or D to comple te each blank. 1. John takes a _______ seat in his marriage. His wif e makes all th e d ecisi ons in the family. A. tail B. rear c. front D. back 2. Cathe rine Rhodes is consider ed to be one of the b ig ______ in the fashion industry. A. rifle s B. guns c. pistols D. weap ons 3. M artha di dn’t ge t the job at the fl orist ’s, but s he’s got se ve ral ____ in the fire. A. lo gs B. irons c. coals D. embe rs 4. He d idn 't intend to make a speech. If asked to, he would make a fe w remarks _______ , but th at was all he wo uld do. A. o ff the c uff B. on the off-chance c. off and on D. o ff his rocke t 5. In a situatio n like this, there are n o _______ rules. You ju st have to use your own discretio n. A. cle ar and cut B. hard and fast c. up-and -comin g D. out -and- out 6. She deman ded to be promoted to a post o f respon sibility, otherw ise she would _____ about her aff air with the Prime Minister. A. reveal t he cake B. spill the bea ns c. let loose the p ussyca t D. spit o ut the bit 7. Her wages were so low tha t she had to ta ke a second job just t o ____ . A. tie up loose ends B. mee t her match c . make ends meet D. be on the loose 8. “Why don ’t we go for a picnic this we ekend ?” - “T hat ’s what I w as just abou t to s uggest. Great mi nd s_____ A. think alike B. think the sa me c. meet each other D. meet likewise 9. Two escaped p risoner s are cur ren tly _____ the po lice. A. at ease with B. out of respect for c. on a par with D. on the run from 10. The studio didn ’t publicize the film but its reputa tion nonet heles s spread A. at a dista nce c . by word of mouth

B. from memo ry D. by fo rce 179

IV. RE AD IN G (lO pts ) Rea d the fo llo w in g pa ssa ge and ch oo se the be st an sw er fo r eac h o f the qu es tio ns be low . PASSAG E 1

Ocean wate r plays an indisp ensab le role in supp ortin g life. The grea t ocean basins hold abou t 300 millio n cubic miles of water. From this vast am ount, about 80,000 cubic miles of wat er are sucked into the atm osph ere each yea r by evapo ration and return ed by preci pitati on and draina ge to the ocean . More than 24,000 cubic miles of rain descen d annua lly upon the conti nents . Th is va st am ou nt is r equir ed to rep len ish the lakes and stream s, spring s and wat er tables on which all flora and fauna are depend ent. Thus, the hydr osph ere permits organic e xisten ce. The hydro sphe re has strange chara cteris tics becaus e wate r has prope rties unlike those of any othe r liquid. One anom aly is that wat er upon freezin g expand s by abou t 9 percen t, wher eas most liquids cont ract on coolin g. For this reason, ice floats on wate r bodies instead of s inking to the bottom . If the ice sank, the hydro sphe re would soon be frozen solidly, exce pt for a thin layer of surface melt wate r durin g th’e summ er season. Thus, all aquati c life would be destroy ed and the interch ange of warm and cold curren ts, which mode rates climat e, w ould be notabl y abse nt. Ano ther ou tst an di ng charac teristic of water is tha t w ater ha s a he at capac ity which is the high est of all liq uids and solids exce pt a mmo nia. This char acter istic enable s the oceans to absorb and store vast quant ities of heat, there by often prev entin g climat ic extrem es. In additio n, wate r dissol ves more subs tance s than any othe r liquid. It is this charac teristic which helps make ocea ns a grea t storeh ouse for miner als which have been washed down from the conti nents . In several areas of the world these minerals are be ing c omm ercia lly expl oited . Solar evapo ration of salt is wide ly practise d, potash is extrac ted from the Dead Sea, and magne sium is produc ed from sea wa ter al ong the A merica n Gu lf Coast. 1. The aut hor ’s main purpose in this pa ssage is t o ___________ . A. illustra te the importa nce of conserving wate r B. de scribe the pr opertie s and uses o f water c. comp are wate r with other liquids D. expl ain how wate r is used in comme rce and industry 2. The p hrase “this vast amou nt” in line 4 of paragraph 1 refers to __________ . A. 80,000 millio n cubic miles of water B. 24,00 0 c ubic miles o f rain c. 80,000 cubic mi les of wate r D. 300 million cubic m iles of water 3. The word “rep lenis h” in parag raph 1 can best replac ed b y ________ . A. fill again B. repl ace c. evapo rate D. form 4. Ac cordi ng to the passage , fish can survive in the ocean s b ec au se ________ . A. eva poratio n and conde nsatio n cr eate a wat er cyc le B. there are c urrent s in the oceans c. they do n ot nee d oxygen D. ice floats 180

5. Which of the follow ing is NOT mentione d as a chara cterist ic of water? A. Water can ab sorb heat B. Wat er is good solvent. c. Water con tracts on cool ing D. Wat er exp ands when it is froz en 6. The word “outs tandi ng” in paragrap h 3 is clos est in meanin g t o ________ . A. exc eption ally good B. special c. amusing D. im portan t 7. Acc ording the passage , the hydrosp here is NOT .________ . A. the pail o f the ea rth co vered by wate r B. respo nsible for all forms of life c. in dan ger of freezing ov er D. a sour ce o f natural resou rces 8. The aut hor ’s tone in the p assage can best be described a s ________ . A. di spassi onate B. specula tive c. biased D. dog matic 9. The autho r or ganizes the passage b y _______ . A. juxtap osit ion o f true and untrue ideas B. compa rison and c ontrast c. general statem ent followed by examp les D. hypoth esis a nd pro of 10. Which of the followin g statemen ts would be the most likely to begin the paragra ph immedi ately followin g the passage? A. Water has the ability to erode land B. Dro ughts and flooding are two types of disasters a ssociate d w ith w ater c. Anot her remark ably proper ty o f ice is its strength D. Ma gnesium is widely used in metallurgi cal processes PASSAGE 2 THE CHANG E IN ART AFTER WORLD WAR II In the 1930s, b efore the onset o f war, rationing , and army drafts, art reflected the some what serene lives of the people. Mundan e scenes such as factory worke rs or office settings were routinely painted to depict the era. They were remin iscent of the people living a routine life in m iddle-cl ass, ordina ry settings. Yet in 1939, fightin g spread through out the world. War and the subse quent struggle s for power, existenc e, and peace brought great unrest for countr ies around the world followin g World War II. With the changes wrou ght by war, many count ries felt the need to convey a new, postwar image. It w as from this need that a bstra ct exp ression ism evolved as a m odem and r ecogni zed art fo rm. Abstr act artist Jackson Pollock gave a clear picture of the emer gence of abstr act art when he said, “The modern painter cannot express this age - the airpla ne, the atom bomb, the radio - in the old forms of the Renai ssance or of any othe r past culture. Each finds its own techn ique. ” It was the art of this revol ution ary pain ter that helped define the abstrac t movem ent. Postw ar artists like Polloc k develop ed free-form aestheti cs by aband oning conv entio ns of past styles while maint ainin g focused, self-refl exive qualitie s and the feeling s of each individua l artist. The method for creatin g abstract art involved paint ing free of religio us, politic al, and popula r subjects. The paintings were instead comp rised of bright c olors and shapes, charact erized by per sonal expre ssion rathe r th an the deve lopm ent of a predic table art style. M uch personal emp ower ment gre w out o f this profou nd freedom o f expressio n. 181

After World War II and during the uncertaint y of the Cold War, the world tottered back a nd forth between stability and instability. People felt great anxiety amidst their growing pro sperity. They viewed the m odern art o f the t ime as bold, triumphant , and self-as sured. Although the work seemed to exu de postwar confiden ce, artists portrayed profound unease and viewed their work much differently. Thei r images were the expression of de sperati on in the midst of a tough reality inspired by unrest and contrasted with material growth. The psychology of the abstra ct art form em erged from this altered mind set th at was at once strong and vulnera ble, confid ent and subdued. Conseq uently, artists at the time had the need to feel t heir experienc es in ways that were intense, immediate, direct, subtle, unified, and viv id. “Painting is a state of being ... paintin g is selfdiscovery. Every good artist paints what he is,” stated Pollock. Abstrac t express ionism, as the new art style became known, was a way to embody the arti st's y earning for stability in an unstable world as well as a wa y to emphasiz e his own personal ideas and use those as expression. Poll ock' s chi ef ambiti on in his art was to incorporate opposit ion. He did this by pairing order with chaos, reason with passion, and modernism with primitivis m. Similar to other abstract artists, he preferred to portray notions of the subcon scious, giving free reign to forgotten personal memories and psychic impulses. George Tooker, anothe r artis t o f the time, painted The Subw ay, which illustrated postwa r expectatio ns of individua lity and conformity. The affl uen ce of the nati on’s newfou nd economic success com bined with a nxiety over political instability to form a dual consciousness that is said to haunt Am eric a's identity still. Ea ch head a set of s ignature styles that expressed personal and societal isolation of the ar tist in abstract ways. During this time, modern art became identified widely as “Am erican ” art, having its focal point primarily on the nation. The Museum of Mode rn Art in New York began to ship abstract expressionistic wor ks to be displayed in place s like Milan, Madrid, Berlin, Amsterdam, Paris, and London. Some critics overseas were dismayed, stating that this type of abstrac t art was not new. As this art was practiced elsewhere, they continued by saying it was not good quality painting and was not purely American. One writer hailed typical American abstract art as “heir of the pioneer and immigra nt.” Anoth er saw the artists as heroic rebels, comparing them to movie stars of the same calibe r as James Dean and Marlon Brando or teen idols such as Elvis Presley. As the US was celebratin g a highly contradi ctory mix of freedom and individuality , abstract expressionism became a political pawn of sorts. The art reflected the am biguity of the world at the time as war-ravag ed countri es wo rked to recov er their economy and people worked to achieve a normal state of life. The artists of abstract expressionis m effectively captured the emotion of the nation as it emerged from a t ime o f stress and tried to form an upd ated image. 1. The autho r dis cusses art from the 1930s in o rder t o ______ A. dem onstrat e the drastic change in art B. explain the cha nge in Ame rica’s culture

182

c. describe

the ha rdships of the people D. list the events tha t transpired 2. The word ‘conv ent ion s’ in the pass age is closet in meani ng t o ______ A. perce ptions B. agreemen ts c. situations Đ. traditio ns 3. Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 2 about the change in art? A. Artists sought ways to distinguish their art from prev ious artists. B. The painter s used traditional design e lements in whole new ways, c. Consist ency in ar t overpo wered the need for originali ty. D. Artw ork reflected the personal empowe rment of the artist. 4. The word ‘exu de’ in the passage is closest in meaning to_____ A. disco urage B. portray c. replace D. instruct 5. The word “a fflu enc e” in the passage is closest in m eaning to _______ A. wealth B. learning c. position D. stature 6. According to paragraph 3, although the work of abstract artists appeared confident, it was in fact A. identi cal to the nation ’s certainty B. repres entative of the c ountry ’s wealth c. reflective of the anxiety o f the era D. expressi ve o f the artis ts’ low self-esteem 7. All of the following are mentioned in paragraph 4 as Pollo ck’s techniques painting EXCEPT: A. Stark displays of contrast s and opposition B. Feelings and impulses from within the mind c. Emotion mixed wi th or dinary scen es D. Intense emotions from personal experience s 8. The w ord ‘each in the passage refers t o ____ A. artist B. dual con sciousne ss c. physic impulse D. notion of the u nconscious 9. Acc ording to parag raph 5, abstract expressionism was cr itiqued for being A. widely follow ed and admired B. labeled “Ame rican” c. exhibited worldwide D. claiming to be modern 10. The word “ its” in the passage refers to A. ambi guity B. nation c . modern a rt D. world V. G UIDED CLOZE TEST Read the following passage and choose the options tha t bes t complet e the blanks. PASSAGE 1

Our group (1 )_______ silent at the base of a narrow steel ladder that rose verticall y thro ugh the maze of girders at the south-east end o f Australi a's Sydney Harbou r Bridge. We need n't have worr ied about the f irst part of the climb . IJp to this (2) our guided tour had been little more than a stroll but now our task was to f ace the ladder. It must have b een at least fifty feet high. There were handrails and our safety belts would be te thered to a cable to (3 )_______ a fall 183

but the w ater coul dn't have been less tha n 250 feet below US and t he (4 )_______ of climbing wa s d auntin g. What lay at the top was steppi ng out on to the expose d uppe r arch of the bridge, with blue sky all round and the wate r almos t 262 feet below. We ought to have found this out before emba rking on what now seeme d a singula rly (5 )_______ mission ! My own (6 )________ was extrem e, but, on this sparkli ng mornin g, I saw no option but to climb to the summ it of one of the world 's best loved icons - a m iracle o f engine ering re cogniz ed by pe ople every where . As I clim bed the tensio n (7 )_____ out o f me; 1 was driven by an exhila rating feelin g of conque st. At th e t op, I droppe d my ( 8 )_______ to the vast pool of the harb or below . It migh t ju st as well have been a mill pond from this height. We stood on a small viewi ng deck in the warm sunsh ine, (9) _______ with exci teme nt and arms raised as ou r guide too k a (1 0) ______ photo graph . L A . fell D. drop ped B. came c. rendere d 2. A. positio n D. pl ace . B. period c. point 3. A. hold D. b reak B. hal t • c. reduce 4. A. persp ectiv e D. pro spec t B. prop osal c. probab ility 5. A. negli gent D. un think ing B. reck less c. careles s 6. A. acrop hobia B. clau stroph obia c. agora phobia D. ar achn opho bia 7. A. exuded D. cam e B. draine d c. leaked 8. A. glare B. glim pse c. gaze D. g lance 9. A. flushed B. burn ed c. drenche d D. fla med 10. A. celeb rant B. cele brator y c. celebr ated D. ce lebrit y PASSA GE 2

THE VALU E OF WALK ING New r esearc h reveal s that w alkin g jus t 9.5 k ilomete rs (six miles) a we ek mảy keep your brain sharp er as you get older. Research publis hed in the Octo ber 13 online issue o f Neur olog y suggests that w alkin g may prot ect aging brains from grow ing sma ller and, in ( 1 )_________ , preserv e m emory in old age. ‘Brain size shrinks in late adultho od, which can cause memo ry pro ble ms, ’ study auth or Kirk Erickson o f the Unive rsity of Pittsburg h said in a news release . ‘Our findin gs should encou rage furthe r we ll-des igned scienti fic (2 )________ of physi cal exerc ise in olde r a dults as a very (3) _______ appro ach for prev entin g dem entia and Alz heim er’s d isea se.’ For the study, the team asked 299 deme ntiafree senio rs to record the (4 )_______ they w alked each week. Four years later, the partici pants were tested to see if they had develo ped (5 )______ of demen tia. Then after nine years had passe d, scien tists (6 )_______ the part icip ants ’ brains to measur e size. At the four- year test, researc hers disco vered subjec ts who walked the most had (7) their risk of deve lopin g mem ory probl ems by 50 p er cent. At the nine -yea r check point , those who walk ed at least 9.5 kilom eters a week, had brains w ith a large r ( 8 )_______ than those who did n’t wal k as much. 184

This is not the first study to (9 )_______ the benefits of walk ing in seniors. For exam ple, last spring, Harvard University found that women who walked regular ly at a (10)______ pace had an almost 40 per cent lower risk o f stroke. 1. A. res ult B. tur n c . sequence D. cas e 2. A. trial s B. attem pts c. searches D. course s 3. A. i ndicative B. promi sing c . fortunate D. ideal 4. A. dis tance B. length c . duration D. extent 5. A. sig nals B. factors D. featur es c . signs 6. A. ski mmed B.s can ned c. screened D.s oun ded 7. A. dep ressed B. declined c . reduced D. dropped 8. A. vol ume B. amount c. d imension D. quantit y 9. A. adv ertise B. promote D. admire c . respect 10. A. bri sk D. br ief B. hard c. crisp

B. WRITTEN TEST I. OPE N CLOZE (20pts): Fill in each gap with one su itable w ord PASSAGE 1 THE SIGHTS AND SMELLS OF MOROC CAN MARKET S As you approa ch t he.city of Fes, you are overwhelme d by the incredible noise of th e traffic. Roads are unmarke d, there are no traffic lights, and people are soundi ng th eir car horns all the time, (1 )_______ a terrible din. The traffic noise abates ( 2 ) ___ _ you enter the market, as the streets are too narrow for cars to g e t ( 3 ) _ ____. The medin a (market) of Fes has a unique smell that is hard to describe, and even harde r to forget. It smell s (4 )______ raw meat th at ha s been in the sun too long, combin ed with the stench of rancid oil and olives. The sound of flies buzzing is everyw here. It is ea sy to escape from this smell if you enter a p harmacy. The shopk eeper speaks bot h Arabic and English fluently. He listens intently to his custom ers and then tells them (5)______ medicines they need. Giant bottles of herbs an d spices give (6 )_______ a frag rant s cent o f fresh mint and lavender. There is a re stauran t nearb y, wh ere lunch is being serv ed. Big platt ers of fresh vegeta bles come out first, but many tourists (7 )______ clear of raw vegetab les in case they get ill from the water (8 )______ were washed in. Then, the main course is served - curried chicken. It looks and smells appetiz ing and tastes delici ous. The diners eat it with relish, washed (9) _ _ _ _ _ with cola, even though many of them have seen c hickens being killed in t he m arket (10)______ a few m inute s ear lier. PASSAGE 2 THE ORIGINS OF CRI CKET . Crick et is oft en consider ed the quintessen tial English sport, but in fact, there are many theor ies about how the game (I )- _______ . One theory suggeste d that the game was devised by shepher ds, who would hit balls of wool with their 185

crooks or ‘cricc es'. ( 2 ) _______ speculates that it wa s started by children. The idea w as that the person holding the crook would (3 )_______ the wicket gate to the sheep-pen from the person throwing the w oolen ball. However, it is (4 )____ that the game we know today would have e volved from a single inspiration, and crick et probab ly came (5) _______ as an amalgam ation of differe nt games played over the c enturies. The (6 )_______ reference in hist ory to a game simila r to cricket dates back to 1300, when King Edward I, also (7 )_______ as Ed ward Longshanks, is noted as playing a game called ‘creag ’. In 1597 we come across a reference to the game in Surrey, where a witnes s in a land dispute stated he r emembe red playing ‘kreke tt’ almost fifty years (8 )_______ . The first recorded match took place in 1646 and at the end of the century it was so popular that ( 9 ) _______ missed church to attend a game was (10 )’______to a fine! The first written rules of crick et w ere n't drawn up until 1744. II. WO RD FORM (20pts) PART 1. Supply the cor rect form of the word in the b racket in each sentence. 1. Eighty percen t of people int erv iew ed___________ declared that the use of endangered wild animals such as elephants and tigers as a form o f entertainment should be pro hibited. (EQUIVOCAL). 2. Th ere is evide nce to indicate that mo st animals fa ce _______ on a daily basis. (TREAT) 3. ______ at this school is severely punished, so remem ber to mind your manners both dur ing the lessons and out side the classroom. (OBEY). 4. Th ere are variou s myths surrounding bats, th os e______ creatures of the night. (ENIGMA) 5. Some species feed prim arily on fruit and so aid in s ee d_______ . (DISPERSE) 6. The draft law was passed by 134 votes to 19, with 5 _______ . ( ABSTAIN ) . 7. For some young people, online games have b ec om e_______ addictive to the extent that is t hreatenin g their mental and physical heal th. (RESIST) 8. You do not have to be an expert to grow cacti, and th e _______ need n't be concerned about cu ltivating them be cause they are amo ng the easiest of plants to care for. (INITIATE) 9. Girls are almost invariably expected to expres s their feelings, but it would be ______ to believe that they are born we aker, more sensitive or with a gre ater natural inclination to cry. (ERR OR) 10. What children need is more encourag ement in th ei r_______ years in ord er not to succumb to feelings of depression later on. (FO RM) PART 2 Complet e the following passage with the correct forms o f the given words. fro nt soli d 186

sure labour

intend except

affirm tend

secure alternate

We are ( 1 ) ________ by the experts that we are, as a species, designed for face-to-fac e commun ication. But does that really mean having every meeting in person? Ask the bleary-eyed sales team this question as they struggle (2 )______ through their weekly teambui lding session and that answer is unlikely to be in the (3) ________ . Unless you work for a very small business or have a(n) (4 )________ high boredom threshold, you d oubtless spend more time sitting in meetings than you want to. Of course, you could always follow business guru Archie Nor man ’s example. He liked to express ( 5 ) ________ with customers queuing at the checkou t by ho lding m anagement meetings s tanding up. Is email a real istic (6 )_____ ? I f s certainly a powerful tool for dis seminatin g information, but as a meeting substitute it’s seriously flawed. Words alone can cause trouble. We' re all full o f (7 )________ that can be ( 8 )_________trigg ered by others and people are capable of rea ding anything they like into an email. There is also a (9 )________ for email to be used by people who wish to avoid ‘real’ enco unters because t hey do n’t want to be (1 0) ___with any awkw ardness. III. ERR OR I DENTIFI CATION (lOpts) There are ten mistakes in the following paragraph. Find them then give the correction. Even before the turn of the century, movies began to develop in two major directions: the realistic and the formalistic. Realism and formalism are merely general, rather than absolute, term. When using to suggest a tendenc y toward either polarity, such labels can be helpful, but at the end they are still jus t labels. Few films are exclusive formalist in style, and fewer yet are completel y realist. There is also an important difference between realism and reality, although this distinct is often forgotten. Realism is a particular style, where physical reality is the source of all the raw materials of film, both realistic and formalistic. Virtually all movie directors go to the photographable world for their subject matter, but what they do with this material - what they shape and manipulate it determines thei r stylistic emphasis. Generally speaking, realistic films attempt to reproduce the surface of concrete reality with a minimum of distortion. In photograp hing objects and events, the fil mmaker tries to suggest the copiousness of life himself. Both realist and formalist film directors must select (and hence emphasize) certain details from the chaotic sprawl o f reality. But the element of selectivi ty in realistic films is less obv ious. Realists, in short, try to preserve the illusion t hat thei r film world is unmanipu lated, an objective mirror of the actual world. Formalists, on the other hand, make no such pretense. They deliberatel y stylize and distort their crude materials so t hat only the ver y naive should mistake a m anipulated image of an obj ect or event to the real thing. 2. 3.._______________ 1._______________ 6 ._______________ 5. 4 ._______________ 7 ._______________ 8 .________ ______ 9. _______________ 10. 187

IV. SE NTENC E T RANS FORM ATIO N (20pts) Rewrite the senten ces with the given words or beginnin g in such a way that their meanings remain unchanged . 1. It was only w hen the film had ended t hat I rememb ered to sw itch off the oven. . Not_______ _________________________________________________ 2. They think the manus cript was written by a fourteenth centur y scholar. (ATTRI BUTED ) The m anuscrip t_________________________________________________ 3. Have you seen my gla sses anywhere by any c hance? (HAPPEN ) You___________________________________________ _______ , do you? 4. Whatev er happens , you must not go into my office witho ut permission. (ACCOU NT) O n_______________________ _________ ___________________________. 5. I t's a good idea to take out a small loan to help start your business. (GROUND) lf s_ _______________________________ 6. I' ve become extreme ly good at mis sing the rush h our ov er the last few weeks. (FINE)) Eveegat‘.missing the rush hour _________________________________ 7. ARHcaigtr.Riidjyreally d idn’t want to play c ricket on Sunday, he agreed in the endL (PEA D)' D e sp ite__________________________________ ________ 8 .1 trie d to rememb er what has happened all th ose years before. (CAST) 1__________________ ________________________ ________ _ 9. My parents are furious with me for getting a tattoo and so have grounded me. (ARMS) My parents, who________________________________________________ 10. Since the compa ny’s methods were exposed in a newspap er, people have lost their good opinion of it. (DIS REPUTE) Since_________________________________________________________

TRƯỜNG THPT THỰC HÀNH CAO NGUYÊN - ĐẮK LẮK A. MUL TIPLE CHOICE (40 PTS) I. PHO NOLOG Y (5PTS): Choose the word w hose underlined part is p ronounced differen tly from that of the others. 1. A. massag e B. carriage c . voyage D. dosage 2. A. dimen sion B. expa nsion D. tension c. confusion 3. A. i ncrease B. ink c . pink D. thank B. classify 4.. A. apolog y c. testify D. verify B. naked 5. A. belove d c . ploughed D. learned 188

Choose the word which is stressed different ly from the oth er three. I. A. obvio us B. notorious C. credulous D. numero us 2. A. diale ct B. diagram C. diagonal D. diamond 3. A. Europe B. monume nt C. province D. minority 4. A, obsol ete B. complete C. compete D. deplete 5. A. conse nt B. o bstinacy C. condolenc e D. equality II. WOR D CHOICE: (5PTS) 1. Hoa ng Anh Tuan ... . ...injur y to win the Olympic silver. A. reco vered D. overcam e B. suffered c. avoided 2. In my f a th e r' s........ , it is essential to eat veg etable every day. A. idea D. principle B. opinion C. confidence 3. L ast sum mer, we had ........ holiday in Spain D. a two - week A. a tw o w eek’s B. a two - weeks c. two - week 4. He retired earl y........ ■ill - health. D. imagine A. on beha lf of B. on accoun t o f c. believe 5. Thei r eventual c hoice of house w as _____by the time Peter would take to get to the office. D. depende nt c. determined A. related B.co nseq uent 6. He s et one alarm- clock for five o ’clock and the other for five pa st so as to that he did not ove rsleep. D. reassure c. insure B.e nsu re A. assure 7. When Tim was eati ng a cherry, he accidentally swa llowed th e_____ . D. co re B. stone c. seed A. nut 8. She loved tenn is and could watch it till the came home. D. cows B. everyone c. horses A. she 9. Could you clo se the window? There is a bit o f a D. breeze B. wind c. draugh t A. curre nt were used as the fram ework o f the new of fice block 10. Tho usands o f steel D. piles B. girders c . stakes A. beam s III. S TRUCT URE AND GRAMMAR: (5PTS) Choose the best option s to complete the following sentences. 1. I am going to have my ey e......... tomorrow. A. to test B. test C. testing D. tested 2. Nob ody could hear h er.. ..... she spoke too quietly. A. so B. however C. although D. because 3. Ke ep silent! My fat her....... in his room. A. is s leeping B. was sleep ing C. has s lept D. will be slept 4. He showed US the hous e............ he was born A. which B. where c. in where D. in that 5. Life here is much easier than it........... A. would be B. used to be c. was • D. had bet ter 189

6 . Am y...........car had broken down, was in a very bad mood. D. that A. who B. whom c. whose 7. H e........ ever goes to bed before midnight. D. sca rcely A. almo st B. hardly c . nearly 8. Y o u ....... better be careful not to m iss the train. D. did A. had B. would c . should 9.I'd r ather yo u............. at my party last night. D. have been A. be B. were c. had been ...........? 10. Everyone was go ing aw ay on holiday t his w eek ,............... D. w asn ’t she A. w asn 't it B. wa sn' t be c . wer en’t they IV. PR EPOSI TIONS AND PHRAS AL V ERBS: (5PTS) 1. I' d like to c on trib ute _________ the school Red Cross fund. A. on B. to c . with D. for 2. Madrid is famous ________ its pulls A. as D. o f B. wi th c. for 3. Will y ou ________ after the party. A. call me o ff B. get me on c. take me up D. pick me up the hot, hu mid air. 4. The ceiling fans were on, but unfo rtunately they only _ D. cut back A. stirred up B. poured through c. turned into 5. Hardly had the van turned th e cor ner when one o f the back wheels_____ A. Broke away B. Turned around c. Cam e o ff D. Rol led down. 6. The governm ent is thinkin g of bringin g_____ a law to make it com pulsor y for cyclists to wea r crash helmets. A. on B. up c. in D. round 7. The b usinessman inspected t he contr act careful ly bef ore si gning it. A. looked over B. looked out c . counted on D. look for 8. What's happen ing, John? The sm oke alarm is ringing but the re's no fire! A. putting out B. going on c . hanging up D. goin g up 9. The fire fighters worked hard to put the fire_______ . A. of f B. o ver c. on D. out 10. When do you t hink that we'll arrive at the hotel this eve ning? A. get on B. go on c. get to D. get o ff V. READ ING P ASSAGE (10P TS) Read the text below and ch oose th e best answer to each question. PASSAGE 1:

Continents and ocean basins represent the largest identifiab le b odies on Earth. On the solid portions of the planet, the second most promi nent features are flat plains, elevated plateaus, and large mountain ranges. In geograp hy, the term “cont inent” refers to the s urface of continuous landmass es th at tog ether comprise about 29.2% of the plan et’s surface. On the other hand, anoth er definition is 190

prevalent in the general use o f the term that deal s with extensi ve mainland s, such as Europe or Asia, that actually represent one very large landmass. Although all continents are bounded by water bodies or high mountain ranges, isolated mainlands, such as Greenland and India-Pakistan areas are called subcontinents . In some circles, the distinction between continents and large islands lies almost exclusivel y in the size of particular landmass. The analysis of compressio n and tension in the eart h's crust has determin ed that continental structures are composed of layers that underlie continenta l shelves. A great deal of disagreem ent among geologists surrounds the issue of exactly how many layers underlie each landmass because of their distinctive mineral and chemical composition. It is also quite possible that the ocean floor rests on the top of unknown continents that have not yet been explored . The continental crust is believed to have been formed by means of a chemical reaction when lighter materials separated from heavier ones, thus settling at various levels within the crust. Assisted by the measureme nts of the specifi cs within crust formations by means of monitoring earthquak es, geologis ts can speculate that a chemical split occurred to form the atmosphe re, sea water, and the crust before it solidified many centurie s ago. Although each continent has its special features, all consist of various combinations of components that include shields, mountain belts, intra-cratonic basins, margi ns, volc anic plat eaus, and block-vaulted belts. T he basic dif ferences among continents lie in the proportion and the compositio n of these features relative to the continent size. Climatic zones have a crucial effect on the weathering and formation of the surface features, soil erosion, soil deposition, land formation, vegetation, and human activities. Mountain belts are elongated narrow zones that have a characteri stic folded sedimentary organization of layers. They are typically produced during substantial crustal movements, which generate faulting and mountain building. When continental margins collide, the rise of a marginal edge leads to the formation of large mountain ranges, as explained by the plate tectonic theory. This process also accounts for the occurrence of mountain belts in oce an basins and produ ces evidence for the ongoing continental plate evo lution. 1. What doe s this passage mainly discuss? A. Continenta l drift and division B. Various definitions of the term “continent ” c. Continental structure and crust Đ. Scientific analyses of continental crusts 2. Acco rding to the passage, how do scient ists define c ontinents ? A. As masses of land without divisions B. As extensive bodies of land c. As the largest identifiable features D. As surgical compositions and ranges 3. In line 8, the word “bounded” is closest in meaning t o _________ _ . A. covered B. co nvened c. delimited D. domi nated 191

4. The autho r of the passage implies that the disagre ement among scientists is based on the fact that A. each contin ent has several planes and shelves B. contin ents have various underlyi ng layers o f crust c. contin ents undergo compress ion and ex perience tensio n D. conti nents have d ifferent chemical makeup 5. The w ord “specifics" in the pass age is closest in meaning to_____ . A. spec ialities B. specula tions c. exact details D. precise movements 6. The w ord “it" in line 23 refers to Ạ. a che mical split B. the crus t c. the atmo sphere D. sea wa ter 7. The a utho r o f the passage implies t ha t___________ . A. it is not known exactly how the continental crust was formed B. geolo gists have neg lected the explo ration of the ocean fl oor c. scientist s ha ve c oncentrat ed on monito ring ea rthquakes D. the e art h's atmo sphere split into water and solids 8. According to the passage, what are the differences in the structure of continents? A. The proporti onal size o f continents to one anot her B. Ratios of major comp onents and their comparative size c. The d istincti ve features of their elements D. Climatic zones and their eff ect on the surface features 9. The a uthor o f the passage implies t ha t_______ , A. the process of mountain form ation has not been acc ounted for B. moun tain ranges on the ocean floor lead to surface mountain building c. faulting and continental margins are parts o f plate edges D. the process of continent formation has not been completed 10. The word “evidence ” in the last line is closes t in m ean ing .to___________ . A. even tually B. confir mation c. exemplifica tion D. challenge PASSAGE 2: In this era of increased global warming and diminishi ng fossil fuel supplies, we must begin to put a greater priority on harnessing alternativ e energy sources. Fortunately, there are a number of readily available, renewable resources that are both cost- effective and earth - friendly. Two such reso urces are sola r pow er and geotherm al power. Solar energy, which reaches the earth through sunlight, is so abund ant that it c ould meet the needs of worldwid e energy consum ption 6,000 times over. And solar energy is easily harnessed through the use of photovoltai c cells that conver t sunlight to electricity. In the US alone, more than 100, 000 homes are equippe d with solar electric systems in the form of so lar panels or solar roo f tiles. And in other parts of the world, including many develop ing countries, the use o f solar system is growing steadily. Anothe r alte rnative energy source, which is abundant in specific geographic al areas, is geotherm al power, which creates e nergy by tapping hea t from below the surface of the earth. Hot water and steam that are trapped in und erground pools 192

are pumped to tile surface and used to run a generato r, which is produces electricity . Geothe rmal energy is 50,000 times more abunda nt than the entire known supply of fossil fuel resources. And as with solar power, the technolo gy needed to utilize geotherm al energy is fairly simple. A prime example of effectiv e g eotherm al use is in Iceland, a region of high geothe rmal activit y wh ere over 80 percen t of private homes are heated by geother mal power. Solar and geotherm al energy are jus t two of promisin g renew able alterna tives to convent ional energy sources. The time is long overdu e to invest in the develo pmen t and use o f alternative energy on global scale. 1. What is the main topic o f this passage ? A. The benefits of solar and wind power ove r conv entional energy source s. B. How energ y reso urces are tapped from nature. c. Two t ypes o f alternative energy so urces th at should be fu rther utilized. D. Exam ples of the use o f energy sources worldwide. 2. Accord ing to the passage, why should we consid er using alterna tive energy sources? A. Be cause fossil fuels are no lon ger available. B. B ecause global warming has increased the a mount of sunlight that reaches the ea rth. c. Because they are free and a vailable worldwide. D. B ecause conventiona l energy resources are be ing depleted , and they cause environm ental damage. 3. Which of the following words could best replace the word “ harne ssing” A. Ca pturing B. Harassin g c . Depleting D. Exp orting 4. Acco rding to the p assage, what can be inferred about solar r oof tiles? A. They are bei ng used in m any unde veloped countries, c. They are more exp ensive than solar panels. B. They can convert geotherma l energy to electricity. D. They co ntain photovolta ic cells. 5. According to the passage, ho w is solar energy production similar to geother mal energy production ? A. They both require the use of a generator. B. They both use he at from the ea rth’s surface, c. They both require fairly simple technology. D. They are both conventio nal and costly. 6. Where is the be st place in the passage to insert the followin g sen tence: “Althou gh the .US is not utilizing geothermal resource s to this extent, the Western US has a sim ilar capa city to generate geotherma l power ” A. after the p hrase “earth -friendl y” B. after the p hrase “ growing steadily” c. af ter,the phrase “by geot hermal power” D. after the phrase “global scale” 193

7. Acco rding to the passage , w hich of the followin g is true about solar pow er ? A. The re is very little o f it availa ble in Iceland. B. It is bein g used in 100, 000 private homes worldwi de. c . It is 6,000 times more powerful than energy from fossil fuels. D. There is enough of it to far e xceed the e nergy needs of the world. 8. What can be inferred about the us e o f geothermal e nergy in Iceland? A. It is widely used form o f energy for hea ting homes. B. Twenty percent o f the geothermal energy created is used to heat businesses, c. It is not effe ctive for use in private homes. D. It is 80 ti mes more effecti ve than t raditional forms of energy. 9. Wha t does the au thor imply ab out alternati ve e nergy sources ? A. Ma ny d iffere nt typ es o f alternati ve energy sources exist. B. Most altern ative energy sources are too impractical for priv ate use. c. Altern ative energy is too expensiv e for develo ping countr ies to prod uce. D. So lar and geotherm al energy are the effective forms of alternative pow er 10. W hat b est d escribe s the au thor ’s purpose in writing the passage ? A. To warn people about the h azards of fossil fuel use. B. To descri be the advanta ges and disadvanta ges of alternative energy use. c. To convince people o f the benefits of developing alternative energy sources. D. To outlin e the problems and solutions connecte d with global warming. VI. GUIDE D CLOZE (10 PTS) Read the text below and decide w hich answer bẽst fits each space. PASSA GE 1:

Clean freshwater resources are essential for drinking, bathing, cooking, irrigation, industry, and for plant and animal (1)_______ . Unfortunatel y, the global supply of f reshw ater is (2)_______ unevenly. Chronic water shortages (3)________ in most of Africa and drought is common over much of the globe. The (4)_______ of most f reshw ater su pplies - groun dwater (wate r located below the soil su rface), reservoi rs, and rivers - are under severe and (5)_______ environm ental stress becau se of overuse, w ater pollution, and e cosystem degradati on. Over 95 perc ent of urban sew age in (6)_____ countries is (7)______ untreated into su rface waters such as rivers and harbors. About 65 percent of the global freshw ater supply is used in (8)_______ and 25 percent is used in industry. Freshw ater (9)_______ there fore requires a re duction in wastefu l practices like (10) irrigation, reform s in agricu lture and industry, and strict pollution controls worldwid e. c . surviving B. survived 1. A. survive D. survival c . provided D. given B. distributed 2. A. delivere d B. lie c . show D. stay 3. A. exist D. startin g B. springs c. sources 4. A. resourc es D. ascendi ng 5. A. increasing B. growing c. climbing D. devel oping B. miserable c . poverty 6. A. growing 194

7. A. r echarge d 8. A. farming 9. A. reserva tion 10. A. ineffectiv e

B. discharged B. planting B. conserv ation B. illogical

c. charged c. agriculture c. preservation c. irrational

D. disch arging D. grow ing D. retention D. ine fficien t

PASSAG E 2:

My wife and 1 have always enjoyed travellin g by sea, and last year we decided to go for a Mediterra nean cruise (1)_________ our holiday was rather expen sive we th ought that the high standard of accoma dation, the first-cla ss food and th e m any interestin g plac es we saw were well ( 2 )______ the pr ice we paid. We found that most of the other passagers were friendly and interesti ng, but there was a man , Mr Jame s, who irrated and annoy ed US, and not (3)_______ US but all the others who shared our table at dinner. Whatever subjec t we talked about, it seemed that he was an expert (4)_______ He, had, apparently, read more books, visited more countries and studied more languages, than anyone else. After a few days, we ate our meals in (5)_______ , because nobody wanted to begin a conv ersation that would soon be taken (6)_________ by this man. Then my wife had an idea. Fortunately, the ship had a library, and she suggested that we (7)___________ think of an unsual subject, look it up in encycl opaedi a and then talk about it at dinner. If it were unusual enough Mr James could not (8)_________ know anyth ing ab out it. The subject w e chose was “English Agriculture in the Eleventh Century” . At diner that night we discussed this subject with (9) enthusiam. Mr James was silent. We realised we had at last (10)________ to find something he knew nothing about. B. W R IT T E N T E S T (70PTS)

I. CLOZ E TE ST (70PTS): Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only O NE WOR D for each space, PASSAGE 1:

THE WORLD OF DREAMS Most people feel that when they dream, they (0) are carried off to anoth er world. (1)_________ the contrary, dreams are often connected to our daily lives. ( 2 ) ________ our whole mind (3)____________filled with somethin g, when we are eithe r very upset or when we are in good spirit, à dream will represe nt this reality in symbol s. It is often said tha t we benefit from d reams becau se they help the spirit to heal itself, when things (5)_________ wrong. Dreams are the refore a kind of escape, almost a holiday from (6) _________ life, with its fears and respon sibiliti es. It is, ( 7 ) _______ , a strange ( 8 ) _________ of hol iday becaus e wheth er we have a wonderful time or whethe r it turns (9)_________ to be a nightm are, we quickly forget it. Most dreams disapp ear forever, (1 0 )_______ . you are one of those people disciplined enough to write them down as soon as you wake up. 195

PASSAGE 2:

LOOKING FOR A JOB 1 finished universi ty six month (11)________ , I've got a degree in business administrati on. I enjoyed the course very much (12)_______ . I realize I should have studied a lot harder! A few o f my friends have alr eady got fu ll-time job s but most, me, are still waiting (13)_______something suitable to turn up. Meanwhile, 1 make sure that I keep myse lf busy. I look through the job advertisemen ts (14)________ the newspape rs every day and I also ask all the people I know to tell me if they h ear o f any vacan cies (15)_______ they work . What I am looking for is something challeng ing and I would certainly be happy to move to another city or even work abroad for a while . T he (16)_______ is not so i mportant at this stage, provided I earn enough to live on, because I don’t want to continue. having to depend on my parents, although they are (17)_______ generous to me. At the moment, I'm working in a nearby restauran t two evenings (18)________ week, washing up and generally helping out, which brings a little money. The other people working th ere are ver y friendly, and many of them are in the same (19)________ _as me, so we have lots of to talk (20) ___________ II. WORD FORMA TION (20PTS) PAR T 1: Comp lete the sentences with the correct form o f the word given: 1. She left school with g oo d______.______ (QUALIFY) 2. The bride w as ________ dressed in white. (STYLE) 3. The______ of the agriculture in our country is very necessary. (ELECTRI FY) 4. Jim ’s _________ of the crime only made ma tters worse. (DENY) 5. You can raise your hand to show that you ne ed ______ _ _ (ASSIST) 6. We had the phone________ because we are moving tomorrow. (CONNECT) 7................... there are black holes in space . (THEORY) 8. One o f the aims of the organiz ation is to pro vid e_____ aid to the refugees. (HUMAN) 9. Dozens o f_________ are injured on the city road each year. (CYCLE) 10. It wa s____o f him to leave the children on their own in the pool. (RESPONSE ) PA RT 2: Read the text below. Fill in each of blank space with the correct

form o f the word from the box. interrupt mean

plea sant research

converse argue

impress listen

dominate house

Some recent research into (1 ). ...............between men and women has produced results which will surprise few women. Men are always interrupting women when they talk. One ( 2 ) ........ feels that men regard female talk as a kind of conversational ( 3 ) .............. They e xpect women to play a supporti ng role. So a man interrupts in a display of (4) ........... ... of control. Men also have a much 196

more (5) ________ listening style. Whereas a woman uses gestures or say: “mm” , a man will say such thing as “ring” or “o kay” thus settle the stage for an (6) ....... Conve rsation of this kind, then, hardly has ( 7 ) _______ commu nicatio n. Male talk is often (8)______ while women are more tentativ e, asking more question s and t ending to build up the ir re plies on wh at the other person had said. The research would indicate that women are better (9)___________ than men. Yet, listening secretly to conversa tion between groups of wo men, one has the (1 0 )________ of several simulta neous monolo gues into man would be able to get a chance to speak. III. E RROR CORR ECTIO N (1 0PTS): There are ten mis takes in the followin g p assage. Find and co rrec t them. Man has always depended on plants of food and many other useful products. For this reason, farming is that of the wor ld’s most importa nt industries . At firstly, early man did not know how to plant seeds and raise crops. He gathered wild fruits and vegetabl es where he found them. Then man discove red how to grow his own food. He planted seeds and waited for the crop to grow. For the first time, he could be reasonable sure of his food supply. He could settle down and build shelters in the places which he grew food. Populat ion began to increase; the demand for food became greater. Old-fashi oned tools and farming methods were inefficient in meeting the demand. So man cultivate d more still more land and invented more complicated machines to make his work easier. Tractors replaced horses and other farm animals. Scientists studied and experime nted with plants. They told farmers how to control plant diseases , and how too grow bigger and gooder crops. Now anothe r man, with the knowledg e of plants and the help of machines, can cultivate hundred of acres. He can raise plants which did not original ly grow in the soil or climate of his communi ty. 1. 2. 3 ._ 4. 5. 6. _ 7. 8. 9. _ 10. IV. S ENTEN CE TRAN SFORM ATION (20PT S) * Finish the seco nd se nten ce in such a way that it means exactly the sam e as the se nten ce prin ted before it 1. Even though I admire his coura ge, I th ink h e’s foolish. Mu ch...................................................... ....................... ..................................... 2. E xperts think t hat all dogs evo lved from wolves. All do ns......................... ........................... 3. The univers ity didn ’t prepare to conside r his applicati on due to his lack of right q ualificat ions. H ad ... .................................................................................................................... 4. I f you find it necessary, you can c ontact me on this n umber. Shou ld................................ .......................... ........................................................ 197

*Write a new sen tenc e simi lar in me ani ng to the one give n, usin g the word give n in b rackets. Do no t alter the word in any way. 5. Many people nowadays find it increasing ly difficu lt to exist on the money they earn (ENDS) M an y................................................................................................................... 6. I' ve lost inte rest in going to the same place all the tim e. (FED UP) I 'v e ........................ .. .. .. .. ............................................... . ........... .. . .................. 1. Mary is proud of being a good cook. (PRIDES) M ar y................................................................................................................... 8. The rain was c oming down in torrents. (CATS) The r a in ............................................................................................................... 9. They ar rived at the ir destin ation alive and kicking. (S OUND) T h ey ................................................................................................................... 10. The po lice caught the bur glar in the process of committing the cr ime. (RED) The b ur gl ar ........................................ ............................ .....................................

ĨRƯỞMG ĨH P Ĩ CHUYÊN NGUYỄN THIỆN THÀNH - TRÀ VINH A. MU LTIPLE CHOICE (40 pts) I. WORD CHOICE (10 pts) Choose the best options to complete the follow ing senten ces. 1. I asked him what to do but his instruction were so _ ___ that 1 still did n’t understand. A. in explicable B. muddled c. garbled D. illegible 2. The police are loo king for a sho rt,______ man with a beard. A. avera ge B. stocky c. petite D. tallish 3. Mary was so angry th at s he ______ to see the manager. A. reques ted B. required c. risked D. demanded 4. The whole building collapsed, but fortunately there were n o _____ A. wound ed B. casualties c. hurt D. victims 5. He left the meeting early on the unlikely_____ that he had a sick friend to visit. A. claim B. excuse c. pretext D. motive 6. The weath er is so awful that I d on’t _____ going out this evening . A. fancy B. like c. try D. want 7. He sat in the co rn er, ______ with anger about the treatmen t he received from his boss. A. was hing B. boiling c. simmering D. peeling 8 .1w as ___by his lack of intelligence. 1couldn’t believe anyone could be so stupid. A. shat tered B. staggered c. speechless D. startled 9. This has been an i ncre dibly ____ month. A. hect ic B. flustered c. wound up D. harassed 198

ì 0. She m ay b e _____ but she seems to end up annoying a lot of people. A. wel l-mean ing B. ill-advised c . smooth -tongue d D. widely-known 2. STRUC TURE AND GRAMM AR (10 pts) 1.1 suppos ed, a s ______ we all, th at the m eeting woul d be cancelled. A. just B. would c. equally D. did 2. A s tudy has been m ade o f the microbiolog y o f rock surfaces a nd _____ stones. A. weathe red B. rugged c. jagged D. rough 3. Well, i t _____ but will it taste the s ame? A. is s melling good B. is smelling well c . smells good D. smells well 4. Y ou __in this report to the managin g direc tor personally. Do you u nderstand? A. are to hand B. would like to hand c . may have handed D. would sooner hand 5. _____________________ up early, he would have cau ght the early train. A. Were he to ge t B. If he got c . Had he not got D. Were he to have got 6. You should be very glad that Bob didn’t recognize you that night. Can you imagine his fury if h e _____ ? A. had B. did c . did not D. would have 7. The re search suggests that inf ant s____________ highly susceptibl e to allergy at the fi rst 3 months. A. should be B. are c. will be D. being 8. When reac hing the top o f the hi ll, ________ . A. we suddenly caught sight of the sea B. it was the sea that extended below US c. we extende d the sea below US D. the sea came into view 9. Consume rs should boycott all pr od uc ts_____ has involved the use of child labour. A. who manufact ure B. whose manufac turers c. which manufactur e D. whose manufact ure 10. Su ch _____ that the firefighters could not get near it. A. hot was the fire B. the fire was hot c. the h eat was of the fire D. was the heat o f the fire 3. PREPO SITION S A ND PHR ASAL V ERBS (10 pts) 1 .1jus t wan t to se ttl e_____ and start a family before I got too old. A. in B. through c . down D. up 2. She s pent twe nty ye ars stu dying the history o f London. She know s i t ____ out. A. through B. inside c. all D. over 3. Capita! punishm ent wa s d on e____ in Britain nearly hal f a century ago. A. out for B. away with c. off by D. over from 199

4. He wa nts to pay the bill himself, but 1 wo n't h ea r_________ it. A. from B. about c. of D. for 5. This s ituation is ana log ous _____ the one we had faced last year. A. for B. in c. from D. to 6. When John was arrested for drunken driving, he expected to lose his driving license, but he w as _____ with a fine. A. let th rough B. let o ff c . got away D. kept away 7. My wife ch ec ks ___________ our elderly neighbo ur every few days to make sure that he's alright. A. on B. in c . at D. out 8. The rain ra n _____ the r oof of the house. A. on B. onto c. from D. into 9. You may co m e_____ different kinds of problems when you first settle in a different country. A. out w ith B. into c. up with D. up ag ainst 10. A Ja panese compan y tried to ____________ the deal. A. get in on B. get on with c. catch up on D. walk in on IV. IDIO MS & COLL OCATIONS (10 pts) Choose the right phrase in the box to complete each o f the following sentences. Use each phrase only ONCE and write your answer in the numbered box. 1. I'm s ick a nd _______ of studying grammar. A. cross B. ill C. tired D. bored 2. No, 1d on't want to watch a war film. I don’t like to see too much blood an d____ . A. guts B. tears c. pain D. bone 3. M ic e________ ! , A. give me creeps B. give me the creep C. give me the cree ps D. give me creep 4. When his paren ts are away, his eldest b rot her ___. A. knocks it off B. calls the shots c. draws the line D. is in the same boat 5. I will do everything in m y_____ _____ to rescue the victims. A. ability B.power c. mind D. effort 6. Be careful or he'll t ake you for a _________ . A. trick B.cheat C. fraud D. ride 7. Ju st because Laura makes a lot o f money, everyone expects her t o _____ all the bills. A. foot B.stand C. run D. carry 8. My s ister told me to pack some trouser s and shirts for the tr ip ,_________ , not to forg et my toothbrush. A. afte r all B. but more or less C. before long D. but a bove all 9. His English was roughly _ ___ with my Gr eek, so com municatio n was rather difficult! A. level B. on a par c. equal D. in tune 200

10. I did n’t wa nt to make a d eci sio n_____ so I said I’d like to th ink a bout it. A. on and o ff B. in o ne go c. there and t hen D. at a strok e V. R EADIN G COM PREH ENSI ON (20pts) RE AD IN G 1: Read the f ollowing passage and c hoose the b est a nswer MAGI NOT LINE The Magin ot Line w as o ne of the larg est milita ry structu res ever buil t, second only to the Grea t Wall of Chi na. It was a series of bu nkers, forts, turret s, and obstac les that spanned more than 450 miles of F rance's borde r with Germany. Built between 1930 and 1940, it w as one of the world's most impres sive forts, yet it proved to be almos t useless. The Magino t Line was named after the man who argued for its constr uction , French Minis ter of War André Maginot. André Maginot had fought with the French agains t the German s in the First World War. Much of this confl ict took place along the. Western Front, which was a line of tren ches across which the two sides faced one another. Both sides dug in deep and each lost many men over little ground. Conditio ns were horrid for all and there was a stalem ate for many years as ne ither side was able to move the other. Magin ot never forgot these awful conditions. He wanted to build a line of defenses that would give the French an advantag e in a simila r conflict. He feared, rightful ly so, that the Germans would attack France again. Germany 's population nearly doubled France's. The line of defense s that Magino t pictured would allow a smaller French army to hold off a larger German force. In 1929, Maginot convince d the French Parliament to fund his vision. Though calling it a line makes it seem thin, the M aginot Line wa s in fact quite deep. It was fifteen mile s wide at some points and varied in structure. There were outposts disguised as houses. These were manned by troops and rigged with explosives. There were antitank rails and obstacles. These were planted in the ground to prevent tan ks and trucks from passing. There were bunkers armed with mounted machine guns and an ti-tank guns. These were for pushing back a ttackers. And there were many large and small fortresses along the line. Each had mess halls, lots of supplies, and air conditioning. The Maginot line would give the French a supre me edge in the case o f a head-on invasion by the Germans. Unfortu nately for the French, the Germans did not attack head-o n. They position ed a decoy army in front of the line to distract the French. While the French waited, the Germans snuck a larger force through Belgium . Belgium is Fran ce’s northea stern neighbor. The French did have some defens es along their borde r with Belgium, but this part of the Maginot line was weak. The German s made quick work of these defenses. Within five days of their initial attac k they were well into France. Once they were in France, the Germans attempted to seize the main forts along the Magino t Line. They were not successful. The forts had proved to be strong, but they failed to hold back the Germans. The German s had taken Paris, .201

Fra nce 's cap ital city. Soo n aft er the Fre nch co mm an de r ord ere d his men to stan d dow n. He co mm an de d the Fre nch def end ers to leav e the ir bas es alo ng the Ma gin ot Line . Th ese sol die rs we re then ta ken to POW c am ps. Wh ile the Ma gin ot Line did no t wo rk in the wa y tha t the Fre nch had hop ed, the y did be ne fit by ha vin g bu ilt it. Bel gium and Eng lan d we re str on g alli es. Eng land had ple dge d to pro tec t Bel gium . Bel gium dec lar ed its el f a neu tral cou ntr y, one wh ich wa nte d to stay o ut o f wa rs. Wh en Ge rm any inv ade d Bel gium to byp ass the Ma gin ot Lin e, the y vio late d Be lgi um 's neu tra lity . Th is led to Eng land en ter ing th e wa r soo ner . Tho ugh the M ag ino t Lin e is no lon ger used mil itar ily , ma ny o f t he bui ldi ngs rem ain . Som e o f the fort s are now win e cel lar s or mu shr oo m farm s. One was tur ned into a dis co club . To day the Ma gin ot Line is ofte n use d as a me tap hor . Peo ple ma y ref er to a faile d pro jec t in wh ich som eon e pla ced a lot o f hop e as a Ma gin ot Lin e. Als o, the Ma gin ot Line live s on as the be st- kn ow n sym bol o f th e com mo n say ing th at "ge ner als a lwa ys figh t t he last war ." 1. Wh ich o f the fol low ing s tate me nts is tru e? A. Th e Ma gin ot Lin e pro vid ed abs olu tely n o ben efi t to the Fre nch. B. Th e M ag ino t L ine is stil l used by the Fren ch arm y tod ay. c . Ma gin ot's e xp eri enc es dur ing WW1 led to his sup po rt for th e line. D. The Fre nch w ere b etra yed by t he Bel gia ns dur ing Wor ld Wa r II. 2. Wh ich bes t e xpr ess es the aut hor 's pur pos e in w riti ng the four th par agr aph ? A. To per sua de rea der s t hat th e Ma gin ot Line w as not at a ll thin . B. To info rm rea der s of the type s o f def ens es alo ng the Ma gin ot Line, c. To de scr ibe w hat the insid e o f the Ma gin ot Line loo ked like. D. T o com pa re and con tra st def ens es alo ng the Ma gin ot Line. 3. Whi ch bes t des cri bes th e we akn ess o f the Ma gin ot Line ? A. It wa s bu ilt fr om che ap mat eria l and cou ld not resi st atta ck. B. Po or scr een ing let spie s t ake c ontr ol o f the forts from wit hin , c. The line w as not f orti fied alo ng Fra nce 's bo rde r w ith Bel gium . D. The Fre nch u nde res tim ate d the po we r o f new er Ge rm an tan ks. 4. Wh ich o f the f ollo win g is a fa ls e stat em ent ? A. An dré Ma gin ot fou ght a ga ins t th e Fre nch in th e Firs t Wo rld War. B. An dré Ma gin ot serv ed as the Mi nis ter o f W ar f or Fran ce. G. T he Ma gin ot Line is n ame d aft er And ré Ma gino t. D. A fter WW I, André Mag inot b eliev ed th at Germ any wou ld atta ck Fran ce again . 5. Wh ich be st exp lain s why And ré Ma gin ot wa nte d to bui ld up Fra nce 's def ens e rat he r t han the ir offe nse ? A. Af ter W WI, Fran ce and Ge rm any b eca me hist ory 's gre ate st allie s. B. Fra nce nee ded pro tec tion from t he Ge rm ans an d the hos tile B elg ian s. c. Ma gin ot fea red tha t Fren ch com ma nd ers mi gh t inv ade Ge rm an y if t he y had the pow er. D. Fra nce had far fe we r p eop le than Ge rm any an d nee ded to sav e ma np ow er.

202

6. Which best defines the meaning of the word stalema te as it is used in the second paragraph? A. When troops lose moral e because they miss thei r famili es B. When two side s are locked in a draw c. When b reathing is made difficult by foul odors D. When one side has a large a dvantage over the other 7. Which best ex presses the main idea o f the last paragraph of this text? A. It desc ribes how the Maginot Line is still used today. B. It r estates th e main points o f the text. c. It discusses how the French used the Maginot Line during World War II. D. It expla ins how the Mag inot Line is used as a symbol. 8. How did the French lose control o f the Maginot Line? A. The Germans overtook the fortresses with military power. B. The Germans tun neled into the fortresses using new technology, c. The French were starved out of the fortresses by G erman siege. D. The French surrend ered the fortresses. 9. Which was NO T pail of Germany's strategy to invade France in World War II? A. Position a decoy force in front of the Magin ot Line B. Sneak troops into France by tunneling un derneath the Maginot Line c. Bring a large army through Belgium D. Move very q uickly 10. Which title best expresses the main idea o f this text? A. Undefeatable: How the Maginot Line Became the World's Strongest Fortress B. André Maginot: F rance's Greatest Patriot c. Strong as the Weakest Link: The Mighty Maginot Wall and Its Shortcomings D. Blood Feud: The His tory o f War Between France a nd Germ any RE AD ING 2: Re ad the fo llow ing pas sag e a nd cho ose t he bes t an sw er

THE DOT-COM ERA The late 1990s was a volatile time for the Internet ent repreneur. There were a large number of new high-tech and Internet-based businesses being started up, some based on little more than dreams. And, nearly any entrep reneur with a high-tech or Internet -based business plan could receive a large amount of money from investors to develop the business. T hese businesses were called dot-co ms” after the last part of the ir Internet addresses, and that time in business history has become known as the dot-com era. Most dot-com ventures failed as the inc on sis ten cie s between high-tech dreams and realities clarified, but a handful of entrepreneurs from that time remain successful today. Many pe ople look back at the dot-com era with a certain amoun t o f cynicism . Some charge that there were entrepreneurs who deliberate ly mislead investors about the potential of their business plans; that they had the ulterior motive of 203

getting their hands on large amoun ts of cash before anyth ing else - a ploy that some say was comm on in th e dot-corn era. By 2001, most o f the dot-co ms had disap peare d and were sarcast ically referred to as 1 1dot-b omb s.” By the time the hype died down, incredib le amoun ts of money had been lost. This is an unfor tunat e legacy of the dotcom era. Why did com pani es like M icrosoft, Apple, and Google find success , w hilst so many others disap peare d? There is no concise answe r, but one interesti ng coinc idenc e is that many of th em were started by two or more entrepre neurs work ing in c onju nctio n with each other. At M icrosoft, Bill Gates and Paul Allen comp leme nted each other; Apple had Steve Jobs and Steve Wozniak ; and we owe Googl e to the rappo rt betw een founders Larry P age and Sergey Brin. Beside s colla borat ing with others, toda y’s entre prene urs need to be able to think on. their feet because the busines s situatio n change s so quickly. Entre pren eurs need to do const ant research to keep track of changin g trends. To day 's entr epren eurs need to be hardwor king and tenac ious — the easy money of the dot-co rn era is history. Experim entatio n and innov ation a critical in a rapidly cha nging and highly comp etitive ma rketplace. It s eems that the mistak es of the do t-corn era have shown the world what the high-t ech econo my truly is — and what it isn’t. It isn’t a place where anyone with a dream can get rich. It is, however, a powerful and flexible business envir onme nt where people with sound business ideas and effectiv e business mode ls can work togeth er to produce successful busine ss innovat ions — some times very successful ones indeed. But, as has always been true in the busine ss w orld, there is no sub stitute for thoroug h plannin g and hard work. 1. W hat is the aut hor ’s main pu rpose in writing this passag e? A. To ex pose the negative side o f the dot-com era B. To explain the h istory and qu alities of a type of entrepr eneu r c. To co nvinc e the: reader to bec ome an ent repren eur D. To show how being an ent repren eur is easier today than ever before 2. Acco rding t o the passage, it was easy to get money f rom investor s in the dot com era is most probably b eca use ______ A. investo rs w ere mainly Internet entrepre neurs B. i nvestor s d idn ’t expect to get th eir m oney b ack in those days c. investor s we re confused abo ut the potential of high-tech busine ss ideas D. in vestor s kn ew that any idea would succeed 3. Acco rding to the passage, many people look back on the dot-corn era with cynici sm be ca us e______ A. m any comp anies misle d th eir i nvestors B. they are jeal ous o f the succes s o f dot-coms c. the level of techn ology was so much lowe r then D. ther e w ere no true entrepr eneurs in that era 204

4. Accord ing to the passage, some people referred to dot-cor ns as “dot bomb s’ by 2001 probab ly b ec au se______ A. most dot-corn compani es wer e sh ort-lived failures B. dot-co rn c ompani es sta rted up extremely quickly c. some dot-corn s bec ame e xtremely successful D. many people wished to eliminat e dot-cor n businesses 5. Accordi ng to the passage, what do Microsoft, Apple, and Google all have in common? A, They all pro duce high-qua lity comp uters. B. They are all cynical about dot-corn s. c. They all have a good rap port with each other. D. They were all develope d by more than one person. 6. Which quality of toda y’s entrepren eurs is NOT m entioned in the pas sage? A. They need to be able to think on their feet. B. They n eed to work in more than one company at a time, c. They n eed to collaborate with others. D. They need to do consta nt research. 7. Accordi ng to t he passag e, wh at have we learned from the dot-com era? A. That most high-tech arid Internet -based businesses will succeed B. That an yone with a dream can get rich in today’s e nvironm ent c. That s ound business ideas and effe ctive pl ans are needed for succe ss D. That investors should give money freel y to ne w comp anies 8. What does the word “their” in line 5 refer to? A. En trepreneurs B. Businesses c. Investors D. Venture s 9. The word “inconsisten cies” in paragraph 1 almost me an s______ A. incomp atibilities B. changeability c. inconstancy D. contra diction 10. The w ord “rapport” in par agraph 1 closely m eans ■ A. intima te rela tionship B. sympathy c. bondage D. mutual understa nding IV. CL OZE TEST: (20 pts) CL OZ E TE ST 1: Read the following passage, and choose the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase for each of the blanks A LACK OF COMMUNICA TION Recent research has revealed that a third of people in Britain have not met their ( 1 ) _____ neighbors, and those who know each other (2) ______ speak. Neighbo rs gossiping over garden fences and in the street was a common ( 3 ) _____ in the 1950s, says Dr Carl Chinn, an expert on local commun ities. Now, however, longer hours spent working at the office, together with the Internet and s atellite television, are eroding neighborhoo d (4 )____ . ‘Poor ne ighbor hoods once had strong kinship, but now pr osperity buys privac y,’ said Ch inn. 205

Profes sor John Locke, a sociai scientist at Cambrid ge University, has analyz ed a large (5 )_____ of surveys. He found that in Am erica and Britain the amoun t of time spent in soc ial activity is decrea sing. A th ird of people said th ey neve r spoke to their neighbo rs at ( 6 ) _____ . Andre w Mayer, 25, a strategy consu ltant, rents a large apartm ent in west London, with two flatmates, who work in e-com merce . ‘We h ave a fam ily of teachers upstair s and lawyers below, but our only cont act comes via letters ( 7 ) _____ to the communa l facilities or compla ints that w e'v e not pu t out our bin bags pro perly ,’ said Mayer. The (8). _____ of commu nities can hav e serious effects. Concerne d at the rise in burglar ies and (9) _____ of vandalism , the police have relaunched crime preven tion schem es such as Neighbo rhood Watch, (1 0 )_____ on people who live in the same area to keep an eye on each other s’ houses and report anything they s ee wh ich is unusua l. 1. A. sid e-on B. next-d oor c . close-up D. nearside 2. A. bar ely B. roughly c . nearly D. virtually 3. A. out look B. view c . vision D. sight 4. A. ties B. join ts c. s trings D. laces 5. A. deal B. amount c, n umber D. measure 6. A. least B. once c . all D. most 7. A. con cerning B. regardin g c. ap plying D. relating 8. A. bre akout B. breakthroug h c. b reakdown D. breakaw ay 9. A. acts B. shows c. counts D. works 10. A. asking B. calling c. inviting D. trying CLOZE TEST 2: Read tile followi ng passage, and choose the letter A, B, c, or D on your answe r she et to indicate the correct word or phrase for each of the blanks The joys and t ribulat ions of being a pet owner! During ou r life time most o f US have some experien ce of either owning a pet or being in (1) ___________ conta ct with someone who does. Is there such a thing as “the ideal pet”? If so, what goes to make up the ideal pet? Various ( 2 ) __________ influence one 's choice o f pet, from your reasons for ge tting a pet to your lifestyle. For exampl e, although quite a few pets are relatively cheap to buy, the cost o f (3 )_________ can be conside rable. Everything must be (4 )____________ into account, from food and bedding , tó vaccina tions and veterinary bills. You m ust be prepared to (5) ______________ time on your pet, shopping for it, cleaning and feeding it. Pets can be dem anding and a big respo nsibility. Are you prepared to exerc ise and houset rain an animal or do you prefer a more independ ent pet? How much (6) ___________ room do you have? Is it right to lock an energet ic anim al into a (7) ____________ space? Do you live near a busy road which may threaten the life of your pet? Pets (8 )_____________ turtles and goldfish can be cheap and conve nient, but if you prefer af fection pets a fr iendly cat or dog would be more 206

(9) ___________ ____ . People get pets for a number of reas ons: for compan y, security or to teach responsibility , especially to children. Pets can be aff ection ate and’ loyal and an excelle nt source of co mpany as long as you know what pet (10) _____________ you and your lifestyle. - trib ulation (n) /, tn bj u' leijn/ nỗi đau khổ, nỗi khổ cực; sự khổ não 1 .A. n ear c . narrow B. close D. tight 2. A. measure s B. elements c. factors D. points 3. A. u pkeep B. maintenance c. upbringing D. raising 4. A. consider ed B. held c. taken D. kept 5. .A. take B. waste c. occupy D.sp end 6. A. free B.s par e c. empty D. vacant 7. A. co nfined B. detained c . reduced D. closed 8. A. so that B. as for c. as i f Đ. such as 9. A. suited B. appropriate c. likely D. good 10. A. fits B. matches c. suits D. goes with

B. WRITTEN TEST (70pts) 1. O PEN CLOZE TEST (20 points) OP EN CL OS E TE ST 1: Read the texts below and think of the word which best fits each spa ce. Use only one word in each space. MARKETS Most people in Britain and the US now buy the ir fresh food in su permarket s rather than traditional markets. But markets are still important (1 )______ the life of many cities and towns and in recent years farmers ' markets, where local farmers and others sell (2 )_______ or home-made foods directly to the public, have grown in popularity. In Britain, most markets are held in the open air, in town squares or market places. They usually take ( 3 ) ______only on market day, the same day each week, and sometimes on Saturday, and the stalls are put (4 ) _______ for each occasion. Towns where markets have traditionally been held are called market towns. Many still have a market cross, indicating where the market was originally held, or an old market (5) _ _____, a covered area open at the sides. Today, markets (6) _________ flowers, fruit and vegetables, fish and meat, clothes and hou sehold goods. Some towns and cities in Britain and the US have a (7) or indoor market. These markets are usually open more days of the week than outdoo r markets and operate more like shops. Markets that sell cheap second-h and goods, ( 8 ) ______ clothes, jewel lery and books are called flea markets. In the US, these are usually in buildings and open during normal shopping hours. The word market is sometimes used in American English to ( 9 ) ______ to any food shop. A (1 0 )_________ of superstore in both Britain and the US is a very large store o r superma rket. 207

OP EN CL OS E TE ST 2: Read the texts below and think of the word which

best fits each s pace. Use on ly on e word in each space. Face-to -face conve rsation is a (1) _________ process: you speak to me, I reply to you and so on. Two -way ( 2 )______ depend s on h aving a co ding system that is under stood by both ( 3 ) ______ and receive r, and an agreed convent ion about signal ling the beginn ing and end of the (4 )______ . In speech, the coding system is a language like English or Spanish; the conven tion that one person speaks at a time may seem too obvious to ( 5 ) ______ . In fact, the signals that people use in conve rsatio ns and meeting s are often non-ver bal. For example, lowering the pitch of the ( 6 ) ______ may mean the end of a senten ce; a sharp intake of breath (7 )______ signal the des ire to interrupt, catch ing the chai rma n’s (8 )______ may indicate the de sire to sp eak in a form al setting (9 )___________ a debate; a clench ed fist may indicate anger. When these (10) . signals are not po ssible, more formal signals may be needed. II. WORD F ORMS (20pts ) PA RT 1: Complete the sentence with the corre ct form of the given word. (10 pts) 1. Janet had t o ________________ from team because of injury, (draw) 2. The mount ain roads are o fte n_______________ in winter, (pass) 3. It is not possible for everyo ne to put their o w n______________ on the law. (interp ret) 4. Many people think that the famine was a result of the civil war, but it is _________ . (truth) 5. You'll need to be a little more ____________ if you want to hold their attention to your wr itings, (imagine) 6. Andi has co rre ct ly ___________ the order of a pack of card s in ju st 31.16 seconds, (memory) 7. A ____________ is a person who writes a book, etc. for anoth er person, under whose name it is then published, (write) 8. Don ’t believe wh at they said. I think t hey a re __________ witnesse s, (worth) 9. William Shakesp eare is probably the most famous ___________ ■ in history, (play) 10. T he ________________ answe r to my question was “ no” , (vary) PA RT 2: Write the correc t F ORM of each bracketed word in the numbered

space provided . (10 pts) use treat

anxiet y respira tion

act tense

emotion term

order diges t

THE EFFECTS OF STR ESS There is a famous expressio n in English. “Stop the world, I want to get off .” This express ion refers to a feeling o f panic, or stress, th at m akes a person want to stop what ever they are doing, try to relax, and becom e calm again. “Stres s” 208

means pressur e or (1 1 )_______________ . It is one of the most commo n causes of health proble ms in modern life. Too much stress results in physical, (1 2) _____ _____ , and mental health problems. Stress can affec t the heart. It can increase the pulse rate, make the heart miss beats, and can cause high blood pressure. Stress can affect t he (13) ___________ system. It can lead to asthma. It can cause a person to breathe too fast, resulting in a loss of impo rtant carbon dioxide. Stress can affect the stomach . It can cause stomach aches and proble ms of (14) _________ food. These are only a few exam ples of the wide range of illnesses and symptoms r esultin g from stress. Emotio ns are also easily affected by stress. People sufferin g f rom stress often feel (15) . They may have panic attacks. They may feel tired all the time. When people are under stress, they often (1 6 )_____ ___ to little problems. For example, a normally gentle parent under a lot of stress at work may yell at a child for dropping a glass o f juice. Stress can make people angry, moody, or nervous. (17) __________ stress can lead to a variety of serious mental illnesses. Depressio n, an e xtreme feeling of sadness and hopeless ness, can be the result of continue d and increas ing stress. Alcoholism and other addicti ons often develop as a result of ( 1 8 )________________ __________o f a lcohol or drugs to try to relieve stress. Eating (1 9) _________ , such as a norexia, are so metime s ca used by stress and are often made worse by stress. If s tress is a llowed to continue, then one ’s mental health is put at risk. It is obvious th at stress is a serious problem. It attacks the body. It affects the emotions . (2 0) _________ , it may eventually result in mental illness. Stress has a great influence on t he health and well-being o f our bodies, our. feelings, and our minds. Then, try to reduce stress: stop the world and rest fo r a while. JII. ER ROR IDEN TIFIC ATIO N (lOpts) Read th e te xt bel ow and find 10 words which shoul d not be there. Underlin e the 10 words and c orrect them. The Statue of Liberty is the famous statue that stands in Liberty Island in New York Harbour. At a height of 151 feet, it is ex tremely tall. The statue was a gift to the United States from the people of Franc e, and over the years it had becom e a symbol of freedom. Many peop le thi nk an American designed it, but it was in fact create d by a French artist, Frederic Bartholdi. The desig ner tried many designs and models, included children and animals, before he c hose a fema le figure, wearing a gown and clo ak, holding a torch high above his head. The statue’s body looks like a Greek goddess. In the early drawings, the statue 's face was going to look like the president’s wife, and Bartholdi decided to co py the face of Charlotte Beysser, Barthol di’s mother. Bartholdi decided to make the skin o f coppe r sheets. This was a good choice because the workme n were able to lift and work with the sheets with no difficulty . He co nsidere d other cheaper metals but tho ught th ey might be so hard to work with because of its weight. 209

On O ctobe r 28th 1886, the Presiden t o f the United States o pened the Statue of Liberty in a ceremo ny in front of a huge, exciti ng crowd. The President gave a long s peech, and Bartholdi was asked to give one too but he refused because he was a shy man. A firework s display was delayed until Nove mbe r 1st b ecause of poor we ather, but the parade went ahe ad as plan. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. IV. S ENTENC E T RANSF ORMA TION (20 pts) A. Fin ish each of th e fol lowing sentence in such a way that it is as si milar as possible in mean ing to the senten ce print ed b efore it 1. Wash vegetab les b efore eating the m. —>V ege tab les __________________________ _______________________ 2. New road de velopme nts pose a major t hreat to these an cient wo odlands. —>The se an cient You will have to give up the whole idea. —* 1 have no 4. He had a strong impulse to open the letter. ■—>He coul dn’t re sis t______________________________________________ 5. It can be concl ude from the research, h eart di seases corr elate with sm oking. —>The research shows a _______________ ___________________________ B. For each of the following sentences, write a new senten ce as simila r as possible in meaning to the original sentence, using the word given. This word must not be altered in any way. 6. The diplom at has been arrested because it is believed he h as been spying for his gove rnment. (SUSPICION) —>The dip lom at_________________________________________________ 7. He got u p very early this morning. (CR ACK ) —>H e_______________________ 8. They remained close friends, despite having had many differences. (FA LLEN ) —>Thou gh . ________________________________________________ 9. I re sent the way that she clearly feels hers elf to be s uperior to me. (NOSE) —>I a m ________________________________________________________ 10. Fo rtunate ly his route took him very near where they lived. (LUCK) —* A s________________________________________________________ 210

TRƯỜNG THPĨ CHUYÊN NGUYỄN QUANG DỈÊU - ĐỒNG THÁP A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (40 pts) I. WOR D C HOIC E (1 0 pts) Choos e th e be st op tions to com plete the fol lowing sentenc es. 1. Whe never she feels stressful, she li stens to Beethoven 's n in th _____ . A. cl assical music B. sympho ny c. folk song D. tunes 2. The transp ort strikes a r ea l_____ , which will make it very difficu lt f or me to get to work. A. pai n in the b ack B. nuisan ce c. last str aw D. frustr ation 3. benefit s include a new c ar and free health insurance, A. Well B. Fringe c. Edge D. Verge 4. Ex-sm okers often show their to smokers due to their great effort and success. A. prid e B. gesture c. behavi our D. millit ancy 5. Would n't it be nice if we all had t he time and money t o _____ of f to France for a week? . A. swan B. worm c. wo lf D. beav er 6. You really shou ldn’t buy that car. I know the engine is fin e, but most of the bodyw ork ha s b ee n_____ away by rust. A. eaten B. dissolved c. erased D. crumb led 7. Surgeons now can do miracles to their physical _____ which used to be unbeata ble. A. co ndition s B. wrongdo ings c. malfunc tions D. abn ormali ties 8. As an eco tou rism _____ , the park provides visitors with beautiful landscape. A. site B. park c. place D. land 9. A trick in the mining industry is _____ to bring about a shorta ge o f coal in the near future. A. ca using B. result ing c. threate ning D. pro spering 10. Because of an u nfortunate _ ___ , your order was not dispatc hed by t he date requeste d. A. h indran ce B. oversi ght c. neglige nce D. tran sgress ion II. STRU CTUR E AN D GRAM MAR (lOpts) 1. The early railroad s w er e_____ the existing arteries of transp ortatio n: roads, turnpi kes, canals, and othe r waterway s. A. th ose short lines conn ected B. short lines tha t conn ected c. connec ted by short lines D. short conne cting lines 2. When wood, natural gas, oil, or any other fuel bu m s, ____ _ w ith oxyge n in the air to produc e heat. A. co mbin ing substan ces in the fuel B. subs tances in the f uel that comb ine c. substances in the fuel combine D. a combination of substances in the fuel 211

3. If only th e n eig hb or_____ a pet fish, n ot a dog w hich always barks. A. is h aving B. were having c . had had D. woul d have 4. Not o nl y_____ in t he project, but he also wanted to bec ome the leader. A. did Jack involve B. had Jack been involved c. was J ack involved D. was involved Jack 5. _____ , wha t would you b ring back? A. Thin k o f going to Africa B. Im agine to go to A frica c . If you should go to Africa D. Sup posing you w ent to Af rica 6. Luisa does a full -time jo b and A. look s af ter a lso the house B. looks after the ho use either c . also looks after the hou se D. looks after the h ouse too 7. _____ danger ous the si tuation is, Jim alwa ys indulges him self in it head first. A. In spite of B. No matter what c . Howev er D. Though 8. Not until I received the letter o f anno unc eme nt,____ A. I cou ld recogn ize h ow bad the sit uation was B. coul d I recogni ze how bad was the situation c. how bad the situation was I recognized D. did I recogniz e ho w bad the situation w as 9. The com pet itio n_____ ; but you failed to enter it. A. mu st have pro vided you with opportunit ies B. coul d have pr ovided you with opportuni ties c. should have p rovided you with opportuniti es D. may have had pro visions for you r opportu nities 10. _____ , we co uldn' t'mak e ou t the gi st o f the passage. A. Car efully as Jac k explained B. As J ack carefully explai ned c. Due to J ack ’s carefully explanatio ns D. Though ca refully explai ned by Jack III. PR EPOS ITION S AN D PH RASAL VER BS (lOpts) 1. The pol ice___ a good deal of criticism over their handling o f the demonstration. A. came in for B. broug ht abo ut c. went do wn with D. open ed up 2. I can ’t _____ what h e’s doing; it’s so da rk down there. A. l ook into B. make out c . show up D. see through 3. Dave di dn 't understan d what Miss Smith was ge tti ng _____ so he asked her to ex plain it again. A. ab out B. for c . over D, at 4. We a re _____ very good te rm s_____ _ our nex t-door neighbo r. A. in/ of B. in/ with c. o n/ o f D. on/ w ith 5. I was t ake n 1_____ when Michaela said I’d hurt her fee lings. A. o ut B. along c. aback D. up 212

6. Ea tin g goo d foo d is g ood in su ra nc e_____ sic kne ss. A. for B. ag ain st c. wit h D. to 7. Do n't c o m e _____ har d on the n ew w ork ers . A. dow n B. up c . ab ou t D. wi th 8 My te ac he r say s th at I sho uld sail ______ the exa m, but I ’m no t s o sur e. A. th rou gh B. to c. with D. in 9. I ca n’t re me mb er th e n ame o f the hot el w e stayed a t _____ the t op o f my head. A. on B. in c. up D. o ff 10. I f it sta rts to r ain , m a k e_____ a n ear by cav e to wa it for it to pas s. A. ou t B. for c. up D. wit h

IV. ID IOMS & COL LOCAT IONS (lOpts) Choose the right phrase in the box to complete each of the following sentences. Use each phrase only ONCE and write your answer in the numbered box. the big ht ligh ts a dar k horse in a wo rd wor d perf ect take it as r ead a shot in the d ark wor d fo r w ord take it amiss readi ng bet ween the lin es the lig ht in the end of the tu nnel lost fo r w ords 1. My int erv iew wit h the po lic em an too k lon ger tha n I had tho ug ht bec aus e he wa nte d to cop y dow n my s ta te m en t______ . 2. My an sw er ______ is no . 3. ______ I sen sed th at she wa s try ing t o tell me tha t she wa s ha vin g pro ble m at hom e. 4. He read the spe ech aga in and aga in unti l he wa s ab so lut ely sur e th at he was 5. Wh en she wa s tol d she had wo n the priz e she wa s _ _ _ _ _ a nd tea rs we lled up in h er eyes . 6. I do n’t thi nk we nee d to pu t ‘Inf or ma l’ on the inv ita tio ns - mo st peo ple will 7. Gail is a bit o f - she ne ve r tal ks abo ut her fam ily and no one kno ws mu ch ab ou t h er past . . 8. N o on e had con sid ere d off eri ng mail or de r b efo re, so set tin g it up wa s a bit o f 9. Af ter mo nth s o f un em plo ym en t, the act or had bee n off ere d a sma ll pa rt in a TV film , and felt h e cou ld at lea st see _______. 10. P lea se d o n 't _____ wh en I say th at you r last r epo rt nee ded a lot o f re wo rki ng .

V. READ ING COMPR EHENS ION (20pts) RE AD IN G 1: Read the fol lowing passage and choose the bes t ans wer Just as optic al fibers h ave transformed communi cation, they a re a lso revoluti onizing me dic ine . Th ese ultr a-t hin , flex ibl e fibe rs ha ve op en ed a win do w into the livi ng tis su es o f th e bod y. By ins ert ing o ptic al fib ers t hro ugh nat ura l op en ing s or sma ll

213

inc isio ns and thread ing them along the body ’s est ablishe d pathwa ys, physicia ns

can look into the lungs, intestines, heart, and other areas that were formerly inaccessi ble to th em . The basic fiber-op tics system is called a fibersco pe, which consis ts of two bundles of fibers. One, the illumin ating bundle, carries light to the tissues. It is coupled to a high-in tensity light source. Light enters the cor es of the h igh-pur ity silicon glass and t ravels along the fibers. A lens at the end of the b undle collects the light and focuses it into the other bundle, the imaging bundle. Each fiber in the bundle transmi ts only a tiny fraction of the total image. The reconstru cted image can be viewed through an eyepiece or displayed on a televi sion screen. During the last five years, improved methods of fabri cating optical fibers have led to a reductio n in fibersc ope diamete r and an increase in the numb er o f fibers, which in turn h as in creased res olu tio n. Optical fibers can also be used to deliver laser light. By use. o f laser beams, physicia ns can perform surgery inside th e body, sometim es elimin ating the need for invasive procedu res in which healthy tissue must be c ut thr ough to reach the site of disease . Many of these procedures do not require anesthe sia and can be performe d in a physi cian' s office. These techniques have reduced the risk and the cost of medical care. 1. W hat is the main subject of the passage? A. A r evolution in com munication B. New s urgical techniques c. The invention of optical fibers D. The role o f optical fiber s in medic ine 2. In line 2, the author uses the expression hav e ope ned a wi nd ow to indicate that the use o f optical f ibe rs____ . A. has enabled scientists to make am azing dis coveries B. some times requires a surgical incision . c. allows doctors to see inside the body witho ut ma jor surgery D. has been unknown to the general public until quite rece ntly 3. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word inc isio ns in line 4? A. ho les made on the body B. acts o f incising c. wounds caused to the tissues • D. cuts made in surgery 4. The wor d them in line 6 refers to ____. A. pa thways B. optical fibers c. physic ians D. other areas o f the body 5. Accor ding to the passage, what is the purpose of the illuminati ng bundle in a fibersc ope? A. To carry light into the body B. To rec onstruct images c. To co llect and focus light D. To perfor m surgery inside the bo dy 6. Whic h of the following is closest in meaning to the word cor es in line 9? A. Tips B. Centres c . Clusters D. Lines 214

7. Ac co rdi ng t o the pas sag e, how do t he fib ers cop es used tod ay d iff er f rom tho se used five y ear s a go ? A. T he y use br igh ter li ghts . B. T hey c on tai n mo re fibe rs, c . Th ey are long er. D. T hey ar e lar ge r in d iam ete r. 8. The word re so lu tio n in line 16 is c loses t in m eani ng to wh ich o f the f ollo win g? A. Str eng th B. Sha rpn ess c. Inc on ven ien ce D. Eff ici en cy 9. Wh ich o f the fol low ing is not me nti on ed by the au th or as on e o f the ad va nt ag es o f l ase r sur ger y tec hn iqu es? A. Th ey can b e per for me d in a ph ys ici an ’s off ice. B. Th ey are saf er than con ven tion al surg ery. c. Th ey can o ften be per form ed wi tho ut a nes the sia. D. T hey ar e rel ativ ely ea sy to tea ch to phy sici ans . 10. W here in the pas sage do es the a uthor provide a basic de scription o f a fibersc ope? A. Line 1 - 3 B. Line 6 - 7 c. Lin e 1 0 -1 1 D. Line 1 7 - 1 9 RE AD ING 2: R ea d th e fo ll ow in g pa ss ag e an d ch oo se th e b es t an sw er

SU BV ER SIV E AR T Su bve rsiv e pol itic al and socia l me ssa ges ar e a m ain sta y o f the art co mm unity . In mo st mo der n dem ocr atic nati ons , wh ere free spe ech is co nsi der ed an ina lien abl e righ t, such sub ver siv e art is eas ily fou nd. Am eri can film is a fine exa mp le o f this . Ma ny Am eric an film s are ope nly cri tica l o f Am eri can soc iety and its val ues . Ap oc aly pse Now, a film abo ut the Vi etn am War , is a wi the rin g att ack o n Am eri ca' s inv olv em ent and con duc t in tha t con flic t. In a mor e mo der n sett ing , Af ric an- Am eri can film dir ect or Spik e Lee ma kes film s wh ich dep ict Am eri ca as a rac ist and unj ust soci ety. Oth er arts are filled with exa mp les o f sub ver siv e art as wel l. Th ere ar e cou ntle ss pai ntin gs and scu lpt ure s wh ich ope nly att ack Ch ris tian ity and oth er val ues whi ch are con sid ere d to be core asp ect s o f Am eri ca' s iden tity. Pun k Rock , wh ich orig ina ted in Eng lan d, der ide d ma ny of En gla nd' s mo st sac red o f soci al valu es. Mo st fam ous ly, the 1970s pun k ban d The Sex Pis tols freq uen tly sang song s abo ut ov ert hro wi ng the go ver nm en t, eve n goi ng s o far as to des cri be the Que en o f En glan d as sub hum an. N ot al l sub ver siv e art is as upf ron t in its socia l crit icis m. Mu ch o f su bv ers ive ar t is qui etly sub ver siv e. The re are a num ber o f r eas ons for this . Th e firs t is, of cou rse , eco nom ics . An art ist who is too open or too ve he me nt in his or he r crit icis m o f s oci ety may find it hard to find an aud ien ce wi llin g to pay for suc h art. In som e soc ieti es the re may be a fea r o f re tr ib u ti o n , eit he r by the go ve rn me nt or by indi vid ual soc iety me mb ers offe nde d by the art ist 's me ssa ge . No r are such fear s unf oun ded . Au tho r Salm an Ru shd ie was for ced to go into hid ing aft er he wro te a book tha t Mu slim s too k to be cri tica l o f th eir rel igi on . Th ere for e, the sub ver siv e me ssa ges in a rt a re ofte n hid den . One com mo n me tho d o f hid ing sub ver siv e me ssa ges in on e's art is thr oug h the use o f an unr elia ble or u n te n ab le vie wp oin t. In thi s me tho d, the art ist

215

actuall y present s a v iewpo int that is in oppositio n to his or her o wn, but does so in such a way as to rende r that viewp oint unbel ievabl e in the eyes of the audienc e. Americ an autho r Mark Twain was a m aster at this. The narrato r in his most famous novel is a young boy named Huck Finn. Huck suppor ts the values of his society. For exampl e, one of the justif icatio ns used by Amer icans to keep Africans e nslave d was that t hey were someho w less huma n than whites. There is a scene in which Huck finds his friend Jim, a runawa y slave, crying to-h ims elf because he misse s his children whom he has left behind in slavery. Huck is surprised by th is, and comme nts t hat it seems remarka ble t hat Jim , a slave, could feel sadness for the loss of his children in the same way a white person would. This observ ation is so absurd that it discredi ts the entire notion of slaves someho w b eing less huma n th an t heir ma sters. Mark Twain was not the only artist to hide the subversive nature of his work. In earlie r times, prior to the printin g press and the mass productio n of posters, artists depen ded on the support of wea lthy individuals to make their living. A rich no ble who apprecia ted the w ork o f an artist would become his or her patr on and suppo rt the artist, in re turn the arti st was generally expected to c reate art tha t the p atron approv ed of, and herein was the problem. These wealt hy nobles represente d the social elite, which in most cases was exactly the eleme nt o f society which artists wished to cr iticize. One c ould hardly expec t a patron to pay for art that was openly c ritical of his social class, so artists became experts in conce aling the su bversive message in their art. A close look at any of the g reat artists of history, da Vinci, Shakespeare, Milton, etc. will reveal many hidden elements o f social sub version. 1. In paragrap h 1, all of the following are mentioned as examples of subversive art EX CE PT ______ . A. an ti-wa r film s B. songs o f rebellion c highly sexual poetry D. blasph emous sculpture 2. Ac cording to paragrap h 2, what is the role of econo mics in subversiv e art? A. It limits th e ca ndor with which artists e xpress themselves. B. It cre ates a marke t for increasingl y shoc king art. c. It encoura ges people not to buy subv ersive art. D. It e ncoura ges artists to be upfront in their social cri ticism. 3. Based on the information in par agraph 2, it can be inferred that subversi ve art A. is often highly p rofitable for the artist B. often evoke s stro ng emo tional reactions c. is often banned by many gov ernments D. is m ostly focused on relig ious to pics 4. The word “retr ibutio n” in the passage is closest in m eaning to ______ . A. crit icism B. rejection c. revenge D. ange r 5. The word “unte nable ” in the passage is closest in m eaning t o ______ . A. com plex B. untr ustworth y c. obscur e D. ind efensib le 216

6. Accord ing to paragraph 3, h ow did Mark Twain seek to su bvert the values of his soc iety? A. He us ed a highly unpopu lar nar rator to discuss the topic o f slavery. B. He presente d the views o f his opponen ts in a ridicul ous fashion. c. He argue d th at slaves also held emotion al attachmen ts to their families. D. He d escribed much o f American society as evil and bitter. 7. Based on the information in paragraph 3, what can be inferred about Mark Twain? A. He feared retribution from American society. B. He was the first autho r to pract ice su bversive art. c. He opp osed the Amer ican practice of slavery. D. He w as forced into hiding for his political views. 8. The w ord “t his ” in the passage refers to . A. the fact tha t Jim m isses his family B. the f act that Jim would leave his family in slavery c. the fact that slaves are considered less human than whites D. the fa ct that Mark Twain opposed the values o f his society 9. Based on the information in paragraph 4, the term “p atr on ” can best be explained a s ______ . A. a perso n who loves art B. the target of subversive art c. a person who sup ports ar tists D. a noble who represents the social elite 10. Acco rding to paragraph 4, why was it-especially i mportant for early artists to hide the subversive nature o f their art? A. The g overnme nts o f that time were far less tol erant of criticism. B. The peop le they criticized were their sole source o f income, c. They were unable to mass produce their art. D. There were very few p atrons who approved of subversive art. IV. CL OZ E TE ST: (20 pts) CLOZE TEST 1:

If you 've been told by your boss to improve your knowledge of a foreign language you will know that success does n’t come quickly. It generally takes years to learn another language well and co nstant (1 )_____ to m aintain the high standards required for frequent business use. Whether you st udy in a class, with audiocas settes, computer s or on your (2) _____ sooner or (3) _____ every language course finishes and you must decide what to do next if you need a foreign language for your career. Business audio Magazine is a new product designed to help you continue language study in a way that fits easily into your busy schedule. Each audiocassette ( 4 ) _____ of an hour - long program packed with business news, features and interviews in the language of your choice. These cassettes won ’t teach you how to order meals or ask for dir ections. It’s ( 5 )_____ that you can do that already. Instead, by giving you an o pportunity to h ear the language as it’s r eally spoken, they help you to ( 6 )_____ your v ocabular y and improve your ability to use real language relating to, for example, that all- important marketin g trip. 217

The great advanta ge of using audio magazine s is th at they ( 7 ) _____ you to perfec t your language skills in ways that suit your lifestyle. For exampl e, you can select a topic and listen in your car or hotel when away on business. No other business course is as ( 8 )_____ and the unique radio- magazi ne format is as instructive as it is entertain ing. In addition to the audioca ssette, this package includes a transc ript with a business glossary and a study (9) _____ . The compo nents are structured so that intermedi ate and advanced students may use them separatel y or toget her, (10) on their ab ility. 1. A. exerc ise B. perfor mance c. practice D. operat ion 2. A. se lf B. individual c . personal D. own 3. A. after B. then c . later D. quic ker 4. A. cons ists B. includes c. contains D. involve s 5. A. ins isted B. acquired c . asserted D. assume d 6. A. pro long B. extend c . spread D. lift 7. A. allow B. let c . support D. offer 8. A. adjus table B. flexible c. convertible D. variable 9. A. addition B. supplem ent c . extra D. manu script 10. A. accord ing B. depending c . relating D. basing * CLOZE TE ST 2:

For Nigel Portman, a love of travelling began with wha t's called a ‘gap year ’. In comm on with many other British teenagers, he chose to take a yea r out before (1) ___ __ to study fo r his de gree. After doing various job s to (2) _____ some money, he left home to gain some experie nce of life in differe nt cultures, visiting America and Asia. The more advent urous the young person, the (3 )_______ the challenge they are likely to (4 )_____ themse lves for the gap year, and for some, like Nigel, it can (5 )_____ in a thirst for a dventure. Now that his university course has come to an end, Nigel is ju st about to leave on a thre e-year trip that will take him right around the world. Wh at's more, he plans to make the whole journ ey using only means of tra nsport which are ( 6 ) ______ by natural energy. In other words, he'l l be ( 7 ) _______ mostly on bicycle s and his own legs; and when there ’s an ocean to cross, he won ’t be taking a (8 )_______ cut by climbing aboard a plane, he’ll be joi ning the crew o f a sai ling ship (9 )_________ _. As well as doing some mountain climbing and other outdo or pursuits along the way, Nigel hopes to (1 0) _____on to the people he meets the environme ntal messag e t hat lies behind the whole idea. B. getting up c. taking over D. holdin g back 1. A. se ttling down B. raise c. advance D. win 2. A ach ieve B. wider c. greater D. deepe r 3. A. str onger B. set c. aim D. place 4. A. put B. lead c . cause D. create 5. A. res ult 218

6. A. pulled 7. A. rely ing 8. A. qui ck 9. A. anywa y 10. A. leave •

B. charged B. using B. short B. alike B. keep

c. c. c. c. c.

forced a ttempting brief instead pass

D. power ed D. trying D. swift D. other wise D. give

B. WRITTEN TEST (70pts) I. OPEN CLOZE TEST (20 points) Read the texts below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only o ne word in each space. a. DANGERS OF TECHNOL OGY Much has been heard recently (0) about possible health hazards, including memory loss and brain tumors , from the use of mobile phones. With the possible hal f a billion mobile phones in (1 )____ throughout the world, in Britain (2 )___ , one person in four owns one. (3 )_____ is worryin g enough, even if, so far, no concrete evidence has come to ( 4 )_____ One study by Dr. Alan Preece and his team at Bristol University has shown, however, in a report in the International Journal of Radiation Biology, th at test s on volun teers demonstrat ed no eff ect on (5 ) _____ short-term memory or attention span. Subjects (6)______exposed to microwave radiation for (7 )_____ to thirty minu tes, but the one noticeable effect was positive (8 )_____ than negative; the subjects reacted more rapidly in one test (9 )_____ a visual choice. One explanation of ( Ì 0 ) ___ _ is that following the transmissio n, a wanni ng o f the blood led to increased blood flow. b. LAUGHING IS GO OD FOR YOU - S ERIOUSLY It is a sad fact (0) that adults laugh far less than children, sometimes by as much ( 1 )_____ a couple of hundred tim es a day. J ust take a (2 )_____ at peoples faces on the way to w ork or in the office: you'll be l ucky ( 3 )_____ see a smile, let alone h ear a laugh. This is a shame — especially in view of the (4 )_____ that scientists have proved that laughing is good for you. “When you laugh” says psychologist David Cohen, “it produces the feel-good hormones, endorphin s. It counters the effects o f stress (5 )_____ enhances the immune sy stem.” There are many (6 )_____ why we might laugh less in adult life: perhaps we are too work-obsess ed, or too embarrassed to ( 7 ) _____ our emotion s show. Some psychologists simply believe that children have more native responses, and as adults we naturally grow (8) ______ of spontaneou s reactions. Luckily, (9 )_____ , it is possible to relearn the art of laughter. In India, “lau ghter clinics " have been growing (1 0 )_____ popularity over the last few years, thanks to the efforts of Dr Madan Kataria, whose work has won him a devoted following. Dr Kataria believes that his laughing techniques can help to strength en the immune system and lower stress levels, among other things. He teache s his patients differen t laughs or giggles to relax specific parts of the body. In 1998, when Dr Kar taria organized a World Laughter Day at Bombay racetrac k, 10,000 people turne d up. 2Ĩ9

II. WORD FORMS (2 0pts) PAR T 1: Complete the sentence with the correct form of the given word. (10 pts) 1. _____ in wealth ca uses a great number o f social problems. ( EQU AL) 2. The church is the site o f a numbe r o f_____ manifes tations . (NATU RE) 3. The sl ig ht _____ in his left hand was co rrected by surgery. (FORM) 4. Barack Obama is the first preside nt of the United States with _____ backgr ound. (RACE) 5. They won the case because of the _____ in c ourt of the de fendant . (APPEAR) 6. The sun and the moon are o fte n_____ in poetry. (PERSON ) 7. Tax e xempt ion only ap plies to those w ith _____ status. (RESID ENT) 8. The station quickly fell in to _____ after it was closed. It is n ow in very bad conditi on. (REPAIR) 9. Low income and little administr ative support make tea ch ers _____ with their professio n. (HEART) 10. Do you th ink t hese children ar e_____ ? They look very thin. (NOURI SH) PA RT 2: Wr ite the co rrect FORM of each bracketed word in the numbered

space provid ed. (10 pts) THE C RUSADES The medieval crusades, when Western European knights and (11. adventur e) _____ attempt ed to seize Jerusalem from the hands of the Seljuk Turks, are widely (12. understa nd) _____ by most people in the West, who think of them as glamor ous and heroic. True, the level of heroism was occasion ally (13. i mp res s)___ , but in fact the crusaders were ignorant and (14. gu ide )_____ . For exa mple, they v iewed the Byzantine Emperor, through whose lands they had to travel, as an annoyin g (15. relevant) _ ___ , deny ing him even so much as a (16. c on su lt) _____ role in the p roceedings. In reality, his long experie nce of the Saracens had given him a(n) (17. co ns ide r)_____ knowledge of thei r fighting methods and politics. His advice, had the crusaders chosen to follow it, would have been absolu tely (18. va lu e) _______ . Instead, they (19. re pe at )________ dismissed it as (20. w or th )_____ with the result that, despite initial success, the crusades eve ntually dwindled to ignominiou s failure. n i. ERROR IDENTIFICATION Identify 10 errors'in the follo wing passage and cor rect them Normal houses are full of hazadous waste. The most important hazard ous waste in the home is batteries. If you throw them out with your othe r garbag e, they are open at the landfill, the poison inside moves through rain water and other liquids to the bottom of the landfill. Then they can pollute the nat ura l' water in the ground. We should use rechar geable batteries, other hadarho us water in homes is motor oil. Don’t thro w old motor oil in the ground and throw it on the 220

Line 1

/ 5

garbag e. It poisons the environ ment. We should recycl e moto r oil. Paintin g is ano ther kind of hazarhous waste in homes . Some cities have "Paint exch ange day". If you bring in open, unused blue paint and want red, they give you red, sometim es they mix the paints togeth er into strange colours . If you paint walls with them, you help save the enviro nmen t 1 2. ________ 3. _________ 4 5. _______ _ 6 ._______________ . 7 8. __________ 9 ._______________

IV. S ENTE NCE TRAN SFOR MATI ON (20 pts) * Finish each of the following s entenc e in such a way that it is as s imila r as possible in me aning to the s entence prin ted before it 1. Because of his conviction for fraud, the tr ainer lost his licence His conv iction for fra ud.................................................................. ............... 2. My liitle br other can be so annoy ing sometime s —» I a m ................................................ .................................................................. 3. They declared w ar on the pr etext of defending th eir t erritorial rights 4. 5. *

—>The ex cu se ................ ......................................................................... ............ Whene ver you are on a bus, you hear someone talking abou t snobb ery. —>You can ’t ......................................................... .......... ............ ............ ............ Pop stars are co rrupted by the a dulation of their fans —» I t’s the w ay ............................................... ......... ............................................. For each of the followin g sentenc es, write a new senten ce as simi lar as possible in meaning to the original sentenc e, using the word given. This word must not be altered in any way. I don ’t think the t elev ision 's likely to blow up at any minute. LIKEH OOD

7. I’m afraid ou r prob lems are just beginning . ICEBERG 8. In the area, Thailan d is much better than all other countr ies in footbal l. SHOUL DERS 9. Thoma s was n ot given de tails of the co mpan y’s new pro ject. DARK 10 .1 was too scare t o tell him w hat I r eally th ought. LACKED 1 221

TRƯỜNG TH PĨ CHU YÊN HÙNG VƯƠNG - GIA LAI A. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (40 pts) I. WORD CH OICE (5 pts) Choose the wor d or ph rase from A, B, c or D that fits each blank. 1, I 'm afraid Jenn ifer ’s ve ry ______ She beli eves everyth ing s he’s told. A. gul lible B. trustw orthy c. credible D. hones t 2. In the han ds o f a reckles s driv er, a car becomes a _____ weapon. A. lethal B. fatal c. mortal D. venal 3 . 1 slept badly last nig ht and am fee ling p arti cul arly ______ this m orning. A. slo w-witte d B. far-rea ching c. off-hand D. top-h eavy 4. Rad io and televisio n make it possible for the news to be wide ly______ . A. diss emina ted B. disloca ted c. dismantled D. express ed 5. You can ’t bury yo ur h ea d______ and hope that this problem-goes away, you know. !C. in the sand A. in t he mu d B. in the pool D. in the wate r 6. Una nswer ed, t he d emands for nucle ar deterre nts h av e_____ fears o f civil war. A. flashe d up B. progno sticated c. sidetracke d D. stoked up 7. This eviden ce should pro ve ______ that he wa s telling the truth A. onc e and for all B. from time to time c. over and above D. now and then 8. A new com puter has been produced, which w il l______ all prev ious models A. over do B. supersede C. excel D.overwhe lm 9. My cousin was nervous about being interviewed on te levision, but she rose to th e_____ wonderfully . A. eve nt B. performance C. incid ent D. occasion 10. My d ecision to drop ou t o f university a fter a yea r is one I n ow _____ regret. A. pai nfully B. harshly C. heavily D. keenly H. STR UCTUR ES AND GRAMM AR (5pts) Choose the a nswer which best com plete each sen tence 1 .1 s upposed, a s ______ we all, t hat the meeting would be cancelled. A. did B. would c. only D. jus t 2. Although the Moon ap pe ar s______ , it reflects on average only 7 p ercen t of the light that falls on it. A. bri ght to the eye B. brightly to the eye C. brig ht in the eye D. brightly in the eye 3. “ What w ould you do in my pla ce?” - “W ere ______ treated like that, I’d compla in to the m anager.” A. I to be B. I to had been c. I ha ve been D. to 1b e 4. ______ the catfi sh is prized for its taste. A. With ug ly look B. As ugly looking c. Ugly l ooking as it is D. As it is ugly looking

222

I __ at once is reasonable. 5. His advice that it B. be d one c. needs to be done D. is done A. shou ld do 6. At no time you pay a rise. B. do ev er I pro mise A. did I ever promise D. had e ver I promised c. I have ever p romised net in goal Dick p u t______ ball in second hal f but was disallow ed A. a/a /a/a ' B. the/the/ the/the c. the/the /a/a D. a/a/the /the 8. ______ about what he had heard, John telephone d hia brothe r A. Ha ving wo rried B.To worr y c. He worried D. Worried ______ given to t he va rious types of microscopic plants an d animals found in wate r B. the name of plankton A. Name d plankton D. Plankton is the name c. Plan kton ’s name asleep in the train. 10. You must B. be tired if you fallen A. have been tir ed if you fallen D. have been tired if you fall c . have be en tired if you fell III. PR EPOS TIONS AND PHRASA L VER BS (5 pts) Choose the m ost suit able options to comple te each sentence 1. Both the favourite and then the second favourite pulled out. Naturally , we though t we w er e______ a chance. A in with B up for c in for D up with 2. His company went b ankrupt, three years of hard wo rk ______ the drain. A. into B. in c. down D. low 3. D on’t quote me. Wh at 1 am abo ut to say is ______ the record. A. on B. off c. without D. above 4 . 1w as so tired that I ju s t______ in the armchair A. flaked out B. broke up c. dropped out D. fell over 5. The subject of sex equality seem to ____in every discussion lesson in my school A. burs t out B. zero in c. crop up D. harp on 6. Ou r teach er te nd sto __cert ain su bjects which she fi nds diffi cult to talk a bout A. boil down B. string along c. skate over D. track down 7. It’s a good idea t o ______ people b efore taki ng them into your c onfiden ce A. tumbl e to B. root out c. bank on D. size up 8. Some people can just _ ____ a cold,b ut my col ds seem to li nger fo r weeks A. shrug o ff B. cough up c. pulf throu gh D. stamp out 9.The man in the market was selling leather coats very cheaply: they were such bargai nsthat were s oo n______ . A. clea red off B. done fo r c. bought o ut D. snap ped up 10. I cou ldn ’t rem ember whe re I had left my car , when it s ud de nly ______ me that 1 did n’t have a car any longer! A. dawne d on B. ran into c. went through D. tumble d to 223

IV. CO LLOCA TIONS AND IDIOMS ( 5pts) Ch oos e the a ns we r w hic h bes t com ple te each sen ten ce

1. It's great here. Have h ad ___________ ever since we arrived. We’re having a wonderful time. A. broken sunshine B. unbroken sunshine c. unbroken light D. unbroken clou ds 2. Palai r Airlin es off ers e xce lle nt______ entertainm ent, with the latest movi es and music. A. on-flig ht B. during-f light c. in-flight D. over-flig ht 3. The cot tage is in some wo nde rfu l______ countryside on the edg e o f a dense forest. A. far B. unspoiled c. great D. spoilt 4. As stu dents, David, Kevin and William were as thick a s ______ . A. thieve s B. boy scouts c. a team D. thistles 5. Whenev er I feel embarrassed I always go as red a s ______ . A. a rose B. lipstick, c. a raspber ry D. a beetr oot 6. He mig ht look kind and sympathetic, but deep down he’s as hard a s ______ . A. nails B. a mountain c. a gangster D. an iceberg 7. Nagging Susan to stop smoking has no effect on her. It’s like wa ter o ff ____. A. a windm ill B. a du ck’s back c. a dripping tap D. an um brella 8. My fa ther _ _ _ _ _ when he found out that I’d damaged the car. A. hit the roo f B. saw pink elephants c. made my blood boil D. brought the house down. 9. My m oth er______ for an anvironmental group. She helps raise money to protect wildlife A. inde ntifies B. en courages c. shares D. volunteers 10. At the 1952 Ol ympics, speed skaters who had taken amphetam ines became ____ _ il l. A grimly B. gra vely c. solemnly D. rigorous ly V. R EADING COMPREH ENSIONS. (10ms) PASSAGE 1: Read the follow ing passa ge a nd choo se the best optio n to c omp lete the bla nk or an sw er the que stio n. (5 pts)

Life originated in the early seas less than a billion years after Earth was formed. Yet another three billion years were to pass before the first plants and animals appeared on the continents. Life's transition from the sea to the land was perhaps as much of an evoluti onary cha llenge as was the genesis of life. What forms of life were able to make such a dr ast ic change in lifestyle ? The tra ditional view of the first terrestrial organisms is based on megafossils — relatively large specimens of essentially whole plants and animals. Vascular plants, related to modern seed plants and ferns, left the first comprehens ive 224

me gaf oss il rec ord . Bec aus e o f this , it has been com mo nly ass um ed tha t the seq uen ce o f ter res tria liz ati on ref lec ted t he evo lut ion o f mo de m terr estr ial eco sys tem s. In t his vie w, pri mit ive va scu lar p lan ts firs t col oni zed the ma rgin s o f co nti nen tal wa ter s, fol low ed by ani ma ls tha t fed on the pla nts , and lastly by ani ma ls tha t pre yed on the pla nt- eat ers . Mo reo ver , the me gaf oss ils sug ges t that ter res tria l life app ear ed and div ers ifie d exp los ive ly nea r the bo un dar y betw een the Sil uri an and the De von ian per iod s, a little mor e than 400 mil lion yea rs ago. Re cen tly, ho we ver , pal eon tol ogi sts hav e been tak ing a clo se r look at the sed im ent s bel ow this Sil uri an- De von ian geo log ical bou nda ry. It tur ns out tha t som e fos sils can be ex tr ac te d from the se sed ime nts by put tin g the roc ks in an acid bat h.T he tec hn iqu e has unc ove red new evi den ce from sed im ent s tha t were dep osi ted ne ar the shor es o f the anc ien t oce ans — pla nt mic rof oss ils and mi cro sco pic pie ces o f smal l anim als. In man y in st an ce s, the spe cim ens are less than one -te nth o f a mi llim ete r in d iam ete r. Alth oug h th ey we re en to m be d in t he roc ks for h un dre ds o f mi llio ns o f yea rs, man y o f the foss ils con sis t o f the o rga nic rem ain s o f the o rga nism . Th ese new ly disc ove red foss ils hav e not onl y rev eal ed the exi ste nce of pre vio usl y unk now n org ani sm s, but have also push ed back the se date s for the inva sion o f land by mu ltic ell ula r org anis ms. Our vie ws abo ut the nat ure o f the ear ly pla nt and ani ma l com mu niti es are now bein g revi sed . And with thos e rev isio ns com e new sp ecu lati ons a bou t the f irst terr estr ial life- form s. 1. The w ord “d ra st ic ” in the seco nd para grap h is clo ses t in m ean ing to _______. A. wi des pre ad B. ra dica l c. pro gre ssiv e D. r isk y 2. Ac cor din g to the the ory th at the aut hor ca lls “th e tr ad it io n al v ie w ”, wha t w as the firs t f orm o f life to app ear on land? A. Ba cte ria B. M eat -ea ting an ima ls c. Pla nt- eat ing a nim als D. V asc ula r p lants 3. Ac co rdi ng to the p assa ge, wh at happ ened a bou t 40 0 mil lion y ear s a go? A. Ma ny ter res tria l life- form s d ied out B. N ew l ife- form s on land dev elop ed at a rapid rate, c. Th e me gaf oss ils wer e des troy ed by floods . D. Life bega n to dev elop in the a nci ent se as. 4. The w ord “e xt ra ct ed ” in li ne 18 is cl ose st in m ean ing t o _____ . A. loc ate d B. p rese rved c. remo ved D. stud ied 5. W hat c an be in ferred from t he pa ssage abou t the f ossils m entio ned in line s 17-20 ? A. T hey have no t been helpful in under standin g the evolut ion o f terrestrial life. B. Th ey were fou nd in appro ximat ely th e sa me n umber s as v ascu lar pl ant fossils, c. Th ey are old er than th e meg afos sils. D. Th ey con sis t o f mo dem life-f orms . 6. The w ord “ in st an ce s” in lin e 21 is cl ose st in m ean ing t o ______ . A. me tho ds B. p roc ess es c. case s D. rea son s

225

7. The w ord “they” in line 22 refers t o ______ . A. rocks B. shores c. oceans D. spec imens 8. The w ord “entom bed” in lime 22 is closest in meaning t o ______ . A. crushed B. trapped c. produced D. excav ated 9. Which of the following resulted from the discovery of microscop ic fossils? A. The time estimate for the first appearance of terrestrial life-forms was revised. B. Old te chniques for a nalyzing fossils were found to have new uses, c. The ori gins o f primitive sea life were explained. D. Assump tions about the locations o f ancient seas were changed. 10. With which of the f ollowing conclusions would the author prob ably agree? A. The evolution of terrestrial life was as complicated as the origin o f life itself. B. The discovery of microfossils supports the traditional view of how terrestrial life evolved. c. New species have appea red at the same rate over the course of the last 400 million years. D. The t echn olog y used by p aleo ntol ogis ts is too prim itive to make accu rate dete rmin ation s about ages of fossils. PASSAGE 2: Read the following passage and choose the best option to complete the blank or an swer the question. (5 pts) Animation traditionally is done by hand-draw ing or painting successive frames o f an object, each slightly different than the precedin g frame. In compu ter animation, although the comp uter may be the one to draw the d ifferent frames, in most cases the artist will draw the beginning and ending frames and the computer will produce the drawings between_the first and the last dr awing. This is generally referred to as computer-assiste d animation, because the comp uter is more o f a helper than an originator. In full comput er animation, complex mathematical formula s are used to produce the final sequence of pictures. These formulas operate on extensive databases of numbers that define the objects in the pictures as they exist in mathematical space. The database consists of endpoints, and color and intensity information. Highly trained professionals are needed to produce such effects because animation that obtains high degrees of realism involves comp uter technique s for three-dimensio nal tra nsformation , shadin g, and curvatures. High-tech computer animation for film involves very expensi ve compu ter systems along with special col or termin als or frame buffers. The fra me bu ffer is nothing more than a giant image memory for viewing a single frame. It tempora rily holds the image for display on the screen. A cam era can be used to film directly from the compute r's display screen, but for the highest quality images possible, expensive film recorders are used. The compu ter compute s the positions and colors for the figures in the picture, and sends this information to the recorder, which captures it on film. Sometimes , however, the images are sto red on a large magnetic disk before being sent to the 226

reco rder . On ce th is pro ces s is co mp lete d, it is repe ated for the next, fra me . When the ent ire seq uen ce has been reco rded on the film, the film mu st be dev elop ed befo re the anim atio n can be view ed. If th e enti re seq uen ce does not seem right , the mo tio ns mu st be cor rect ed, reco mp uted , red ispl aye d, and rer eco rde d. This app roa ch can be very ex pen sive an d time co nsu min g. Ofte n, com put er- ani ma tion com pan ies firs t do moti on tests with simp le com put er-g ene rate d line dra win gs befo re sell ing the ir com put ers to the tas k of cal cul atin g the hig h-r eso luti on, rea list ic- loo kin g image s. 1. Wh at asp ect o f com put er anim atio n does the pass age mai nly disc uss ? A. The pro duc tion proc ess B. Th e equ ipm ent ne eded c. The high cos t D. Th e role o f the arti st 2. Ac cor din g to the pas sage , in com pute r-as sist ed anim atio n the role of the com puter is to draw the ____ . A. firs t fr ame B. m iddl e fram es c. last fram e D. en tire seq uen ce of frame s 3. T he wor d ’’th ey ” in the se cond para grap h refe rs to____ . A. form ula s B. da taba ses c. num ber s D. o bjec ts 4. Ac cor din g to the pass age, the fram e buffe rs men tion ed in the thir d para grap h are used to____ . A. a dd colo r to the imag es B. ex pose s everal fram es at t he sam e t ime c. stor e indiv idua l imag es D. cre ate new fram es 5. A cco rdin g to the passa ge, the posit ions and colo urs o f the figu res in h igh- tech anim atio n are dete rmi ned by____ . A. dra win g sever al vers ions B. e nlar ging on e fram e at a lime c. ana lyzi ng the seq uen ce from diff ere nt angl es D. u sing com pu ter cal cula tion s 6. T he word "ca ptu res ” in the fourt h para grap h is cl ose st in m ean ing to A. sep arat es B. r egis ters c. des crib es D. n um ber s 7. T he wor d "O nce ” in the fourth para grap h is clo sest in mea ning to____ . A. befo re B. s ince C: af ter D. w hile 8. Accordin g to the.passage, how do comput er-animation compani es often test motio n? A. T hey ex per im ent with c omp uter -gen erat ed line draw ings . B. T hey h and -dr aw su cces sive fr ame s. c. The y c alcu late h igh- reso lutio n images . D. T hey d eve lop ext ens ive mat hem atica l form ulas. 9. T he word ’’tas k” in the 4t h para grap h is clo sest in me ani ng to___ _. A. pos sib ilit y B. po sitio n ~ c. time D .j ob 10. Whic h o f the foll owi ng stat eme nts is sup porte d by the pas sag e? A. Co mp ute rs hav e redu ced the costs o f anim ation . B. In the f utur e, trad itio nal artis ts will no long er be n eed ed. c. Artists are un able to pro duce drawin gs as high in quality as c ompu ter drawin gs. D. A nim atio n invo lves a wid e rang e of technic al and arti stic skills .

227

IV. CL OZE TEST (10 PTS) PASSAGE 1: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c or D on your answ er sheet to indicate the correct word for each o f the blanks. (5pts) Why did you decide to read this, and will you keep readin g to the end? Do you expec t to understa nd every single part of it and will you reme mber anything abou t it in a f ortn ight 's (1) _________ ? Common sense (2) _________ that the answers to these questio ns depend on “ readab ility” - wheth er the (3 )_______ matter is interesting, the argum ent clear and the (4)___________ attractive. But psychol ogists are trying to (5)__________ why people read - and often don ’t read certain things, for exa mple technica l information. They also have exam ined so much the writ ing as the readers. . Even the most technica lly confiden t people often (6)__________ instructions for video or home compu ter in favor of hands - on experience . And people freque ntly take little notice of consum er information, whethe r on nutritional labels or in the small print of contracts. Psychologists research ing reading (7)_______ to as sume that both beginners and com petent readers read e verythin g put in f ront of them from start to finish. There are (8)__________ among them about the roles of eyes, memory and brain during the process. Some people believe that fluent readers take in very letter or word they see; others (9)_______ that readers rely on memory or context to carry them from one phrase to another. But they have always assumed that the reading process is the same: reading starts, compreh ension (10) then readin g stops. 1. A. term B. gap c. period D. time D. advises 2. A. informs B. transmits c. s uggests c . subject 3. A. te xt B. content D. topic c . pattern D. formatio n B. assembly 4. A. layout D.e nsu re B. determine c. rate 5. A. val ue c. ignore D. omit B. miss 6. A. pass D.c ons ent c. undertake B. lead 7. A. tend D. separation s c . objections B. arguments 8. A. co ntests D. urge c. press B. insist 9. A. di rect D. occurs c. est ablishes B. sets 10. A. issues PASSAGE 2: Re ad the fo llowing passage and mark the latter A, B, c or D on your answe r shee t to indicate the word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. (5 pts) Why is it th at many teenager s have the energy to play compu ter games until late at night but c an’t find the energy to get out o f bed ( 1 )________ for sc hool? Accord ing to a new report, toda y’s generation of children are in dange r of getti ng so (2)_______ sleep t hat they are pu tting the ir mental and physical health at (3)_ ___ __■ Adults can easily survive on seven to eight hour s’ sleep a night, (4)_______ teenag ers require nine or ten hours. According to medical experts, 228

one in five youngs ters (5)________ anything between two and five hour s’ sleep a night less than their parents did at their age. This (6 )_________ serious questions about whethe r lack o f sleep is affecting children 's ability to concentrate at school. The connection between sleep deprivation and lapses in memory, impaired reaction time and poor concent ration is well (7 ) _______ . Research has shown that losing as little as hal f an hou r’s sleep a night can ha ve p rofound effects (8 )______ how chi ldren perform the n ext day. A good nig ht's sle ep is also crucial for teena gers because it is while they are asleep (9)______ they release a hormone that is e ssential for their ‘growth spurt ’ (the period during teenage years when the body grows at a r apid rate). It’s true that they can, to some (1 0 )______ , catch up on sleep at weekends, but that won ’t help them when they are dropping off to sleep in class on a Friday after noon. By Tim Falla and Paul A.Davies, Soluti ons Advanced. OUP

1. A. be hind tim e 2. A. few 3. A. jeopard y 4. A. or 5. A. puts 6. A. raises 7. A. organize d 8. A. in 9. A. at which 10. A. rate

B. about time B. less B. threat B. because B. gets B. rises B. arranged B. on B. which B. extent

c. in time c, much c. risk c. wher eas c. brings c. results c. est ablished c . to c . where c. level

D. at time D. little D. danger D. so D. makes D. comes D. acquired D. at D. that D. point

B. WRITTEN TEST I. OPEN CLOZE TEST: (20 pts) CL OS E TE ST 1: Fill each blank with ONE word. (10 pts) CELL PHONES Cell phones have been popular in Japan since the early 1990s, but it was not (1 )____ 1999 that t heir use really took off. The age of cell phones has emer ged, but with it come problems. Cell phones are used on buses and trains, in restaurants, and in all (2 )______ of life. They cause proble ms when they ( 3 )______ during meetings, concerts, wedding, or even funerals. What’s more, people speak loudly in public, and students read and text messages during lessons. More seriously, when a cell phone is used near a person using a (4) ______ to regulate his heartbe at, its radio wav es may (5 )______ with the func tioning o f the pacemak er. Now, somethin g is being done to (6 )______ these problems. In many places, new techno logy is being used to block cell phone calls. Airline (7 )______ are requested to stop using cell phones while on board. Concert halls ask their audience to switch their phones to the (8 )______ mode. However, phone users fear that if they do not answer their phones, they will (9) _ _____ valuable business opportunit ies. Tha t’s why many do not (1 0 )______ off th eir phones even whe n th ey are asked to. 229

CLOSE TE ST 2: Fill each blank with ONE word. (10 pts)

THE IMPORTA NCE OF BEING SPORTY It is a multi-m illion dollar industry and th at att racts some of the mo st ta lented individua ls alive, it generates further millions ( 1 ) ______ advert ising revenue and has sp awned a whol e c elebrity culture of its ( 2 )______ . But wh at role does sport p lay in our ordinary lives? Few people are untouched (3 )______ sport. We all have ( 4 ) ______favorite football team or tennis player or, at least, support our national side in major sporting events like the Olympics. How can it be, then, that so (5 )______ people actually play sports and that obesity is becoming a major threat in the developed world? Well, in part, the answer is (6 )______ the question. Obesity is no t a problem in the d evelop ing wor ld (7 )______ participatio n in sport is still high. Tr ue, there may be few organized leagues but children the world still go out to play games like football with other children and this comes the supremac y of countri es like Brazil in the world of football. So, what is stopping the British or the Americ ans? After (8) ______ , they still have organized sports in s chools and a myriad of clubs and teams to join in their spare time. What th ey l ack is a public space for children to play unsupervised outdoors. As a result, they are kept indoors and encouraged to play online ( 9 )______ of getting our in the fresh air. They m ay o f course still devel op a love of sport as spectators but this is unlikel y to do much to lowe r levels o f obesity (1 0) ______ the young. II. WORD FORMS (20 pts) PART 1: Complete the sentence with the correct form of the given word. (10 pts) 1. Jan et’s exam results turned out to b e __________ DISASTER 2. You look r ath er_______ . Are you worried about som ething? OCCUPY 3. There are very few ._______ places on earth today. Man has been nearly everywher e. EXPLOR E 4. The do ctor gav e him an injection to _______ the pain. DIE 5. Nowadays peo ple may no longer suffer from lifetime phy sical . NORMA L 6. Home -made ice-cream is one o f ou r______ . SPECIAL 7. The m eeting has b ee n_______ arranged for 3 p.m next Friday. PROVI DE 8. The g overn ment ’s _____appr oach has brought cr iticism. COMP ROMI SE 9. Jim is one o f the m os t_______ members of the committee. SPEAK 10. Many newspap ers today gave very sen sat ion al______ about the private life of that Hollywood star. CLOSE PART 2: Complet e the passage with appropri ate form s from the word s given

in the b ox. (10 pts) angr y pat ien t 230

fas hio n poli te

for eig n secret

frus trat e serve

genera te tradition

“All things come to those who wait.” It’s a (1 )______ phrase that has kept the British patiently in line for years. For ( 2 ) ______ we’ve been waiting our turn. This may sometime s have led to (3) _____ abroad, when (4) ______ hav en't always respected the rules of the orderly queue. But at home we have (5) ______ enjoyed our reputation. It's rather (6) ______ , though, isn’t it? Toda y’s hi ghly developed culture of (7 )_____ to the public seems to have more in commo n with t he American “I want it and I w ant it now” p hilosophy. But our ( 8 ) _ ____ seems to be growing. We may wait with less (9) _ _____ than we used to - you only have to observe the (1 0) ____ _ s hoppers in a supermarket queue. But wait we still do. III. ER ROR IDENTIFIC ATION (10 pts) Ident ify 10 errors in the following passage and correct them. It is very difficult to succeed in the music business; nine out o f ten bands that release a first record fail to produce the second. Surviving in the music industry requires luck and patience, but mos t o f all it requires and intricate knowledge of how a record company is functione d. The process begins when a representative of a com pany's Artists and Reportoire (A & R) departm ent visits bars and night clubs, scouting for young, talented bands. After the representative identifies a promised band, he or she will work to negotiate a contract with that band. The signature of this recording contract is a slow process. A company will spend a long time to invest igate the band it self as well as curre nt trands in popular music. During this period, it is important t hat a band reci procates with an investigation of its own, learning as much as p ossible about the record company and m aking personnel connections within the different departments that will handle their recordings. 3 ._____________ __ 2 ._______________ l . _ _____________ 6. ____________ 5 . _ _______ _____ 4. __________ 9. ____________ 8 ._______________ 7.________________ 10. V. SEN TENCE TRAN SFORMAT ION (20pts) PA RT 1: Finish each o f the second sentence s in such aw ay that they have the same meaning as the origin al ones: 1. 1 left withou t saying goodbye as 1 di dn’t want to disturb the meeting. -> Ra th er _____ _______________ . _____________________________ 2. For further information, please send a self-addressed envelope to the above address. —>Fu rther informati on c an ______________________________________ 3. It shou ldn’t have surprised me t hat my chil dren didn’t like the new, cheaper ice-cream.. —>I mi gh t_________________ _______ _________ 231

4. The noise made by the children didn ’t prevent the baby from s leeping soundly. —>W h at ev er _____ -

________________________________________ 5. Do n’t run away with the idea tha t this job is eas y, (co nc lu sio n)

6. Ru ss's op inions on the new manag emen t policie s we re v ery di ffere nt from those of his fellow worke rs, (od ds) , —» R us s_____ __________________________ the n ew m anage ment policies. 7. The y oung actres s wa s ver y nerv ous before the au dition, (b ut ter fli es) 8. Marg aret is said to be a very good c ook, (re pu tat ion ) 9. She choose s the kind o f hotels s he stays in v ery car efully. She’s ve ry fu ss y____________ __________________________________ 10. The ro cketin g pric es hav e prov ed too much for most salaried people, (co pe)

TR ƯỜ NG THPT CH UY ÊN LÝ Tự TR ỌN G - CẦ N THƠ A. MUL TIPLE CHOICE I. PH ON OL OG Y (lOp ts) Cho ose the wo rd w hos e u nderli ned part is prono unced dif feren tly fr om the oth ers.

1. A. pictu resqu ely 2. A. phlebiti s 3. A. macabre 4. A. para noia 5. A. a bsin the

B. ant iqu eness B. wily B. chirom ancy B. papis t B. so oth e

c. qu erulously c. poliomyelit is c. chemical c. saffron c. loathe

D. dis cothe que D. philate ly D. chiv alrous D. trava il D. wre athe

Ch oo se the w or d tha t has the s tre ss pat ter n dif fer en t fro m th at o f th e othe rs:

6. A. eu phemis m 7. A. ma triarch y 8. A. dis inter 9. A. a cupun cturist 10. A. entre prene ur

B. pheno type B. epilep tic B. cadave r B. vocifer ously B. anonymi ty

c. veracity c. rutherfordiu m c. cathedral c. antithesis c. represent ation

D. cantalo upe D. diplom atic D. attorn ey D. ext raordin ary D. enc yclope dia

II. VO CA BU LA RY (l Opts ): Ch oo se t he co rr ec t w ord or ph ras e A , B , c or D to co m pl ete ea ch sen ten ce.

1. His strange be haviou r aroused th e_____ of police. A. d oubt . B. suspicio n c. disb elief D. notice 2. When his pa rents are away, his old est b ro th er_____ . A. kn ocks it of f B. calls the shots c. draws the line D. is in t he same boat

232

3. After the co ncert, everyone had t o _____ home through the thick snow. A. trudge B. tread c. trace D. trickle 4. Alaska boasts several climates due to it s__________ mountains, warm ocean currents, and frozen seas. A. adep t B. pious c. ghas tly D. lofty 5. When I finish w riting this compositio n, I’m going t o _____ and go to bed. A. mak e time B. hit the hay c. hit the big time D. call it a day 6. Certain kinds o f plants can grow only in _____soil. A. loose B. slack c. sparse D. scarce 7. John’s got very ___feelings about taking on more responsibility at the moment. A. puzzle d B. mixed c. jumbled D. muddled 8. Paul ’s been in Alic e's bad ' ever since he offended her at the party. A. eyes B. books c. likes D. treats 9. The ca r w as _____ speed. A. gathe ring B. collecting c. consuming D. firing 10. Th ey’re ha ving serious problems. Thei r relationship is on th e_____ . A. cliffs B. rocks c. stones D. grass III. STRU CTURES AND G RAMMAR (lOpts) 1. _____ earning all that mo ney if you do n’t have time to enjoy it? A. Is it to the good B. What’s the good of c. Is it all to the good . D. Is it for good 2. S he _____ fainted when she heard that her child died. Á. rather than B. nothing but c. all but D. near 3. _____ to interfere in your affairs but I would like to give you just one piece of advice. B. Far from it for me A. It is fa r from cl ear D. Far be it from me c. Far and wi de for me 4. _____ we just have to wait. B. On the point of time A. At this point in time D. T hat’s not the point c . At some point _ by the mob. 5. He grip ped his brothe r’s arm lest he _ B. could be trampled A..would be trampled D. be trampled c . were trampled 6 .1 d on’t know _____ the new manager. B. what to make o f A. what to do o f D. how to make of c . how to do o f _ till 5 o’clock in the afternoon. 7. Don ’t tell me I _ A. was to make them to stay B. must have mad e them stay c. could have made them stay D. was to have made them stay 8. What I f ear m ost o f all is that w e_____ in what refers to the build ing o f a new market in West Crane. The local people seem to be very wary about it. A. mig ht mis interpre t B. might have m isinterpreted c. won ’t be misinte rpreting D. might be misin terpreted 233

9. Sam looked as if he ____ in the world. A. wer en' t cared c. did n't have a care 10. W hat's all this c ryi ng _____ ? A. withou t the aid o f c . with the aid of

B. were n’t taken into care D. w ere n't in the care B. in aid o f D. within the aid o f

IV. PRE POSITIO NS AND P HRASAL VERBS (lOpts) 1. He is not a very outspo ken person, so we may find it hard to ____ his opinions. A. leak out B. come o ff c. sound out D. bring round 2. Are you st ill _______ an illusion that Mr. Spike will agree to your cond itions? A. in B. under c. on D. of 3. We all tried to convince our teacher to ch ange his mind about the school trip and he fin all y______ _. A. caught on B. set out c. got through D. came round 4. Our gr andfat her c an ________ his war experiences all the day. Sometimes, we all get tru ly bored with it. A. harp on B. vouch for c. figure out D, le af through 5. Father says he’s to o ________ after working the nightshift and he won’t help us prepare the barbecue. A. run away B. worn out c. taken in D. pulled down 6. They said I'd b e _______—probation for the first two or three weeks as they want to find out a bout my skill. A. for B. on c. in D. at 7. Your re po rt ______ the side effects of the venture. Why not write more about its good points, Mr. Hewitt? A. backs down B. ta kes to c. dwells on D. makes out 8 .1 k now P ete' s c onduct was intolerable, but don’t be too ha rd ________ him. A. on B. with c. at D. to 9. It is said that the corruption can hardly be _ ______ especially among top officials. A. worn o ff B. rooted out c. gone back D. stringed along 10. Mrs. Black has promised tob e______ _ service on Monday. I hope she keeps h er word or else I w on’t manage to prepare everything in time. A. in B. on c . of D. within V. REA DING COMPREHE NSION PASSAGE 1: Read the following passage and choose the best option to complete the blank or answ er the question. (10 pts) Every da y, millions of shoppers hit the stores in full force - both online and on foot - searching frantically for the perfect gift. Last year, Americans spent over $30 billion at retail stores in the month of December alone. Aside, from 234

purchas ing holiday gifts, most people regularly buy p resents for other occ asions throug hout the year, including weddings, birthdays, anniver saries, graduation s, and baby showers. This frequent experienc e of gift-givi ng can engend er ambiv alent feelings in gift-givers. Many relish the oppor tunity .to buy presents because gift-giv ing offers a powerful means to build stronge r bonds with one ’s closest peers. At the same time, many dread the thought of bu ying gifts; they worry that their purchases will disappoint rather than delight the intended recipients. Anthro pologis ts describe gift-giving as a positive social process, serving various political , religious, and psychological functions. Economists , however, offer a less favourable view. According to Waldfogel (1993), gift-giving represen ts an o bjective waste of resources. People buy gifts tha t rec ipients would not ch oose to buy on t heir own, or at least not spend as much money to purcha se (a phenome non referred to as “ the deadweight loss of Christ mas"). To wit, givers are likely to spend $100 to purchase a gift th at rece ivers would spend only $80 to buy themselve s. This “ deadweight loss” suggests that gift-give rs are not very good at predicting what gifts others will appreciate. That in itself is not surprising to social psychologists. Research has found th at p eople often struggle to take accou nt o f others ' perspectives - their insights are s ubject to egocentris m, social projecti on, and multiple attribution errors. What is su rprising is that giftgivers have co nsiderab le expe rience acting as both gift-givers and gif t-recipien ts, but nevertheless tend to overspend each time they set out to purchase a meaningful gift. In the presen t research, we propose a unique psychological explanati on for this overspe nding problem - i.e., that gift-givers equate how much they spend with how much recipients will appreciate the gift (the more expensive the gift, the stronger a gi ft-rec ipient ’s feelings of appreciation). Although a link between gift price and feelings of appreciation might seem intuitive to gift-givers, such an assumption may be unfounded. Indeed, we propose that gift-recipie nts will be less inclined to base their fe elings o f appreciation on the magnitude of a gift than givers as sume. Why do gift-givers assume that gift price is closely linked to gift-re cipien ts' feelings of appreciat ion? Perhaps givers believe that bigger (that is, more expensive ) gifts convey stronger signals of thoughtfulnes s and consider ation. Accordi ng to Camerer (1988) and others, gift-g iving re presents a symbo lic ritual, whereb y gift-give rs attempt to signal their po sitive attitudes toward the intended recipie nt an d their willingness to invest resour ces in a future r elations hip. In this sense, gift-giv ers may be motivated to spend more, money on a gift in order to send a '‘stronge r signal" to their intended recipient. As for gift- recipien ts, they may not const rue smaller and larger gifts as representing smalle r and larger signals o f thoughtfuln ess and consid eration.

235

1. What is the m ain idea dis cussed in the pas sage? A. Gift-giv ing, despite its uneconom ical downsi des, cultiv ates a positive social process. B. Gift- recipi ents are widely acknow ledged as consid erabl y experi enced in gift-givin g. c. Gifts can serve as i mplicit signals o f thoughtfu lness and consid eration . D. Gift-g iving may have certain drawbac ks alo ngside its positi ve qualities. 2. The author most likely uses the examples o f gift-giving occasions in paragraph 1 to hi ghlight the_____ . A. regu larity with w hich people shop for gifts B. recen t inc rease in the a mount of money spent on gifts c. anxiety gift sho pping causes for c onsumers D. num ber o f special occasion s involving gift-givin g 3. In par agraph 1, the w ord “ambivale nt” most nearly m eans_____ . A. unre alistic B. apprehen sive c. conflicte d D. suppo rtive 4. The author indic ates t hat people value gift-giving becaus e they feel it_____ . A. functio ns as a form of self-ex pression B. is an inexpens ive way to show apprecia tion c. requires the gift-reci pient to reciprocate D. can serve to strenghten a relations hip 5. The “social psych ologis ts'’ men tioned in paragraph 2 would likely des cribe the “dead weight loss” phenom enon as_____. A. pred ictable B. unpreceden ted c. disturbi ng D. questi onable 6. In paragraph 3, the authors indicate that the assumption made by gift-give rs may be • A. insin cere B. unreasonable c. incorrect D. sub stantiate d 7. The word “convey ” in paragraph 4 most nea rly means_____ . A. trans port B. countera ct c. exchange D. comm unicate 8. In paragrap h 4, the author refers to works by Camerer and others in order to_____ . A. offe r an ex planation X B. introduce an argu ment c. question a motive D. support a conclusi on 9. In parag raph 4, the word “construe” most probably means_____ . A. view B. understand c. consider D. take 10. Which of the fo llowing best cha racterizes the tone o f the author ? A. auth oritative B. pessimistic c. ironic D. info rmative PASSAGE 2; Read the following passage and choose the best option to comple te the blank or answer the question. (lOpts) Accord ing to sociologists , there are several differen t w ays in w hich a person may become recognize d as the leader of a social group in th e United States. In the family, traditional cultural patterns confer leadership on one or both of the parents. In other cases, such as friendship groups, one or more persons may 236

gradually emerge as leaders, although there is no formal process of selection. In larger groups, leaders are usually chosen formally through election or recruitment. Althoug h leaders are often th ought to be peo ple with unusual personal ability, decade s of researc h have failed to produce consistent evidence that there is any catego ry of "natural leader s.” It seems that there is no set of personal qualities that all leaders have in comm on; rather, virtually any p erson may be recognize d as a leader if the person has qualitie s that meet the needs o f that par ticular group. Furthe rmore , although it is commonly supposed that social groups have a single leader, research suggests that there are typically two differe nt leadership roles that are held by d ifferent individuals. Instrumental leadership is le adership that empha sizes the completion of tasks by a social group. Group members look to instrume ntal leaders to “ get things” done. Expressive leadership, on the other hand, is leadersh ip that emphasizes the collective well-being of a social grou p’s member. Expressive leader are less concerned with the overall goals of the group than with provid ing emotional support to group members and attemptin g to minimi ze tension and conflict among them. Group members expect expressive leaders to maintain stable relationships within the group and provide suppor t to individual members. Instrumenta l leaders are likely to have a rather secondary relations hip to other group members. They give orde rs and may dis cipline group members who inhibit attainm ent of the group ’s goals. Expressive leaders cultivate a more personal or primary relationship to others in the group. They offer sympathy when someone experiences difficulties or is subjected to d iscipline, are quick to lighten a serious moment with humor, and try to resolve issues that threaten to divide the group. As the differences in these two roles suggest, expressive leaders general ly receive more personal affection from group members; instrumenta l leaders, if they are successful in promot ing group goals, may en joy a more distant respect. 1. What does the passage m ainly discuss? A. The problem s faced by leaders B. How leadershi p differs in small and large groups c. How soci al g roups d etermine who will lead them D. The role o f leaders in social group 2. T he passage mentions all o f the following ways by which people can become leaders EXC EPT _____. A. re cruitm ent B. formal el ection process c. specific leadership training D. traditional cultural patterns 3. In ment ionin g “natural leaders” in line 7, the author is making the point that'_____. , . A. few people qua lify as “natural leaders” B. there is no proo f that “natural leaders” exist c. “natural leade rs' are easily accepted by the m embers of a social group D. “natural leaders ” share a similar set o f characteristics 237

4. Which of the following statements about leadership can be inferred from paragraph 2? A. A person who is an effective leader of a particular group may not be an effective leader in an other group. B. Few people succeed in sharing a leadership role with anothe r person. c , A person can best learn how to be an effective leader by stu dying research on leadership. D. Most people desire to be leaders but can produce little evidence of their qualifications. 5. The passage indicates that instrumental leaders generally focus on_____ . A. ensuring harmonious relationships B. sharing re sponsibility with group mem bers c. identifying new leaders D. achieving a goal 6. The word “co llec tiv e” is closest in meaning to_____. A. necessary B. typical c. group D. particular 7. The word “the m’’ refers to_____. A. expressive leaders B. goals of the group c. group members D. tension and confli ct 8. A “se con dar y rel atio nsh ip” between a leader and the members of a group - could best be characterized a s _____. A. distant B. enthusiastic c. unreliable D. personal 9. The word “re sol ve” is closest in meaning to_____. A. avoid repeating B. talk about c. avoid thinking abo ut D. find a solution for 10. Paragraphs 3 and 4 organize the discussion of leadership primarily in terms of____ . A. examples tha t illustrate a problem B. cause and effect analysis c. narration o f events D. comparison and contrast VI. GU IDE D CLO ZE PAS SAG E 1: Read the foll owi ng pass age and cho ose the opt ion s tha t best com ple te the blank . (lOpt s)

THE VACUUM CLEANER Until about 250 years ago, households did not take dirt as seriously as they do now - it was a fact of life, and that was that. Cleaning often consisted of an annual (1 )______ called 'spring cleaning' when the furniture was moved aside, and all the linen products in the house were cleaned. Carpets and rugs were taken outside, hung on ropes and had the dust (2) .__ out of them - an exhausting and messy process. The industrial revolution brought about a major change - as new products became available to make homes cleaner, a corresponding interest in 'domestic 238

hygiene' appea red in household s. This in turn led to the (3) .______o f further product s, one o f which was the vacuum cleaner. (4) _____ has it that when o ne o f the first vacuum cleaners was de monstrat ed, a ki ndly scien tist took the proud inventor (5 )______ , and offered a bit of advice that was to b ecom e crucial to the future e volution of the product - 'make it suck, not blow '. The first vacuum cleaners appeared in th e 1860s in th e United States. They were opera ted by hand pumps and were almost as ( 6 )______ as sp ring cleaning. It was only when electric motors had b ecome sufficiently (7 )______ to b ecome portable that vacuum cleaners became co mmon household items. Mos t o f today's major (8 )______ - incl uding Electrolux and H oover - were born in the 1920s. The househ old dirt that vacuum cleaners suck up is mos tly dead skin cells huma ns (9) ______ millions of cells every day. A much smalle r proportion comes from d ust and soil carried into the house from ( 10 )______ . 1. A. ritual D. scrub c . resolution B. result 2. A. cleaned D. sucked B. taken c . beaten D. developm ent 3. A. fabricati on B. appearing c. recreation 4. A. Story c . Legend D. Tale B. Epics 5. A. aw ay D. alon g B. aside c . aback D. straining c . nefarious 6. A. laboriou s B. hard c. technological D.ad van ced B. forward 7. A. sci entific D. tradema rks c . makes 8. A. brand B. marks D.s hed c . omit ■. B. outgrow 9. A. lose D. indoors c.b ey on d B. outside 10. A. external PASSAGE 2: Read the following passage and choose the options that best comp lete the b lank. (10 pts) CARNIVORO US PLANTS All plants rely on nutrients taken from t he soil in orde r to survive. However, in areas where the soil do es not contain enough vital nu trients, some plants have adapted to ( 1 ) _____ their diets from another source: living organisms. Though they are few in number, carnivorous plants are nonetheless fascina ting beings that eat anythi ng from one-celled organisms to insects in orde r to survive. They are comm only found in marshlands. Carnivorous plants feature one of several types of traps to'e nsn are prey, which they consume to ( 2 ) _____ nutrients that may be missin g from the soil. While there are over 400 species of carnivo rous plants in the world today, some are more ( 3) _____ than others. The most well-kno wn of these plants are the snap traps, which include the Venus flytrap. Snap traps are easily identified by their leaves, which are separated into two lobes that have the ability to fold together. Inside the lobes, the surface is cov ered with tiny hairs that a re (4) _____ to m ovement. When the pla nt's prey brushes against the hairs, it triggers a closing mechan ism that rapidly brings the two lobes together, trapping the prey (5 )__________ inside. 239

The response of the traps is phenomenal (6) _____ speed: the time between triggering the hairs and snapping shut is less than a second. As the prey struggles inside the trap, it only triggers more hairs, causing the leaves to tighten their (7 )_____ The plant then secrets liquid chemicals from special glands into the trap to dissolve the prey and absorb all of its nutrien ts. Besides the Venus flytrap, only one other type of snap trap exists today, (8 )_____ to as the waterwheel plant. The two share a co mmon ancestor and d iffer only in a few ways. (9 )_____ , the waterwheel is an aquatic plant, while the flytrap is exclusi vely terrestrial. In addition, the flytrap feeds primarily on arthropods like spiders, while the waterwheel lives (10) simple invertebrates, like certain types o f plankton. 1. A. feed B. enlarge c. s upplemen t D. modify 2. A. bre ak in on B. make up for c . get through with D. drop out of 3. A. domi nant B. prevalent c. recessive D. popular 4. A. pr one B. liable c. vu lnerable D. sensitive 5. A. closely B. furiously c . steadily D. securely 6. A. in accorda nce with B. in regard to c. in preference to D. on merits of 7. A. grip B. snail c. fist D. seizure 8. A. impl icated B. indicated c. referred D. denoted 9. A. For instance B. As a result c. In contrast D. Otherwise 10. A. onto B. with c. for D. off

B. WRITTE N TEST I. OPEN CLOZE TEST PASSAGE 1: Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word.(lOpts) ALTERNATIVE FAST FOOD It is generally agreed upon that fast food is a great solution to the problem of what to eat. However, it’s ( 1 ) ______ as less nutritional than a healthy meal, which is what growing children need. For years, nutri tionists have been trying to get childre n into the (2 )______ of eating healthy food. Without a doubt, this has not been easy, getting in (3 )______ that they have to compete with numerous fast food re staurants which are very popular with young people. Nutrition ists have lately come up with an idea which could (4 )______ to be successful. This involve (5 )______ children how to cook and in the process to enjoy the taste of fresh food. In the long (6 )______ , this may keep them off fast food. There are already a number of school projects throughou t Britain that are experim enting with the idea. They begin making vegetarian pizza - both the dough and the topping. Many children were impressed with their own home made pizzas. (7 )____ _ they compared their pizzas with ready-made ones, the differenc es were noticeable. They found the (8) ______ greasy and not as delicious as the homemade ones. T hroughout the lesson, the children learn about the qual ity and become skillful in the different techniques involved in cookin g. 240

They b ecome interested in cooking and in no ( 9 )______ they even learn how to look after th emselve s by eating nutritious food.’ Finally, nutritionis ts would like to get children cooking at home, too. It may be messy, but, it's also an (1 0 )______ for parents to spend quality time with their children. PASSAGE 2: Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word. (lOpts) Every spring and fall, you can probably look up into the sky and see large flocks of bir ds either coming or going. This (1)2_____ of flying south for the winter and north for the summer is called migration. Birds migr ate for a number of reasons. One reason is of course to escape the (2)______condit ions o f winter. Although they have feathers, most birds are poorly (3)______ to deal with extremely cold temperatures. Their (4) are open to the wind and snow, and do little to keep the birds warm. Furthermore, birds often find it ex tremely difficult to gather enough food during the winter. By flying south (5)______ warmer climates during winter, birds avoid the cold temperatures and food shortages that other animals have to (6)______ during the winter months. Another reason is mating. Many birds will only lay the ir eggs in certain places and at certain times o f the year. So, migration also occurs at mating times. One of the amazing things about birds is the distances and the accuracy (7)______ which the y migrate. Many birds are able to find the ir way back, to the exact same spots year after year despite having flown thousands of kilometres. The bar goose, for exa mple, migrates over 30,000 kilo metres each year without (8)______ its way. In order to travel such long distances without getting lost, bird s-us e a variety of methods to help them (9)______. One of the most important of these methods is the use of landmarks. From high in the air, birds have an excellent view of the land below them. T hey can see mountains, rivers and other (10)______land features and use them to find their way. II. WORD FORMS PART 1: Give the c orrect forms of the words in brackets. 1. There is little h ope'th at M aurice’s behavior will ever improve. It will probably remain so ____________________ till he grows up. (CORR ECT) 2. The ____________________ project has just been launched in that u niversity. (DEPARTM ENT) 3. Matt says you must be good a t ____________________ responsibilit ies of a restaura nt owner. (TASK) 4. Everyone marveled at h is ____________________ idea of org anizing more field trips for students. (OBJECT) 5. He gets ____________________ _whenever he hears that song. (E YE) 6. She looked absolutely _____________________ when I told her what had happened. She could hardly say a word. (DUMB) 7. New immigrants have been successfully ____________________ into the community. (SIMILAR) 241

8. This school was o n ce ____________________ as a military hospital during the war. (REQUIRE ) 9. In S cotland, there is grea ter emphas is o n _____________ .______ by individual schools. (VALÙE ) 10. He stood at the door to make sure that no o n e ____________________ the party. (GATE) PART 2: Co mpl ete t he follo wing passa ge with the co rrect form s o f the given word s.

fro nt soli d

excep t tend

secure affirm

la'oour alter

check sure

EXTRA CT FROM A BOOK ABOUT MEET ING We are (1 )___________ • by the experts that we are, as a spec ies, designed for face-to-face communication. But does that really mean having every meeting in person? Ask the ble ary-eyed sales team this question as they struggle (2 )______ through their weekly teambuild ing session and that answer is unlikely to be in the ( 3 )_______________ . Unless you work for a very small business or have an (4 )___________ high bore dom t hreshold, you doubtle ss spend more tim e sitti ng in meetings than you want to. Of c ourse, you could always follow business Norm an’s exa mple. He liked to express (5 )__________ with customers q ueuing at the (6 )____________ by holdin g man agement meetings standing up. Is email a realistic (7 )_____ __________ ? It’s clearly a powerful tool for dissemina ting information, but as a meeting substitute, it's seriously flawed. Words alone can cause trou ble. We’re all full of (8 )_______________ that can be unin tentionally triggered by o thers and people are capable of rea ding anything they like into an email. T here is also a ( 9 )_______________ for email to be used by people who wish to avoid ‘real’ enc ounters because they do n’t want to be (1 0) ___________ with any a wkwardnes s. III. ER RO R ID EN TI FI CA TI ON Ide nti fy 10 e rro rs in the fol low ing pas sag e and co rre ct them .

BEETHOVEN Ludwig Van Beethoven, one of the m ost popular classical compo ser of all time , is some times known as 'the Shakespear e o f mus ic'. He was bom in Bonne in 1770, and publishing his first work at the age of thirteen. Mozart was his teach er for a short time and they did n ot get on very we'll to gether; Beethoven was a diffic ult student. Like a co mposer, Beethoven was a genius - but as a person, he w as not very easy to like. He was a passionate man who controlled his tempe r very easily. He was also arrogant. The upper classes of Vienna used to invite him to parties, when he was often quite rude. He was once 242

Line 1

heard to say to a p rince: ‘There will always be many princes, but there is uniquel y one Beeth oven. ’ Neve rthele ss, Beethoven played some of the most beautiful sympho nies the world has never heard. How was such an arrogant, badtempere d man inspired to the write such romantic music? Perhaps the answe r lies in the three letters that were found after his death. They were address ed to his ‘immortal Beloved ’. Nobody knows that this woman was, but it appears that Beethoven was deeply in love with her for mo st o f his adu lt life. 1.

2. 5. 8.

4. 7.

15.

. 3. 6. 9. 10,

IV. S EN TE NC E TR AN SF OR MA TI ON

Rewri te the sen tences with the given words or b eginning in such a way that their m eaning s remain unchanged. 1. My n ew job is m uch more sat isfying than any job I’ve ever had. —» My new job is f ar __________________________ ______ I’ve ever had. 2. If Tom hadn ’t acted promptly to extinguish the fire, there might have been more damage to the house. —> B u t ___________________ ____________________ the fire out, there might have been more dam age to the house. 3. A child o f his age is too young to be deceitful. —>S o ________________________ _________________________ deceitful. 4. I ’ve beco me extremely good at missing the rush ho ur over the last few weeks. (FI NE )

—>I’ve g o t_______________________ __________ over the last few weeks. 5. I feel that to brand her ideas unworkable at this stage would be wrong. (W RI TE )

—>I d on’t t hi nk _________ ______________ ________ _______ at this stage. 6. It’s cr ucial for us to control the juven ile inmates in a very strict way. (K EE P) —> It ’s crucial for us _______________________________________ inmates. 7. Yo u’ve done nothing but look mi serable all day. (AR OU ND ) —>Y ou’ve d on e______________ ____________________________ all day. 8. We d on ’t expec t that the tourists in that accide nt have survived. (H OL D) —>We don ’t ________________ ______________________ in that acci dent. 9. You r stor y is d ifferen t from the facts. (DO ES ) —>Yo ur sto ry _____________________ __________________ • the facts. 10. His excuse for such bad beha vior has little effect on her. (NO ) —>His excu se _____________________________________ ________ her. 243

LÓ P 111 ĐỀ CH ÍNH THỨ C A. multiple choice (40 PTS) I. GRAMM AR AND ST RUCTUR ES (5PTS): Choose the best options to compl ete the followi ng sent ences. 1. - Jack: Did you know J im’s ca r broke down on the hi ghway late at night? - Jane: Unfortunate ly, tha t's a situation an yo ne ______ . A. might have to confront with ' B. might be confro nted with c. might be confronte d D. might have been co nfronted 2. ______ , 1 have n’t seen Catherine all day. A. Come to think of it B. To come to think o f it c. Coming to think it D. Coming to think of it 3. ______ earning a g reat deal of m oney as a painter, Ivan Aivazovs ky opened an art school and ga llery in his hometown of Feodosiya. A. Rather B. Since c. Upon D. Until 4. In your place, I to others for help. There ’s no way of getting the project finished you rself. A. would have turned B. must have turned c. will turn D. would turn 5. ______ chair the meeting. A. John wa s decided to B. It was decid ed tha t John should c. There was decided tha t John should D. John had been decided to 6. We all wishe d to be tr eat ed ______ . A. as equals B. as equally c. as equals D. equals 7. The great French novelist Honoré de Balzac would make _____ revisio n when he was proofreading his w ork th at ______ was left o f the original text in the end. A. too many I not enough B. such a lot of / a few c. plenty o f / not many D. so much / little 8. She *______fainted when she heard that her son had died. A. r ather than B. nothing but c. all but D. near 9. I' ll be kind to her. ______ she decide to leave me. A. in ca se B. whereas c. so as not D. lest 10. Jasm ine’s parents died when she was j ust a baby, so I ______ family she ever had. A. was all the B. was the who le c. have the whole D. have all the 244

II. PHRA SAL VERB S AND PRE POSIT IONS (5 PTS) 11. H e’s a tou gh politician - he kno ws how to ______ the storm. A. run down B. keep up c. push b ack D. ride o ut 12. D on 't t ak e______ your bad friends any more or you 'll regret it. A. up with B. in for c . down at D. for 13. He was unaware that he was be in g______ with out-o f-date stock. A. faded away B. clamped down c. petered out D. fobbed off 14. I was so tired that I ju st ______ in the armchair. A. flaked ou t B. broke up c. dropped out D. fell ove r 15.1 tho ught she was being serious, but she was only having m e ______ » A. up B. on c. o ver D. round 16. Peter: How old do you think Perkins is? Patrick: Oh, he must be ge tti ng ______ eighty, I’d say. A. aw ay with B. about at c. down to D. on for 17. Nobo dy from t he P resident down should imagine they a re _____ the law. A beyond B over c within D above 18. At first the children enjoyed the game but quite soon t he n ove lty______ . A. went o ff B. died out c. died down D. wore o ff a 19. When attacked by his opponents, the g ene ral ___2. with st rong justific ation for his policy. A. hit ba ck B. struck up c. leapt up D. pushed forward 20. The free tickets for the band’s concert w er e______ within seconds by the enthusia sts flocking at the hall door. A. run up B. broken up c . drawn up D. snapped up III. VO CABU LARY (10 PTS): Choose the best options to comple te the following sent ences. 21.1 found t he information for the proj ect in the encyclo pedia but 1 cou ldn 't give and verse on it. A. cha pter B. unit c. poem D. ex tract 22. During the riots, hundreds of people broke into t he city 's main departme nt store a n d _____ it. There was almost nothing left after the night had finished. A. mugg ed B. looted c. conned D. stole 23. When his manager went on a business trip, Smith stepped into th e ______ and ch aired the meeting. A. hole B. pool c. breach D. crack 24. The country has few natural resources and its economy has be en ______ for some time now. A. dis eased B. unwell c. sickening D. ailing 25. Every time the governme nt meets their demands, the union leaders shift the A. goalp osts B. lamp-posts c. bus stops D. roadbl ocks 26. The y wor ked from dawn to dusk with s uc h_____ that they were exhausted. A. bored om B. zeal c. crack D. debility 245

T l. The Prime Minister will decide whethe r to release the prison er or not; t hat 's h is ______ . A. prero gative B. contor tion c. derogat ory D. abdicati on 28. The sheep we re h uddled into a _____ to pro tect them from overn ight frosts. A. pen B. hutch c . kennel D. barn 29. Tha t human rights ar e______ is unaccept able in a civiliz ed society. A. infringed B. im peached c. abrogate d D. quashed 30. Ì overs lept th is mo rning and ca ught the last bus to school b y ______ . A. the h air o f my head B. the skin of my teeth c. the nail of my finger D. the skin of my heels 31. Since he is too old to be a porter, they have decided to put him ou t t o ____ ., A. the d oor B. grounds c. grass D. the kerb 32. Andrew Johnson was the first president of the US ever to be ______ , primarily because of his violent te mper and unyielding stubbornn ess. A. im peached B. overthrown c. overpowered D. dethroned 33. If she wins the prize again this year, it'll be a r ea l______ in her cap. A. nutshell B. gemstone c. feather D. land mark 34. Maggie is so moody and unpredictable. She’s apt to fly of f th e ______ without any real cause. A. handle B. strap c. catch D. belt 35. Despite a string o f_____ performances he retained his place in the side. A. prom ising B. reasonable c. satisfactory D. modera te 36. The ear thq uak e_____ 6.5 on the Richter scale. A. weighed B. measured c. achieved . D. counted 37. It w as ___ clear to me what they meant by their cold manner. A. blatantly B. fully c. abundantly D. acutely 38. The international conference of the Cardiological Associatio n has been _____ in Cairo to discuss the revolutionary discovery of doctor Gonzales from Mexico. A. deployed B. collected c. mobilized D. summone d 3 9 .1 had a small accident with the car. One of the wings is a li ttle _____ _. A. stained B. jamm ed c. dented D. cracked 40. I've only been here for a week so 1 hav en't got into th e_______ yet. A. swings of things B. groove o f things c . rut o f things D. swing o f routine IV. G UIDED CLOZE (10 PTS): Read th e text below and decide which answer best fits each space. PASSAGE A: Plants are (41) ______ to attack and infection by a remarkab le variety of symbioti c species and have evolved a diverse array of mecha nisms designed to 246

frustrate the potential colonists. These can be divided into preformed or passive defense mechan isms and (4 2 )______ or active systems. Passive plant defense compris es physical and chemical barriers that prevent entry of pathog ens, such as bacteria, or (43) ____ _ tissues unpalatable or toxic to the invader. The external surfaces of plants, in addition to being covered by an epidermis and a waxy cuticle, often carry spiky hairs known as trichomes, which either prevent feeding by insects or may even puncture and kill insect (4 4 )______ . Other trichom es are sticky and glandular and e ffectively trap and (4 5) ______ insects. If the physical barriers of the plant are breached, then p reformed chemicals may inhibit or kill the intruder, and plant tissues contain a diverse array of toxic or potential ly toxic substances, such as resins, tannins, glycosides, and alkaloids, many of which are highly effective (4 6) ______ to insects that feed on plants. The success of the Colorado beetle in infesting potatoes, for example, seems to be correlated with its high tolerance (4 7 )______ alkaloids that normally repel potential pests. Other possible chemical defenses, while not directly toxic to the parasite, may inhibit some essential step in the establishm ent of a parasitic relationship. For example, glycoproteins in plant cell walls may inactivate enzymes that degrade cell walls. These enzymes are often produced by bacteria and fungi. Active plant defense mechanisms are comparab le to the immune system of vertebrate animals, although the cellular and molecu lar bases are (4 8 )______ different. Both, however, are triggered in reaction to intrusion. implying that the host has some means of recognizing the presence of a foreign organism. The most dramatic example of an inducible plant defense reaction is the hypersensi tive response. In the hypersensitive response, cells undergo rapid necrosis — that is, they become diseased and die — after being penetrated by a parasite ; the parasite itself ( 4 9 )__________ ceases to grow and is therefore restricted to one or a few cells around the ent ry site. Several theories have been (5 0) ______ to explain the bases o f hypersensitive resi stance. 41. A. likely 42. A. inducible 43. A. convert 44. A. embryos 45. A. imm obilize 46. A. hindrance s 47. A. io 48. A. efficac iously 49. A. following 50. A. brought about

B. inclined B. causative B.r end er B. larvae B. demobilize B. repellents B. for B. phenomenally B. substantially B. worked out

c. fl exible c . influential c . alternate c. larva c , deactivate c . deterrents c. within c. fu ndamentally c . procedurally c . put forward

D. subject D. medicinal D. reimburse D. caterpill ars D. depreciat e D. expurga tions D.u nder D. origina lly D. subseq uently D. laid dow n

247

PASSAGE B:

MOUND -BUILD ER TH EORIES Some o f the most impressive geographical features in North Americ a are the many earth mounds (5 1 )______ around the continent. These earthwork s are enormous artificial hills cons tructed by various Native Americ an c ivilizati ons for (52) _ _ _ _ _ purposes, such as burials worship, and they are thousa nds of years old, with the latest ones being finished hundreds of years before Europeans explored America. Upon their arrival, European explorers were impressed with the structures, but prejudice against the native tribes prevented them from (53) ______N ative American s with their construction. Instead, American settlers developed several theories that claimed a superior but (54) ______ "moundbuilder" civiliza tion made the earthworks. Moreover, particul ar details of different moundbuilder theories reflected the specific prejudic es of the people who supported them. For example, devout Christian groups like the Mormons argued that a (5 5 )______ Israeli society w as responsible, and white Americans argued that only the Vikings could have built such mounds because they believed that their European (5 6) ______was far s uperior to Nati ve Americans. The ( 57 )______ of these myths showed how for centuries Americans selectively examined evidence and distorted science in order to support their own agendas (5 8) ______ the natives. Prior to the 20th century, many A mericans accepted the mound-bu ilder theo ries as despite the dubious evi dence th at su pported them. For instance, most believers argued that t he presence of metal artifacts beneath the mounds showed that the natives couldn't have them because they had no knowledge of metallu rgy. Some tribes did in fact possess such skills, and the presence of defensive walls around tribal lands indicates that N ative Americans could indeed construc t structures such as earth mounds. Nonetheles s, most Americans (5 9 )______ such evidence and instead considered other potential candidates for the mound builders. Popular choices were ancient Chinese, Greek, or African civilizatio ns, none of which were in prehistoric America. Other people argued that mystical (6 0) ______, such as God or people from mythical Atlantis, built the mounds. 51. A. scattered 52. A. philosophical 53. A. commem orating 54. A. bygone 55. A. secr etive 56. A. fo refather 57. A. pe rsistence 58. A. for 59. A. mi ssed 60. A. rites 248

B. extended B. infinite B. accrediting B. disrupted B. divine B. ancestors B. perseverance B. towards B. refuted B. vigors

c. stretched c. ritualistic c. recognizing c. exhausted c. celestial c. foregoer c. insistence c. against c. dispatched c. powers

D. covered D. opportunistic D. endowin g D. extinct D. sacred D. ancestry D. determination D. from D. disposed D. motivatio ns

V. RE ADING C OMPR EHENS ION (10 PTS): Read th e texts b elow and choo se the best ans wer to each question. PASSAGE A

MUSICAL TALENT Among all the abilities with which an individual may be endowe d, musical talent appear s e arliest in life. Very y oung children can e xhibit musical prec ocit y for diffe rent reasons. Some develop exceptional skill as a result of a well designed instructiona l regime, such as the Suzuki method for the violin. Some have a good fortune to be bom into musical family in a household filled with music. In a number of interesting cases, musical talent is part of an otherwise disabling co ndition such as autism or mental retardation. A musically gifted child has an inborn talent, however, the extent to which the talent is expressed publicly will depend upon the environmen t in which the child lives. Musically gifted children master at an early age the principal elements of music, including pitch and rhythm. Pitch - or - melody - is more central in certain cultures, for exa mple, in Eastern societies that make use of tiny qu arter tone interval. Rhythm, sounds produced at certain auditory frequencies and grouped accordin g to a prescri bed system, is emphasized in sub- Saharan Africa, where the rh ythmic ratios can be very complex. All children have some aptitude for making music. During infancy, normal children sing as well as babble, and they can produce individual sounds and sound pattern. Infants as young as two months can match their m other's songs in pitch, loudness, and melodic shape, and infants at four months can match rhythmic structure as well. Infants are especially predisposed to acquire these core aspects of music, and they can also engage in sound play that clearly exhibits creativity. Individual difference s begin to merge in young children as they learn to sing. Some children can match segments of a song by the age of two or three. Many others can only approxim ate pitch at this age and may still have difficulty in producing ac curate melodies by the age o f five or six. However, by the ti me they reach school age, most children in any culture have a schema of wha t a song should be like and can produce a reasonably accurate imitation of the songs commonly heard in their envi ronment. The early appearanc e of superior musical ability in some children provide evidenc e that musical talent may be separate and unique form of i ntelligence. There are numerous tales of young artists who have a remarkable "ear" or extraord inary memory for music and a natural understan ding of musical structure. In many of these cases, the child is average in every other way but displays an exception al ability in music. Even the most gifted child, however, takes about ten years to achieve the levels of performanc e or composit ion that would c onstitute m astery o f the musical sphere. 249

Every generation in musi c history has it fa mous prodigies - individua ls with exceptional musical powers that emerge at a young age. In the eighteenth century, Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart began com posing a nd perform ing a t the age of six. As a child, Mozart could play piano like an adult. He had perfect pitch, and at the age of nine he was also a m aster of the art o f modul ation - trans itions from one key to another - which became one of the hallmark s o f his style. By the age of elev en, he had composed three symphonies and 30 other major works. Mozart's well - develop ed talen t was preserved into adulthood. Unusual mus ical a bility is a regula r characteristic o f certain a nomali es such as autism. In one case, an autistic girl was able to play "Happy Birthday" in the style of various composers, including Mozart, Beethoven, Verdi, and Schubert. When the girl wa s three, her m other called her by playing incomplete melodies, which the child would complete with the appropriate tone in the proper octave. For the autistic child, music may be the primary mode of comm unicati on, and the child may cling to music because it represents as a hav en in a world that is largely confusing and frightening. 61. The word "prec ocity " in paragraph 1 is closest in mea ning to ■ Ạ. strong interest B. good luck c. advanced skill D. personal style 62. Which se ntence below best expresses the essential information in the sentence printed in bold in paragraph 1? A. Children may be born with superio r musical ability, but the ir env ironment will determ ine how this ability is developed. B. Every child is naturally gifted, and it is res ponsibility o f the public schools to recognize and develop these talents. . c. Children with exceptional musical talent will look for the be st way to express themselves through music - making. D. Some musically talented children live in an environme nt sur rounded by music, while others have little exposure to music. 63. The autho r makes the point that musical elements such as pitch and rhythm ' A. distinguish music from o ther art forms B. vary in emph asis in dif ferent cultures c. make music difficult to learn D. expr ess di fferent human emotions 64. The word "pre disp osed " in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______ . A. inclined B. gifted c. pushed D. amused 65. According the passage, when does musical talent usually begin to appear? A. When infants start to babble and produc e sound patterns B. Between the ages of two and four months c. When children learn to sing at two or three years old D. Between ten years old and adolescence 250

66. Ac cordin g the passage, which o f the foll owing su ggests that m usical talent is the se parate form o f intelligence ? A. Ex ceptional musical ability in an othe rwise av erage child B. Reco gnition of the emotional power o f music c. The a bility of all b abies to acquire core elem ents o f music D. Diffe rences between learning music and learning language 67. Why does the a uthor discuss Mozart in paragraph 6? A. To compar e pa st and present v iews o f musical talent B. To give an example of a well - known musical prodigy c. To desc ribe the dev elopment of individual musical skill D. To list musical accomplis hments of the eighteent h ce ntury 68. All of t he following are given as examples of exceptional musical talent EXCEPT A. a r emarkabl e "ear" or pe rfect m emory for music B. ability to compose major works at a young age c. appreciati on for a wide v ariety o f musical styles D. playing a single song in the style of various composers 69. The word "haven" in paragraph 7 is closest m eaning t o ______ . A. beautiful art B. safe place c. personal goal D. simple problem 70. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage about ex ceptional musical ability? A. It occu rs more fr equently in some cultu res than in others. B. It is evi dence of a su perior level of intelligence in other area s, c. It has been documented and studied but is little understood. D. It is the result o f natural tale nt and a supportive environment . PASSAGE B THE BALANCE IN THE OCEANS The oceans' predators come in all shapes and sizes. For example, one of the less infamous ones is the colorful starfish, which feeds on plant life, coral, or other shellfish such as mussels for sustenance. A more bloodcu rdling example , especia lly to human beings and most other species of fish, is the shark, though most s cientist s ag ree th at only ten per cent o f the 450 plus sp ecies of sharks hav e been documente d as actually attacking a human. Still, there is a nother predat or lu rk in g invisi bly in the b odies of water o f the world, one which poses one o f the greates t th reats to all species o f ocean life - bacteria. Though many types o f fish are conti nuall y s talking and evading one a nother for sur vival, they all band togethe r in an attempt to keep bacteria levels at bay in order to allow, their own ex istenc e to continue . Bacteria play a dual role in th e ecosystems of the oceans. On the one hand, ■ they are benefici al as they stimulate plant life through food decom positio n, which releases the necessary chem icals for the gro wth of plant life. This is called 251

nutrie nt recycl ing and helps keep the oceans alive. But, on the other hand, bacteria are a major predator for all fish because the y'a tta ck fragile, weaker individuals. If they are allowed to run rampant and not kept in check, they could virtually suffocate the oceans. Ill water, bacteria prove to be an even greater threat than on land because, as they proliferate , they reduce the oxygen levels necessary for organism s in the oceans to live. Further, when fish populations become depleted due to factors like overfishing, microbes such as algae expand and threate n the fragile ecosystems of the ocean. Therefore, ocean predators play a critical role by thwar ting bacteria growth and maintain ing the oceans' equilibrium by redu cing v ulnerable links in the food chain. In many ways, the balance within the ocean s’ ecosystems mirrors the human body. That is, all of their components must work in harmony for them to stay healthy, efficien t, and alive. If one of them is missing or deficient, an entire system can be placed in jeopard y. In both the human body and the ocean, bacteria play a vital role because, at manageable levels, they aid in protecting and cleaning each system of foreign agents that can be of harm. On the other hand, if bacteri a levels increase and become out o f control, they can take hold o f a system, overrun it, and become debilita ting. Therefore, both oceans and the human body have a kind of custodian that maintains bacteria levels. In the human body, it is called a phagocyte. Phagocytes eat up sick, old, or dying cells, which are more prone to bacterial invasion, and thus keep the body he althy. Like in t he human body, bacte ria can prove fatal to the living org anisms in the ocean. Like phagocyte s in the human body ocean .predators work as antibacterial custodians of the seas. In es sence, they are the immune system and a vital link in the food chain because they r emove small, injured, or sickly fish from the ocean environm ent before bacteria can become too. comfortable and multiply. By ridding the ocean of weaker fish, predators allow the stronger ones to multiply, making their species stronger and more resilient. Without their services and with their declining numbers, bacteria will blossom to levels that will eventually overpowe r and kill even the strong est species off ish because of the depletion of their n umber one source of life, all important oxygen. - While the greatest battle in the ocean may seem on the surface to be the survival of the fittest fish, a closer look reveals something complete ly different: fish versus microorgan isms. Clearly, most living organisms in the oceans are hunters by nature, but this way o f life does not merely provi de a food source for a dominant species, It also maintains a healthy level of bacte ria in an ocea n's ecosystem, thus ensuring the continuation of all species of life within. Major predator s are necessary, like the antibacterial cells of the human body, to keep this delicate balance in synch. If their numbers continue to d ecline and humans ignore th eir vital role in the ocean, dire consequences will definitely result. 71. The word “lu rk ing ” in the passage is closest in meaning to ■ A. attac king B. increasing c. waiting D. approa ching 252

72. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of ocean predators? A. The sh ark is the deadliest one for all other kinds of life in the oceans. B. One o f the most thr eatening to all fish populations is bacteria. c. Starfish do little damage to the population of mussels and shellfish. D. Most o f the killers that hide in the oceans are unknown to humans. 73. Which of the fol lowing can be inferred from paragraph 1 about bacteria? A. They can be extremely detrimental to fish if their numbers increase. B. They are able to feed off themselves when other food sources are limited, c. They s timulate plant life, which in turn releases oxygen into the water. D. They present themselves in numerous shapes and forms as well as colors. 74. The au thor discus ses “nut rien t rec ycli ng” in paragraph 2 in o rd er to ______ . A. show how bacter ia act similarly in the ocean and the human body B. explain the different roles of nutrients and oxygen for species of fish c. indicate tha t bacteria do have a positive impact in the oceans D. note how chemicals from bacteria are able to stimulate plant growth 75. Which o f the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the sentence in bold (“Th oug h... con tin ue”)? A. Evasion tactics help fish escape from the threats posed by an increasing number o f bacteria. B. Various species of fish prey upon one another in or der to lower bacteria levels in the ocean. c. High bacteria levels in the ocean help most species of fish to survive by providing them with food. D. Rivals o r not, all fish help one another survive by preventing bacteria from proliferating. 76. The word “th wa rti ng ” in the passage is closest in meaning to ______. A. encour aging B. preventing c. slowing D. sustaining 77. According to paragraph 2, bacteria are dangerous to ocean life bec aus e____ . A. they have the capability to attack both strong and weaker fish B. they could monopolize the critical breathable gas in the ocean c. they get rid o f vulnerable links, like dying fish, in the food chain D. they blossom out of control when overfishing becomes dominant 78. The word “deb ilit ati ng” in the passage is closest in meaning to ______ . A. stimulati ng B..hindering c. elevating D. weakening 79. The autho r’s description of phagocytes mentions all of the following EXCEPT A. They rid the human body of potentially dangerous organisms. B. They act in a similar manner as the predators of the ocean, c. They dis pose o f bacteria to make weakened cells revive. D. They are cleaning agents in humans to maintain bacteria levels. 80. The word “It” in the passage refers t o ______. A. nature B. way of life c. food source D. dominant species 253

B. WRITTE N TEST I. CLOZE T EST (20 PTS): Read the texts below and think of the wo rd which best fits each space. Use only ONE WORD for each space. PASSAGE A

BRAIN GEL A gel th at helps brains recover from trau matic injuries has been developed by scientists a t the Clemson University in South C arolina. The gel, which is injected in liquid ( 1 ) ______ at the site where the injury was sustain ed, stimula tes (2) ______cell growth in th e affected area. In t erms of circ umstan ces ( 3 ) _______ which it might be applied, the gel has the potential to t reat a wid e range of head injuries, incl uding those arising from car accid ents, falls and gunsh ot wound s. Serious brain injuries are notoriously difficult to recove r from on (4 )______ of the fact that the affected tissue can swell ( 5 ) ______ conside rably, which causes additional collateral damage to the surrounding cell s. Existing tre atment s do (6 ) ______ more than attempt to limit secondary damage and are relatively ineffective, certainly when it comes to repairing the damaged cells, so the discovery of a gel which stimulates cell repair is being heralded (7) ______ revolutionary. (8 )______ the wa ve o f excitement now run ning throu gh medical circles, it is important to note that results so far are based solely on observ ations of the effects of the gel on (9 )__ ___ rats. The development of the treatm ent is very much still in its preliminary stage and human testing is expected to be some th ree years or more (10) ______ yet. PASSAGE B

The Dolby family gift is the largest p hilanthropic (1 1 )______ ever made to UK science, and will su pport the Cavendish Laboratory, the worl d-lea ding centre for physics (1 2) ______wher e Ray Dolby received his PhD in 1961. Th anks to this exceptional gift, the University has now surpassed the £1 billion milestone in its current £2 billion fundra ising campa ign. T his is t he second generou s gi ft to Cambridge (1 3) ______the Dolby family, who donate d £35 million to Pembroke College, Cambridge in 2015. The Dolby family is n ow the largest dono r to the fundraising campaign, and the (1 4) ______ -largest donor to th e Univers ity in its 808-year history. Ray Dolby, who died in 2013 at the age of 80, came to Cambridg e as a Marshall Scholar in 1957. He received his PhD from the Cavendish in 1961, and was a student and later a Fellow of Pembroke College. In 1965, he founded Dolby Laboratories in London and invented the Dolby System, an analogue audio en coding system tha t forever improved the (15) _ _ _ _ _ of recorded sound. He moved the co mpany in 1976 to San Francisc o, whe re it has been ( 16 )______ ever since. 254

The new Cavend ish Laboratory will be its third home since its founding in 1874, and was first announc ed by the governme nt in its 2015 spe ndin g Review. it (12) ______ a £75 million investment in the Cavendish, which has been confirm ed today, (1 8 )______ maintain Brita in's position at the (1 9 )______ of physical science s re search. The fun ding will be delivered by the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC). Work (20) ______ the new facility is expec ted to begin in 2019. IL WORD F ORMATIO N: (20PTS) PART 1: Compl ete each sentence, using the correct form of the word in parenth eses. 1. Since his bad habits were never broken when he was a child, they are now ______ . (CORREC T) 2. The ending was ra th er ______ considering the fact that the film had been so intense t hroughou t. (CLIMAX) 3. En vironmenta l quality will be th e______ for the 21 St century. (WOR D) 4. 1 found th e last scene extremely moving and parti cula rly______ . (DIRECT) 5. At that time, package holidays to tropical resorts were pretty m uc h_____ _. (HEAR) 6. There is a craz e f o r______ foods in our co untry these days. (CANC ER) 7. With free-ma rket globalization, investment funds can m ov e______ from the rich cou ntries to the developing cou ntries. (I MPEDIMEN T) 8. Airp ort officials said there had been no hint of trouble until radio contact w as suddenly lost t hree minutes fro m______ . (DO WN) 9. Copyrigh t is th e _ ____ , legally secured right to publish, reproduce, and sell the m atter and form o f a literary, musi cal, dram atic, or artistic w ork. (ALIEN) 10. ______ pain is the reason for around 5% o f all eme rgency departme nt visits. (ABDOM EN) PART 2: Comple te the passage with appropriate forms from the words given in the box. in per iph ery

conscienti ous develop ment

industry nation

emergence aboun d

imply relen t

The issues for (1 1 )________ economies are a little more straightforwar d. The desire to build on (12 ). _____ land is not born out of desperation or. necessity, but is a result of the (1 3 )________ march of the progress. Cheap labour and a relativel y highly-ski lled workforce make these countries highly compe titive and there is a flood of (1 4) ________ investment, particularly from (15) looking to take advantage of the low wa ges before the cost and standard of living begin to rise, it is factors such as thes e that are making many Asian econo mies extremely attractive when viewed as investmen t opportunities 255

at the moment . Similarly, in Africa, the relative (16) ________ of preciousmetals and nat ural resource s tend s to attract a lot o f exploita tion compa nies and a whole sub-ind ustry develo ps around and is comple tely depe ndent on this foreign -direct investment. It is un derstan dable that c ountrie s that are the focus o f this sort of attention can lose si ght of the envir onmenta l (1 7) ________ of largescale industrial develop ment, and thi s can have d evasta ting conseq uences for the natural world. And it is a vicious cycle because the m ore (1 8) ________ active a nation becom es, the greater the demand for and harvesting of natural resources. For some, the e nviron ment issues, though they can hardly be ignored, are viewed as a ( 1 9 )________ concern. Indeed .'having an environm ental (2 0) _________or taking environm ental matters into consideration when it co mes to decisions on wheth er or not to build rubber-tree plantations or grow biofuel crops would be quite prohibit ive indeed. For those involved in such schemes it is a pretty blackand-wh ite issue. And, for vast tracts of land in Latin America , for e xample, it is clear that the welfare of the rainforests matters little to local governm ent when vast sum s o f money can be made from cultivating the land. III. ERR OR CORRECTIO N: (10PTS) The following passage co ntains 10 errors. Ide ntify and correct them. SPORTS PHOTOGRAP HY 1 Sport as a spectacle and p hotography as a way of recording action have developed together. At the arrival of the 20th century, Edward Muybridge was experimenting with photographs of movement. His pictures of a runner feature in every history of photography. Another milestone was 5 when the scientist and the photographe r Harold Edgerton extended the limits of photographic technology with his study of a drop of milk hitting the surface of a dish. Another advance was the development of miniature cameras in the late 1920s, that made it possible for photographers to put th eir cumbers ome c ameras behind. 10 The an-ival o f television was a significant development in the transmission of sport. Paradoxically, it was having benefit to still photographers. People who watched a sport event on TV, with all their movement and action, valued the still image as a reminder of the game. Looking back, we can see how radically sports photography has changed. 15 Early sports photographers were so interested in the stories behind the sport as in the sport itself. Contemporary sports photography emphasize s the glamou r of sport, the colour and the action. But the best sports photogr aphers today do more than just simply tell the story of the event, or tak e a record of it. T hey captu re in a single dramatic moment the real 20 emotion s of the participants, emotions which people looking at the photog raphs can identify. 256

1. 4.

3. 6. 9. 0.

IV. S ENTE NCE TRANSF ORMA TION: (20 PTS) Rewrit e th e foll owing sentences using the word s given. 1. Fra nkly speaking , I do not think tha t nature and nurtu re are equally significan t. (SUBS CRIBE ) To p u t............................................. ............................................... significan ce. 2. In the area, Thailand used to be much better than all other countrie s in football . (HEAD) In the area, Thailand d oes n't ............ .................................................... longer 3. He hid the truth about the matter because he didn ’t want to lose his high position. (CARPET ) For fear that ......... .............................................................................................. 4. He indicated very clearly that he would do anything to obtain the contract. (LENGT HS) He g av e................................................................................................ -............... 5 .1 d idn 't dare to tell the truth because my fathe r was there. (GUTS) Had it ....... .......................................................................................................... 6. It w as not until five years had elapsed that the whole truth about the murder came out. - Not f o r........................... ............................................................... .................... . 7. She was su rprised when he suddenly asked her to marry him. (TO OK) H is .................................................................................................. ........... ......... 8. He seems to find the way Mimi behaves more a source of amu sement than embarra ssment . Far from ................................. ............................. ......... ............. amused by it. 9. After the expedition , I realized that she was not an efficien t researcher. (SHAKE S) It dawned .............................................. .......................................a researcher. 10. The ac cused may imagin e a plan of killing the witness. (AWAY) The accuse d may conceiv e .............. .............. ...................... ............................

257

*•' «r.a*.»

»wrciNo fo r m a l........................................................................................ I .............................

268

5. The boy was about to cry w hen he wa s r eprima nded by his mother .

—>The hoy was o n ........................................................................................ Rew rite the follow ing sente nces us ing the give n w ords. T he given word must not be al tered in any way. 6. He m aintai ned his p osition a gains t his adversar y. (GRO UND) 7.1 sudd enly rea lized the meani ng o f a “fre ebie” . (DAW NED) ....................... . ......... *••••••••••••••................ .. ... ......... . ................... ........... 8. M ost stores will accep t a credit card instead of cash. (A LTER NAT IVE) 9. The bank robber s es caped in a stolen car. (G ETAW AY) 10. Do n't panic a bout som ething so trivial. (MOUN TAIN)

TRƯỞNG THPT CHUYÊN BẢO LỘC - TP. BẢO LỘC - LÂM ĐỔNG A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (40 PTS) I. PH ONO LOG Y Choo se the w ord whos e u nderline d part is pronoun ced differ ently from the others. c. catalyst D. attorn ey B. unani mous 1. A. ap athy c. congra tulatio n D. Por tuguese B. restitut ion 2. A. taran tula D. niche c. mousta che 3. A. hiera rchy B. mache te D. dubi ous c. munif icent B. inund ated 4. A. immun ity D. m ansla ughte r c. d raught B.r auc ous 5. A. audit Choo se the w ord which is stressed d ifferent ly from the o ther three. c. promotion al D. hypo critica l B. inf uriating 6. A. ubiqu itous c. congenita l B. anae sthetic D. pro miscu ous 7. A. meni ngitis c. incumbe nt D.s yco pha nt B. intern ship 8. A. homi cide c. obsten tably . D. tax idermy B. subse rvient 9. A. tyran nical D. conc oct c. morbid B. herm it 10. A. ze alot II. W ORD CHO ICE (5 pts): Choo se the best option s to com plete the fol lowing senten ces. into ot her 's people private lives. 1. You sho uld n't c. proceed D. pry B. prod A. p rowl 2. he will be sued fo r________ of contract if he doe s no t do what he promis ed. A. fractu re B. crack c. rupture D. breach 3. S an dr a' s__________ ;_______ sin is pride. A. re deem ing B. over riding c. b esettin g D. ove rwhe lmin g 269

4. In spite of wor king their fingers to th e _______________ , all the staf f we re made redundant. A. nail B. edge c. flesh D. bone 5. It was h e r___________________ powers at the keyboa rd rath er than her age which eventua lly forced her re tirement. A. mete oric B. wanin g c. slippery D. nega tive 6. He has be en _____________ for gross miscond uct. A. impr essed B. im pou nde d' c. impeached D. impe lled 7. It seems õur ap plicatio n has been ref use d__________________ _. A. poin t blank B. bu ll's eye c. carte blanche D. abou t face 8 .1 do n't believ e t her e's a _______ of evidence that could be held agains t him. A. shred B. grain c. drop D. strain 9 . 1 find the prose style o f many Ame rican writers vir tua lly ________________ . A. illegib le B. impene trable c. imperme able D. inco rrigible 10 .1 thought the bill for just two peopl e was sim ply ___________________. A. exha ustive B. exorbitan t c. execrable D. exalted 11. M oza rt's mature composi tions ar e____________ better than his juvenili a. A. signif icantly B. utterly c. flatly D. stren uously 12. Mr Parris said he'd l ik e___________________ by Monday, if tha t's pos sible, A. finished the rep ort B. the repo rt finished c . the rep ort will be finished D. have the report finished 13. Were_________________ my dad, I would never have started playing tennis in the first place. A. it for B. it to be for c. it had n't been for D. it not for 14. It's amazing how Jenny acts as though she and Darren _____________ serious pro blems at the moment . A. aren't having B. hadn't had c. w eren't having D. hadn ’t been hav ing 15. The rents in this area a re _____________________ the h ighest in the city. A. far from away B. away by far c . far and a way D. far to away 16. _____________________ I’d like to help you out, I’m afraid I j us t hav en' t got any spare money at the moment. A. Even B. Despite ' c. Much as D. Try as 17. This governmen t would destroy all our civil lib er tie s,______ __________ half a chance. A. given B. being given c. giving D. havin g been given 18. So_____________ that they a ctually finished th ree wee ks early. A. were the build ers fast B. fast the builders were c. the builders were fast D. fast were the builders 19. I feel _________________ to inform the committee that a numbe r of members are very unhappy with the decision. A. my d uty B. this my duty c. it my duty D. that my duty

270

20. I 'm __________________________my bro ther is. A. nowher e like so am bitious B. nothing as ambitiou s than c . nothing near as ambitious as D. nowhere near as a mbitiou s as III. P HRASAL VERBS AND PRE POSITIONS . (5 pts) 1. You can b an k________ our suppo rt any time you are in need. A. at B. in c. on D. from 2. Her method of fishing for comments will certainly b e ________siege. A. at B. for c. under D. with 3. After 10 yea rs in business, the Browns h av e________ 2 million dollars. A. called up B. collected up c. pulled up D. racked up 4. His classmat es are al wa ys________ him for his oversized nose. A. lazing around B. picking on c. runningdown D. shrinking from 5. It seems a lot o f US are putting o urse lves _____ the mercy of material comfort. A. at B. in c. on D. under 6. It w asn 't clear to me what they we re ________ by those sentenc es. A. driving at B. g etting on c. sta bbing at D. opting out 7. That you r son keeps h imse lf alo of________ people is quite worrying. A. from B. for c. of D. to 8. What I hate about Alice is that she’s always trying to ____te achers for favors. A. crying out for B. making up for c. pinning down to D. sucking up to 9. The Prime Mini ster's declaration that taxes will be raised has put the public _______ an uproar. A. at B. in c. to D. with 10 .1 personally ne ve r________ the idea that to be attractive you have to be thin. A. dream up B. hold back c. buy into D. fall out IV. GUIDE D CL OZE RE ADING (10 pts): Choose the word/ phrase that best fits each blank in the following texts. TEXT 1

Parent-teen relationships are among the most important in a youth's life. Whether a parent is (1)___________love, criticism, or old-fashioned rulemaking, the structure and stability of a healthy parental relationship with teens can make a huge impact (2 )____________ their stressful adolescent lives. A healthy parentteen relationship may mean the difference between swift just ice and months of harassment. Mothers, fathers, and family communication ( 3 )___________ are all important in unique ways. The m other-teen relationship is one o f the most important relationships a.child can have. Research has ( 4 )____________ that a mother has great influence over their child's decisions about sex, drugs, alcohol, body image, ... Fathers also 'have a special ( 5 ) ___________ in the lives o f healthy teens. Fathers are the backbone of American family life, and it’s often on them that the foundations for their 271

child ren's future lives they are (6 )____________ . Involved fathers are present in a child’s life to give everyth ing from advice to independence . For example, teens with fathers who are active in their lives are more independe nt as adults, have (7 )____________ self-esteem, are less likely to be (8 )_____________ or commit suicide, and are often happier. For daughters, a "da ddy's little girl" relationshi p is a large pail o f what (9 )__________ happy te enage girls. Dads build self-confi dence in young women and give t hem a special (1 0) ____________ of achievement that can only com e when given by an authoritativ e male figure. 1. A. donatin g B. offerin g D. suppl ying c . providin g 2. A. in B. on D. to c. und er 3. A. in general B. in all D. in full c . in contra st 4. A. express ed B. hinted D. sugge sted c . implied 5. A. em phasis B. part c . place D. status 6. A. lay B. lied c . laid D. lain 7. A. lo nger B. deeper c . higher D. larg er 8. A. dep ressed B. despera te c . hurt D. stressed 9. A. b rings up B. makes up c . sets up D. turns up 10. A. emotion B. feelin g c . impression D. sent iment TEXT 2

Adult educati on is a practice in which adults engage in systema tic and (1)___________ self-ed ucatin g activities in o rder to gain new (2)___________of knowle dge, skills, attitudes, or values. It can mean any form of lea rning adults engage in beyond tradition al schooling, (3)_______________ basic literacy to personal (4)____________as a lifelong l earner. In parti cular, adult education reflects a specific p hilosop hy ab out learnin g and teachin g based on the (5)____________ that adults can and want to learn, that they are able and willing to take responsi bility for that learning, and that the learning itse lf should respond to thei r needs. Driven by what one needs or wants to learn, the oppor tuniti es (6)_______ , and the manne r in which one learns, adult learning is affe cted by demog raphics , globali zation and technology . The learning happens in m any ways and in many (7)____________ jus t as all adults' lives differ. Educati ng adults differs from educati ng children in several ways given, that adults have (8)____________ knowle dge and work exper ience which can add to the learning experie nce. Most adult educatio n is volunt ary, therefor e, the partici pants are (9)____________ self-mo tivated , unless requir ed to participate, by an employ er. The science and art o f helpin g adults learn, the practice of adult educati on is referred to as andr agogy, to distingu ish it from the traditional school -based educati on for children pedagogy. Unlike childr en, adults are seen as m ore (10)____________ , rathe r than relying on others for help. 272

1. A. attain 2. A. forms 3. A. decom posin g 4. A. conte ntme nt 5. A. assum ption 6. A. at will 7. A. c ontext s 8. A. a ccom plishe d 9. A. all in all 10. A. self-abs orbed

B. pertain c . retain B. means c. patterns B. decomp ressing c . encom passing B. fulfilm ent c . recognition B. notion c. r esumption B. in hand c. in store B. manners c. oc currences B. accommo dated c. acc umulated B. by and large c. in p rinciple B. self-ac cessed c. s elf-directed

D. sustain D.s hap es D. encro aching D. realiza tion D. specul ation D. on of fer D. situatio ns D. accredite d D. on the whole D. self-poss essed

V. READ ING COMPR EHENS ION Read the texts below and choo se the best answer to each question. READING 1

A DA NCER 'S LOT All across London, they emerge from underground stations and buses; bags slung over their shoulders and taut stomachs beneath thick winter overcoats. Nobod y recogn ises them, as they head for freezing upstairs rooms in tatty gymnas iums or slink into backstage theatre doors, even though they appear regularl y in sold- out m usicals and favo urite televi sion shows. T hey earn pre cious little, even those who perform live with famous singers, and have no real prospect s, doing what they're doing, despite having hustled and sweated themse lves to the 10 heights of one of Britain's mos t dem anding professions . But still they go, every morning, to their grim upstairs rooms in gyms and their backstr eet backstage doors , to dance. Most have left behind worried parents in faraway towns and villages; made repeated promise s to look after themselves and is taken trains, in-t hei r late teenage years, for London. There's much to despise about the city, where talent and a reptilian grade of resilience, although prerequisites, provide no guarantee of success. Even auditions are becoming rare. Conscious of deadlines and financial constra ints, choreogra phers call in talent from the blessed pool of their own chosen. If you aren't the right height, don’t have the right face, hair or sartorial style, then don't expect a look in. Although choreog raphers occ asional ly seek out the beautiful , they ’re mostly instructed to hunt the bland: those least likely to o utshine the stars. And, as many da ncers will tell you, it’s ge tting to the point where medioc rity is acceptable; ther e’ll be someone over there out of sync, someo ne over th ere who can't hold her arm still. And if the y get a par t, increasingl y dan cers are turning up for job s where the chor eogra pher ju st stands there and works them endlessly, fingers clicking: ‘Again, again, aga in’. As one dancer Melanie Grace says, 'You dance for the love a nd the passion , and keep your mouth shut because you don't want to get a reputati on.' It’s not always easy though. You think the television shows provide 273

changin g rooms? For dan cers? Even the big budget ones have them disrob ing in a com er o f the ca nteen - and the pay's lousy. But you have to ig nore it, keep your head down. You're in London now. You ’re one of ma ny; one of not hing. The sooner you acce pt that, the better you'll get on. Of the fleets of talente d dancers who try only a q uarte r make it, the rest simply can't proces s the ruthles sness — to dance in London is hard on the soul. Yet most of the dancers have agents, who you might th ink would negotiat e a better fee or condit ions for the ir dan cers, but no. You'll never meet a da ncer who thinks their agent deserves their twenty percent cu t o f the fee. Mostly you ’ll just get a te xt o r email notifying you of an au dition and a s ingle agent m ight have as many as two hundred dancers on, the ir books. As Melanie says, ‘It's catch-22, because you wo n’t hear about the audition s without one .’ Here ’s the j ob, take it or l eave it, and if so you leave it, they 'll ju st hire so meone straight out of college and pay them even less. Oh, the annual churn of the colleges. The d ancers hear it consta ntly the sound of the machine in the distance, its ceaseless ly grinding gears that, with every coming year; push out hundreds of new da ncers, each one y ounge r and hungri er and less jade d than you. And with every release of fresh limbs into the stew o f the city thi ngs get harder. The w orst thing the kids can do is accept a job for no pay. They do it all the time. One website has become notorious for television and popvideo prod uction companies scrounging for trained people to work for nothin g but exposure. And if the youngsters are fresh out o f dance school, despairing of their blank cv and craving the love of those ranks of sparkle-eyed strangers, they’ll leap at the chance. It’s the reason things are getting harder. How to describe the London dance scene today? The word Melanie chooses is 'savage'. 1. In the first paragraph, the writer paints a picture o f dancers w ho are A. careful not to be recognis ed by fans in the street.. B. deserv ing of the fame they have achi eved. c. unlikely to be making further advances in their career s. D. hoping to find work on stage alon gside established stars. 2. What do we learn abou t auditio ns in the second paragraph ? A. Inc reasingly higher st andards are expec ted of dancers. B. The best dan cers do not necess arily get the job s on offer. c. It's diffic ult for dancers to find the time to attend very many. D. Dance rs with family connectio ns in the busine ss get invited to more. 3. The word “tatty” in the passag e is closest in meaning to _______ ______ . A. shab by B. modern c . abusive D. well- designed 4. What US implied about cho reograph ers in the third paragraph ? A. The y exp ect da ncers to do as the y are told. B. They dislike it when danc ers criti cise eac h other, c. They are intolerant of dancers who make mis takes. D. They are sensitive to the pressure s-that d ancers are under. 274

5. What point is made about agents in the fourth paragraph? A. D ancers are largely sati sfied with t heir se rvice. B. Most dancer s re cognise that they are essential. c. They tend to rep resent only the less experi enced dancers. D. They make every e ffort to get th e best deal for dancers. 6. The word “med iocrity ” in the passage is closest in meaning to __________ . A. ave rage B. excellenc e c. extrava gance D. ex tremity 7. The write r uses the image o f a machine in the last paragraph to und erline A. the attitude o f training institutions. B. the dubio us ac tivities of a websi te, c. the co nstant supply o f new talent. D. the exploita tion of young people. 8. The word “lousy” in the passag e is closest in meaning to _______________. A. wonde rful B. awful c. terrific D. satisfying 9. In the text as a whole, the write r is sugge sting that da ncers in London A. should demand much better pay and wor king co nditions. B. have to regard the experience as useful for the future, c. should be rewar ded for dedicati on and perseverance . D. have to accept the realit ies o f a competitive industry. 10. Wha t does the phrase “do it all the time” refer to: A. acce pt a job for no pay B. hear the sound o f the annual churn c. leave the job D. push out hundreds of new dancers READING 2 IMAGE AND THE CITY In the city, we are barraged with images of the people we might become. Identity is presented as plastic, a matter o f possessions and appearances; and a very large proportion of the urban landscape is taken up by slogans, advertisements, flatly photograp hed images of folk heroes - the man who turned into a sophistic ated dandy overnigh t by drinking a particul ar brand of dri nk, the girl who transform ed herse lf into a femme fatale with a squirt of cheap scent. The tone of the wording of these advertiseme nts is usually pert and facetious, comica lly drownin g in its own hyperbole. But the pictures are brutally exact: they reprodu ce every detail of a style of life, down to the brand of cigarettelighter, the sto ne in the ring, and the econ omic r ow o f books on the shelf. Yet, if one studies a line of ads across from where one is sitting on a tube train, these images radically conflict with each other. Swap the details about between the pictures, and t hey are instantly m ade illegible. If the c haract ers they represe nt really are heroes, then they clearly have no individual claim to speak for society as a whole. The clean-cu t and the shaggy, rakes, innocents , brutes, home-lo vers, adventurers , clowns all compete for our attention and invite emulat ion. As a gallery, they do provide a glossy mirror of the aspira tions of a repres entativ e city c rowd; but it is exceedingl y hard to disc ern a sing le domin ant style, an image of how most people would like to see themselves . 275

Even in the busin ess of the mass- produc tion of im ages of ide ntity, this shift from the general to the diverse and partic ular is quite recent. Con sider anoth er line of stills: the back-lit , soft-foc us portrait s of the first and second gener ations of great movie stars. There is a degre e of romantic unpa rticu larit y in t he face of each one, as if the y were commu nal dream -proje ctions of soci ety at large. Only in the specia lised genres of wester ns, farces and gang ster movi es were stars allowed to have odd, knobbly cadav erous faces. The hero as loner belonge d to history or the underw orld: he spoke from the perim eter of society , remin ding US of its dange rous edges. The stars o f the last decade have looked quite different. Soft-focus photography has gone, to be replaced by a style which searches out warts and bumps, emphasises the uniqueness not the generality of the face. Voices, too, are strenuously idiosyncratic; whines, stammers and low rumbles are exploited as features of ‘star quality'. Instead of romantic heroes and heroines, we have a brutalist, hard-edged style in which isolation and egotism are assumed as natural social conditions. In the movies , as in the city, the sense of stable hierar chy has becom e increasi ngly exhau sted; we no longer live in a world where we can all share the same values, the same heroes, (ft is doub tful whethe r this world, so beloved of nostalg ia morali sts, ever existed; but lip-service was paid to it, the pretenc e, at least, was kept up.) The isolate and the eccentric push toward s the centre of the stage; their fashions and manner isms are presented as having as good a claim to the limelig ht and the future as those of anyone else. In the crowd on the underg round platform , one may observe a honeyc omb of fully -work ed-ou t worlds , each private, exclusive , bearing little compar ison with its nearest neighb our. What is prized in one is despise d in another . There are no clea r rule s about how one is supposed to manage one ’s body, dress, talk, or think. Though there are elabora te protocols and etiquettes among partic ular cults and groups within the city, th ey su bscribe to no co mmon standard. For the new arrival, this disordered abundan ce is the city ’s m ost evide nt and alarm ing quality. He feels as if he has parachut ed into a f unfair o f cont radict ory imperativ es. There are so man y p eople he m ight become, and a s uit of clothes, a make of car, a brand of cigarettes , will go some way toward s turnin g him into a personag e e ven before he has discovere d who that p ersona ge is. Pers onal identity has a lways been deeply rooted in property, but h itherto the relatio nship has been a simple one - a question of buy ing what you could afford, and leaving your wealth to annou nce your status. In the modern city, there are so many things to buy such a qu antity of differe nt kinds of status, that the choice and its a ttenda nt anxietie s hav e crea ted, a new pornog raphy of taste. The leisure pages of the Sunday newspap ers, fashion magaz ines, TV plays, popular novels, cookbooks, wi ndow displays all nag at the nerve o f our uncertainty and snobbery. Should we like America n cars, hard- rock hamb urger joint s, Bauhaus chairs ...? Literature and art are promote d as personal access ories: the painting s of Mondrian or the novels of Samuel Beckett ‘go’ with certain styles 276

like m atc hi ng ha nd ba gs. Th ere is in the city a cre ep ing im per ial ism o f tast e, in wh ich mo re and mo re co mm od itie s are ma de ov er to bei ng me re ex pr es sio ns o f per son al ide ntit y. Th e pie ce o f f urn itur e, the pai r o f sh oes , the boo k, the film, are im po rta nt no t so mu ch in the ms elv es but for wh at the y co mm un ica te ab ou t the ir ow ne rs; and ow ne rsh ip is stre tch ed to incl ude wh at one like s or be lie ve s in as wel l as wh at one can buy. 1. Wh at do es the wr ite r say ab ou t a dv ert ise me nts in th e first pa rag rap h? A. Ce rta in kin ds are c on sid ere d mo re eff ect ive in c itie s tha n oth ers . B. Th e w ay in wh ich som e o f them are w orded is clev erer than it mi ght app ear, c. Th ey o fte n de pic t p eop le tha t m ost o the r p eop le wou ld not car e to be like. D. Th e pictu res in them a ccur ately ref lect th e w ay th at s ome peop le r eally live. 2. Th e wo rd “pe rt ” in th e firs t par agr aph is cl ose st in m ean ing t o ____________ . A. che erf ul B. ple asa nt c. ser iou s D. arg um en tat ive 3. Th e wr ite r say s tha t if you look at a line o f adv ert ise me nts on a t ube t rain , it is cle ar tha t A. city dwell ers have very diverse ideas ab out wh at imag e the y wou ld like to ha ve. B. som e ima ges in adv ert ise me nts h ave a g ene ral app eal tha t oth ers lack. c. city d we lle rs are mo re inf lue nce d by ima ges on adv ert ise me nts th an oth er peo ple a re. D. som e ima ges a re inte nde d to be rep res ent ativ e of eve ry on e’s asp ira tio ns. 4. Wh at do es the w rit er imp ly abo ut por tra its o f old mov ie star s? A. Th ey trie d to dis gui se the less attr act ive fea tur es of thei r sub jec ts. B. Mos t peop le did not think they were accu rate repr esen tatio ns o f the stars in the m. c. Th ey ma de peo ple f eel tha t th eir ow n face s w ere rat her un attr act ive . D. Th ey ref lec ted an era in w hic h peo ple f elt bas ica lly safe. 5. The w ord “the y ” in th e thir d par agr aph refe rs to: A. the a spi rat ion s B. th e por tra its o f old m ov ies star s . c. ga ng ste r mo vie s D. gen era tion s 6. Wh at doe s the w rit er sug ges t a bo ut the stars o f the last d eca de? A. Som e o f the m may b e un com for tab le abo ut the w ay the y com e acr oss . B. T hey m ake a n eff ort to spe ak in a way th at may n ot be ple asa nt on the e ar. c. Th ey ma ke peo ple wo nd er wh eth er they shou ld bec om e mo re self ish. D. Mo st pe op le acc ept t hat the y are not ty pica l o f soc iety as a wh ole . 7. Th e w rite r us es th e cr owd on an u nderg round p latfor m to exe mpl ify his be lie f that A. no sin gle att itu de to life is m ore com mo n than a no the r in a city. B. no one in a city h as str ict at titu des to wa rds th e beh av iou r o f oth ers , c. vie ws o f w ha t s oci ety w as like in the pas t a re often ina ccu rat e. D. pe op le in c itie s wo uld like to hav e mor e in c om mo n wit h eac h oth er. 8. T he w rit er i mp lies t hat n ew a rriv als in a city m ay A. ch an ge the ima ge the y wis h to hav e too freq uen tly. B. un de res tim ate t he imp ort anc e o f wea lth. 277

c . acquire a certai n image wi thout understa nding what that involves.

D. decide that s tatus is of little importance. 9. The w ord “comm oditie s” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to _____ . A. pro ducts B. companie s c . entrepre neurs D. luxuries 10. Wha t po int d oes the writer make abo ut city dwellers in the final pa ragraph? A. They are unsure as to why certain things are po pular with others. B. They are aware that judgme nts are made about them according to what they buy. c . They want to acq uire more and more posse ssions. D. They are ke en to be the first to appre ciate new styles.

B. WRITTEN TEST (70 pts) I. OPEN CLOZE TEST (20 pts): Read the texts below and think of ONE word whic h best fits each blank. TE X T 1

Obesity is a medical condition in which excess body fat has accumulate d to the (1 ) _____________ that it may have an adverse effect on health, leading to reduced life exp ectancy or increased health problems. Body mass index (BMI), a measu remen t w hich compares weight and height, defines people (2 )_________ overwe ight (pre-obes e) when their BMI is between 25 kg/m2 and 30 kg/m2, and obese w hen it is gre ater than 30 kg/m2. Obesity' increases the (3) _____________ of various diseases, particularly heart disease, breathing difficulties during sleep, certain types of cancer, and osteoarth ritis. Obesity is mo st commonly caused by a combinatio n of exc essive dietary calories , (4 )___________ of physical activity, and genetic susceptibility, although a few cases are caused primarily by genes, endocrine disorders, medicati ons or p sychiatric illness. Evidence to support the view that some obese people eat little (5 )__________ gain weight due to a slow metabol ism is limited; (6)_________ average obese people have a greater ener gy exp enditure than their thin counterpart s due to the energy required to maintain an increased body mass. The primary treatmen t for obesity is dieting and physical exercise. To supplem ent this, or in case of failure, anti-obesity drugs m ay be (7 )________ to reduce appetite or inhibit fat absorption. In severe cases, surgery is performe d or an intragastric balloon is placed to (8)_________ stomach volume and/or bowel length, leading to earlier satiation and reduced ability to absorb nutrients from food. Obesity is a leading preventable cause of death worldwide, with increasing prevalen ce in adults and children, and authorities (9 )_____________ it as one o f the most serious public health problems of the 21st century. Obesity is stigmati zed in much of the modern world (particularly in the Western world), (10) _____________ it was widely perceived as a symbol of wealth and fertility at oth er time s in history, and still is in some parts o f the world. 278

TEXT 2 In cons ecuti ve interpre ting (CI), the speak er is required to pause to allow interp retatio n. (1)____________ , the time needed is much grea ter (possi bly doubl e the time needed) . Traditi onally, the interpr eter will sit or stand near the speake r. Conse cutiv e interpre tation can be (2) ____________ in a pattern of short or long segmen ts accor ding to the interprete r's prefer ence. In s hort CI, the interp reter relies mostly on memory (3) ____________ , in long CI most interpr eters will rely on note-tak ing. The notes must be cl ear and legible in or der to not waste time on reading them. Consecu tive interpre ting of whole thoug hts, (4 )____________ than in small pieces, is desirable so that t he interp reter has the whole mean ing before rendering it in the target language. This (5 )__________ _ a truer, more accurat e, and more accessi ble interpreta tion than where short CI or simult aneou s interpreta tion is used. A conse nsus about lengths of s egments may be ( 6 ) ____________ prior to comm encem ent, dependi ng upon comple xity of the subject matte r and purpose of the interpre tation, though speaker s generally face difficu lty adjust ing to unnatural speech patterns. (7 )_______ occasion , d ocume nt sight tran slation is required of the in terpret er during conse cutive interpreta tion work. Sight translat ion (8) __________ interpre tation and translation ; the interprete r must rende r the source- langua ge docum ent to the tar get-lan guage as i f it were written in the t arget la nguage. Sight translat ion occurs usually, (9) ____________ not exclusi vely, in judi cial and medical work. Consecu tive interpreta tion may be the chosen mode when bilingua l listeners are present who wish to hear both the original and interpreted speech or where, as in a court setti ng, a (10)____________ must be kept o f both. II. WO RD FORM ATION PART 1: Compl ete each senten ce, using the corre ct form of the word in parenth eses. 1. It ’s ab sol ute ly__________________ why the council decided to close down the you th club. (EXPLAI N) 2. I’m sca nning my g ran ’s photos onto my compu ter be cause the y’d be________ if anyth ing happene d to them. (PLACE) 3. A strono mers at t h e_____________ have a nnounced that t hey have discov ered a ne w com et. (OB SE RV E) 4. T he m an was later cha rged with .____________ a pol ice o fficer. ( PERS ON) 5. I f you can respond calmly an d ______________________ _ , then I thin k th at would be the best w ay fo rward. (AGGR ESSIVE ) 6. Em looking for a flatm ate so Em going to put an ad in th e _______ . (CLA SS) 7. The positiv e relatio nship between a busin ess a nd a custo mer, often referre d as ‘ ____________ ’, is diffi cult to qu antify financially. (GOO D) 279

8. After len matches , we had th e ____________________ record of played ten, won none, lost ten. (ENVY) 9. D on' t you think it's a bit early to ______________ blame? (PORT ION) 10. The rumou rs are c om ple tely _________________ and 1 would urge everyone not to believe them. (SUBS TANCE ) PART 2: Comp lete the passage with the approp riate forms from the wo rds given in the box. argue intellige nce

be marriage

direct reach

heart reduct ion

idea rigou r

Historically, most advo cates o f correspondence the ories have been ontological realists; that is, they believe that there is a world external to the minds of all humans. This is in contra st to met aphysical (1)_________ who hold that everyt hing that exists is, in the end, ju st an idea in some mind. Howeve r, it is not strictly necess ary that a correspon dence theory be (2)________________ to ontologi cal realism. It is poss ible to hold, for example , t hat the facts o f the world determi ne w hich statements are true and to also hold that the worl d (and its facts) is but a collecti on of ideas in the mind o f some suprem e (3)__________ ;______ . One at tack on the theory claims t hat the correspond ence theory succeed s in its appeal to the real world only in so far as the real world is (4)__________by US. The direct realist believes that we directly know objects as they are. Such a person can (5)_______adopt a correspondence theory of truth. The (6)______ theorist believes that there are no real objects. The correspondence theory appeals to imaginary undefined entities, so it is incoherent. The skeptic believes that we have no knowledge. The correspondence theory is simply false. Other positions hold th at we have some type of awareness, percept ion, etc. of real-wor ld objects which in some way falls short of direct knowle dge of them. But such an (7)________________ awareness or perception is itsel f an idea in one's mind, so that the correspon dence theory of truth (8) _____________ to a co rrespo ndenc e between ideas abou t truth and ideas o f the worl d, whereup on it becom es a coher ence t heory o f truth. If no theory of the world is offered, the (9) ______________ is so vague as to be useless or even (10)________________ : truth would then be supposed to be c orresp onden ce to some undefined, unknown or ineffable w orld. It is difficult to se e how a candida te truth could be more certain than the world we are to judge its degr ee of correspondence against. III. ERRO R CORR ECTIO N (10 pts): The follow ing passage contain s 10 errors. Identify and cor rect them. 1 Brain drain, which is the action of having highly skilled and educated people leaving their country to work abroad, have become one of the devel oping countri es concern. Brain drain also refers as human capital 280

1. 4. 7.

flight. More and more Third World science and techn ology educated people are heading for more prospero us countrie s seeking higher wages and bette r wo rking conditions . This, of course, has serious conseq uences on the se nding countries. While many people believe that immigration is a personal choice that must be understo od and respected , others look at the phenom enon at a differe nt perspec tive. What makes those educated people leave their count ries should be seriously considere d and a di stinct between push and pull factors must be made . The push factors include low wages and lack of satisfa ctory working and living conditions. Social unrest, political conflicts and wars may also be determine d causes. wThe pull factors, however, include intellectual freedom and substantial funds for research. Brain drain has negative impact on the sending countries economic prospects and competitiveness. They will reduce the number o f dynamic and creative people who can contribute to the development of their country. However, with more entrepreneurs taking their investments abroad, developing countries are missing an opportunity of wealthy creation. This has also negative consequences on tax revenue and employment. Most of the meas ures made so far have no t had any s uccess in allevi ating the effects o f brain drain. A more global sight must take into consideration the provision of adequat e working and living conditions in the sending countries. Another option should involve encouraging the expatriates to contribute their skill to the development of their countries without necessarily physic ally relocating. 3. _ 2. 6. _ 5. 9. _ 8. 10.

IV. SE NTENC E T RANSFO RMATIO N (20 pts): Rewrit e the followin g senten ces using the wor ds given. 1 .1d idn ’t dare to tell the truth becau se my father was there. (GUTS) —* H adn’t i t __________________________________________________ . 2. Looking back, we could have managed things in a more organized way. (SHIP) -> W ith _______________________________________________ . 3. It was a shame I c oul dn' t come to his fa ther's fu neral. ( RESPEC T) —* I'd lik e___________________________ ________________________ . 4. Despite the ef fort we made, our plan just wo uldn 't com e off. (PIE) —>H ar d______ _________________________________________ 5. When it comes to his political view, his comments are sometimes inappropriate. (PALE)

281

6. I hate it that I. always have to attrac t the boss ’s critici sm when things go wrong . (FIRE) —> I obje ct t o ___ ______________ ________________________________ . 7. It was bad the adults pretended to be unaware o f the k ids ' proble ms. (SAND) —>Th e adu lts sh ou ld n' t_________________ _______________________ . 8.1 hav en’t been told exactly what I will have to do in my new job. (REQUIRED) —* It ha sn 't b ee n___________________________ __ ___________ ______. 9. An dre w's determi nation to become a doctor despite his poor health should receiv e fe rvent support from his father. —>It is crucial that Andre w’s pa ren ts________ __ ___________________ . 10. A comm itted’ atheist, Stephen Hawking believes that the univers e is only governed by th e l aws o f science. —> Stephen Hawking h old s____________________ due to h is ______

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN BẾN TRE - BẾN TRE A. MULT IPLE CHOI CE (4 0 PT S) I. W ORD CHOIC E (5 PTS): Choose the best options to comple te the following sentenc es. 1. Mr. Minh is held in hi gh ___________ for his de dication to the school. A. resp ect B. esteem C. hon or, D. homag e 2. Mari ne co nstruction techn ology like this is very comp lex, som ew hat _______ to trying to build a bridge un der water. A. ana logous B. corr elative C. synchro nized D. in cumben t 3. The car w he els __________ as they cur ved and bounced over the rough broken ground. A. squea ked B. squished C. screech ed D. sputter ed 4. He was disappoi nted by his result, but he is n o w ___________ to having to re-take the exam. A. compo sed B. su bmitted C. reconciled D. subdued 5. Adults exc hange drinks ar ound a pub bar in _______ of temporary frien dship. A. comme moratio n B. breach c. reference D. token 6. Fighting among rebel sol die rs_________ last night and a c urfew has now been imposed on the city. A. enhanced B. aggravated c. heightened D. in tensified 7. Our journ ey w as ____ by the icy roads, which forced, us to dri ve v ery slowly . A. obstru cted B. impeded c. barred D. bloc ked 8. Many poets h av e_______ the be auties o f the country side. A. feared B.excited c.ex toll ed D. inhi bited 9. M ary is a( n) ______ _ liar. She was even arrested for lyin g to a polic e offic er. A. p hysical B. cong enital c. naive D. abnorma l 282

10. Th e Prime Mini ster will decide wheth er to release the priso ner or not; tha t’s his A.pre rogat ive B.derog atory c. abdicat ion D. hum anity II. G RAM MA R AN D STRUC TURES (5 PTS): Choo se the best options to compl ete the fol lowing senten ces. 11. He started hamm ering on the adjoini ng wall but Mar y carr ied o n ________ A. n otwit hstan ding B. rega rdless c. irrespe ctive D. nevert heless 12. ___________ hundreds of people dead during the ev acuatio n from the wa rtorn area in the Middle East. A. It is estim ated to be B. There is estimate d to be c. There are est imated to be D. It is es timated that 13. Jane was n o t_________ the landlady had imagined she was. D. at all c. which B. t hat A. wha t 14. the par ty began. B. The music having been tu rned on A. The music turning on D. Having turned the m usic on c. Turni ng on the mus ic 15. Would you b e ________ A. kind enough in order to answe r the ph one f or me B. so kind as to answ er the phone for me c. too k ind to answe r the pho ne fo r me D. that too k ind and answer the ph one for me 16. _______ , I could attend the con ference now. A. Were the flight to have taken off on time* B. Were it not for the a brupt de lay c. Were t he fl ight n ot have been post poned at last minutes D. Were it to be a punctual flight 17. ___________ , the you ngest mountain climber got lost with the rest o f his team when his walk ie-talkie m alfunctioned. A. As luck would h ave it B. By a s troke of luck c. Be it lucky or not D. To put it down to luck 18. ' _______ , the me eting sto ps here. A. I f no questi on being asked B. Witho ut any questio n, howe ver c. No q uestion s asked D. There being no que stion 19. Two w ee ks ___________ , we will celebrate our coro nation. A. yet B. hence c. hitherto D. albei t 20. In you r plac e, I ___________ to others for help. The re’s no way of getting the proje ct fi nished yourself. B. m ust ha ve tu rned A. wou ld have tu rned D. would turn c. will turn

283

III. PH RASA L VERBS AND P REPO SITIO NS (5 PTS) 3 1. ‘‘Don' t be a l aw __________ yourse lf!” - the mom shouted. A. onto B. up a fter c. in for D. unto 32. Linda w as ________ hers elf with jo y wh en her fri ends threw a surpris e part y for her b irthday. A. beyond B. on an d o ff c. beside D. at 33. Until this ev ening, Hannah is st ill __________ away at h er unf inished report. A. ham merin g B. grindi ng c. whilin g D. axin g 34. Aft er a four-day hol iday, they began to w or k_________ A. on end B. out of bounds c. in propo rtions D. in e arnest 35. The fact th at a membe r holdin g aut horitative p ower rides r oughshod _____ • innocent residents exists in any societ y, even th e de mocr atic one. A. on B. over c. at D. aga inst 36. O ne' s childho od heavily ru bs ____________ one ’s charac ter traits . A. o ff on B. togeth er c. in with D. along 37. You do n't _ __________ all this nonsense, do you? A. cordon off B. buy into c. edge ou t D. hit on 38. Aft er ou r busy day, we both sat an d____________ in front o f the TV. A. nodded o ff B. slipped out c. flaked off D. knocke d out 39. The story draw s h ea vil y__________ how stric t the w riter ’s upbring ing was. A. toward B. in c. on D. into 40. Jac obin cuckoo is a _____________ of monsoon. A. fore runner B. harbinger c. premonition D. herald IV. C OLLOC ATIONS AND IDIOMS 31. This lovely new dress fist like a __________ . ■ A. treat B. gauntlet c. gown D. glove 32. The design er refuse s to gild th e_________ , preferring clean, simple lines for his creation s. A.lily B. flower c . rose D. daisy 33. Gin a f ina lly __________ and admitted that she had broken the vase. A. threw in the towel B. made a clean breast o f it c. read h er the riot act D. let her hair down 34. There are no hills around and the area is as flat as a ____________ . A. stick B coin c. feather D. panca ke 35. I t's time we chan ged t h e___________ regarding the roles in the fami ly. A. idee fixe B. carte blanche c. hoi polloi D. social milieu 36. During pionee r days a lot of land in the United States was up fo r________ . A.gain B. promotion c. taking D grabs 3 7 .1 warned her not to say sensitive things but she was like a bull in a(n) __ shop A. India B. Nepa l c. China D. Japan 38. The argum ent drove a ___________ between p arty me mbers. A. wedg e B. linchpin c. needle D. sword 284

39. The g overn ment is m aking lit tle _________ in its fi ght to A. adv ance B. headwa y c. forward 40. It m us t be tru e. I hea rd it s tra igh t from th e _____ A. do g's B. ho rse 's c. ca me l's

beat inflation. D. forwa rd mo uth . D. cat 's

V. G UIDED C LOZE I (5PTS): Read tile text below and decide which answer best fits each space. INDUSTRY 4.0 Digita lly connec ted manufac turing, often (4 1)____________ “In dustry 4.0” , (4 2 )__________ a wide variety of te chnologie s, ranging from 3D printin g to robotic s, new materials and pro duction systems. A move towards Industry 4.0 would benefit the private sector. Large, integrate d manufa cturers woul d find in it a way to (4 3) __________ and shorten their supply chain, for example via flexible factories. A more digitalize d manuf acturin g wou ld also open new mark et ( 44 )_________ for SM Es p roviding such speciali zed technolo gies as sensors, robotics, 3D printing or machin e-tomachine commu nications . For develop ed nations, Industry 4.0-a term initially (45) _ _________ in German y-could be a way to regain manufac turing competi tivenes s. This is particu larly relevan t in the case of Western Europe, which, unlike the US, does not curr ently enjoy re duced energy costs. As fo r (4 6) _________ markets, Industry 4.0 could provide the much-ne eded route to moving up the value chain, something that has become increasingly importa nt to achieve in the ( 47 )_______ _ of rising lab or costs. For exa mple, Chin a’s new ten-yea r plan, issued last May and (4 8) ___________ named “Made in Chin a 2 025” , targets key secto rs such as ro botics, information techno logy and energy (4 9 )_______ turning the country from a “manufa cturing giant ” into a “world manufac turing power. As promisi ng as it is, much more work remains to be done to make Industry 4.0 a large scale reality. On the regulatory side, for instance, policy makers will have to ensure that data—the ($0) ___________ of Industry 4.0— can move freely and securely through out the supply chain, including across borders. This is an effo rt th at is likely to take som e time. D. referre d to B. referred to as c . deferred to 41. A. deferred to as c. encompa sses D. neces sitates B. supports 42. A. involves c. customize B. maximize D. leg itimize 43. A. optim ize B. possibilit ies c. op portunitie s D. places 4 4 .A. chances c. lauded B. pieced D. coined 45. A. yielded c. pr emature B. emerging D. im mature 46. A. novel B. teeth c. feat D. wake 47. A. loop B. particularly c . unwittingl y D. dis tinctiv ely 48. A. aptly c. in awe of D. in the hope o f 49. A. in the interests of B. in lieu of 50. A. pins and needles B. nuts and bolts c. root and branch D. part and parcel 285

GUIDED CLOZE 2 (5PTS): Re ad the t ext bel ow a nd de cid e w hic h an sw er b est f its eac h spa ce.

BITCOIN The UK and other EU g overnme nts are plannin g a ( 51 )________ on b itcoin, also known as a crypto curren cy that is not (52) _________ by banks, amid growin g conce rns that the digital currency is being used for money launderin g and ta x (53) _________ ? The Treasury plans to regulate bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies to bring them (5 4 )_______ anti-m oney-l aunde ring and counter -terroris m financial legislation. Traders will be forced to reveal their identities, ending the (5 5 )_________ that has ma de the cu rrency attractive for drug dealing and ot her illegal a ctivities . Under the EU-wide plan, online platforms where bitcoins are traded will be required to carry out (56) __ _______ diligence on custom ers and report suspiciou s transact ions. The UK governm ent is negotiat ing amend ments to the anti-m oney-l aunde ring directive to ensure firms ’ activities are (5 7 )_________ by nation al authorities . Econo mists have compared bitco in’s meteoric rise with p ast ( 58 )_______ , such as the tulip mania of the 17th century and the dotcom that began in the late 90s with the Nasdaq index in New York and burst in 2000. Both examples foresha dow a painful c ollapse for a cur rency that has no (5 9) _________ value to those who hold it beyond that (60) _ _______ to it by a c ommu nity of owners. Should they realise the empero r has no cl othes en masse, there could be a rude awakening. 51. A. crackdo wn B. walk-out c. lowdown D. toss-up 52. A. undersc ored B. underwritten c . upholstered D. under pinned 53. A. invasion B. elusion c . indictment D. evasion 54. A. in line with B. in line for c . on line with D. on line for 55. A. animo sity B. anonymity c . pseudonym D. mis nomer 56. A. preemp tive B. tender c . prudish D. due 57. A. overlooked B. overseen c . overdriven D. overthrow n 58. A. ins inuations B. economies of scale c . bubbles D. junctur es 59. A. intrinsic B. intricate c . civic D. imma culate 60. A. preo rdained B. ascribed c . etched D. conferr ed VI. R EADIN G COMPREH ENSION:

PASSAGE 1

If you think that we are the only creatures on E arth with a mo ral sense, then you're in. good company. Most experts in behavior believe that morality is a uniquel y human trait, without which our complex social life would never have emerged - yet I'm convin ced that many animals can distinguish right from wrong. Decades spent watching wild and captive animals have persuade d me that species living in groups often have a sense of fair play built on m oral codes 286

of cond uct that h elp ce ment their social relationships. The no tion of Natur e being natural ly ruthless ly and selfishly competitiv e doesn't hold true for those of US who have o bserved and a nalyzed a nimal relationships. That's no t all. I suspect that herein lies the origin of our own vir tue. Biologists have had real problems trying to explain why people are frequently inexplic ably nice to each other. It just doesn't make sense in evolution ary terms, unless there are u lterior motiv es behind Olir seemingly altruisti c actions. Perhaps we exp ect a paybac k somewh ere down the line, or maybe our good deeds are directed only towar ds kin, with whom we share a biological heritage. Nobod y has really consider ed the possibility that being considerate to your neighbor s might sometim es be the best way to survive. But I'm starting to find evidence that a well-de veloped sense of fair play helps non-human animals live longer, more successful lives. I'm parti cularly interested in social play amongst youngsters because it has its own special rules of engagement, allowing participants to reinterpre t acts that might o therwise seem agg ressive. My studies of infant dogs, wolves and c oyotes reveal that they use a special signal to prevent misinterp retation of playful actions. They perform a 'bow' - which entails crouching on the forelimbs while keeping the rear upright - when initiating play, or in associ ation with aggressive actions such as biting, to modify their meaning. And role reversal is common, so that during play a dominant animal will often allow a subordinate to h ave the upper hand. Such behaviors reduce inequalities in size, strength and dominance between playmates, fostering the co-operation and reciprocity that are essential for pl ay to occur. Indeed, on the rare oc casions when an animal says 'Let's play' and then beats up an unsuspecting animal, the culprit usually finds itself ostracized by its fo rmer playmates. My bel ief is that a sense of fairness is common to many animals, because there could be no social play without it, and without social play individual animals and entire groups would be at a disadvantage. If I'm right, morality evolved because it is adaptive. It helps many animals, including humans, to survive and flou rish in th eir particu lar social environment. This may sound like a radical idea, particularly if you view morality as uniquely human and a sort of mystical quality that sets US apart from other animals. But if you accept my argume nt that play and fairness are inextricably linked, you're h alfway there. • [A] As with any behavioral trait, the underlying genetics is bound to be complex , and environmental influences may be large. [B] No matter. Provided there is varia tion in levels o f morality among individuals, and provided virtue is rewarded by a greater nu mber o f offspring, then any gene s a ssociated with good behavi or are bound to accumulate in subsequen t generations. [C] And the observatio n that pl ay is rarely un fair or uncooperative is surely an indication that natural selection acts to weed out those who don't play by the rules. [D]

287

What does this tell US abou t human moralit y? First, we didn 't invent virtue its orig ins are much more ancie nt t han our ow n. Secondl y, we should stop seeing ourse lves as mora lly supe rior to other animals. True, our big brains endow US with a hi ghly soph istica ted sense of what's right and wrong , but t hey also give US much grea ter scope for mani pulat ing others - to deceiv e and try to benefi t from immor al beha vior. In th at sense, animal morality might be 'purer' than our own. We s hould acc ept our moral respon sibility tow ards othe r ani mals, and that means deve lopin g and enfor cing more restrictiv e regula tions gove rning animal use. While anima l minds may vary from one species to anoth er, they are not so diffe rent from our own, and only when we accept this can we truly be moral in our r elati ons with nature as a wh ole. 61. In the first parag raph, what does the wr iter state ab out mora lity? A. H uman s a re th e only creat ures that de monstra te true e motion al behavior. B. A well- devel oped moral code d oes not lead to c iviliza tion. c. Huma ns a nd a nimals sh are the same selfish instincts for s urvival. D. The re is a comm on misconc eption that a nimals are n ot mora l. 62. W hat point doe s the write r make in the seco nd paragra ph? A. People who are genero us to others are not always sure why they behave that way. B. Pe ople who do not possess good social skills ac hieve less in life. c. People who behave considerately to others have selfish reasons for doing so. D. Pe ople who treat acquai ntance s bet ter than relatives are u nusual. 63. Ne ighb ors are mention ed as an exa mple to ___________ . A. illustra te the fact that anoth er aspect of the driving force may have been overloo ked B. re iterat e the notion that be ing nice to other s is not her editary c. strengt hen his beli ef that longevity does come into play conce rning how kind we are D. repor t that many folks are becomin g increasin gly disillu sioned with their procliv ity to helpin g others 64. The word altruist ic in paragraph two mo st likely m ea ns ___________ . A. str ange B. democr atic c. selfless D. imm aterial 65. What has the writer deduced about social play from his observation of animals? A. It provid es an opport unity for physica lly weake r animal s to develop survival skills. B. It allow s animals to pro ve w ho is domi nant in the group witho ut using real aggress ion. c. It r equire s animal s to abide by the rules or th ey will be e xcluded from the group. D. It dem onstr ates that ce rtain animals possess a large range of emotions.

288

66. Which of the follow ing best summa rizes the w ri te rs argum ent in the fourth parag raph? A. The re a re d iffere nt d egrees o f morality between variou s c ultures. B. Hum ans adopte d moral behav ior as a means of survival, c. Groups benef it fr om social play mo re than individ uals do. D. Spi rituality and moral ity a re inseparable. 67. What does the w riter state about the evo lution of morality? A. The re may be a pa rticul ar gen e re sponsible for morality. B. Mora l deve lopm ent depends on physical hardships. c. There is little point in seekin g the origin of moral behav ior. D. Ani mals that behav e f airly are more likely to breed . 68. In the fi na l paragra ph, accor ding to the writer, p eo pl e_____________ . A. m ust tre at an imals on equal terms with humans. B. shoul d be less arrog ant in their v iew o f themselves. c. are m ore advanc ed as they use immorality to the ir adva ntage. D. should discri minat e b etween which animals display morality and those that do not. 69. The w riter conclu des that in our relations w ith na ture as a w ho le, ______ . A. an open mind is of paramoun t import ance B. any exploit ation should be dispensed with c. bilateral responsibility is not always conducive to a long-standing relationship D. virtue should be percei ved wi th a new level of intricacy 70. “I am not putting the case forward for a sp ecific gene for fair or moral beha vior” . The sentenc e is extracted from somewhe re in paragraph five . Where should this sentence be located? A. [A] B. [B] c. [C] D. [D] PASSAGE 2 THE MOREC AMBE & WISE SHOW It ha ppened one night. It happ ened, to be pr ecise, at 8:55 p.m on the night of 25 Decem ber 1977, when an estimated 28,835,000 people - more than hal f o f the total populati on of the United Kingdom - turned their televisio n sets to BBC 1 and spent the next hour and ten minutes in the compan y of a rathe r tall man called Eric and a rather short man call ed Ernie. It was an ex traordi nary night for British televis ion. It was - at least as far as that catholic and capacio us categor y known as “light ent erta inm enf ’ was concerne d - as close as British television had ever come, in some forty - one years of tryin g, to being a genuin e mass medium . Non e of the usua l'rig id divisions and omissions were appar ent in the broad audie nce of that remarkab le night; no stark class bias, no pronounc ed gende r imbalan ce, n o ob vious age asym metry, no g eneraliz ed demog raphic slant. It was also, of course, an extraord inary night for the two stars of the show: Eric Morec ambe and Ernie Wise - by far the most illustrious , and the best - loved, 289

double - act that Britain has. e ver produce d. Excep tionall y profess ional yet endear ingly person able, they were wonderf ul togeth er as partner s, as friends, as almost a distin ct entity: not “More cambe and Wise” but “Mo recam bewi se”. There was Eric and there was Ernie: one of them an idiot, the other a bigger idiot, each of t hem hal f a star, togeth er a whole star, forev er hopeful of t hat “brand new, bright tomo rrow ” that they sang about at the end of e ach show. True, Eric w ould often slap Ernie smartly on t he ch eeks, but the y cl early though t the worl d of each othe r, and the wo rld t hough t a g reat deal of them, too. There show succeed ed in attractin g such a massive follow ing on that memora ble night becaus e it had, over he cour se o f the pr evious night years or so, establi shed, and then enhanc ed, an enviable reputatio n for consiste ncy, inventiv eness, unpara lleled professional polish and, last bu t by no m eans least, a strong and sincere r espec t for its audi ence. The Morecam be & W ise Show stood for somet hing greater, somethin g far more precious, than mere first-rate but evane scent enterta inment ; it had come to stand - j ust as persua sively and as proudly as any earne st documen tary or any epic drama - for excell ence in broadca sting, the result not just of two gifted perform ers (great talent, alas, does not of i tsel f gu arantee that great television ) but also of a richly profic ient and suprem ely c ommitte d production team. The show, culmina ting in the record-br eaking triumph of that 1977 special, represen ted an ac hievem ent in high -quality popular progra m-mak ing that is now fast assumi ng the aura of a fairy tale - destin ed, one fears, to be passed on with bemused fascination from one doubtful generation to its even more disbelieving successor as the seemingly endless proliferation o f new chan nels and novel forms of distraction continue to divide and disperse the old mass audience in the name of that remorseless quest for “quality demographics" and “niche audienc es”. The Morecambe & Wise Show appeared at a time before home video, before home satellite dishes and cable technology, before the dawning of digital revolution, a time when it was. still considered desirable to make a television program that might - jus t migh t - excite most o f the people most o f the time. Neith er Morecamb e nor Wise ever looked dow n on, or up at, any one (except, of cou rse, each other); both of them looked straight back at their audienc e on level terms. No celebrated was ever a llowed to cha llenge this comic democrac y: within the confines of the show, the rich and famous went unreco gnized and frequen tly unpaid (a running gag); venerable actors with grand theatrical reputa tions were mocked routinely by Eri c's sotto voce comme nts; and two resolu tely down-to -earth working- class comedians gleefull y reaffirme d the remar kably deep, warm and sure relationsh ip that existed between themsel ves and th e British public. “It was, ” reminisce d Ernie Wise, “a sort of great big office party for the whol e country, a bit of fun people could understa nd." From the fi rst few sec onds of their ope ning comic routine to the final few notes and motions of their closin g 290

son g and da nc e, Mo rec am be and Wis e did the ir ver y bes t to dr aw peo ple to ge th er rat he r tha n dri ve the m apa rt. Inst ead o f pan de rin g su bm iss ive ly to the sm ug e xc lu siv ity o f the cog no sce nti (th ey we re fla tter ed by a w ell -re ga rd ed crit ic pr ais ed the sly “o eil lad e” tha t acc om pa nie d Er ic 's sar ca sti c asi des , bu t the y still mo ck ed him me rci les sly for his use o f th e wo rd) , and inst ead o f set tlin g - as so ma ny o f t he ir sup po sed suc ces sor s wo uld do wit h un see ml y has te - f or the eas y se cu rit y o f a “c ult fo llo wi ng ”, Mo rec am be and Wis e alw ays aim ed to ent ert ain the w ho le nat ion . Wh en vie we rs wa tch ed tha t sho w at the end o f 1977, the y wi tne sse d a rar e and rich com pe nd ium o f th e ver y bes t in po pu lar cul tur e: the hap py su mm ati on o f a j o in t ca re er tha t had tra ver sed all o f t he key de ve lop me nts ass oc iat ed wit h the ris e o f ma ss en ter tai nm en t in Brit ain, en co mp ass ing the fai nt but still dis ce rn ibl e tra ce s o f V icto ria n mu sic -ha ll, the cro wd ed ani ma tio n o f Ed wa rdi an Va rie ty, the wo rdy po pul ism o f the wir ele ss, the sp ec tac ula r im pa ct o f the mo vie s an d, fin ally , the mo re inti ma te per vas ive nes s o f tel evi sio n. Whe n tha t ca re er w as all ov er, it wa s sor ely m isse d. Th ey we re sim ply irre pla cea ble . 71. Th e wr ite r imp lies in the firs t par agr aph tha t one rea son wh y the sho w on 25 De ce mb er 1977 wa s e xtr ao rdi na ry wa s th a t_____________ A. ligh t en ter tai nm en t p rog ram s had bee n the tar get s o f cri tici sm bef ore th en. B. no one had thou ght th at a British televi sion prog ram could appea l t o all classe s, c. its au dien ce includ ed peop le w ho mig ht n ot h ave been expe cted to watc h it. D. pe ople tun ing into it knew that they wer e ta king part in a phen ome nal event. 72. Th e wo rd cap aci ou s in par agr aph 1 is c los est in m ean ing t o __________ . A. larg e B. spa cio us c. roo my D. res tric ted 73. In t he sec ond par agr aph , the wr ite r imp lies th at Mo rec am be and W is e_____ . A. wo uld pro bab ly not hav e bee n suc ces sful had the y been solo p erf orm ers B. had a d iffe ren t r ela tio nsh ip in r eal life from the one t hey h ad on tel evi sio n c. we re keen for aud ien ces to r eal ize how p rof ess ion al the y w ere D. pr ob ab ly did not kn ow h ow p op ula r they w ere 74. Th e wr ite r say s in t he thir d par agr aph tha t one rea son w hy th e M ore ca mb e & Wi se Sh ow r em ain ed so po pu lar wa s t h a t_____________ A. It ad ap ted to cha nge s in aud ien ce atti tud es to wh at co ns titu ted goo d en ter tai nm en t. B. It a pp ea led t o peo ple w ho no rm ally p ref err ed oth er kin ds o f pr og ram , c. Th e peo ple w ho ma de it k new th at its p op ula rity w as gu ara nte ed . D. T he co ntr ibu tio n o f pe op le oth er than its s tar s w as a key e lem en t in it. 75. Th e wr ite r susjpects tha t Th e Mo rec am be & Wis e Sh ow wil l in the fut ure be reg ard ed a s _________;_____ . A. so me thi ng w hic h mi gh t o nly c atc h on with c ert ain a ud ien ce s B. so me thi ng w hic h has ac qu ire d an exa gg era ted rep uta tio n c. the kind o f pr og ram tha t pro gra m - m ak ers w ill asp ire to 291

D. the kind of progra m that illustrates the disad vanta ges of technol ogical advan ces 76. The word evan escen t in paragrap h 3 most likely m ea ns __________ . A. tran sient B. contem ptible c. malev olent D. cynica l 77. Accord ing to the writer , one feature of The Moreca mbe & Wise Show was A. the way in which it reflected d evelopm ents in British society B. its inclusion of jok es that on ly certain people would underst and c. the c onsis tent way in which other s tars were treate d on it D. its careful choice o f other stars to appea r on it 78. In the sixth paragr aph, the w riter implies t ha t_________ ' A. other comedians have attempted to appeal to only a particular group o f people. B. M orecam be and Wise u sually disregarde d w hat cri tics said ab out them. • c. other co media ns have not accorded Morecamb e and Wise the respe ct they deserve. D. Morec ambe and Wise realized that there were some people who would never like them. 79. In the last paragra ph, the write r implies that one remark able feature of the show wa s t h at _____________ A. it ex ceeded even th e exp ectations o f its audience. B. it c ontained ele ments that could have been regarded as old-fa shioned , c. it showed the s imilarities betwe en e arlier forms o f entertainm ent. D. it con tained a hint of sadness despite being so e ntertaini ng. 80. The word compend ium in paragraph 7 is closest in meani ng t o _______ . A. perf ormanc e B. perfection c. attempt D. combina tion

B. WRITTEN TEST I. CLOZE TEST: Read the text below and think o f the word which best fits each sp ace. Use only ONE WORD for each space. OPEN CLOZE 1 (10PTS) Resembli ng real bank notes but not an officially ( 1 ) __________ currency, the custom of burning Hell Money is also believed to distract evil spirits (2) ■_ ______ __ that the y chase the cash instead o f the departe d soul o f the dead. Hell Money, also known as Ghost Money and Spirit Money, has been discove red in archaeol ogical ( 3 ) _________ and its use can be (4) _______ back to the first millenni um BCE— however, money was not in ( 5 ) _________ form then, but instead made of stone, bones and later metal. The design of Hell Money banknote s is intrinsicall y an art form. They are printed on jo ss paper in vivid colors and elabora te designs, with the King o f Hell featur ing on their front side. The size can (6 )__ but in mos t cases they all have huge denom ination s. ( 7 ) _ _____ ___ most banknotes display values in the millio ns and billions, there are a few notes with values of tens or hundreds. The 100 dolla r note is particu larly interes ting with the King of Hell (8 )__________ four-fold because the C hinese wo rd for “ four” is a homonym of the word “ death ”. 292

On most bills, there are phrases like "Hell Bank Note", while some are designed in ( 9) _________ a way that is similar to known, existing currencies, say, American dollars or British- pounds. Some Hell Money banknotes contain signatures, serial numbers and other elements that make them look like real money. The Hungry Ghost Festival and Dongzhi Festival are two common occasion s that sees ma ny C hinese commem orate their anc estors by offering ( 10 )________ including the b urning of Hell Money. OPEN CLOZ E 2 (10PTS)

(1 )_______ along the way, Black Friday made the giant leap from congested streets and crowded stores to fe vered shoppers fist-fighting over parking spaces and p epper- sprayin g ea ch o ther as they tussle (2 )_____ _____the last Ti ckle Me Elmo. When did Black Friday become the (3 )__________ frenzy, over-the -top shopping even t it is today? That would be in the 2000s, when Black Friday wa s officially designated the biggest shoppin g day of the year. Until then, that (4) __________ had gone to the Saturday before Christmas. Yet as more and more retailers started touting "can’t miss” post-Thanksgiving sales and the /Black Friday discounts grew deeper and deeper, American consumers could no longer ( 5 ) __________ the pull of this magic al shopping day. Retailers may spend an (6) __________ year planning their Black Friday sales. They use the day as an opp ortunity to offer rock-( 7) '_______prices on overstock inventory and to offer doorbus ters and discounts on seasonal items, such as holiday decoration s and typical holiday gifts. Retailers also offer significant discounts on big-ticket items and top-selli ng brands of T Vs, small devices and other electronics , luring cu stomers in the hope that, (8 )__________ inside, they will purchase higher-margin goods. The contents of Black Friday advertise ments are often so ( 9 )__________ anticipated that retailers go to great (1 0) _________ to ensure that they don't leak out publica lly befo rehand. II. WORD FO RMATIO N: (20PTS) PART 1:

Complete each sentence, using the correct form o f the word in parentheses. 1. ____________ value of quinine in treating malaria has been proved by scien ce. (THER APY) 2. We all go out for a ______ meal after the two- week p roject. (CELEB RATE) 3. This out-of- the-way region in China suffers an annual ___________ _ outbre ak o f cholera. (VIRUS) 4. The sprawl ing factory compound, all grey dormitori es and _____________ wareh ouses, blends seamlessly into the outskirts of the Shenzhen megalop olis. (WEATHE R) 5. A ____________ species is a plant or animal that plays an indispe nsable role in the wa y an ecosystem functions. (KEY) 293

6. To the technic al philoso phers, who strictly confin e them selv es to the logical collati on and criticis m of scienti fic metho ds, he has, _____________ , not seemed p hiloso phic enough. (CONT RARY ) 7. In sidiou s 4, albe it a h orror movie, has so m e_____________ scenes that stem from two auxili aries, whose lines are particu larly cond uciv e to uproari ous laughte r. (SIDE) 8. It was ju s t_____ _______ that I m et my high school friend on m y sec ond day visitin g Pa ris. (HAPP EN) 9. ‘Thank God you ’re h ere ’ has attracted excessi ve favora ble publi city thanks to the imagina tive and unortho dox plays, tailored to whet th e _____________ appetite f or orig inality from the au dience. (SATIS FY) 10. Beethov en, despite not winni ng any prize during his time, was awarded . (POST) PART 2: C omple te th e pas sage wi th the ap propri ate f orms from the wo rds given in the box. geni us grip ch ie f prac tice perc eive docu ment timid grass pas s carpe ntry The cinem a, though, does have somethin g in com mon with the confes sional, video blog aspe ct of Youtube. The popularity o f the horro r film th e Blair Witch Proje ct was inflamed by a vast, ( 1 ) ____________ Internet campa igns which ( 2 ) ____________ suggested that the film ’s horrors were real. Plus the re’s a cousin to t his blurring of fact a nd fiction - confe ssional blogs which turn out to be faked by (3) __ __________ actors. In the past, some ( 4 ) ____________ that you could see on TV o r at the cinema had Youtube qualitie s, in th at the footage was shot by the participa nts themselve s, although they needed a professi onal cinem a ( 5 ) ___________ to bring it to light. If the unhapp y heroes of t hese films are making their videos now, they would probably ( 6 )___________ these directo rs and take th em straight to Youtube. Where straigh t cin ema and Yo utube come m ore clo sely into pa rallel is the use of continuou s sh ot: the persistent, unjudging, (7) _ __________gaze ; an unedited , deep-f ocus scene in which our attention as audience is not ( 8 ) __________ or directed . The true Youtube gems are not the digitally (9) _ ___________ mini features. The most (1 0 )________ _ material is raw, unedited footage in one continu ous take. III. E RROR CO RRECT ION: (10PTS) The follow ing passage contain s 10 errors. Identify and corr ect th em. Line 1

294

The sacred Tet, intrinsically a traditional festival , occurs some time betwe en late January and early February, depe nding on the Lunar Calen dar. Though officia lly a three-day affai r, festivi ties continu e, m ore

likely than not, for a week or m ore with every e ffort made to indulge in 5 eating , drinkin g, a nd en joyable social activities. It is also an op portuni ty for family reunion s, and for memorizin g ancestors. Gifts of food are made to frie nds, neighbors and relatives on the day s befo re Tet. Everyo ne is in a rush to get a haircut, buy new clothes, spring up their home s, visit friends, settle standing debts, and stock up on traditional 10 Tet delicac ies. Business es h ang festive red banners printed ‘Happy Ne w Yea r' and c ity streets are festooned with colored lights. Stalls commence to sell candied fruits and jams, traditional cakes, and fresh fruit and flowers. Certain markets sell nothing but cone-shape kumqua t bushes. Others sell flowering peach trees, symbols of life and good fortune 15 which people bring into their homes to celebrate the coming of spring. As vendors pour into the City with peach trees strapped to their bicycl es, the st reets look alike moving p ink forests. On the last day of the old year, the preparation of food to offer to the ances tors is o f special significance. Dishes to offer the ancestor s differ 20 in the Northe rn, Central and Southern parts of the country, depending on their re spective weather conditions at the time and on different fresh produc ts available locally. What is co mmon in all regions o f the country during Tet holidays are the varieties of soups, fried, boiled, or stewed dis hes ,... The foods that the Vietnamese eat at Tet are various and 25 diverse , but the people througho ut the country all want to have the best and the most beautiful looking food on this occasion to offer their decea se a ncestor s and to trea t their friends and guests. 3 . _ _____________ 1. ________________ 2 ._______________ 6 ._______________ 5 ._______________ 4 ._____ T_________ 9. _______________ 8 .___________ 7 ._______________ 10. IV. SENT ENC E T RANSF ORMA TION: (20 PTS) Rewr ite the followin g se ntences using the words given. 1. You r sto ry is differ ent from the facts. —> Y our story d oesn ’t tie in with t he fa ct s. 2. Martin e c anno t go a ny hi gher in his career. (PINNACLE) -» M ar tin e...................................................................................................... — 3 . 1will appre ciate it if you didn ’t pretend to suppor t my vie w. (LIP) —> I would so o n er .......................................................... *........... ........................ 4. Sorry, you can ’t do wh atever you want. —> S orry, you are n ot in a ................................................................ and choo se 5. You can eat as much as you like for $5 at the new lu nch-bar. . -» T h er e..................................... ............................................ ............................. 295

6. My father became extrem ely angry when he discov ered someo ne had damage d his c ar. -> My fa th e r............................. ............................................................................ 7. Addict s of com pute r games struggle to distingu ish the virtual world from the real wo rld. (DRAW ) —> Th ose obsess ed ...................................................................... ......................... 8. Have a lo ok at this picture . It may help you reme mbe r som ething. (JOG) —> Ha ve a ...... ....... ....... ........ ........................................... ..................................... 9. A pparen tly, a lot of employe es will be made redun dant when the 21st Ce ntury Fox is taken over. (HEAP) -> Appare ntly, many a n ...................................................................................... 10. Althoug h the beginn ing may be smooth for a bus iness, one has to thin k abo ut thè worst- case scenario . (PREO CCUPIE D) -> ....................... ............................................................... .......... ................. ......

TRƯÒNG THPT CHUYÊN BÌNH LONG - BÌNH PHƯỚC A. MUL TIPL E CH OIC E (40PTS) 1. WO RD CHO ICE (5PTS) Choose th e bes t alt ernati ve to fill the gap in each of the foll owing sentence s 1.When asked if she had ever been in trouble with the police before, she replied in th e________ . A. agg ressive B. assertiv e c. affirmati ve D. abrasi ve 2. It is hard to know wheth er to believe such _________ of doom, possibly because wh at they are saying s eems too terrible to be tru e. A. ch ampion s B. warriors C. prophe ts D. giants 3. Furiousl y, she banged down the ________ and immedia tely dialed the compla ints departm ent. A. h eadset B. handle c. recipient D. rec eiver 4. New re stauran ts often try to attract customers by u si ng ________ to homes in the surroun ding area. A. postal adverts B. mailsho ts c. mail fl yers D. mailb oxing 5. The yo ung lad was t h e __________ of his father. A. ima ge B. likeness c. picture D. portrait 6. The sa lesman demon strated ho w a push o f the button wo uld cause the aerial to A. reb ound B. retreat c. recoil D. retract 7. Pat rick is to o _____ _ a gam bler to re sist p lacing a bet on the final game. A. instant B. spontaneou s c. compuls ive D. continuo us 8. Several soldiers of the squad were taken ________ by the enemy forces. A. ca pture B. hosta ge c. kidnap D. torture 9. The news pape r is wel l-known for being __ ______ again st trad e unions. A. bi ased B. skewed c. twisted D. distorted 296

10. We have always tried to peace with our unfriendly neighbo rs. A. gain B. rese rve c . live D. pre serve 11. GR AMM AR A ND STRUC TURES (5PTS) Choose the best altern ative to fill the gap in each of the foll owing sen tences 1 .Peter: Why we re t hose three men arrest ed? Tom: They were suspected o f being at Nai robi National Park. A. poa ching B. poached c. poache r D. poach 2. Not to waste time, searching, Alex kept everyth ing ju st_______ he could get his hand on it. 7

Tuyển tập đề thi Olympic 30-4 môn tiếng Anh 2018 (Optimized).pdf - PDFCOFFEE.COM (2024)

References